Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Manual C6500 Field Service Total e
Manual C6500 Field Service Total e
Manual C6500 Field Service Total e
C6500
2006.09
Ver. 1.0
FIELD SERVICE TOTAL CONTENTS
DF-609
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 3
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 17
* For particulars, see the contents of DF-609.
PF-601/HT-504
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 3
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 43
* For particulars, see the contents of PF-601/HT-504.
LU-202/HT-503
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 3
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 27
* For particulars, see the contents of LU-202/HT-503.
RU-503/504
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 3
* For particulars, see the contents of RU-503/504.
i
FD-501
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 5
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 49
* For particulars, see the contents of FD-501.
LS-501/502
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 5
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 23
* For particulars, see the contents of LS-501/502.
FS-503
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 5
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 39
* For particulars, see the contents of FS-503.
FS-607
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 5
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 35
* For particulars, see the contents of FS-607.
PI-502
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 3
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 11
* For particulars, see the contents of PI-502.
PK-512/513
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 3
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................... 9
* For particulars, see the contents of PK-512/513.
SD-501
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 9
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 63
* For particulars, see the contents of SD-501.
ii
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Because of possible hazards to an inexperienced person servicing this product as well as
the risk of damage to the product, Konica Minolta Business Technologies, INC. (hereafter
called the KMBT) strongly recommends that all servicing be performed only by KMBT-
trained service technicians.
Changes may have been made to this product to improve its performance after this Service
Manual was printed. Accordingly, KMBT does not warrant, either explicitly or implicitly, that
the information contained in this Service Manual is complete and accurate.
The user of this Service Manual must assume all risks of personal injury and/or damage to
the product while servicing the product for which this Service Manual is intended.
Therefore, this Service Manual must be carefully read before doing service work both in the
course of technical training and even after that, for performing maintenance and control of
the product properly.
Keep this Service Manual also for future service.
Symbols used for safety and important warning items are defined as follows:
S-1
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
SAFETY WARNINGS
[1] MODIFICATIONS NOT AUTHORIZED BY KONICA MINOLTA
BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
Konica Minolta brand products are renowned for their high reliability. This reliability is
achieved through high-quality design and a solid service network.
Product design is a highly complicated and delicate process where numerous mechanical,
physical, and electrical aspects have to be taken into consideration, with the aim of arriving
at proper tolerances and safety factors. For this reason, unauthorized modifications involve
a high risk of degradation in performance and safety. Such modifications are therefore
strictly prohibited. The points listed below are not exhaustive, but they illustrate the reason-
ing behind this policy.
Prohibited Actions
DANGER
• Using any cables or power cord not specified by KMBT.
S-2
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
WARNING
• Use power supply cord set which meets the following
criteria:
AC230V
- provided with a plug having configuration intended for
the connection to wall outlet appropriate for the prod-
uct's rated voltage and current, and
- the plug has pin/terminal(s) for grounding, and
- provided with three-conductor cable having enough cur-
rent capacity, and
AC208V 240V
- the cord set meets regulatory requirements for the area.
Use of inadequate cord set leads to fire or electric shock.
• Attach power plug which meets the following criteria:
- having configuration intended for the connection to wall
outlet appropriate for the product's rated voltage and
current, and
- the plug has pin/terminal(s) for grounding, and
- meets regulatory requirements for the area.
Use of inadequate cord set leads to the product connect-
ing to inadequate power supply (voltage, current capac-
ity, grounding), and may result in fire or electric shock.
S-3
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
1. Power Supply
WARNING
• Check that mains voltage is as specified.
Connection to wrong voltage supply may result in fire or
electric shock. ?V
• Plug the power cord into the dedicated wall outlet with a
capacity greater than the maximum power consumption.
If excessive current flows in the wall outlet, fire may
result.
S-4
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
WARNING
• Check whether the product is grounded properly.
If current leakage occurs in an ungrounded product, you
may suffer electric shock while operating the product.
Connect power plug to grounded wall outlet.
WARNING
• When using the power cord set (inlet type) that came with
this product, make sure the connector is securely inserted
in the inlet of the product.
When securing measure is provided, secure the cord with
the fixture properly.
If the power cord (inlet type) is not connected to the prod-
uct securely, a contact problem may lead to increased
resistance, overheating, and risk of fire.
S-5
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
WARNING
• Check whether dust is collected around the power plug
and wall outlet.
Using the power plug and wall outlet without removing
dust may result in fire.
• Do not insert the power plug into the wall outlet with a wet
hand.
The risk of electric shock exists.
• When unplugging the power cord, grasp the plug, not the
cable.
The cable may be broken, leading to a risk of fire and
electric shock.
Wiring
WARNING
• Never use multi-plug adapters to plug multiple power
cords in the same outlet.
If used, the risk of fire exists.
S-6
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
2. Installation Requirements
WARNING
• Do not place the product near flammable materials or vol-
atile materials that may catch fire.
A risk of fire exists.
WARNING
• When the product is not used over an extended period of
time (holidays, etc.), switch it off and unplug the power
cord.
Dust collected around the power plug and outlet may
cause fire.
Ventilation
CAUTION
• The product generates ozone gas during operation, but it
will not be harmful to the human body.
If a bad smell of ozone is present in the following cases,
ventilate the room.
a. When the product is used in a poorly ventilated room
b. When taking a lot of copies
c. When using multiple products at the same time
Fixing
CAUTION
• Be sure to lock the caster stoppers.
In the case of an earthquake and so on, the product may
slide, leading to a injury.
S-7
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
3. Servicing
CAUTION
• Before conducting an inspection, read all relevant docu-
mentation (service manual, technical notices, etc.) and
proceed with the inspection following the prescribed pro-
cedure in safety clothes, using only the prescribed tools.
Do not make any adjustment not described in the docu-
mentation.
If the prescribed procedure or tool is not used, the prod-
uct may break and a risk of injury or fire exists.
WARNING
• Take every care when making adjustments or performing
an operation check with the product powered.
If you make adjustments or perform an operation check
with the external cover detached, you may touch live or
high-voltage parts or you may be caught in moving gears
or the timing belt, leading to a risk of injury.
S-8
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
Safety Checkpoints
WARNING
• When taking a report of problems from a user, check each
part and repair properly.
A risk of product trouble, injury, and fire exists.
• Check the exterior and frame for edges, burrs, and other
damages.
The user or CE may be injured.
S-9
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
Safety Checkpoints
WARNING
• Do not remove the cover of the write unit. Do not supply
power with the write unit shifted from the specified mount-
ing position.
The laser light can enter your eye, leading to a risk of
loss of eyesight.
• Make sure the wiring cannot come into contact with sharp
edges, burrs, or other pointed parts.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or
fire.
S-10
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
Handling of Consumables
WARNING
• Toner and developer are not harmful substances, but care
must be taken not to breathe excessive amounts or let the
substances come into contact with eyes, etc. It may be
stimulative.
If the substances get in the eye, rinse with plenty of water
immediately. When symptoms are noticeable, consult a
physician.
CAUTION
• Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet.
Isopropyl alcohol and acetone are highly flammable and
must be handled with care. A risk of fire exists.
S-11
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
4. Fuse
Fuse
CAUTION
• CAUTION
Double pole / neutral fusing
• ATTENTION
Double pôle / Fusible sur le neutre
S-12
SAFETY INFORMATION
SAFETY INFORMATION
IMPORTANT NOTICE
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the U.S. Food and Drug Admin-
istration implemented regulations for laser products manufactured since August 1, 1976.
Compliance is mandatory for products marketed in the United States.
This copier is certified as a "Class 1" laser product under the U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) Radiation Performance Standard
according to the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968. Since radiation emit-
ted inside this copier is completely confined within protective housings and external covers,
the laser beam cannot escape during any phase of normal user operation.
S-13
SAFETY INFORMATION
a03up0e001ca
S-14
SAFETY INFORMATION
a03up0e002ca
CAUTION:
• You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any
caution label to keep yourself away from. Do not remove caution labels. And also,
when the caution label is peeled off or soiled and cannot be seen clearly, replace
it with a new caution label.
S-15
MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT
S-16
Legal restrictions on copying
Certain types of originals must never be copied with the purpose or intent to pass copies of
such originals off as the originals.
The following is not a complete list, but is meant to be used as a guide to responsible copy-
ing.
<Financial Instruments>
• Personal checks
• Traveler’s checks
• Money orders
• Certificates of deposit
• Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness
• Stock certificates
<Legal Originals>
• Food stamps
• Postage stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
• Checks or drafts drawn by government agencies
• Internal revenue stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
• Passports
• Immigration papers
• Motor vehicle licenses and titles
• House and property titles and deeds
<General>
• Identification cards, badges, or insignias
• Copyrighted works without permission of the copyright owner
Detail
In order to prohibit the illegal reproduction of certain originals, such as paper currency, this
machine is equipped with a counterfeit prevention feature.
Due to the counterfeit prevention feature that this machine is equipped with, images may
be distorted.
C-1
Composition of the service manual
This service manual consists of the following sections and chapters:
This section gives, as information required by the CE at the site (or at the customer's
premise), a rough outline of the service schedule and its details, maintenance steps, the
object and role of each adjustment, error codes and supplementary information.
The details of items with an asterisk "*" are described only in the service manual of
the main body.
C-2
Notation of the service manual
A. Product name
In this manual, each of the products is described as follows:
B. Brand name
The company names and product names mentioned in this manual are the brand name or
the registered trademark of each company.
C-3
Classification Load symbol Ex. of signal name Description
24V Power to drive the motor
CONT Drive signal
DRV1
Motor M
DRV2
Drive signals of two kinds
D1
D2
_U
_V
_W
Drive signals (control signals) of three kinds
DRV1
DRV2
DRV3
D1
D2
D3
D4
DRV A
DRV A
DRV B Drive signals (control signals) of four kinds
DRV B Motor, phases A and B control signals
A
Motor M /A
B
/B
AB
BB
CLK, PLL PLL control signal
LCK, Lock, LD PLL lock signal
FR Forward/reverse rotation signal
EM, Lock, LCK, LD Motor lock abnormality
BLK Drive brake signal
P/S Power/stop
S/S
Operating load start/stop signal
SS
CW/CCW, F/R Rotational direction switching signal
ENB Effective signal
TEMP_ER Motor temperature abnormality detection signal
24V Power to drive the fan motor
CONT, DRIVE Drive signal
Fan FM
HL Speed control signal (2 speeds)
EM, Lock, LCK, FEM Detection signal
Others TH1.S, ANG Analog signal
C-4
Classification Load symbol Ex. of signal name Description
SG, S.GND, S_GND Signal ground
Ground
PG, P.GND Power ground
DCD Data carrier detection
SIN Serial input
SOUT Serial output
DTR Data terminal operation available
GND Signal ground (earth)
Serial com-
DSR, DSET Data set ready
munication
RTS Transmission request signal
CTS Consent transmission signal
RI Ring indicator
TXD Serial transmission data
RXD Serial reception data
<Example>
C-5
Blank Page
C-6
SERVICE MANUAL Field Service
C6500
Main body
2006.09
Ver. 1.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.
Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the correspond-
ing page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.
CONTENTS
OUTLINE
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
MAINTENANCE
3. PERIODIC CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.1 Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.2 Maintenance item . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3.2.1 Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3.2.2 DF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
3.2.3 PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
3.2.4 LU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.2.5 RU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.2.6 FD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.2.7 FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.2.8 PI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
3.2.9 SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.3 Replacement parts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.3.1 Periodically replacement parts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.3.2 Spot replacement parts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.4 Concept of parts life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
3.4.1 Life value of consumables and parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
3.4.2 Conditions for life specifications values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
3.5 Maintenance procedure of the housing section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
3.5.1 Replacing the Dust-proof filter /1 assy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
3.5.2 Replacing dust-proof filter /2 assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.6 Maintenance procedure of the photoconductor section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.6.1 Process unit disassembly flowchart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.6.2 Opening/closing toner supply section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
3.6.3 Pulling out the process unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.6.4 Removing drum cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.7 Maintenance procedure of the charging section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
3.7.1 Replacing the charging corona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
3.7.2 Replacing the charging dust-proof filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
3.8 Maintenance procedure of the intermediate transfer section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.8.1 Removing/installing the transfer belt unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.8.2 Replacing the belt cleaning blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.8.3 Replacing 1st transfer roller /Y, /M, /C and /K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.8.4 Replacing the transfer belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
3.8.5 Replacing the 2nd transfer roller /Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.8.6 Replacing the separation claw assy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3.8.7 Replacing the belt cleaner unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.8.8 Replacing the toner collection sheet /1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.8.9 Replacing the 2nd transfer roller /Lw and the transfer earth plate assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
i
CONTENTS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
ii
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 CONTENTS
iii
CONTENTS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
7. HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT/SETTING SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
7.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
8. UTILITY MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
8.1 List of utility mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
9. UTILITY MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
10. SERVICE MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
10.1 List of service mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
10.2 Setting method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
10.2.1 Start and exit service mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
10.3 Machine adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
10.3.1 Restart Timing Adjustment (Printer Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
10.3.2 Centering Adjustment (Printer Adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
10.3.3 FD-Mag. Adjustment (Printer Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
10.3.4 CD-Mag. Adjustment (Printer Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
10.3.5 Lead Edge Erase Adjustmet (Printer Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
10.3.6 Registration Loop Adj. (Printer Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
10.3.7 Pre-registration Adj. (Printer Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
10.3.8 Belt Line Speed Adj. (Printer Adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
10.3.9 Writing Init. Pos. Memory (Printer Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
10.3.10 Color Registration Adj. (Printer Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
10.3.11 Color Registration/Manual (Printer Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
10.3.12 PFU DFeed Detect Adj. (Printer Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
10.3.13 CD Skew Adj. (Printer Adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
10.3.14 Recall Standard Data (Printer Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
10.3.15 Restart Timing Adjustment (Scanner Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
10.3.16 Centering Adjustment (Scanner Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
10.3.17 FD-Mag. Adjustment (Scanner Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
10.3.18 Recall Standard Data (Scanner Adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
10.3.19 Scanner smooth tone/color (Quality Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
10.3.20 Printer gamma adjustment (Quality Adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
10.3.21 Sharpness adjustment (Quality Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
10.3.22 Contrast adjustment (Quality Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
10.3.23 Image Distinction Level (Quality Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
10.3.24 ACS adjustment (Quality Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
10.3.25 Density adjustment (Quality Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
10.3.26 Tone adjustment (Quality Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
iv
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 CONTENTS
v
CONTENTS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
vi
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 CONTENTS
TROUBLESHOOTING
12. JAM CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
12.1 Jam code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
13. MALFUNCTION CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
13.1 Malfunction code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
APPENDIX
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
14.1 Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
14.1.1 Switch/sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
14.1.2 Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
14.1.3 Boards and others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566
14.2 DF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
14.3 PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
14.4 LU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578
14.5 RU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
14.6 FD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
vii
CONTENTS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
14.7 LS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
bizhub PRO C6500
14.8 FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
14.8.1 FS-503 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
14.8.2 FS-607 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
14.9 PI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
14.10 PK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
14.10.1 PK-512 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
14.10.2 PK-513 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
14.11 SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620
15.1 Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620
15.1.1 Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620
15.2 DF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 630
15.2.1 Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 630
15.3 PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
15.3.1 Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
15.4 LU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632
15.4.1 Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632
15.5 RU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633
15.5.1 Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633
15.6 FD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634
15.6.1 Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634
15.7 LS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638
15.7.1 Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638
15.8 FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640
15.8.1 Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640
15.9 PI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643
15.9.1 Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643
15.10 PK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644
15.10.1 Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644
15.11 SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645
15.11.1 Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645
16. TIMING CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647
16.1 Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647
16.2 DF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649
16.3 PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
16.4 LU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652
16.5 FD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654
16.6 LS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662
16.7 FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666
16.7.1 FS-503 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666
16.7.2 FS-607 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 669
16.8 PI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673
16.9 PK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674
16.9.1 PK-512 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674
16.9.2 PK-513 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675
16.10 SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
17.1 Main body 1/12
17.2 Main body 2/12
viii
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 CONTENTS
ix
CONTENTS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
bizhub PRO C6500
Blank page
x
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
OUTLINE
[20]
[19]
[2]
[18] [9]
[3]
[17]
[1]
[5]
[11]
[8]
[14]
[16] [6]
[7]
[13]
[15]
[12]
a03ut1c001ca
1
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• Any combination other than those listed below is not available.
10 LU-202 *2 FS-607 *3 —
11 PF-601 *1 OT-502 —
12 LU-202 *2 OT-502 —
2
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
B. Functions
3
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
*
1 When "smoothing" is selected at the print setting
*
2 When HD-506 is installed.
4
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Coated_GL, ML, GO , MO U U
paper A4 or 81/2 x 11 or larger : 81 to 256 g/m2 64 to 300g/m2
A4 or smaller than 81/2 x 11 : 81 to 209 g/m2
Label paper*1 —
OHP film*1 *2
Index paper*1 *3
:Available U: Available only one sheet at a time —: Not available
*1 Paper type of the label paper can be Plain, High Quality, Color Specific, or Coated_GL, ML, GO, MO
paper. Available ranges of paper weight (thickness) of the label paper are the same with those of the corre-
sponding paper type.
*2 Print quality not guaranteed.
*3 Paper loading direction predetermined, single-sided printing only.
5
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
D. Materials
bizhub PRO C6500
E. Maintenance
*1 The number of prints include all monochrome, solid color, and full color printings.
*2 The zone mean a temp&humidity range indicated in the graph below.
80
70
A
Humidity (%RH)
60
B Q
40
30
20 C
10
10 18 20 23 30
Temperature (°C)
a03ut1c004ca
6
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
F. Machine data
G. Operating environment
Temperature 10 to 30 °C
Humidity 10 to 80%RH (with no condensation)
Note
• The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.
7
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
bizhub PRO C6500
Blank page
8
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
MAINTENANCE
9
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
execu-
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
380
400
420
440
460
480
500
tions
Maintenance 1 8 times
FS-503
10
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
11
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
12
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
13
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
14
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
15
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
16
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
17
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
3.2.2 DF
A. Maintenance 2 (Every 1,800,000 copies/prints)
3.2.3 PF
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 200,000 copies/prints)
18
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
19
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
3.2.4 LU
bizhub PRO C6500
3.2.5 RU
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 200,000 copies/prints)
20
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.2.6 FD
3.2.7 FS
A. FS-503
(1) Maintenance 1 (Every 600,000 prints)
21
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
B. FS-607
bizhub PRO C6500
3.2.8 PI
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 200,000 prints)
22
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.2.9 SD
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 600,000 prints)
23
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
24
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
• For the replacement procedure of periodically replaced parts, see "3.5 Maintenance procedure of
the housing section" to "3.17 Maintenance procedure of the fusing section".
• The parts count No. given in the table below represents the number of "Count of special parts" in
the Service mode.
A. Main body
No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual replace- Parts count
ment cycle No.
1 External sec- Dust-proof filter /1 assy A03UA122 1 See P.29 2
2 tion Dust-proof filter /2 assy 65AA-142 1 Must be 3
replaced
when replac-
ing the dust-
proof filter /1
assy.
3 Photocon- Drum cartridge DU-102 4 See P.29 14, 16, 18, 20
4 ductor section Charging corona A03UA460 4 See P.29 6, 8, 10, 12
• Parts counter reset (Service
mode)
5 Charging dust-proof filter 65AA-387 1 600,000 5
6 Intermediate Belt Cleaning blade A03U5530 1 See P.29 37
7 transfer sec- 1st transfer roller /Y A03U5012 1 200,000 39
8 tion 1st transfer roller /M A03U5012 1 200,000 40
9 1st transfer roller /C A03U5012 1 200,000 41
10 1st transfer roller /K A03U5004 1 200,000 42
11 Transfer belt A03U5042 1 200,000 34
12 2nd transfer roller /Up 65AA2611 1 200,000 43
13 Separation claw assy 65AA-287 3 600,000 44
14 Belt cleaner unit A03UA515 1 600,000 35
15 Toner collection Sheet /1 65AA-293 1 200,000 36
16 2nd transfer roller /Lw 65AA4501 1 200,000 48
17 2nd transfer earth plate assy 65AA-456 1 1,000,000 50
18 Belt separation claw solenoid 26NA8251 1 1,400,000 47
19 Separation discharging assy A03UA522 1 See P.29 49
20 Developing Developer /Y DV610 (Y) 1 See P.29 22
21 section Developer /M DV610 (M) 1 See P.29 24
22 Developer /C DV610 (C) 1 See P.29 26
23 Developer /K DV610 (K) 1 200,000 28
24 Developing unit /Y A03UA370 1 600,000 30
25 Developing unit /M A03UA370 1 600,000 31
25
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual replace- Parts count
bizhub PRO C6500
26
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual replace- Parts count
B. Option
No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual replace- Parts count
ment cycle No.
1 DF Paper feed roller 13YH4064 1 625,000 217
2 Pick-up roller 13YH4039 1 625,000 218
3 Separation roller 20AJ4015 1 625,000 219
4 PF Pick-up rubber 55VA4111 2 300,000 126, 130
5 Paper feed roller 55VA-483 2 300,000 127, 131
6 Separation roller 55VA-483 2 300,000 127, 131
7 Paper feed clutch /1 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 128
8 Paper feed clutch /2 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 132
9 Separation clutch /1 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 129
10 Separation clutch /2 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 133
11 Vertical conveyance clutch /1 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 134
12 Vertical conveyance clutch /2 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 135
13 Vertical conveyance clutch /3 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 136
14 Horizontal conveyance clutch /1 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 137
15 Horizontal conveyance clutch /2 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 138
16 Pre-registration clutch 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 139
17 LU Pick-up roller 55VA-484 1 300,000 118
18 Paper feed roller 55VA-483 1 300,000 119
19 Separation roller 55VA-483 1 300,000 119
20 Paper feed clutch 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 120
21 Pre-registration clutch 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 121
22 FD Paper feed rubber 13QN-443 2 100,000 153, 156
23 Separation rubber 56BA-575 2 100,000 154, 157
24 FS-503 Stapler unit/Fr 15AA4222 1 500,000 144
25 Stapler unit/Rr 15AA-450 1 500,000 145
26 Paper exit roller /A (sponge roller) 122H4825 8 600,000 147
27
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual replace- Parts count
bizhub PRO C6500
A. Main body
No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual replace- Parts count
ment cycle No.
1 ADU section ADU conveyance clutch /1 A03UM201 1 3,600,000 96
2 ADU conveyance clutch /2 A03UM201 1 3,600,000 97
3 ADU conveyance clutch /3 A03UM201 1 3,600,000 98
4 ADU pre-registration clutch A03UM201 1 3,600,000 99
B. Option
No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual replace- Parts count
ment cycle No.
1 FD Pick-up rubber 50BA-574 6 200,000 152, 155
2 PI Paper feed clutch /Rt 13QN8201 1 1,000,000 199
3 Paper feed clutch /Lw 13QN8201 1 1,000,000 204
4 SD Stapler assembly /Rt 15AN-550 1 1,000,000 176
5 Stapler assembly /Lt 15AN-550 1 1,000,000 177
6 Trimmer blade motor 15AN8002 1 200,000 180
7 Trimmer press motor 15AN5092 1 200,000 185
8 Bundle press stage gear 15AN7719 1 500,000 184
28
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Item Descriptions
Printing method Full color six copies intermittently
Paper size A4
Coverage 5% coverage for each color
Environmental temp/humidity Q zone
29
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
B. Procedure
1. Remove the screw [1], and remove the filter cover
[1] [2]
[2].
a03uf2c001ca
[1] a03uf2c002ca
30
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Loosen the two screws [1] and remove the filter
[1]
cover [2].
[2] a03uf2c003ca
2. Pull out the dust-proof filter /2 assy [2] from the fil-
[2] [1]
ter cover [1].
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
a03uf2c004ca
31
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
32
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
• Do not exert force on the toner supply section
when it is opened. Otherwise the hinge of the
toner supply section may be deformed.
• When closing the toner supply section, be
sure to tighten the screw two turns with your
fingers before using a screwdriver so as not
[2] [3] to strip the thread.
[1] [4]
a03uf2c037ca
33
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• When the toner supply section is opened, be
sure to use the door lock as a stopper so as
not to hit the toner supply section with the
process unit upon removal.
[2] [1]
[2] [1]
a03uf2c038ca
34
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
35
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
B. Procedure
Note
• The product installs four drum cartridges one each for yellow, magenta, cyan, and black, and they
are common parts. However, do not use a once-used drum cartridge for another color, or the old
remaining toner and the new toner will mix up and the print quality will degrade.
Note
• When installing drum cartridges, confirm that
the both ends of the cartridges are fitted in
the groove of the drum attachment block/Fr
[7] and /Rr [8]. (Drum attachment block/Fr [7]
and /Rr [8] shown on the left is the one for
yellow drum cartridge. Install magenta, cyan,
and black drum cartridges in the same man-
ner.)
• When installing the drum cartridge/K [6], be
careful not to entangle the sheet [9].
[5] [6] [9] [4] [3]
a03uf2c005ca
• Do not damage or touch the drum photocon-
ductor area with bare hands.
• When leaving drum cartridges, be sure to
spread a sheet over the cartridges to protect
from light, and put them in a dark place.
36
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
• The product installs four charging coronas one each for yellow, magenta, cyan, and black, and
they are common parts. However, do not use a once-used charging corona for another color, or
the old remaining toner and the new toner will mix up and the print quality will degrade.
[2]
8050ma3037
37
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
B. Procedure
1. Open the toner supply section.
[3] [1]
(See P.33)
2. Remove the charging dust-proof filter [3] from the
charging suction assy [2] installed inside the toner
supply section [1].
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2] 8050ma3074
38
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
a03uf2c041ca
Note
• Supporting shaft is an assist device to let the
transfer belt unit stand by itself and the sup-
porting shaft should be made ready before-
hand when removing the transfer belt unit.
[2]
8050ma3044
39
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[1] [2] 6. Lift up the handles [1] and remove the transfer belt
bizhub PRO C6500
unit [2].
Note
• Do not damage or touch the transfer belt [3]
with bare hands.
• When removing the transfer belt unit, be sure
to hold the handles on both ends.
[3] a03uf2c042ca
Note
• Do not rotate the transfer belt when the trans-
fer belt unit is standing alone.
40
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
[1]
41
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
B. Procedure
[4] [3]
1. Remove the belt cleaner unit.
(See P.48)
2. Remove the two springs [1].
3. Remove the C-clip [2], pull out the blade support
shaft [3], and remove the belt Cleaning blade [4].
Note
• When installing the belt cleaner unit, apply
setting powder to entire surface of the trans-
fer belt to which the belt cleaner unit is
attached.
[3]
[1] • Take extra care not to touch or damage the
blade of the belt Cleaning blade [4].
8050ma3049
42
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Remove the transfer belt.
[1] [5] [7] [1]
(See P.44)
2. Place the transfer belt unit as shown in the figure
on the left.
3. Remove the C-clip [1].
4. Remove the bearing [2] and slide the stopper/4 [3]
to release the tip of the transfer release arm [4].
5. Slide and remove the 1st transfer roller/K [6].
[7] 6. Remove the 1st transfer roller/Y, /M, /C [5],1 each.
[7]
Note
[4] [3] [3] [4] • Do not touch the roller surface of the 1st
[7] [6] transfer roller. When handling the 1st transfer
roller, always grasp it by its metal shaft.
• Install the 1st transfer roller so that the shaft
surface with two grooves (one for E-ring, the
other is shallow) faces toward you.
• When installing the 1st transfer roller, confirm
8050ma3053 that the cables are securely fastened and the
plastic films on the cables are not twisted. If
[1] [2] 8050ma3055 the cables are not fastened, correct by press-
ing the cables against the metal frame side. If
the plastic films are twisted, move the films to
the center of the cables.
43
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
B. Procedure
1. Remove the transfer belt unit.
[1] [1]
(See P.39)
2. Remove the belt cleaner unit.
(See P.48)
3. Remove the separation claw assy.
(See P.47)
4. Remove the two springs [1].
8050ma3053
44
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
[2] [3] [6] 5. Have the transfer belt unit [1] stand with its front
[1]
[11] [8]
Note
• When installing the tension plate/Rr, be sure
to push the projection of the plate as far as it
will go as shown in the figure on the left. Do
not pinch the black sheet when tightening the
screw.
8050ma3152
• When installing the C-clip, lift up the shaft so
that the C-clip is securely fitted in the groove
of the shaft.
• Install the transfer belt with the UP SIDE mark
facing up.
• Hold the transfer belt by its both ends within
10 mm from the edge, and do not touch other
areas.
• Do not damage or touch the transfer belt with
bare hands.
• When installing the transfer belt cleaner unit,
apply setting powder to the entire surface of
the transfer belt to which the belt cleaner unit
is attached.
45
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
B. Procedure
1. Remove the transfer belt.
[2]
(See P.44)
2. Lift the 2nd transfer roller /Up [1] upward tempo-
rarily, and remove the roller obliquely downward.
Note
• the 2nd transfer roller /Up has been released
since the high voltage power supply collar /Rr
is removed.
[1] • Do not touch the roller surface of the 2nd
transfer roller /Up. When handling the 2nd
transfer roller /Up, hold it by its metal shaft.
• Install the transfer roller/Lw with the concave
1
shaft end facing down.
46
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
[3]
1. Remove the transfer belt unit.
(See P.39)
2. Remove the screw [1] and remove the separation
claw unit [2].
[4] Note
• Do not damage or touch the transfer belt [3]
with bare hands.
• Before installing the separation claw unit,
apply setting powder to half the area [4] of the
transfer belt [3].
[2]
[2]
[1]
8050ma3050
[1]
[2]
8050ma3051
47
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
B. Procedure
1. Remove the transfer belt unit.
[2] [2]
(See P.39)
2. Holding the belt cleaner unit [1], remove the two
screws [2], and remove the belt cleaner unit.
Note
• Handle the belt cleaner unit gently when
removing the unit, or the toner accumulated
in between the toner guide roller and the belt
[1]
cleaning belt may spill. It is normal if the toner
is accumulated because the toner is used to
grind the belt surface. If the toner is spilled
over the separation tab unit, remove and
clean the unit.
• The belt cleaner unit consists of the belt
[3] cleaning roller unit and the following compo-
nents: Belt cleaning blade: 1
Spring: 2
8050ma3048 C-clip: 2
Blade support shaft: 1
Toner collection sheet /1: 1
Toner collection sheet /2: 1
Screw: 3
• Before installing the belt cleaner unit, apply
setting powder to the part [3] on the transfer
belt.
• When installing the belt cleaner unit, insert
the tow guides at the both bottom ends of the
belt cleaner unit over the pins of the transfer
belt unit and tighten the screws.
48
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Remove the belt cleaner unit.
(See P.48)
2. Remove the three screws [1], toner collection
sheet /2 [2], and the toner collection sheet /1 [3].
Note
• Do not bend or damage the PET sheet of the
toner collection sheet /1.
[1]
49
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
3.8.9 Replacing the 2nd transfer roller /Lw and the transfer earth plate assy
bizhub PRO C6500
B. Procedure
1. Remove the separation discharging assy [1].
(See P.48)
[4] 2. Remove the screw [2] and remove the 2nd trans-
fer earth plate assy [3].
3. Remove the two C-clips [5].
4. Slide the two bearings [6] outward, and remove
the 2nd transfer roller /Lw [4].
5. Remove the two bearings [6] from the 2nd trans-
fer roller /Lw[4].
[1] [6]
Note
• Do not touch the roller surface of the 2nd
transfer roller /Lw [4] with bare hands. Always
hold the 2nd transfer roller/Lw by its shaft.
• When installing the 2nd transfer roller /Lw,
make sure that the shaft surface with a con-
cave portion is facing the rear side of the
[6] [5] device. (The concave portion should not face
[2] [3] [5] 8050ma3089 to the 2nd transfer earth plate assy.)
50
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Remove the transfer belt unit.
(See P.39)
Disconnect the connector [1].
2. Remove the screw [2] and release the cable [4]
from the cable clamp [3].
3. Remove the two screws [5] and remove the belt
separation claw solenoid (SD1) [6].
Note
• After installing the solenoid lever, check if the
shaft of SD1 slides smoothly.
[6]
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[5]
51
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
B. Procedure
1. Open the toner supply section.
(See P.33)
2. Pull out the ADU.
(See P.75)
3. Remove the fusing unit.
(See P.85)
4. Remove the screw [1], and remove the terminal
cover [2].
Note
• When installing the terminal cover, match the
[2] [1] projection [3] with the positioning hole [4].
[3][4]
a03uf2c045ca
Note
• When removing the faston from the separa-
tion discharging assy, pull out the cover sec-
tion of the faston straight.
• When installing the separation discharging
assy, tighten the separation installation screw
on the front side first positioning the assy
properly. Then tighten the other separation
[2] 8050ma3038
installation screw.
52
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Remove the developing unit.
[4] [2] [1] [3] (See P.55)
2. Remove the fixing screw [2] on the plate [1], turn
the plate 90 degrees counterclockwise, and rotate
the upper side of the developing unit to eject the
developer. After that, repeat steps 3 and 4 to eject
all the developer.
Note
• Do not remove the cover [4] of the developing
unit or the developer charging funnel [3] when
8050ma3149
ejecting developer.
• After ejecting developer, be sure to put the
platel [1] back to its original position, and
secure the plate with a screw.
Note
• Do not turn the coupling against the direction
of the arrow.
8050ma3150
53
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• Do not turn the coupling against the direction
of the arrow.
• After replacing the developing unit, be sure to
perform the “Toner Density Sensor Initial
Auto. adjustment.” in service mode.(See
P.287)
8050ma3151
54
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
Note
• Do not bend the teflon coated sheet attached to the developing roller side of the upper cover of
the developing unit.
• Always use a hydro wipe authorized as a CE tool to clean the developing unit. Use of paper or
cloth other than the specified cloth (hydro wipe) will contaminate the developing control plate
inside the developing unit with paper dust or lint and may cause white bands on images.
• The product installs four developing units one each for yellow, magenta, cyan, and black, and they
are common parts. However, do not use a once-used developing unit for another color, or the old
remaining toner and the new toner will mix up and the print quality will degrade.
Note
• When having the developing unit stand alone,
insert a developing support plate into the
[3] body of the developing unit and use the plate
[1] as a base so as to protect the bristle section
of the toner from contacting other parts.
8050ma3062
55
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• Before installing developing units without
black, attach labels included in each of the
four unit packages.
56
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Open the toner collection door [1], and pull out the
[1]
toner collection box assy [2].
[2] a03uf2c051ca
[3]
[2]
[2]
[1] 8050ma3008
57
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
B. Procedure
Note
• The tray /1 was used to illustrate the replacement procedure below. The procedure is the same for
the tray /2 and tray/3.
[1] a03uf2c052ca
58
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
[4]
a03uf2c053ca
ÅB
Note
• Before installing the paper feed roller assy,
make sure the rollers are free of grease or
dust.
59
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• When installing the pick-up roller, be sure that
the arrow mark [4] is facing toward the C-clip
[2].
10. Remove the paper feed roller rubber [8] from the
[9] [8] paper feed roller.
a03uf2c055ca
Note
• When installing the paper feed roller rubber,
be sure that the painted mark [9] is facing
toward the arrow mark [7].
60
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
Note
• The tray /1 was used to illustrate the replacement procedure below. The procedure is the same for
the tray /2 and tray /3.
Note
• Before installing the separation roller, make
sure the roller is free of grease or dust.
61
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
B. Procedure
Note
• The tray /1 was used to illustrate the replacement procedure below. The procedure is the same for
the tray /2 and tray /3.
Note
• When installing MC7, match the stopper [4]
with the guide [5].
Note
• When installing MC8, match the stopper [9]
with the guide [10].
62
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU.
[1]
(See P.75)
2. Remove the six screws [1] and remove the paper
feed solenoid cover [2].
[3] 8050ma3076
63
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
[4] [3] [2]
bizhub PRO C6500
[1] 8050ma3079
5. Remove the C-clip [1], pull out the shaft [2], and
[2] [3]
remove the pick-up roller assy [3].
6. Remove the pick-up roller [4] from the pick-up
roller assy [3].
Note
• When installing the paper feed roller rubber,
be sure that the painted mark [4] is facing
toward the gear [5].
64
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Remove the pick-up roller and the paper feed
[6]
roller assy.
(See P.63)
2. Remove the two springs [1].
3. Remove the C-clip [2], pull out the shaft [3], and
remove the separation roller assy [4].
4. Remove the separation roller rubber [5] from the
[5] separation roller assy.
Note
• When installing the separation roller rubber,
be sure that the painted mark [6] is facing
toward the gear [7].
65
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
B. Procedure
1. Open the toner supply section.
[3]
(See P.33)
2. Pull out the ADU.
(See P.75)
3. Remove the fusing unit.
(See P.85)
4. Remove the four screws [1]. (One screw is located
[2] [1] at the bottom of the ADU cover /Rt [2].)
5. Pull out the ADU cover /Rt [2] halfway, disconnect
the two connectors [3], and remove the ADU
cover /Rt [2].
6. Disconnect the connector [4].
7. Remove the screw [5] and remove the ADU
release lever [6].
8. Remove the two screws [7] and remove the ADU
cover /Lt [8].
[1] [2]
[8] [4] [5]
66
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
[1] 8050ma3082
Note
[3] [1]
• When installing MC6 [1], match the stopper
[2] with the guide [3].
[2] a03uf2c062ca
67
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
B. Procedure
1. Remove the right cover /Lw1 and /Lw2.
[5] [4]
(See P.171)
2. Pull out the paper feed tray /1 [1], /2 [2], and /3
[3].
3. Remove the three screws [4] and remove the right
cover /Lw3 [5].
Note
• Remove the right cover/Up1 before installing
the LU-202.
(See P.171)
68
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
• Always close the vertical conveyance door
and tighten the screws when installing the
vertical conveyance section.
Note
• When installing MC13, match the stopper [7]
with the guide [8].
69
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
B. Procedure
1. Open the toner supply section.
[1] [2]
(See P.33)
2. Pull out the ADU.
(See P.75)
3. Remove the three screws [1] and remove the
cover [2].
4. Remove the two screws [3] and remove the clean-
ing stay assy [4].
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
70
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Remove the cleaning stay assy.
(See P.70)
[5]
2. Remove the ADU cover /Rt, ADU release lever,
and ADU cover /Lt.
[4] (See P.66)
[7] [6] 3. Remove the terminal cover. (See P.52)
4. Remove the two screws [1] and remove the gear
cover [2].
5. Disconnect the connector [3] and remove the wire
from the two clamps.
6. Remove the C-clips [4] and remove the bearings
[5] at the both and rear sides on the registration
assy.
7. Remove the two screws [6] and remove the regis-
tration unit [7].
Note
• Before removing the registration unit [7],
[6] [1] [2] [8] open the conveyance guide plate/Up [8],
move the registration unit toward the rear
side of the ADU, and pull the shaft on the front
side out of the ADU panel.
• When installing the registration unit, be care-
ful not to scratch the surface of the guide
plate where contacts with paper.
71
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• When installing the registration gear [2], make
sure you install the pin [3].
[6] [4]
72
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
• Make sure to attach the spring [1] as shown
in the figure on the left.
[3]
73
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• When installing the registration regulating
plate, insert the two indentations [9] over the
two projections [10] on the torque limiter.
[1]
13. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[7]
[6]
[9]
[8] 8050ma3211
74
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Open the toner supply section.
(See P.33)
2. While releasing the lock [2] of the ADU release
lever [1], turn the lever counterclockwise, and pull
out the ADU [3].
Note
• In order to prevent rollover accidents, safety
feature of the product does not allow the pro-
cess unit and the ADU to be pulled out at the
same time.
• Be sure to put the process unit in the main
[3]
body before pulling out the ADU.
• If you cannot pull out the ADU, check the lock
lever/1 and /2 for deformation and replace
them as necessary.
(See P.204)
[1] [2]
a03uf2c068ca
75
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• When installing MC4, match the stopper [4]
with the guide [5].
Note
• When installing MC5, match the stopper [9]
with the guide [10].
76
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.15.2 Replacing the ADU conveyance clutch/1 (MC1), /2 (MC2), /3 (MC3), and the ADU pre-regis-
B. Procedure
1. Open the toner supply section.
[4] [3] [2] [1] [4] [3] [2] [1]
(See P.33)
2. Pull out the ADU.
(See P.75)
3. Remove the fusing unit.
(See P.85)
4. Remove the ADU cover/Rt.
(See P.66)
5. Remove the ADU cover/Lt.
(See P.66)
6. Disconnect the connector [1].
7. Remove the C-clip [2], and remove the MC1 and
the MC2 [3].
Note
• When installing the MC1 and the MC2, align
a03uf2c138ca the stopper [4] with the guide.
77
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[6] [4]
[3]
a03uf2c139ca
78
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU.
(See P.75)
2. Remove the fusing unit.
(See P.85)
3. Remove the two screws [1].
4. Release the hook [3] of the spring from the screw
[2], and remove the two screws [2], [4].
5. Remove the paper eject guide plate /4 assy [5].
[5]
[1]
79
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[11] [10] [9] [13] [12] 7. Remove the paper exit mounting plate/Fr [3] and
the spring [4].
8. Remove the two screws [5] and remove the bear-
ing [6].
9. Remove the E-ring [7], spacer [8], bearing [9], and
paper exit mounting plate/Rr [10].
10. Remove the spring [11] and the spacer [12].
11. Remove the bearing [13] and the reverse decurler
[8] [7] roller [14].
12. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[6] [14]
[5]
80
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Remove the left cover.
[2]
(See P.170)
2. Pull out the ADU.
(See P.75)
3. Disconnect the two connectors [1].
4. Remove the four screws [2].
[1] a03uf2c070ca
81
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
unit [1], and remove the paper exit unit taking care
not to hit the frame [4] with the pin [3].
Note
• When installing the paper exit unit, insert the
tab [5] into the slot on the frame first.
[5] [2] [4]
[1]
[3]
a03uf2c071ca
a03uf2c072ca
82
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
• When installing the gear [2], be sure that the
arrow mark [3] is facing toward the E-ring [1].
Note
• When installing the gear [7], be sure that the
arrow mark [8] is facing toward the E-ring [6].
a03uf2c073ca
83
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
13. Remove the two E-rings [1], and remove the two
bearings [2].
14. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
a03uf2c075ca
84
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Caution:
• Immediately after turning off the main power switch (SW1) or the power switch (SW2), the fusing
section is very hot and you may get burnt. Be sure to start operations when the temperature cools
down sufficiently.
A. Procedure
1. Open the front door and the toner supply section.
[1] [2]
(See P.33)
2. Pull out the ADU.
(See P.75)
3. Remove the screw [1], and remove the connector
cover [2].
4. Disconnect the connector [3].
[3]
a03uf2c006ca
85
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[1] [2]
6. Remove the two screws [3] and remove the fusing
cover /Fr [4].
[3] [4]
a03uf2c007ca
Note
• When installing/removing the fusing unit, be
sure to hold both ends of the unit and slide it
toward you in the direction of the arrow
before lifting up the unit.
a03uf2c008ca
86
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.17.2 Replacing the fusing drive gear /B and the fusing duct 2 assy
B. Procedure
1. Remove the fusing unit.
[2] (See P.85)
2. Remove the two screws [1] and remove the fusing
cover/Rr [2].
[1]
a03uf2c009ca
Note
• Make sure that the fusing duct /2 assy is
released before removing the fusing drive
assy. If you attept to remove the fusing drive
assy with the fusing duct /2 assy secured,
fusing heater lamp /4 (L5) may be broken.
[7] [3] [2] [1] [6]
6. Remove the four screws [6] and remove the fusing
drive assy [7].
87
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[1]
Note
• When installing new fusing drive gear /B, be
sure to apply multemp FF-RM to its gear sec-
tion.
• When installing the fusing drive gear /B,
attach it so that the end surface with three
indentations [2] faces toward you.
[2]
a03uf2c011ca
[1]
a03uf2c046ca
88
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Remove the fusing unit.
[3] [2] [1] [4]
(See P.85)
2. Remove the fusing drive assy.
(See P.87)
3. Remove the E-ring [1], spacer [2], and the fusing
drive gear/M [3].
Note
• When installing the fusing drive gear /M,
attach it so that the arrow mark [4] indicated
as shown in the figure.
• Before installing the fusing drive gear /M, be
sure to apply multemp FF-RM to the gear.
a03uf2c012ca
89
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• The fusing lamp /Up consists of the fusing heater lamp /1 (L2), /2 (L3), and /3 (L4).
B. Procedure
1. Remove the fusing unit.
(See P.85)
2. Remove the fusing drive assy.
(See P.87)
3. Remove the screw [1] and remove the fusing duct
/5 assy [2].
Note
• When installing the fusing duct/5 assy, make
sure that the tip of the duct is placed under
the retention plate /2, or the fusing heater
[1] [2] lamp may be broken.
a03uf2c013ca
Note
• The cables [4] should remain attached to the
fusing power supply plate/Up assy.
90
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
• When installing the heater supporting plate /
Rr, fit the projection [5] of the fusing lamp /Up
[4] in the slit [3].
[2] [1]
a03uf2c015ca
Note
• Make sure to remove the fusing lamp /Up in
the direction of the arrow.
• Do not touch the lamp of the fusing lamp /Up
with bare hands.
10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1] a03uf2c017ca
91
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
3.17.5 Replacing the fusing roller /2, fusing bearing, and fusing drive gear /O
bizhub PRO C6500
B. Procedure
1. Remove the fusing unit.
(See P.85)
2. Remove the fusing drive assy.
(See P.87)
3. Remove the fusing lamp/Up.
(See P.90)
4. Remove the five screws [1] and remove the fusing
cover/Up assy [2].
Note
• When installing the fusing jigs, be sure not to
obstruct the screw holes [4].
92
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
7. Insert the two fusing jigs [2], one each into the two
[4]
93
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
10. Spread a hydro wipe [2] over the fusing belt [1].
[2] [1]
bizhub PRO C6500
Note
• Do not touch the fusing belt with bare hands.
Note
• When removing the fusing roller /2 assy,
through the hole [5] on the frame, be careful
[5] not to let the assy contact with the hole edge.
12. Remove the E-ring [1] and the fusing drive gear /O
[3]
[2].
Note
• When installing the fusing drive gear /O, be
sure that the arrow mark [3] is facing toward
the fusing bearing [4].
[1] [2] [4] • Before installing the fusing drive gear /O, be
sure to apply multemp FF-RM to the gear.
[5]
a03uf2c022ca
94
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.17.6 Replacing the fusing belt, fusing roller /1, insulating sleeve /Up, fusing bearing /Up, and belt
B. Procedure
[2]
1. Remove the fusing unit.
[3] [1]
(See P.85)
2. Remove the fusing drive assy.
(See P.87)
3. Remove the fusing lamp /Up.
(See P.90)
4. Remove the fusing roller /2 assy.
(See P.92)
5. Remove the two O-rings [1].
6. Remove the two insulating sleeve /Up [2] and the
two fusing bearing/Up [3].
Note
[4] [5]
• When installing the insulating sleeve /Up,
apply multemp FF-RM to the contact surface
with the fusing bearing /Up and the fusing
roller /1 assy [4].
Note
• Do not touch the roller of the fusing roller /1
assy, nor the area other than the both ends of
[3] [2] [1]
the fusing belt.
a03uf2c023ca
95
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
assy [1].
Note
• Install the fusing belt with the lot number [3]
facing to the far side.
[1]
• Be careful not to let the carriers adhere to the
inside of the fusing belt or the surface of the
fusing roller /1 assy. If the developer adheres,
image failures may occur.
[2]
a03uf2c024ca
[1] [2] [2] [1] 9. Remove the two O-rings [1] and the two belt regu-
lation sleeve [2].
Note
• Do not touch the roller of the fusing roller /1
[3].
• When laying the fusing roller /1 on the ground,
spread a hydro wipe [4] under it in order not
to let the developer adhere to the roller.
[4] [3]
a03uf2c025ca
96
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
[2]
1. Remove the fusing unit.
(See P.85)
2. Remove the fusing drive assy.
(See P.87)
3. Remove the fusing lamp /Up.
(See P.90)
4. Remove the fusing roller /2 assy.
(See P.92)
5. Remove the fusing belt.
(See P.95)
6. Remove the two screws [1], and remove the fus-
ing access guide plate [2].
[1] a03uf2c026ca
[2] 7. Remove the two screws [1] and open the fusing
main unit/Up assy [2].
[1] [1]
a03uf2c027ca
97
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[1] [2]
[4] [3]
a03uf2c028ca
Note
• Do not touch the lamp of L5 with bare hands.
• When installing the L5, be sure to route the
white wire to the rear as shown in the figure.
• When installing the fusing ducts /3 assy and /
4 assy, make sure that the tip of the duct is
placed under the retention plate/1, or the fus-
ing heater lamp may be broken.
[2] [1] a03uf2c029ca
11. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
98
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.17.8 Replacing the fusing roller/Lw, fusing bearing/Lw, and insulating sleeve/Lw
B. Procedure
1. Remove the fusing unit.
(See P.85)
2. Remove the fusing drive assy.
(See P.87)
3. Remove the fusing lamp/Up.
(See P.90)
4. Remove the fusing roller/2 assy.
(See P.92)
5. Remove the fusing belt.
(See P.95)
6. Remove the fusing heater lamp/4 (L5).
[1] [2]
a03uf2c030ca (See P.97)
7. Remove the two screws [1] and remove the reten-
tion block/Rr assy [2].
[2] [1] 8. Loosen the screw [1] once and tighten it again at
the position where the fusing separation plate
assy [2] is opened so that the plate works as a
stopper.
9. Remove the C-ring [3], insulating sleeve/Lw [4],
and fusing bearing/Lw [5].
[2]
Note
• When installing the insulating sleeve, apply
multemp FF-RM to the contact surface with
the fusing roller/Lw.
[8]
99
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[1] [2]
a03uf2c032ca
Note
• When installing the fusing roller/Lw [4] and
the insulating sleeve, apply multemp FF-RM
to each contact surface.
100
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Remove the fusing unit.
(See P.85)
2. Remove the fusing access guide plate.
(See P.97)
3. Disconnect the connector [1].
4. Remove the screw [2] and remove the sensor
mounting plate A assy [3].
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
101
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
B. Procedure
1. Remove the fusing unit.
(See P.85)
2. Remove the fusing cover /Up assy.
(See P.92)
3. Remove the fusing cover /Rr.
(See P.87)
4. After removing the screw [1], loosen the screw [2]
[1] [2]
and remove the cover [3].
Note
• Make sure that the screw [2] comes free from
the cover [3] as the screw [2] cannot be taken
out.
[3]
a03uf2c035ca
102
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
[2] [3]
[4] [5]
a03uf2c036ca
103
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
B. Procedure
1. Remove the fusing unit.
(See P.85)
2. Open the fusing paper exit plate assy [1], and
keep it opened with a screwdriver [2] as shown in
the figure.
[1]
[2]
a03uf2c047ca
104
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
[2] a03uf2c049ca
105
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
3.17.12 Replacing the fusing regulation gear/A and the fusing limiter
bizhub PRO C6500
B. Procedure
1. Remove the fusing unit.
2. Place the fusing unit softly on the level surface
with the paper feed side down.
3. Remove the E-ring [1].
[1] 8050ma3144
4. Slide the shaft [1] to the rear side, and remove the
[2] [1]
gear while matching the flat-cut surface [2] of the
shaft with the notch of the panel.
8050ma3145
[1] 8050ma3146
106
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
• Be careful not to lose the pin [4] inserted in
the shaft [3].
107
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
B. Procedure
1. Remove OT-502.
[1]
(See P.217)
2. Remove the two screws [1] and remove the two
paper retainer roller assys [2].
[2]
a03uf2c076ca
3. Remove the E-ring [1], pull out the shaft [2], and
remove the paper retainer roller [3].
4. Remove the other paper retainer roller in the same
manner as step 3.
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
108
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Remove OT-502.
(See P.217)
2. Remove the E-ring [1] and the gear [2].
Note
• When installing the gear, be sure that the
arrow mark [3] is facing toward the E-ring [1].
a03uf2c123ca
109
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[7] [6]
[3] [4]
a03uf2c124ca
110
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Remove OT-502.
(See P.217)
2. Remove the four screws [1] and the four roller
holders [2].
3. Remove the two paper exit driven roller assys [4]
from the four springs [3].
[3] [1]
a03uf2c078ca
111
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
112
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 4. SERVICE TOOLS
4. SERVICE TOOLS
113
4. SERVICE TOOLS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
114
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 4. SERVICE TOOLS
00VE-1003 Tester 1
115
4. SERVICE TOOLS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
4.3.1 Outline
"Mail remote notification system" is a system that allows you to obtain a list print which can be output by the
main body using the Internet mail (E-mail).
Using this system dispenses not only with printing the list on paper but also visiting the users.
Sending a mail filled-in with a simple keyword to the main body allows you to receive by mail all sorts of list print
information of the main body.
(1) The main body has a server that can receive a mail using POP3 or IMAP protocol.
(2) The main body has a mail server that can send a mail using SMTP protocol.
(3) In the following 4 cases, "Mail remote notification system" does not operate in the main body.
• When the main power switch (SW1) is turned off.
• When the power switch (SW2) is turned off.
• While the main body is in auto shut-off.
• When the "Enhance Security Mode" is set to ON (the use of the main body NIC is not allowed.)
(1) The list print information of the main body you want to obtain can be received by mail.
List prints that can be obtained are the following 11 lists.
• Mode memory list
• User setting list
• Font pattern list
• Management list
• Adjustment list
• Use management list
• Counter list
• Coverage Data list
• Communication log list
• Audit log report
(2) The counter list can be checked by cellular phone.
(3) A password used for certification of a mail can be changed.
(4) Directions for use of "Mail remote notification system" can be received by mail.
To make use of the above functions, it is necessary to send a mail to the main body with a simple
keyword (command).
For particulars of the command, See "4.3.5 Usage of the mail remote notification system".
116
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 4. SERVICE TOOLS
(1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 Select [Utility/Counter] on the touch panel.
2 Press the [03 Machine Admin. Setting].
3 Press the [05 Network Setting].
4 Press the [01 Machine NIC Setting].
5 Enter "IP Address," "Subnet Mask," and "Gateway Address."
6 Restart the main body.
Note
• The IP address of the main body is normally assigned by the system administrator. For particulars,
contact the system administrator.
Note
• No space is available in all items to be set. The following characters cannot be used for setting an
E-mail address.
()<>;:“[]
When an improper entry or setting is made on the Web browser, be sure to make corrections fol-
lowing the error massage. When no correction is made, a down load error of the program may
result.
(1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 Start the Web browser.
When a proxy is set on the Web browser, the main body Web may not be accessible. For particulars,
contact the network administrator. For Web browser, Internet Explorer 6.02, Netscape Navigator 7.1
or Firefox 1.0 is recommended. However, no setting should be made from two or more browsers
simultaneously.
117
4. SERVICE TOOLS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Step Operation
bizhub PRO C6500
2 Specify the IP address of the main body that is entered from "A. Setting from the operating panel."
"Main page" is displayed when an access is made to the Web Utilities of the main body.
118
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 4. SERVICE TOOLS
Step Operation
119
4. SERVICE TOOLS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Step Operation
bizhub PRO C6500
Sending test A mail sending test is made on the SMTP server. A test mail is sent to "E-
mail address of this copy machine" set in Step 6.
Receiving test A receiving test is made on the receiving mail server. A test mail is received
from "E-mail address of this copy machine" set in Step 6.
120
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 4. SERVICE TOOLS
Note
• Mail software can be used without discrimination by OS and a hand-held device or a free mail
using browser.
• Use the mail software in the text mode. A mail in the HTML mode cannot be used.
• For the mail software, as a condition for reception, 128 characters or more are recommended as
the maximum number of characters displayed in a line.
• There are one or more spaces or TAB required between a command and an option that are written
in the mail. However, a line feed is not allowed.
• Enter all the commands that are written in the mail in alphanumeric characters (ASCII characters).
When any other characters are used, an error message "Command Not Found" is sent back.
• Start a command written in the mail from the line head without space.
When there is a space or TAB found at the line head, the line is ignored.
• The maximum number of commands available in a mail is ten. Commands exceeding ten are
ignored.
• Do not paste an attached file to a mail sent to the main body. This may be treated as an illegal mail
according to the size of the attached file.
121
4. SERVICE TOOLS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
• Do not enter a signature to a mail sent to the main body. A signature may be treated as a com-
bizhub PRO C6500
122
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Note
• When upgrading the ISWTrns version, be sure to uninstall the old version of ISWTrns before install-
ing the new version. When installed by overwriting, the USB driver may not be installed.
• When the main body uses the USB cable to conduct the ISW, it is necessary to install the USB
driver of the ISWTrns. For procedure for installation, see "5.2.3 Usage of the ISWTrns" "A. Installa-
tion of the USB driver (Windows2000/XP)".
C. Internet ISW
Use the main body NIC to connect the main body to network environment, and use the FTP or the HTTP proto-
col to rewrite firmware via the program server on the Internet.
For the Internet ISW, the following methods are available.
• Internet ISW using Web Utilities
Rewrite the firmware by accessing the Web Utilities of the main body from the Web browser of the PC.
However, a network connected PC with the main body is required.
• Internet ISW using the operation panel
Rewrite the firmware using the operation panel.
• Internet ISW using mail remote notification system
Rewrite the firmware by sending mail to the main body and giving ISW instructions.
123
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
PC Overall control board Image memory control I/F board Printer control FNS control board (FNSCB)
(OACB) board (IMCB) (IFB) board (PRCB) FD control board (FDCB)
SD control board (SDCB)
LS control board (LSCB)
RU control board (RUCB)
DF control board (DFCB)
When executing the ISW over the entire system, be sure to execute it in the order given below. (To minimize the
occurrence of malfunction resulting from the mismatch of the firmware version)
Note
• After replacing the OACB, be sure to conduct the ISW of the image control (Collective (I0)) first.
The main body power will not turn on if the overall control firmware is not in the OACB.
• Whenever the FDCB, FNSCB (FS-503), SDCB, or LSCB is replaced, be sure to make the main body
model setting using the DIPSW (FD, FS, SD) (refer to P.634,P.640, P.645), or using the LS toggle SW
(refer to LS-501/502 Field Service P.22) before conducting the ISW.
• Service mode
This mode is used when the firmware of the OACB is installed properly.
124
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
C. When writing the firmware newly (When replacing the board or when failed in rewriting the firm-
(1) For the overall control board (OACB), when something is wrong with the firmware or no firmware
is written, the normal start-up cannot be made. In this condition, the power save LED blinks in
orange when power switch is turned ON and placed in the ISW stand-by mode.
In this status, write the OACB firmware (I1 to I5 all) in ISWTrns using a PC.
Note
• Firmware can only be written in ISWTrns.
(2) For other boards, when the firmware of the overall controller is normal and something is wrong
with other firmware, a malfunction code is shown on the touch panel when the power is turned
ON. In that case, enter the service mode and perform ISW normally.
125
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
5.2 ISWTrns
bizhub PRO C6500
5.2.1 Specifications
A. ISWTrns (PC software)
(1) Operating environment of the software
• OS: Windows95/98/98SE/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP
• CPU: Pentium 75MHz or above
• Memory: 32MB or more
• Free space in hard disk: 100MB or more
• Others: PC provided with parallel (printer) or USB interface (type A )
Item Specifications
Board to be rewritten Overall control board (OACB), Printer control board (PRCB), DF control
board (DFCB), FNS control board (FNSCB), FD control board (FDCB),
SD control board (SDCB), LS control board (LSCB), RU control board
(RUCB)
Rewritable firmware Image control Collective (I0), I1 to I5
Printer control C
ADF F
Stapler (FS-503) N1
Stapler (FS-607) N2
Multi-folder H
Saddle stitcher B
Stacker S
RU R
Note
• For boards other than the above, ROM replacement is required.
126
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
(1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 Start the PC.
2 Copy the setup files to the PC and double click the [Setup.exe] file to start the install program.
Note
• When the old version of the ISWTrns remains, uninstall the old version first, and then
install the new version.
3 "ISWTrns setup screen"
Following the instructions on the screen, check the folder to which an installation is made, and then
click [Next].
Note
• For default, "C: \ Program Files \ KONICA MINOLTA
\ ISWTrns" is set as a folder to which an installation is made.
• When changing the folder to which an installation is made, click [Browse] and specify
the folder.
4 Following the instructions on the screen, check the folder to which the ISWTrns program is stored
and then click [Next].
Note
• For default, "ISWTrns" is set as a folder to which an installation is made.
• When changing the folder to which an installation is made, enter the folder name
directly, or select one from the existing folder displayed.
5 Following the instructions on the screen, click [Finish].
6 The installation of the ISWTrns program is automatically completed.
127
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Step Operation
bizhub PRO C6500
7 Select [ISWTrns] from the start menu or double-click the [ISWTrns] icon on the desk top to start up
the ISWTrns program.
8 "ISWTrns dialogue screen"
Click [OK] to set the storage folder of the firmware.
Note
• This screen is shown only when the program is started for the first time after installing
the ISWTrns.
9 "Option screen"
Click [Make Folder].
Note
• A folder (C:\Program Files\KONICA MINOLTA\ISWTrns) into which the ISWTrns program
is installed as a storage folder is set by default.
• When changing the storage folder, click [Browse] to specify it arbitrarily or enter it
directly in the editor box in full path.
• Clicking [Make Folder] creates hierarchical folders with the storage folder set above as
a route.
10 "Option screen"
Click [OK].
Note
• This operation allows the data folder created in step 9 to be stored in the INI file of the
ISWTrns program.
128
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
(1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 Connect one end of the USB cable to the main body.
2 Connect the other end of the USB cable to the USB connector of the PC.
3 From the screen below, select "Install from a list or specific location," and then click [Next].
The driver is stored in C:\WINDOWS\Drivers\Usb.
4 In the "Please choose your search and installation options" screen, select "Don't search. I will choose
the driver to install," and then click [Next].
5 Select USB driver in the driver selection screen and click [Next] to start the installation.
Driver name: KONICA MINOLTA Pro_C6500 USB Driver for ISW
6 When the "Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard" screen is displayed, click [Finish] to exit the
installation.
129
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Step Operation
bizhub PRO C6500
7 Check the "Device Manager screen" to see if the USB driver has been correctly installed.
Driver name: KONICA MINOLTA Pro_C6500 USB Driver for ISW
Step Operation
1 Start the PC.
2 Open "System" in the "Control panel" and select "Device manager" then look for LPT1 in the "Port
(COM and LPT)".
• ECP port when the LPT1 port is "ECP printer port (LPT1)"
• Normal parallel port when the LPT1 port is "Printer port (LPT1)"
3 When the printer port is set to ECP port, change the BIOS settings of the PC and cancel the ECP
port.
Note
• Contact the system administrator to cancel the ECP mode as it varies depending on the
PC to change the BIOS.
130
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
C. Firmware copy
(1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 Start the PC.
2 Select [ISWTrns] from the start menu or double click the [ISWTrns] icon on the desktop to start up the
ISWTrns.
3 Click [Option (O)] from the menu and then click [Option (O)].
4 "Option screen"
Click [Data Copy].
Note
• The folder selected is shown in the upper display section of the "Original Files."
• In the lower display section of the "Original Files," the firmware related files stored in the
folder are shown.
6 Select a file you want to copy from the lower display section of the "Original Files."
Note
• The plural transferred files (rewritten data) can be selected.
• When copying all of the files that are displayed, skip this step and proceed to step 7.
131
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Step Operation
bizhub PRO C6500
7 Clicking [Copy] automatically copies the selected file into the specified folder created by installing the
ISWTrns.
Note
• When copying all of the files that are displayed in the lower display section of the "Origi-
nal Files", click [Copy All] instead of [Copy].
• In the upper display section of the "Copied Files", a folder name created at the setup of
the ISWTrns is displayed.
• In the list shown in the lower display section of the "Copied Files," the copy of which has
been successfully completed are listed in full path. In the "Failed to Copy Files", files the
copy of which have been failed are listed. As the causes of failure, following are consid-
ered.
A. There exists a file of the same name and "O/W" is not checked.
B. Cannot find the folder to be stored.
C. An overwrite is made on an overwrite-prohibited file.
• When changing a file that is currently stored into a new data, click the overwrite check
box to make a check mark.
8 After completion of copy, click [Refresh].
9 Click [Cancel] to get back to "option screen."
10 "Option screen"
Click [OK].
132
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Step Operation
1 Enter the Service mode.
2 Press the [08 Firmware Version] in "Service Mode Menu" screen.
3 Press the [01 ROM Version] in the sub menu shown to the right of the screen.
4 " ROM Version Indication screen"
133
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Open the Service mode of the main body to put the ISW transfer in the standby condition.
Step Operation
1 Enter the Service mode.
2 Press the [12 ISW] in "Service Mode Menu" screen.
3 Press the [01 ISW] in the sub menu shown to the right of the screen.
4 "Board Type Selection" screen
134
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 Turn OFF the power of the main body.
2 Turn OFF the power of the PC.
3 Connect the parallel cable [2] to the IEEE1284 port [1] of the PC.
[1]
[2]
50gaf2c176na
4 Connect the parallel cable [1] of the PC to the ISW connector [2] of the main body.
[2]
[1]
a03uf2c132ca
135
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 Turn OFF the power of the main body.
2 Turn OFF the power of the PC.
3 Connect the UBS cable [2] to the USB port [1] of the PC.
[1]
[2]
50gaf2c178na
4 Connect the USB cable [1] of the PC to the ISW connector [2] of the main body.
[2]
[1]
a03uf2c133ca
136
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
F. Rewriting of firmware
[2] [3]
[1] [4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8] [9]
[10]
137
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[9] [FileCheck]
bizhub PRO C6500
With a transmission file displayed in "SendFile info" of [8], press this key to calculate the file checksum
(checksum of the entire file) of the displayed transmission file and show a result beside the transmission file.
And also, compare the result of the checksum with the checksum file attached to the firmware and display
the obtained result in the form shown below.
"OK": Accord
"NG": Not accord
"??": Checksum file (*.sum) not found
[10] [FileSend]
Starts the transmission of the transferred file.
(2) Procedure
e.g.) When the overall program (ALL) is written.
Step Operation
1 Start the ISWTrns program.
2 Click [Set-up (S)] from the menu and then click [Communication setting (C)].
3 "Set Communication" screen
Select a port through which the transmission is made and click [OK].
Note
• When [Parallel] is selected, be sure to specify [Port] as well.
4 Select the machine type, the destination and the board types.
• Machine type: Pro_C6500, Country: EU, Board type: I1/I5 (ALL)
5 The data to be used is displayed in the version selection frame and the send file information frame.
138
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Step Operation
8 First, press [Start] on the touch panel, then click [FileSend] in ISWTrns.
9 The following window is displayed on the PC while in the file transfer.
139
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Step Operation
bizhub PRO C6500
"Touch panel"
11 "ISWTrns"
Click [OK].
"Touch panel"
Press [Continue] when conducting the ISW successively.
To end ISW, press [End].
The main body automatically restarts when [End] is pressed.
12 Check the firmware version in the service mode to see if the ISW is completed successfully.
140
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
141
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
No send file available No file to copy file is selected or exists in the folder.
Unable to copy several files 1. The destination folder does not exist.
2. When the overwrite check box is not checked, an attempt is made to
copy to a file having the same file name.
3. An attempt is made to overwrite a protected file.
4. Any other cause (such as a file being used by another application or
OS problem)
Send file not found, or invalid file The number of divisions of a send file recorded in the checksum file and
name in the folder. Check. the number of files actually existing do not match.
1. When a file with an illegal name is in the data folder, or a file name that
seems to be illegal is displayed in the folder list.
2. The number of files in a divided file is wanting. Identify the wanting files
in the folder list and copy them again.
3. When the checksum file is damaged, copy it to the folder again.
142
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
D. ISWTrms troubleshooting
143
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
5 An error "Cannot The file is being used by anther pro- Exit another program. The error still
The transfer of the file failed.
144
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Note
• The "Service Port Device" must be set to [On] in the settings menu mode of the "User Setting-Sys-
tem Setting-service Port Device", or the USB memory ISW cannot be used.
A. Procedure
Step Operation
1 Save the firmware to the USB memory in the folder structure described below.
PRO_C6500
I0
I1
I2
I3
I4
I5
N1
N2
Note
• Create the PRO_C6500 folder directly under the USB memory route.
• Several firmware can be saved to a folder. However 24 files is the maximum it can dis-
play on the touch panel. Also, two byte font cannot be displayed.
• Maximum 40 letters for a file name.
145
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Step Operation
bizhub PRO C6500
2 Connect the USB memory [1] to the main body service port [2].
[2] [1]
a03uf2c134ca
146
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Step Operation
Note
• From the file name, the file availability is judged and the result is shown by text color.
White: File effective as ISW.
Yellow: Special ROM file.
Red: File other than ISW or file for different destination.
• Press [Limit] to display only the effective files, files can be sorted by pressing [File
Name], [Date], [Size (byte)].
Note
• Press [File Select] to return to the file name selection screen.
• Press [ROM Select] to return to the board type selection screen.
147
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Step Operation
bizhub PRO C6500
148
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
(1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 Press the [Utility/Counter] key on the operation panel.
2 Press [03 Machine Admin. Setting].
3 Press [05 Network Setting].
4 Enter [01 Machine NIC Setting].
5 Type in [IP Address], [Subnet Mask], [Gateway Address].
6 Restart the main body by turning the sub power switch (SW2) OFF/ON.
Note
• The IP address etc. of the main body is normally assigned by the system administrator. For partic-
ulars, contact the system administrator.
149
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Enter the setting of the program server from the Web browser. At this time, in order to use the Web browser,
make preparations of the PC that can be introduced into the network.
Note
• For all the settings, "Space" cannot be set.
• When an incorrect setting is made on the Web browser, be sure to correct it following the error
message. Correcting no input error may result in the download error of the program.
(1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 Start up the Web browser.
When the proxy is set on the Web browser, the main body Web may not be accessed.
For particulars, contact the network administrator. For Web browser, Internet Explorer 6.02,
Netscape Navigator 7.1 or Firefox 1.0 is recommended. However, be sure to avoid setting from two
or more browsers at a time.
2 Specify the IP address of the main body that is entered thorough "A. Settings from the operation
panel".
When you access the Web Utilities of the main body, "Main page screen" is displayed.
"Main page" screen
150
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Step Operation
151
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Step Operation
bizhub PRO C6500
Note
• Types 2, 3, and 4 are unsupported.
• For authentication of proxy server, see "5.4.8 Authenti-
cation of the proxy server in the Internet ISW" .
Proxy Server IP Address When using the proxy server, set the IP address of the proxy
server.
Port Number When using the proxy server, set the number of the port that
uses the proxy server.
User name on the proxy When selecting the type 1 or type 2 in "Proxy Server Type" above
server set the account of the proxy server.
Password for the proxy server When selecting the type 1 or type 2 in "Proxy Server Type" above
set the password of the proxy server.
8 After completion of entry, click [Next] and then after checking the set items in the setting check
screen, click [Next]. However, if there is an input error, click [Back] following the message shown in
red and then re-set the item.
152
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Step Operation
Program Server Address Set the address of the server into which the program to be down
loaded is stored. Select the protocol to be used from the pull-
down menu left and enter the address after that in the text box
on the right. In the case of ftp, it is a relative path from the home
directory.
User name on the program Enter the account name of the program server.
server
Password for the program Enter the password of the program server.
server
Receiving time out Set the receiving time out of the program. When the time is out,
the down load of the program forcibly comes to an end, and the
system returns to the normal mode without conducting the ISW.
10 After completion of entry, click [Next]. Then after checking the set items in the setting check screen,
click [Finish]. However, if there is an input error, click [Back] following the message shown in red and
then re-set the item.
11 Set the program server settings. (When not using the proxy)
12 After completion of entry, click [Next]. Then after checking the set items in the setting check screen,
click [Finish]. However, if there is an input error, click [Back] following the message shown in red and
then re-set the item.
153
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Step Operation
bizhub PRO C6500
• When the down load test failed, the response malfunction code from the server is display as
shown below. Since there may be a setting error, re-check the initialization.
154
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
(1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 Proceed to "Internet ISW" on the Web Utilities.
"Internet ISW screen"
The firmware version of the board is displayed beside each of the board types.
2 Select one ISW intended board at the item of "ISW." When specifying a file name to be download,
enter it in the [File name] text box.
When firmware file name is not specified, it will be rewritten in the following files stored in the program
server.
Note
• bootN1.bin is for FS-503, bootN2. bin is for FS-607.
155
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Step Operation
bizhub PRO C6500
(1) Usage of the Internet ISW using the mail remote notification system
For a command that is sent to the main body and its options, see the table given below.
156
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
When firmware file name is not specified, it will be rewritten in the following files saved in the program server.
Note
• bootN1.bin is for FS-503, bootN2.bin is for FS-607.
Note
• The number of commands that can be written down on a mail is only 1. When two or more com-
mands are written down, the second and the succeeding commands are ignored.
157
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
When the customer engineer uses the Internet ISW from the operation panel, with no PC brought with, the main
body can download the program from the program server to conduct the rewrite automatically.
(1) Procedure
e.g.) When rewrite the overall control board (OACB) firmware (ALL).
Step Operation
1 Display "ISW Mode screen"
2 Press [Internet ISW] on the screen, then press [Collective (I0)] of the <Image Control>.
158
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Step Operation
In a case in which the download of an old version firmware is required, press the [File Name Input]
key and enter the file name manually.
159
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
When an error occurs during Internet ISW operation, the malfunction code is displayed on the touch panel.
(See P.142)
Command
Command Parameter Reply Code Description
USER User@host 331 Transmit the user name of the program server and the
program server address
PASS password 230 Transmit the password for the user name above
Command
Command Parameter Reply Code Description
OPEN host ftp expanded Transmit the program server address
function, defined
for each server
USER user 331 Transmit the user name of the program server
PASS password 230 Transmit the password for the user name above
160
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Command
Command Parameter Reply Code Description
USER FW user 331 Transmit the user name of the proxy server
PASS FW password 230 Transmit the password for the user name above
SITE host ftp expanded Transmit the program server address
function, defined
for each server
USER user 331 Transmit the user name of the program server
PASS password 230 Transmit the password for the user name above
Command
Command Parameter Reply Code Description
USER FW user 331 Transmit the user name of the proxy server
PASS FW password 230 Transmit the password for the user name above
USER user@host name 331 Transmit the user name of the program server and the
program server address
PASS password 230 Transmit the password for the user name above
D. Remark
For fwtk2.1 (for Unix) and Black Jumbo Dog (for Windows), the type 1 authentication is used. For most of the
proxy servers, the type 1 authentication is used. When the authentication type of the proxy server is not known,
you are recommended to make settings in type 1 authentication as a temporary measure.
161
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
6. OTHERS
bizhub PRO C6500
[1]
[2]
[2]
162
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 6. OTHERS
[1]
[2]
a03uf2c126ca
163
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[1]
[1]
[2] a03uf2c127ca
164
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 6. OTHERS
[5] [6]
[1]
[2]
165
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[4] [3]
[1] [2]
[5]
a03uf2c129ca
166
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 6. OTHERS
[2]
[1]
[3] a03uf2c130ca
167
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
a03uf2c131ca
[1] Screws not allowed to be removed [3] Screws not allowed to be removed
[2] Pressure roller arm /Fr [4] Pressure roller arm /Rr
168
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 6. OTHERS
169
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
170
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 6. OTHERS
171
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
A. Procedure
1. Remove the three screws [1] and remove the orig-
[1] [2] [4] [3]
inal positioning plate /Rr [2].
2. Remove the two screws [3] and remove the scan-
ner cover /Rt [4].
3. Remove the two screws [5] and remove the origi-
nal glass assy [6].
[5] [6]
a03uf2c086ca
Note
[10] [7]
• When removing the original glass assy, do not
hold the original positioning plate /Lt [8], or
the glass [7] may come off since the plate and
glass are attached with each other only with
two-side tape. Be sure to hold the original
glass assy by its [9] and [10] portions.
[8] [9]
a03uf2c087ca
172
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 6. OTHERS
a03uf2c088ca
[1] [2]
a03uf2c089ca
[4]
a03uf2c091ca
173
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[4] [3]
a03uf2c091ca
a03uf2c092ca
174
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 6. OTHERS
Note
• Be careful not to damage the connector [1] or
the wires when removing the main board unit.
[2] [1]
a03uf2c096ca
Note
• Be sure not to pinch the wires.
[3] [2]
a03uf2c097ca
175
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
A. Procedure
1. Remove the original glass assy.
(See P.172)
2. Disconnect the connector [1].
3. Remove the 9 screws [2] and remove the CCD
cover [3].
4. Remove the screw [4] and remove the ribbon
cable cover [5].
[1] [2]
8050ma3141
Note
• Connect the ribbon cable following the proce-
dure below.
• Open the lock lever [1] and insert the ribbon
cable [2] as far as it will go. Make sure the
conductive surface of the cable does not face
to the lock lever.
• Close the lock lever [1] to lock the ribbon
[1] [2] cable [2].
a03uf2c098ca
176
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 6. OTHERS
Note
• Never remove any screws other than the four
screws [1]. If they are removed, optical
adjustments that cannot be made in the field
service or stores are required.
• Never touch the lends with your hand, other-
wise it causes image quality problems.
177
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
A. Disassembly procedure
1. Remove the original glass assy.
[2] [1] [1]
(See P.172)
2. Remove the upper cover/Fr, /Rt and Lt.
(See P.173)
3. Remove the 14 screws [1] and remove the stay
[2].
[1]
a03uf2c0100ca
[4] [3]
a03uf2c101ca
178
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 6. OTHERS
a03uf2c102ca
179
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
B. Reassembly procedure
bizhub PRO C6500
Note
• Use the optic positioning jigs when reinstall-
ing the exposure unit.
180
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 6. OTHERS
[6] [5]
a03uf2c104ca
181
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
A. Procedure
1. Remove the exposure unit.
[2]
(See P.178)
2. Loosen the screws [1] for each of two spring fixing
plates [2] and release the plates.
[1]
a03uf2c105ca
182
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 6. OTHERS
[3]
[1]
[11]
8050ma3024
183
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
A. Procedure
1. Move the V mirror unit [1] toward paper eject side
and put the optic unit positioning jig [2] for the V
mirror unit [1] through the hole on the front side
frame and through the V mirror unit.
Note
• Be careful not to damage the mirror with the
optic positioning jig.
• When reinstalling the scanner wire, secure
the V mirror unit with the optic positioning jig.
[1] [2]
a03uf2c106ca
184
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 6. OTHERS
FRONT
[3]
[1]
[11]
8050ma3027
185
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[1]
a03uf2c105ca
186
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 6. OTHERS
Note
• Never remove the covers of the write unit, and even loosening the screws of the cover must be
avoided.
• Be careful not to touch the dust-proof glass when removing the write unit.
• Never remove the write unit for at least two minutes after turning the main power switch (SW1) off.
A. Procedure
1. Remove the right cover/Up1 and /Up2.
[2] [2]
(See P.171)
2. Disconnect the six connectors [1].
3. Remove the 10 screws [2] and remove the fan
mounting plate/Rt [3].
Note
• When removing the write unit pressing plate,
be sure to do that while holding the upper of
the plate.
187
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• The write unit/C, /M and /Y are common
parts.
• The write unit/C, /M, /Y and the write unit/K
differs in the number of connector.
• Never install the other write units to the place
where the write unit/K is to be installed.
[6] [5]
a03uf2c109ca
11. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
188
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 6. OTHERS
Note
• The transfer belt unit, drum cartridges, and
the developing units must have been removed
before removing the process unit.
• Do not remove the black screws.
Note
• Do not remove the black screws.
[6] 7. Pull out the process unit [6] again. And remove the
[7]
process unit from the guide rail/Lt [2] and /Rt [3]
following the procedure below.
Projections [7] on the guide rail /Lt are inserted in
the notches [8] of the process unit. And the
notches [10] on the process unit are engaged with
the projections [9] on the guide rail/Rt. Release
the process unit from the guide rail/Lt while sliding
the guide rail/Lt a little against the process unit,
then lift the process unit to release it from the
guide rail/Rt, and remove the process unit.
8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
[1] [9] [3] [5] [4] steps in reverse.
[10] a03uf2c110ca
189
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
A. Procedure
1. Remove the process unit.
(See P.189)
2. Disconnect the connector [1].
3. Remove the two screws [2] and remove the image
[4]
correction unit [3].
[2]
Note
• When removing the image correction unit, be
sure to remove the process unit beforehand.
• When removing the image correction unit,
avoid touching or exerting any force on the
[3] [1] [4] 8050ma3071
drum drive shaft [4].
190
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 6. OTHERS
6.3.16 Removing/installing belt collectin pipe, vertical conveyance pipe and horizontal conveyance
Note
• If a paper feed motor error (C-0101) or a transfer belt motor error (C-2220) occurs, clean the inside
of the pipes following the procedure below.
Note
• With the process unit removed, ADU cannot
be pulled out without releasing the lock [3] in
order to avoid rollover accidents.
a03uf2c111ca
191
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
screw [2].
[1]
192
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 6. OTHERS
6. Hold the belt waste toner inlet [1] and the drum/K
[1]
Note
• When removing the belt collection pipe and
the vertical conveyance pipe, be sure to
remove them while slightly tilting the belt
waste toner inlet side toward you.
• When installing the belt collection pipe and
the vertical conveyance pipe, insert the pro-
[3] jections located on rear side of each inlet into
holes of the main body.
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[2] 8050ma3194
193
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[3] [2]
tical conveyance pipe/1 [1], and pull out the toner
oscillating plate [3].
[1]
8050ma3195
194
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 6. OTHERS
Note
[2]
[5] 8050ma3196
195
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• When cleaning the toner collection pipe /2, be
careful not to lose the sponge [6] and [7].
[6] [7]
196
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 6. OTHERS
Note
• When cleaning each vertical conveyance
pipe, be careful not to lose the four sponges
[6].
• When installing each inlet cap, match the
concave part [7] of the inlet cap with the con-
vex part [8] of the vertical conveyance pipe.
[5] 8050ma3198
197
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
(See P.57)
14. Remove the rear cover.
(See P.170) .
15. Remove the screw [1] and the flywheel/C [2].
16. Remove the screw [3] and the flywheel/K [4].
[1] [2]
Note
• Waste toner may spill out of when the hori-
zontal conveyance pipe/2 is removed from
the conveyance pipe/1. Be sure to spread a
sheet to prevent the waste toner from spilling
on the internal components.
[1]
[2] [3] 8050ma3200
198
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 6. OTHERS
18. Remove the two screws [1] and pull out the hori-
[1]
[3]
199
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[2] [1]
Note
• When installing the gear, insert the D-cut
head [4] of the screw [3] into the D-shaped
hole [5] of the gear.
Note
• Insert the bearing into the hole of the horizon-
tal conveyance pipe assy [2] checking their
shapes [3].
200
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 6. OTHERS
21. Pull out the screw [2] from the horizontal convey-
[2] [1]
Note
• The spacer [3] is installed to the gear side of
the screw. If the spacer come off or is
removed, be sure to reattach it as shown.
201
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
22. Remove the two screws [1] and remove the hori-
[1]
bizhub PRO C6500
[4] [5]
[3] 8050ma3205
202
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 6. OTHERS
203
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
A. Procedure
1. Open the toner supply section.
[1]
(See P.33)
2. Pull out the ADU.
(See P.75)
3. Remove the fusing unit.
[2]
(See P.85)
[3]
4. Remove the ADU cover/Rt, ADU release lever,
and ADU cover/Lt.
(See P.66)
5. Remove the paper feed solenoid cover.
(See P.63)
6. Disconnect the two connectors [1].
7. Remove the screw [2] and release the ADU wire
binding assy [3].
8050ma3085
204
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 6. OTHERS
Note
• Do not remove the black screws.
11. Pull out the ADU [6] again and move the guide
pins [8] of the guide rail/Rt [7] within the elongate
hole so that the guide rail does not interfere with
removal of the ADU.
[7] [8] [10] 12. Remove the ADU [6] from the guide rail/Lt [3] and
/Rt [7].
Note
• When removing the ADU [6], be sure to per-
form the work with two people, one is on the
paper feed side, another is on the paper eject
side.
• When removing the ADU [6], the person who
performs on the paper feed side should hold
the ADU handle/Rt [10].
• When removing the ADU [6], the person who
[4] [5] [11] [2] [3] [6]
performs on the paper eject side shold hold
a03uf2c112ca
the stay [11].
205
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• Do not pull out the process unit and the ADU at a time or the main body may topple over. In order
to prevent rollover accidents, the lock lever/1 and /2 do not allow the process unit and the ADU to
be pulled out at the same time.
If you cannot pull out the process unit or the ADU, the lock lever/1 and /2 may be deformed as a
result of some operational error. Check the lock lever/1 and /2 for deformation and replace them
as necessary.
• Since the lock lever/1 and /2 are not the regular maintenance parts, they were located without
considering the convenience of replacement. You must remove the levers without directly viewing
them. Therefore, when replacing the lock lever/1 and /2, refer to the pictures for each steps to fig-
ure out their locations and how they are installed beforehand.
206
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 6. OTHERS
A. Procedure
Note
• The ADU may not be pulled out smoothly
depending on deformation condition of the
lock lever/1 [2] and /2 [3]. If so, pull it slightly
harder to make space to access the screw
[1].
[3] [5] [1] [2] 3. Remove the screw [1] and remove the stopper [4].
Note
[4]
• When installing the stopper [4], match the
projection [5] with the positioning hole [6].
[7] WARNING
[1] [3] [8]
• Never pull out the process unit or the main
body may topple over.
Note
• When replacing the levers, be sure to check if
[2] 8050ma3220
the direction of the spring [13] and the posi-
tion of the hook are correct.
207
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
A. Procedure
Note
• Configuration of paper feed tray/1 is the same for those of paper feed trays /2 and /3. The explana-
tion here is made by the example of paper feed tray/1.
[1] [2]
8050ma3162
208
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 6. OTHERS
Note
• The tray/1 was used to illustrate the disassembly procedure. The procedure is the same for the
tray/2 and tray/3.
209
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[23] [22]
[21]
[15] [24]
[11]
[10]
[3]
210
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 6. OTHERS
B. Wiring procedure
[8] 1. Secure the wire /C [3] to the fixing wire shaft [2] on
[10]
[9] the bottom of the paper feed tray with the screw
[16]
[1].
2. After winding the wire /C [3] to the pulley [4], insert
[14] [15] the wire/C over the shaft [6] and cover it with the
wire cover [5]. Then secure them with the E-ring
[7].
3. Secure the wire/D [10] to the fixing wire shaft [9]
[17] on the bottom of the paper feed tray with the
screw [8].
[18] 4. After winding the wire/C [3] and /D [10] to the pul-
ley [11], insert the wire/C and /D over the shaft
[13] and cover it with the wire cover [12]. Then
secure them with the E-ring [14].
Note
• Place the wire/C [3] on the outer side while
the wire/D [10] on the inner side to wind them
to the pulley [11].
Note
• Insert the wire/C [3] through the outer hole of
the up/down drive shaft while the wire/D [10]
through the inner hole.
[17] Note
• After replacing the wires, manually turn the
[7] [5] up/down drive shaft to check if the up/down
[4] ptate moves smoothly.
[6]
[3] 7. Follow the removal steps in reverse from here.
211
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
A. Disassembly procedure
1. Remove the fusing unit.
[1]
(See P.85)
2. Remove the fusing cover /Up assy.
(See P.92)
3. Remove the fusing cover /Rr.
(See P.87)
4. Remove the cover.
(See P.102)
5. Remove the screw [1] and the four cable clamps
[2].
6. Disconnect the connector [3].
7. Remove the screw [4] and remove the tempera-
[5] [1] [2] [2] ture sensor /1 (TEMS/1) [5].
[4] [1]
a03uf2c113ca
Note
• When disconnecting the fastons, be sure to
hold the base of the faston to pull it out. Never
hold the wire bindings to pull the faston out.
10. Remove the four screws [4] and remove the ther-
mostat/1 (TS1) and /2 (TS2) [6].
212
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 6. OTHERS
B. Reassembly procedure
213
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[3]
[1]
[2]
[3]
a03uf2c136ca
214
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 6. OTHERS
Note
• Before installing the TEMS/2, make sure that
there is no contacts between the binding wire
and the fusing roller/Lw [4].
[2] [1]
a03uf2c115ca
Note
• When disconnecting the fastons, be sure to
hold the base of the faston to pull it out. Never
hold the wire bindings to pull the faston out.
215
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
B. Reassembly procedure
bizhub PRO C6500
Note
• Be sure to adjust the position of the thermostat/3 (TS3) with a thermostat jig/L before securing it.
Be sure to apply the threadlocker to the fixing screws.
• Be sure to adjust the position with the fusing belt cooled down.
Note
• Be sure to adjust the position of the TS3 so
[3] [2] [3] a03uf2c121ca that the gap “a” between the TS3 and the fus-
ing roller/Lw becomes the same as the thick-
ness of the thermostat jig/L.
Standard value : a = 3 ± 0.2 mm
216
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 6. OTHERS
6.3.23 Removing/reinstalling OT
[2]
[1]
a03uf2c117ca
[2] [2]
[1] [3]
a03uf2c118ca
217
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
218
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 6. OTHERS
B. Connector
[1]
a03uf2c146ca
[1] CN495
219
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
C. Procedure
bizhub PRO C6500
Note
• Route the cables [3] so that they do not make
contact with the flywheel [5] of the scanner
motor (M1) [4].
[2] [3]
a03uf2c149ca
220
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 6. OTHERS
Note
• Pull out the cables [3] of the status indicator
light through the cracked cover for pulling out
the cables [4] of the upper cover/Rr2.
[5]
[3] a03uf2c150ca
221
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
A. Configuration
Key counter
Counter socket
a03uf2c151ca
B. Connector locations
[2]
[1]
a03uf2c152ca
222
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 6. OTHERS
C. Procedure
Note
• Be sure to use the two screws removed in
Step 3.
• Install the counter socket so that the arrow
mark [3] is facing upward.
[3] a03uf2c155ca
223
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• Be sure to keep the removed jumper connec-
tor (CN494).
Note
• Route the cables [4] so that they do not make
contact with the flywheel [6] of the scanner
motor (M1) [5].
224
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 6. OTHERS
Note
• Install the key counter so that the arrow mark
[4] is facing upward.
[2]
225
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
bizhub PRO C6500
Blank page
226
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 7. HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT/SETTING SECTION
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
227
8. UTILITY MENU Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
8. UTILITY MENU
bizhub PRO C6500
228
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 8. UTILITY MENU
229
8. UTILITY MENU Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
230
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 8. UTILITY MENU
231
9. UTILITY MENU Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
9. UTILITY MENU
bizhub PRO C6500
Note
• This table shows the list of adjustment items when replacing a part. Items are numbered in a circle
by the priority if there is any.
• After replacing the developer, do NOT print until the toner density sensor initial automatic adjustment completes.
• When replacing the overall control board (OACB) due to damage of the board, be sure to remove
the NVRAM board (NRB) on the current OACB and install it to the new OACB.
Exposure of scanner/
After maintenance
Transfer belt
V mirror unit
CCD unit
Adjustment/setting items
blade
Machine Printer Adjustment Restart Timing Adjustment
Adjustment CD-Mag. Adjustment
Belt Line Speed Adjustment
Color Registration Adjustment
Color Registration/Manual
CD Skew Adjustment
Quality Adjustment Scanner smooth tone/color
Printer Gamma Offset Auto Adjustment
Printer gamma sensor adjustment
Printer Screen Gradation Adjustment
Process Drum Peculiarity Blade setting mode
Adjustment Adjustment Automatic gamma adjustment
LD bias adjustment
Automatic Developer Charge
TonerDensity Sensorunit
Initial drum rotation
System Setting Software SW Setting
Counter/Data Maintenance Counter
Parts Counter Count of special parts (reset)
State Confirmation I/O Check Mode
Finisher Stacker Adjustment Paper Width Adjustment
Adjustment Paper Length Adjustment
Punch Adjustment Paper Edge Detect Sensor Adj.
ISW ISW
Others Mirror unit positioning (require the jigs)
Dust-proof glass cleaning (Write unit)
Setting powder application
1st transfer roller installation direction (shaft groove
comes front side)
Transfer belt installation direction (UPSIDE mark comes
rear)
2nd transfer rollers/Up and /Lw installation direction
(Concave at the shaft edge comes front)
Fusing belt installation direction (lot number comes rear)
Fusing heater lamp installation direction (colored wiring
comes front)
Thermostat/UC, /UF, /L positioning (require the jigs)
NVRAM board (NRB) replacement
Main body NIC setting
Board DIPSW setting
Toggle switch setting
EEPROM remove and install
Stapler positioning (require the jigs)
Grip conveyance home sensor adjustment
232
Exposure lamp (L1)
Original glass
Write unit /K
Write unit /Y,M,C
Dust-proof glass /Y,M,C,K
Charging corona /Y,M,C,K
1st transfer roller /Y,M,C,K
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
233
bizhub PRO C6500
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
234
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
235
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
236
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
*1 Depending on which options among the FS-503, FD, LS, SD and RU are installed, the enabled adjustment
items changes.
*2 Depending on which option(s) among the FS-607, PK, and PI is (are) installed, the enabled adjustment
items changes.
237
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Service mode allows you to adjust/set various settings on the machine. Data adjusted/set in this mode are
stored in NVRAM board (NRB).
Note
• If a CE Authentication is set, input the password to enter the service mode.
4. "Service Mode Menu screen"
Service mode is started.
5. Select the item you want to set.
A setting screen corresponding to each item appears.
6. Press [Exit] to exit the service mode.
7. The new settings will be effective after reboot.
1. While pressing [Utility/Counter] key turn the sub power switch (SW2) ON.
Note
• If a CE Authentication is set, input the password to enter the service mode.
2. "Service Mode Menu screen"
Service mode is started.
3. Select the item you want to set.
A setting screen corresponding to each item appears.
4. Press [Exit] to terminate the service mode.
5. The new settings will be effective after reboot.
238
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Note
• Be sure the "FD-mag. Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)" have been adjusted before performing this
adjustment.
(See P.241)
A. Procedure
Note
• Large size: 300 mm and more (sub-scanning direction)
• Small size: Less than 300 mm (sub-scanning direction)
• Thick paper: Paper weight 106 g/m2 and more
5. "Copy screen"
Set the copy according to the item that has been adjusted and press the Start key to output a test pattern
(No. 16).
6. Check the leading edge timing.
20
Standard value 20 ± 0.5mm
57gaf3c007na
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [SERVICE].
8. "Restart Timing Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -60 (shorter) to +60 (longer) 1 step = 0.1 mm
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.
239
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• Be sure the "CD-mag. Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)" have been adjusted before performing
this adjustment.
(See P.242)
A. Procedure
Note
• Large size: 300 mm and more (sub-scanning direction)
• Small size: Less than 300 mm (sub-scanning direction)
• Thick paper: Paper weight 106 g/m2 and more
5. "Copy screen"
Set the copy according to the item that has been adjusted and press the Start key to output a test pattern
(No. 16).
6. Fold the output page in half in main scanning direction, and check the discrepancy from the center line of
the print.
Standard value 0 ± 1.5mm or less
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
8. "Centering Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -40 (image in back) to +40 (image in front) 1 step = 0.1 mm
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.
240
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Note
• There are the following two methods to adjust the magnification of the printer in sub-scanning direction.
(1)FD-Mag. Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)
Perform this adjustment when the magnification in sub-scanning direction has changed because of the worn
registration roller or paper shrinkage by heat.
(2)Belt Line Speed Adj. (Printer Adjustment)
Perform this adjustment under the conditions not mentioned above.
• Magnification adjustment on back side in sub-scanning direction is not reflected to the image in default. WHEN
ADJUSTING the magnification on back side, enter "User Setting - Common Setting" and turn the "Side 2 Lens
Adjustment mode" [On]. However, since the polygon motor speed is switched for back side, the print speed is
reduced up to 3/4.
A. Procedure
57gaf3c003na
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
8. "FD-Mag. Adjustment screen"
Setting range • Printer FD-Mag. (both sides at a time): -100 (shorter) to +100 (longer)
• Other than the above: -80 (shorter) to +20 (longer)
1 step = 0.01%
9. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
10. Repeat steps 4 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
241
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
A. Procedure
190
57gaf3c004na
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
8. "FD-Mag. Adjustment screen"
Setting range: -100 (shorter) to +100 (longer) 1 step = 0.01%
9. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
10. Repeat steps 4 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
242
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
A. Procedure
57gaf3c029na
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
8. "Lead Edge Erase Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -20 (narrower) to +40 (wider) 1 step = 0.1 mm
9. Repeat steps 5 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.
243
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Adjust the paper loop amount in the registration roller section to remove paper skew and wrinkle, or paper jam-
ming in the registration section.
A. Procedure
Note
• Large size: 300 mm and more (sub-scanning direction)
• Small size: Less than 300 mm (sub-scanning direction)
• Thick paper: Paper weight 106 g/m2 and more
5. "Copy screen"
Set the copy according to the item that has been adjusted and press the Start key to output a test pattern
(No. 16).
6. If the problem is not solved, press [SERVICE].
7. "Registration Loop Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -99 (smaller) to +99 (larger) 1 step = 0.1 mm
8. Repeat steps 4 to 7 until the standard value can be obtained.
244
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
A. Procedure
Note
• Large size: 300 mm and more (sub-scanning direction)
• Small size: Less than 300 mm (sub-scanning direction)
5. "Copy screen"
Select A3 or 11 X 17 paper and press Start key to output the test pattern (No. 16).
6. If the problem is not solved, press [SERVICE].
7. "Pre-registration Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -99 (smaller) to +99 (larger) 1 step = 0.1 mm
8. Repeat steps 4 to 7 until the standard value can be obtained.
245
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• There are the following two methods to adjust the magnification of the printer in sub-scanning
direction.
(1) FD-Mag. Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)
Perform this adjustment when the magnification in sub-scanning direction has changed because
of the worn registration roller or paper shrinkage by heat.
(2) Belt Line Speed Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)
Perform this adjustment under the conditions not mentioned above.
A. Procedure
57gaf3c003na
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
8. "Belt Line Speed Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -100 (shorter) to +100 (longer) 1 step = 0.01%
9. Repeat steps 5 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.
Note
• Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.
246
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Note
• This adjustment has a large correction area than that of the color registration adjustment in the
user mode. If the malfunction code C-4520 appears, perform this adjustment.
• Be sure the image adjustment of black have been adjusted before performing this adjustment.
A. Procedure
247
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Measure the misalignment amount of Y, M, and C relative to K of "Main Scan", Mag.(ALL) (whole magnification in
main scanning), "Mag.(PART)" (partial magnification in main scanning), "Sub Scan", "Incline" (skew), and "Scan
Bend" (main scanning), and adjust Mag.(PART) manually.
Note
• Be sure the "FD-Mag. Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)" have been adjusted before performing
this adjustment.
(See P.241)
• Be sure the "CD-Mag. Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)" have been adjusted before performing
this adjustment.
(See P.242)
• Complete the "Color Registration Adj. (Printer Adjustment)" have been adjusted before performing
this adjustment.
(See P.247)
A. Procedure
Note
• When placing the test pattern onto the original
glass, be sure to take care of the setting direc-
tion (with printing face down) and position.
• Check that the settings for all colors (Y, M, C, K)
in the [Test Pattern Output Mode] is set to 255. If [1]
not, it will cause an error.
8050fs1011
248
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
6. Press [SERVICE].
[1] a03uf3c007ca
249
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
11. Perform the Color registration adjustment (printer adjustment) with reference to "10.3.10 Color Registra-
tion Adj. (Printer Adjustment)".
12. Repeat steps 3 to 11 until "OK" is displayed.
250
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Note
• Image distortion of K in main scanning direction cannot be corrected by the Color registration
adjustment. (Adjusts YMC only.)
• Image distortion of K in main scanning direction can also be changed by conducting [Chart
Adjustment] of [Both Side Adj.] in the user mode.
A. Procedure
Note
• When the Start key is pressed, CY2 lenses of YMCK are adjusted and the Color registration
adjustment is automatically started. When the adjustment is complete (approx. two minutes),
test pattern (No. 16) will be printed.
6. Check the skew in main scanning direction.
Standard value: ± 0.3% or less (difference between
280mm diagonal lines "a. b" is 0.84 mm or less) b
a03uf3c001ca
251
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Restore the printer adjustment set values to factory initial data or installation initial data.
Note
• Adjustment data of "Color Registration Adj.", "Color Registration/Manual", "PFU Dfeed detect
Adj.", and "CD Skew Ad." are not restored.
A. Procedure
Note
• Selecting [Factory Default Data] restores various set values to factory initial data.
• Selecting [Installation Initial Data] restores to the adjustment values stored when I/O check
mode (code "91-00") was conducted.
5. Press [Yes] to restore standard data.
Press [No] to cancel the operation.
252
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Note
• Be sure the "Restart Timing Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)" have been adjusted before perform-
ing this adjustment.
(See P.239)
A. Procedure
253
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Adjust the image mis-centering of the main scan direction when scanning from the original glass and DF.
Note
• Be sure the "Centering Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)" have been adjusted before performing
this adjustment.
(See P.240)
A. Procedure
254
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Note
• Be sure the "FD-Mag. Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)" have been adjusted before performing
this adjustment.
(See P.241)
A. Procedure
200
57gaf3c005na
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
8. "Scanner FD-Mag. Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -40 (shorter) to +40 (longer) 1 step = 0.05%
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.
255
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Restore the scanner adjustment set values to factory initial data or installation initial data.
A. Procedure
Note
• Selecting [Factory Default Data] restores various set values to factory initial data.
• Selecting [Installation Initial Data] restores to the adjustment values stored when I/O check
mode (code "91-00") was conducted.
5. Press [Yes] to restore standard data.
Press [No] to cancel the operation.
256
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Caution:
• Scanner gradation (gamma) has been adjusted for each machine at factory. Please be noted that
the scanner gradation data is overwritten to the average value if the [Adj. data reset] in the "Scan-
ner Smooth Tone/Color Adjustment screen" is pressed.
• Once [Adj. data reset] is pressed, previous data cannot be restored.
A. Procedure
1. After replacing the part(s), set a "Color chart" on the original glass, A3 or 11 X 17 paper and press Start
key.
Note
• Press the hard key on the operation panel, not the soft key on the touch panel.
2. Check if there is no image background or problem in color balance.
3. If there is abnormality, enter Service mode.
4. "Service Mode Menu screen"
Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
5. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Quality Adjustment].
6. "Quality Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 Scanner smooth tone/color].
7. "Scanner Smooth Tone/Color Adjustment screen"
Press [Adj. data reset].
Caution:
• Scanner gradation (gamma) has been adjusted for each machine at factory. Please be noted
that the scanner gradation data is overwritten to the average value if the [Adj. data reset] in
the "Scanner Smooth Tone/Color Adjustment screen" is pressed.
• Once [Adj. data reset] is pressed, previous data cannot be restored.
8. Press the [YES] key to overwrite the scanner gradation data to average value. Press [No] to cancel the
operation.
257
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
When the color reproduction is in poor condition, conduct this adjustment to correct the gradation.
Note
• Be sure the "Auto gamma adjustment" have been adjusted before performing this adjustment.
(See P.281)
• This adjustment is not reflected on the output from the IC.
Note
• To adjust the printer gamma, perform the "Printer Gamma Offset Auto Adj." (See P.260). Only per-
form this adjustment when you want to make fine adjustments manually.
a. Procedure
Note
• Line1, Line2, Dot1 and Dot2 correspond to the screen names in user mode.
• Contone is a screen used in the character section of Line1, Line2, Dot1, and Dot2.
• ED is a screen used when "Compression" is selected in user mode.
• Contone does not require the adjustment.
6. Press [COPY].
7. Select A4 or 81/2 X 11 paper and press Start key to print a test pattern.
8. Check the printed test pattern.
[1]
• Make sure that the high light density starting section
of C and K is uniform, and even between the gray
Y
reference lines [1].
M
C
K
8050fs1015
258
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
[1]
[6] [5] [4] [2] [3] 8050fs1016
13. If the gray balance is not the same, press the color (Y or M) you want to adjust, enter a value through the
numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -128 (lighter) to +127 (darker)
• How to match the gray balance.
Take notice of the gray block [4] made up of 49 patches created in C, M and Y. In the 49 patches, M gets
darker toward right. And Y gets darker downward. C remains unchanged. The patch [5] at the center is
the same color as the gray [2]. The patches [6] positioned at the four corners of the patch [5] is the same
color as the gray [3]. Out of the 49 patches, select a gray of the same gray balance as the gray [6].
e.g.) When a patch on the lower right side is more suitable than the patch [5] at the center: Adjust M and
Y in the darker direction.
e.g.) When a patch on the upper left side is more suitable than the patch [5] at the center: Adjust M and Y
in the lighter direction.
14. Press [COPY].
15. Select A4 or 81/2 X 11 paper and press Start key to print a test pattern.
16. Repeat steps 13 to 15 until the standard value can be obtained.
259
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Conduct this adjustment when the color reproduction varies with copy modes to adjust the gradation and the
background density in a high light area.
Note
• To adjust the printer gamma, perform this adjustment. Perform "Printer Gamma Offset Adj." (See
P.258) when you want make fine adjustments manually.
a. Procedure
Note
• The adjustable screens are the same as the ones in Printer Gamma Offset Adjustment.
• The printer gamma offset value of each YMCK displayed are the current values, and they are
linked with the "Printer Gamma Offset Adj." values.
6. Press [Readjust].
To readjust press [Yes], and press [No] to cancel the operation.
Note
• When the gradation in high light area is way off, press [Adj. data reset] and reset the printer
gamma offset value to 0, then press [Readjust].
7. Press [COPY].
8. "Copy" screen
Select the A4 (for metric machine) or 81/2 x 11 (for inch machine) paper and press START key to print a test
pattern.
260
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
[2]
Note
• Set the test pattern so that the green triangular
mark [2] comes to the left side.
(printed side face down)
[1]
a03uf3c030ca
10. Place 10 sheets of copy paper (white) on top of the test pattern and close the DF or the original cover.
Note
• Be sure to use white copy paper. Otherwise, the printer gamma cannot be corrected properly.
11. Press [Start].
12. The test pattern is scanned and the current YMCK values are updated.
Note
• Since the scanned result at the first scan is not examined, a "Completed" message does not
appear after the first scan.
• The quality judgement is made from the second scan. Make sure to repeat step 8 to 11 until the
"Completed" message appears.
13. "Printer Gamma Offset Automatic Adj. screen"
Press [COPY].
14. Perform the steps 8 to 11.
15. Confirm that "Completed" is displayed. If message other than "Completed" is displayed, repeat steps 13
to 14.
261
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
When a poor color reproduction results even after the "Auto gamma adjustment" of the "Process Adjustment",
conduct this adjustment to correct gradation.
The printer gamma correction that is performed automatically on regular basis uses PGC sensor to read the pat-
tern on the transfer belt and there is a possibility that due to characteristic changes of PGC sensor, correction
may not be precise. This adjustment uses the scanner to correct the PGC sensor, enabling precise printer
gamma correction.
Note
• Normally, use white paper to carry out this adjustment. The color of test pattern changes accord-
ing to the colored paper, therefore precise adjustment cannot be gained.
• If customer want to print to colored paper, carry out this adjustment using the paper customer
wish to use and gain color reproduction supporting that colored paper.
• To reset the data to factory default, press [Adj. data reset]. Press [Yes] to reset the printer gamma
sensor adjustment to the factory default data, and [No] to keep the current data.
a. Procedure
Note
• The adjustable screens are the same as the ones in Printer Gamma Offset Adjustment.
• Whichever screen adjustment is carried out, perform the Contone adjustment together.
6. Press [COPY].
7. Select the A4 (for metric machine) or 81/2 x 11 (for inch machine) paper and press START key to print a test
pattern.
262
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
[2]
Note
• Set the test pattern so that the green triangular
mark [2] comes to the left side. (printed side
face down)
[1]
8050fs1017
9. Place 10 sheets of copy paper (white) on top of the test pattern and close the DF or the original cover.
Note
• Be sure to use white copy paper. Otherwise, the printer gamma cannot be corrected properly.
10. Press [Start].
11. If the chart is scanned and it is normal, the gamma sensor adjustment will be carried out, printer gamma
correction is executed and "Completed" message will be displayed.
263
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
12. When an abnormality occurs, an error code is displayed for every cause. Correct the error referring to the
bizhub PRO C6500
264
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Note
• Perform this adjustment after replacing the image processing board (IPB).
a. Procedure
265
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Conduct the sharpness adjustment or, this is carried out when moire reproduced.
Perform this adjustment to change the center value of the sharpness adjustment in user mode.
Note
• This adjustment is only effective for images scanned by the scanner.
A. Procedure
Note
• This adjustment is only effective for images scanned by the scanner.
A. Procedure
266
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Note
• The scanned image is distinguished into text, photo, dot, and colored text areas in image process-
ing, and a screen to be used is determined according to the distinction.
• This adjustment is used to increase the distinction accuracy of the original that the areas are
incorrectly distinguished once.
• To increase the distinction range of photo, perform the adjustment in user mode.
• This adjustment is only effective for images scanned by the scanner.
a. Procedure
267
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Adjust the color text distinction threshold value of the original image.
Perform this adjustment to change the center value of the color text distinction function in user mode.
a. Procedure
268
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
a. Procedure
269
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Perform this adjustment when ACS (Automatic color selection) function does not work properly.
Note
• This adjustment is only effective for images scanned by the scanner.
A. Procedure
270
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Note
• This adjustment is only effective for images scanned by the scanner.
a. Procedure
271
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
a. Procedure
272
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
a. Procedure
273
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Adjust the density of see-through image on back side of paper (density for shadow area) for copying.
In user mode only a batch adjustment is enabled. Therefore, it is impossible to perform individual adjustment for
original settings or color modes.
a. Procedure
274
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Note
• This adjustment is only effective for images scanned by the scanner.
(1) Red
Adjust the density of red.
a. Procedure
275
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
(2) Green
bizhub PRO C6500
a. Procedure
(3) Blue
Adjust the density of blue.
a. Procedure
276
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Note
• Adjustment data of "Scanner smooth tone/color" is not restored.
A. Procedure
Note
• Selecting [Factory Default Data] restores various set values to factory initial data.
• Selecting [Installation Initial Data] restores to the adjustment values stored when I/O check
mode (code "91-00") was conducted.
5. Press [Yes] to restore standard data.
Press [No] to cancel the operation.
277
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
When installing the copier or moving its installation location, check to see if the "Non-Image Area Erase" of the
application function works satisfactorily. This also automatically adjusts sensitivity to correctly detect the non-
image area.
Preparation
• Open the DF or the original cover fully.
• Do not put anything on the original glass.
• Clean the original glass.
A. Procedure
If any other message appears, refer to "B. Error message and Handling", and perform the Non-Iimage
Area Erase Check again.
278
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Handling 1
When the "Non-image area erase" function is not used very frequently, or when copy originals that have a dark
background are not copied very frequently in non-image area erase, the copier can be used in the current instal-
lation location. However, when copy originals that have a dark background are frequently copied, install the
copier in a location where less external light gets in (darker) than the present location, and check the non-image
area erase check mode again.
Handling 2
When the"Non-image area erase" function is not used very frequently, the copier can be used in the current
installation location. However, if the "Non-image area erase" function is frequently used, install the copier in a
location where less external light gets in (darker) than the present location, and check the non-image area erase
check mode again. At this time, when there is a bright light source such as a fluorescent light installed directly
above the copier, reconsider the installation location, or take some measures to shield the light source and
check the mode again.
279
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
A. Procedure
280
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
A. Procedure
A. Procedure
Note
• There are eight kinds of the "Auto gamma adjustment" (0 to 7), however, conduct "Auto gamma
adjustment 0" only in the field.
"Automatic gamma adjustment 0": Perform the Dmax density adjustment, dot diameter adjust-
ment, automatic drum potential adjustment, and the gamma adjustment for all screens.
"Automatic gamma adjustment 1 to 7": Performs the image stabilization adjustment by screen.
• When an abnormality occurs, an error code is displayed. Correct the error referring to the fol-
lowing.
Error 1: The gamma correction is unavailable due to the abnormal PGC sensor output.
When an error occurs, machine is controlled by using a correction value used
previously.
281
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• Do not perform this adjustment except when replacing the write unit.
A. Procedure
* A177 B174 *
a03uf0c000ca
282
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
10. Execute LD1/2 alarm data clear of the color that corresponds the write unit you have replaced.
Note
• LD alarm data (laser power of the laser diode) can be checked using "Adjustment Data List" in
"List output".
• "Default" in "Adjustment Data List" shows first measurement data, which is the value obtained
when executing 37-00 after clearing the LD alarm data by "37-9*".
• "Setting" in "!Adjustment data list normally shows "000". Measurement result of the LD alarm
data obtained by executing 37-00 will appear in the section, and the result will be overwritten
each time 37-00 is executed.
• The value of the LD alarm level will increase as the laser diode deteriorates.
• Steps 8 to 11 described above are the procedures to manage the history of the write unit
replacement.
12. Executing the LD1/2 Laser emission timing adjustment (main scanning) in "Output check" 46-00. (Adjust-
ment time: Max. 1 minute)
Note
• The adjustment is performed for all four colors at a time. "FIN" will appear in the "OUT" column
displayed on the touch panel when the adjustment is completed successfully.
• If an abnormality is detected, an error code will be displayed
NG1 #: Deviation amount is larger than 70/100 pixel
NG2 #: Deviation amount is larger than 15/100 pixel
(Y, M, C, or K will appear at "#" to indicate which write unit is causing the error.)
13. Action when an error code displays
• When abnormality is found for two or more write units, only one error code of the color with a high priority
(priority order is YMCK) is displayed. Therefore, replace a damaged write unit according to the error code
and repeat 46-00 until "FIN" is displayed.
e.g.) When write unit/Y and /K are damaged.
"NG1Y" will displayed by the first execution of 46-00 → Replace the write unit/Y.
"NG1K" will displayed by the second execution of 46-00 → Replace the write unit/K.
"FIN" will displayed by the third execution of 46-00.
283
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
In this mode, new developers are automatically charged after the current developers being discharged from the
developing unit manually.
Note
• Always carry out the "Toner density sensor initial auto. adjustment" after replacing the developer.
If printing is started without performing the "Toner density sensor initial auto. adjustment", a
proper image density cannot be obtained, and the developers need to be replaced.
• Do not open the cover of the developing unit. Otherwise, dust gets in the unit causing image fail-
ure.
A. Procedure
a03uf3c012ca
[3] a03uf3c013ca
284
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
[1] [2]
a03uf3c014ca
285
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• Be sure to attach the tip of the developer
charging funnel/Lw [2] securely to the toner
supply opening [3].
a03uf3c015ca
Note
• The developer charge funnel/Up [2] is pack-
aged together with each developer. Be sure not
to reuse the funnel.
a03uf3c016ca
286
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Note
• After replaceing developer, do not execute printing without carrying out this adjustment. Other-
wise, a proper image density cannot be obtained, and the developers need to be replaced.
• The value displayed after the adjustment is a TCR sensor control voltage (input voltage) expressed
in 8 bit.
A. Procedure
A. Procedure
287
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Measure uncharged potential of the drum before charging by the drum potential sensor (PRPS). (8 bit output)
Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.
A. Procedure
288
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
A. Procedure
A. Procedure
289
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Supply toner automatically up to the standard value for the developing unit, whose output value of the TCR sen-
sor is below the standard value (low toner concentration).
A. Procedure
Note
• The Output value and the State (ON/OFF) on the touch panel are corresponding to the TCR sen-
sor output value (8bits) and the state (ON/OFF) of toner supply operation.
290
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Note
• Do not perform this adjustment when there is no problem. Unnecessary adjustment may cause
image failure (image background, white spot image) or damages to the drum and the cleaning
blade.
• There are several adjustment to reduce the image background.
As a priority of adjustment, adjust in the following order.
1)Develop AC Frequency
2)Covered Margin Fine Adj.
3)Toner Density Fine Adj.
• After changing the set value, conduct the auto gamma adjustment.
(See P.281)
A. Procedure
Note
• Take care that carrier scattering/white spot image caused by carrier prevention and image back-
ground prevention are trade off. When either of them is improved, the other is worsened.
5. Press [default] to restore the default settings.
291
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Change the developing AC bias to reduce noisy image (roughness due to white spot), and improve developing
ability (increase density in solid area).
Note
• After changing the set value, conduct the auto gamma adjustment. (See P.281)
A. Procedure
292
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Note
• There are several adjustment to reduce the image background.
As a priority of adjustment, adjust in the following order.
1)Develop AC Frequency
2)Covered Margin Fine Adj.
3)Toner Density Fine Adj.
• After changing the set value, conduct the auto gamma adjustment.
(See P.281)
A. Procedure
293
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Change the TCR sensor control voltage to prevent image background, toner scattering, carrier scattering, white
spot caused by carrier.
Note
• There are several adjustment to reduce the image background.
As a priority of adjustment, adjust in the following order.
1)Develop AC Frequency
2)Covered Margin Fine Adj.
3)Toner Density Fine Adj.
A. Procedure
294
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
A. Procedure
A. Procedure
295
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Change correction interval of the TCR sensor control voltage at 2/3 speed and 1/2 speed.
A. Procedure
Note
• Adjustment data of "Automatic drum potential" and the "LD bias adjustment" can be restored.
A. Procedure
Note
• Selecting [Factory Default Data] restores various set values to factory initial data.
• Select [Installation Initial Data] to retrieve the values from a backup in I/O check mode (code:
"91-00").
4. Press [Yes] to restore standard data.
Press [No] to cancel the operation.
296
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Note
• Do not change any switch not described in the service manual.
A. Procedure
[1]
[1] DIPSW data (indicates the 8bit values of the selected DIPSW numbers in hexadecimals from 00 to FF.)
[2] DIPSW number [4] Bit data: 1:ON, 0:OFF
[3] Bit number (0 to 7) [5] Numeric buttons
297
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
298
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
299
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
300
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
301
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
302
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
303
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
304
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
305
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• Bold boxes show default settings.
*
1 Print stop method after displaying toner supply Mode 1-3 1-2
or waste toner full display
Stops after ejecting paper 0 0
This switch is to select whether to display process
in the machine
adjustment button on the [Paper Setting] screen of
Stops at a break between 0 1
[MACHINE] screen.
copy set
Stops at the end of the 1 0
current job
Does not stop 1 1
*2 Number of allowed print quantity after reaching Mode 1-7 1-6 1-5
the maintenance count
1,000 prints 0 0 0
2,000 prints 0 0 1
3,000 prints 0 1 0
4,000 prints 0 1 1
5,000 prints 1 0 0
1,000 prints 1 0 1
1,000 prints 1 1 0
1,000 prints 1 1 1
*
3 Large size paper counting method (other than maintenance counter)
This switch is used to set count of large size paper print as 1 or 2. It changes count method for other than main-
tenance counter.
The related switches are DIPSW5-5, 8-6 and 10-3 through 4.
Default differs depending on the main body destination.
Europe: count as 1
North America: 11x17 count as 2, 81/2 x14 count as 1
Other: count as 2.
306
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
*4 Setting when printer control board is replaced/1 Mode 8-3 8-2 8-1 8-0
a03uf3c032ca
307
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
No limit 0 0 0 0
1 print 0 0 0 1
3 prints 0 0 1 0
5 prints 0 0 1 1
9 prints 0 1 0 0
10 prints 0 1 0 1
20 prints 0 1 1 0
30 prints 0 1 1 1
50 prints 1 0 0 0
99 prints 1 0 0 1
No limit 1 0 1 0
No limit 1 0 1 1
No limit 1 1 0 0
No limit 1 1 0 1
No limit 1 1 1 0
No limit 1 1 1 1
*7 Change of the size of the large size paper (other Mode 10-4 10-3
than maintenance counter)
Standard: A3 / 11X17 or 0 0
This switch changes the standard of large size paper
larger
used for counter control other than maintenance
Custom: 391mm or larger
counter.
All sizes are small 0 1
Standard: B4 / 81/2 X 14 / 1 0
8K or larger
Custom: 331mm or larger
Standard: 81/2 X 13, 1 1
81/4 X 13, 81/8 X 131/4,
8 X 13 or larger
Custom: 298mm or larger
308
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
*10 Density selection at scanning tab paper Mode 17-6 17-5 17-4
This switch is used to select background density
Brightness level 80 0 0 0
when scanning tabed paper.
Brightness level 40 0 0 1
(Lightest)
Brightness level 60 0 1 0
Brightness level 100 0 1 1
Brightness level 120 1 0 0
Brightness level 160 1 0 1
Brightness level 200 1 1 0
Brightness level (Darkest) 1 1 1
*11 Fusing upper and lower roller temperature Mode 17-6 17-5 17-4
selection
-30 °C 0 0 0
This switch is used to change the fusing standard
-20 °C 0 0 1
control temperature. Decrease temperature against
-10 °C 0 1 0
paper curling or waving and increase temperature
against insufficient fusing or fusing winding jam. Standard 0 1 1
Upper roller: standard 1 0 0
Lower roller: +10 °C
Standard 1 0 1
Standard 1 1 0
Standard 1 1 1
*
12 Developing motor stop control during printing Mode 19-7 19-6
Normal 0 0
(automatic switchover)
Rotation at 1/4 speed 0 1
when image is not devel-
oped
OFF when image is not 1 0
developed
Normal 1 1
(automatic switchover)
309
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
310
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
*19 Z-fold max paper exit capacity: FS-503 main Mode 31-3 31-2
tray
50 sheets 0 0
Z-fold,center-fold max paper exit capacity: FD
40 sheets 0 1
main tray
This switch is used to select the max stacking capac- 30 sheets 1 0
311
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Register telephone and fax numbers of a service center that will be displayed in help information or when a mal-
function occurs.
A. Procedure
Note
• When a number is less than 16 digits, be sure to use hyphens or etc to fill up the blanks.
5. Press [OK] to register the data.
Press [Cancel] to cancel the operation.
Note
• The serial number of the main body cannot be changed.
A. Procedure
312
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
A. Procedure
313
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
10.6 Counter/data
bizhub PRO C6500
Note
• The maintenance cycle can be set either paper count (Quantity) or travel distance (m) of the devel-
oping roller/K (Distance). "Quantity" is selected by default.
• The count condition of the maintenance counter varies depending on the DIPSW8-6 settings.
0: 1 count for a single side of each paper exit, and 2 counts for a double side.
1: 2 counts for a single side of each large size paper exit (the definition of large size paper is set by
DIPSW10-3 and 4), and 4 counts for a double side. For those other than the large size, the count
is same as when set to "0."
A. Counter reset
After the maintenance is completed, reset the maintenance count using this mode.
Note
• Be sure to reset the maintenance counter after the periodic maintenance (every 200,000 prints).
If it is not reset, the warning message and icon for periodic maintenance will not be disappeared.
(1) Procedure
314
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Note
• The maintenance counter is predetermined. Be sure not to change the count value normally.
Default setting is set to 200,000 prints and 126,000 m.
(1) Procedure
315
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Display the counter/data of the main body shown below on the touch panel.
Counter/data can also be checked in the CS Remote Care, List Output and Mail Remote Notification System.
A. Procedure
Note
• [Count Reset] is displayed on each screen of [Paper Jam Sectional Counter] and [SC data of
time series]
"Count Reset confirmation screen" appears when [Count Reset] is pressed. Press [Yes] to reset
the sectional count. Press [No] to cancel the count reset.
By resetting these data when you visit the customer of the maintenance implementation etc. you
can check the jam and malfunction occurrence count after it was visited last time.
316
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Note
• Maximum count number is 99,999,999.
• Count value is one count each for all kinds of paper size.
317
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
C. ADF Counter
bizhub PRO C6500
Note
• Maximum count number is 99,999,999.
• No.01 and No.02 counter do not double count with other counters.
• One count for single-sided, two counts for double-sided.
318
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Note
• The coverage data is a calculated value based on the colored area and the transfer paper area of
the image data. Therefore, it is different from the toner consumption when actually printed.
• Up to 30 latest coverage data are maintained with the older ones deleted in sequence.
319
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Confirm the latest 100 jams, it is possible to confirm jam code, total count, date of occurrence, tray used, paper
size, and magnification.
Note
• Maximum count is 999,999.
• The stationary jam is not included in the count.
• Jam code is displayed on the user mode screen when changing the DIPSW11-7 to 1.
320
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
321
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• Maximum count is 99,999,999.
322
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
323
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
parameter
(F1)
069 44 Insert Image
070 45 Book Copy
071 46 Program Job
072 47 Non-image Area Erase
073 48 Neg./Positive Reverse
074 49 Auto repeat
075 4A Manual repeat
076 4B Standard Size repeat
077 4C Frame erase
078 4D Center erase
079 4E Image centering
080 4F All-image Area
081 50 Shift
082 51 Reduce & Shift
083 52 Image Overlay
084 53 Watermark
085 54 Built-in Stamp
086 55 Date/Time
087 56 Page
088 57 Numbering
089 58 Set quantity 1
090 59 Set quantity 2 - 5
091 5A Set quantity 6 - 10
092 5B Set quantity 11 or more
093 5C Time while power remote 1 is On Accumulation of time during which the
overall control board is powered (main
power switch is ON). (unit: min.)
094 5D Time while power remote 2 is On Time during which the power control
signal (REM2) is ON. (unit: min.)
095 5E Time while power remote 3 is On Time during which the power control
signal (REM3) is ON. (unit: min.)
096 5F Time while power remote 4 is On Time during which the power control
signal (REM4) is ON. (unit: min.)
097 60 Time during Low Power mode Time in the LOW POWER mode. (unit:
min.)
098 61 Time during warm up time Time for warm-up, before ready to
print status. (unit: min.)
099 62 Time during front door open Time during which the front door is
open. (unit: min.)
100 63 Ope. time in 1 side straight exit Time from the start of print and the
101 64 Ope. time in 1 side reverse exit end of print. (unit: sec.) (Down time
102 65 Operation time in 2 side print due to jam omitted)
324
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
325
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
parameter
(F1)
138 89 —
139 8A —
140 8B —
141 8C —
142 8D —
143 8E Punch
144 8F Z-Folding
145 90 Multi Folder Punch Waste Full
146 91 —
147 92 —
Note
• Maximum count is 99,999,999.
326
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
327
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
parameter
(F2)
063 3E —
064 3F —
065 40 Off mode time Time in OFF mode. (unit: min.)
066 41 —
067 42 —
068 43 Polygon motor ope. time Time during which the polygon motor
is ON. (unit: min.)
069 44 Develop motor ope. time (color) Time during which the color develop-
ing motor is ON. (unit: min.)
070 45 Develop motor ope. time (black) Time during which the black develop-
ing motor is ON. (unit: min.)
071 46 On time of PCL (color) Time during which the color erase
lamp is ON. (unit: min.)
072 47 On time of PCL (black) Time during which the black erase
lamp is ON. (unit: min.)
073 48 Operation time in Scanner mode Time during which the scanner motor
is ON. (unit: min.)
074 49 Time while power (ADF) Time during which DF is energized at
24V. (unit: min.)
075 4A —
076 4B —
077 4C —
078 4D Auto Y toner refresh mode count Counts 1 per 1 operation.
079 4E Auto M toner refresh mode count
080 4F Auto C toner refresh mode count
081 50 Auto K toner refresh mode count
082 51 N of 4 toner refresh performed
083 52 N of MC toner refresh performed
084 53 —
085 54 —
086 55 —
087 56 —
088 57 Right & Left bind (originals)
089 58 Upper bind (originals)
090 59 Inside Print Multi Triple-Fold
091 5A Outside Print Multi Triple-Fold
092 5B Inside Print Triple-Fold-in
093 5C Outside Print Triple-Fold-in
094 5D Inside Print Triple-Fold-out
095 5E Outside Print Tri-Fold-out
096 5F Inside Print Double Parallel
097 60 Outside Print Double Parallel
328
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
329
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
parameter
(F2)
130 81 S.M.A.R.T (C) Load Cycle Count Count of load/unload cycles of the
magnetic head of HDD/C into landing
zone position.
131 82 S.M.A.R.T (C) Loaded Hours Data reading time of the HDD/C
(unit: min.)
132 83 S.M.A.R.T (K) Start/Stop Count Rotation/Stop times of the HDD/K
spindle motor.
133 84 S.M.A.R.T (K) Load Cycle Count Count of load/unload cycles of the
magnetic head of HDD/K into landing
zone position.
134 85 S.M.A.R.T (K) Loaded Hours Data reading time of the HDD/K
(unit: min.)
135 86 Paper Inserter Count
330
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
331
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
332
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
333
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
334
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Note
• Be sure to reset the parts counter after replacing any parts listed below. Otherwise, image failure
or jam may occur.
1) Dust-proof filter /1 assy: No.002 Dust-proof filter /1 (Right side)
3) Charging coronas /Y, /M, /C, and /K: No. 006 to 013 Charging coronas /Y, /M, /C, and /K
4) Drum cartridges /Y, /M, /C, and /K: No. 014 to 021 Drum cartridges /Y, /M, /C, and /K
5) Developer /Y, /M, /C, and /K: No. 022 to 029 Enclosed developing /Y, /M, /C, and /K
6) Belt cleaner blade: No.037 and 038 Belt cleaning blade
7) 1st transfer rollers /Y, /M, /C, and /K: No. 039 to 042 1st transfer rollers /Y, /M, /C, and /K
• Maximum count is 99,999,999.
• When the counter exceeds the limit, the color of the character changes into red.
335
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
parameter
(Z1)
001 00 Toner collection box A03UA365 *1
002 01 Dust-proof filter/1 (Right side) A03UA122 Counted with the combination of
003 02 Dust-proof filter/2 (Rear side) 65AA-142 print coverage, drive distance of the
developing roller, humidity, and so
on. Shows the count in percentage
with respect to the end of its parts
life.
Counter reset No.002 and 003 are
linked to each other.
004 03 — —
005 04 Charging dust proof filter 65AA-387 *1
006 05 Charging corona/Y (Page) A03UA460 *2 Resetting this counter also
resets No.007.
007 06 Charging corona/Y (Time %) A03UA460 Counts the charging time and
shows the count in percentage with
respect to the end of its parts life.
Resetting this counter also resets
No.006.
008 07 Charging corona/M (Page) A03UA460 *2 Resetting this counter also
resets No.009.
009 08 Charging corona/M (Time %) A03UA460 Counts the charging time and
shows the count in percentage with
respect to the end of its parts life.
Resetting this counter also resets
No.008.
010 09 Charging corona/C (Page) A03UA460 *2 Resetting this counter also
resets No.011.
011 0A Charging corona/C (Time %) A03UA460 Counts the charging time and
shows the count in percentage with
respect to the end of its parts life.
Resetting this counter also resets
No.010.
012 0B Charging corona/K (Page) A03UA460 *1 Resetting this counter also
resets No.013.
013 0C Charging corona/K (Time %) A03UA460 Counts the charging time and
shows the count in percentage with
respect to the end of its parts life.
Resetting this counter also resets
No.012.
014 0D Drum cartridge/Y (Page) A03UA330 *2 Resetting this counter also
resets No.015.
336
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
337
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
parameter
(Z1)
025 18 Enclosed Developing /M (Dis- A04PT800 Counts the drive distance of the devel-
tance %) oping roller and shows the count in
percentage with respect to the end
of its parts life.
Resetting this counter also resets
No.024.
026 19 Enclosed Developing /C (Page) A04PT900 *2 Resetting this counter also
resets No.027.
027 1A Enclosed Developing /C (Dis- A04PT900 Counts the drive distance of the devel-
tance %) oping roller and shows the count in
percentage with respect to the end
of its parts life.
Resetting this counter also resets
No.026.
028 1B Enclosed Developing /K (Page) A04PT600 *1 Resetting this counter also
resets No.029.
029 1C Enclosed Developing /K (Dis- A04PT600 Counts the drive distance of the devel-
tance %) oping roller and shows the count in
percentage with respect to the end
of its parts life.
Resetting this counter also resets
No.028.
030 1D Developing unit/Y A03UA370 *2
031 1E Developing unit/M A03UA370
032 1F Developing unit/C A03UA370
033 20 Developing unit/K A03UB390 *1
034 21 Transfer belt A03U5042
035 22 Transfer belt cleaning unit A03UA515 *1 Resetting this counter also
resets No.036 to No.038.
036 23 Toner collection sheet/1 65AA-293 *1
037 24 Belt cleaning blade (Page) A03U5530 *1 Resetting this counter also
resets No.038.
038 25 Belt cleaning blade (Distance A03U5530 Counts the drive distance of the transfer
%) belt and shows the count in percent-
age with respect to the end of its
parts life.
Resetting this counter also resets
No.037.
039 26 1st transfer roller/Y A03U5012 *2
040 27 1st transfer roller/M A03U5012
041 28 1st transfer roller/C A03U5012
042 29 1st transfer roller/K A03U5004 *1
043 2A 2nd transfer roller/U 65AA2611
044 2B Transfer belt separation claw 65AA-287
338
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
339
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
parameter
(Z1)
078 4D Paper feed roller (Tray-1) 56AA-458 1 count for each paper exit from tray1.
079 4E Paper feed roller (Tray-2) 56AA-458 1 count for each paper exit from tray 2.
080 4F Paper feed roller (Tray-3) 56AA-458 1 count for each paper exit from tray 3.
081 50 Paper feed roller (By-pass) 65AA-520 1 count for each paper exit from by-
pass.
082 51 Paper feed clutch (Tray-1) 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit from tray1.
083 52 Paper feed clutch (Tray-2) 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit from tray 2.
084 53 Paper feed clutch (Tray-3) 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit from tray 3.
085 54 Paper feed clutch (By-pass) 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit from by-
pass.
086 55 Pre-regist. clutch (Tray-1) 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit from tray1.
087 56 Pre-regist. clutch (Tray-2) 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit from tray 2.
088 57 Pre-regist. clutch (Tray-3) 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit from tray 3.
089 58 Intermediate convey. clutch/1 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit from tray
2 and 3.
090 59 Intermediate convey. clutch/2 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit in the
091 5A Intermediate convey. clutch/3 56AA8201 single side mode, 2 counts in the
double side mode.
092 5B Registration cleaning sheet 65AA-462 1 count for each paper exit in the
093 5C Registration roller 65LA-464 single side mode, 2 counts in the
094 5D Decurler roller A03U8605 double side mode.
095 5E Paper exit decurler roller A03U8926 1 count for each paper exit.
096 5F ADU conveyance clutch/1 A03UM201 0 count for each paper exit in the
097 60 ADU conveyance clutch/2 A03UM201 single side mode, 1 counts in the
098 61 ADU conveyance clutch/3 A03UM201 double side mode.
340
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
341
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
parameter
(Z1)
146 91 Solenoid/A 56QA8251 1 count for each paper exit in the
147 92 Paper exit roller/A 122H4825 sort, non-sort or staple mode. (FS-
503)
148 93 — —
149 94 — —
150 95 — —
151 96 — —
152 97 Feed roller/A Top 50BA-574 1 count for each PI /Up paper feed.
153 98 Reverse rubber/Top 13QN-443
154 99 Feed roller/B Top 56BA-575
155 9A Feed roller/A Low 50BA-574 1 count for each PI /Lw paper feed.
156 9B Reverse rubber/Low 13QN-443
157 9C Feed roller/B Low 56BA-575
158 9D Punch motor assy 15AG-573 1 count for each paper exit in the
punch mode. (FD)
159 9E Solenoid/A (release 1) 56QA8251 1 count for each paper exit in the
punch or the folding mode for all
size. (FD)
160 9F Solenoid/A (release 2) 56QA8251 1.1 count for each paper exit in the
folding mode for all size. (FD)
2. 1 count for each paper exit in the
punch mode with 220mm or longer
size. (FD)
161 A0 Motor assy 129U-108 1 count for each paper exit to the
main tray. (FD)
162 A1 — —
163 A2 — —
164 A3 — —
165 A4 — —
166 A5 Solenoid (Lead) 15AV8252 1 count for each paper exit in the
sort and the non-sort mode of all
size. (LS)
167 A6 Solenoid (ReSr) 15AV8253 1 count for each paper exit in the
sort and the non-sort mode of all
size. (LS)
168 A7 Solenoid (Center) 15AV8251 1 count for each paper exit in the
sort and the non-sort mode with
226 (W) X 295 (L) mm or larger size.
(LS)
169 A8 Solenoid (Curl) 15AV8255 1 count for each paper exit in the
sort and the non-sort mode of all
size. (LS)
342
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
343
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
parameter
(Z1)
195 C2 FNS stapler /F 20AK-501 1 count for each paper exit in staple
196 C3 FNS stapler /R 20AK-501 mode. (FS-607)
197 C4 FNS folding knife motor 120H8001 1 count for each paper exit in the
folding, saddle stitching and tri-fold-
ing mode. (FS-607)
198 C5 Tri-folding gate SD 12QR-263 1 count for each paper exit in the tri-
folding mode. (FS-607)
199 C6 PI conveyance clutch/U 13QN8201 1 count for each PI/Up paper feed.
200 C7 PI feed roller /A/U 50BA-574 (PI)
201 C8 PI feed roller /B/U 13QN-446
202 C9 PI reverse roller /U 13QN-443
203 CA PI torque limiter /U 13QN4073
204 CB PI conveyance clutch/L 13QN8201 1 count for each PI/Lw paper feed.
205 CC PI feed roller /A/L 50BA-574 (PI)
206 CD PI feed roller /B/L 13QN-446
207 CE PI reverse roller /L 13QN-443
208 CF PI torque limiter /L 13QN4073
209 D0 PI regist clutch 13QN8201 1 count for each paper exit from PI.
(PI)
210 D1 — —
211 D2 — —
212 D3 PK punching unit (2 hole) ***** 1 count for each punch operation.
213 D4 PK punching unit (3 hole) ***** (PK)
214 D5 PK punching unit (4 hole) *****
215 D6 PK punching unit (4 hole) *****
216 D7 — —
217 D7 ADF paper feed roller 13YH4064 Original feed count in all modes. (DF)
218 D9 ADF feed roller 13YH4039 Original feed count in all modes. (DF)
219 DA ADF Dfeed prevention roller 20AJ4015
220 DB ADF paper exit solenoid 20AJ8251 1 count for one original in double
side and mixed original mode. (DF)
221 DC ADF registration clutch 13YH8059 1 count for 1 original in single side
mode. (DF)
222 DD ADF reverse solenoid 20AJ8251 3 count for 1 original in double side
mode. (DF)
344
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Note
• To display the CMS screen on the user screen, set 1 in the DIPSW15-1 setting.
345
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
B. Procedure of reset
bizhub PRO C6500
(1) Procedure
346
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
C. The relation ship between the data No. and the CSRC parameter
347
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
348
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
A. Procedure
B. List of sensors
Multi code
Symbol
Code
349
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500
Symbol
Code
350
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Multi code
351
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500
Symbol
Code
27 25 PS10 Paper exit pressure home sensor Home posi- Other than
tion home posi-
tion
29 3 SD1 Belt separation claw solenoid Set Not set
11 PS20 Pre-registration sensor (PF) Paper No paper
12 PS18 Horizontal conveyance sensor/1
13 PS17 Vertical conveyance sensor/1 (PF)
14 PS16 Vertical conveyance sensor/2 (PF)
15 PS15 Vertical conveyance sensor/3 (PF)
16 PS18 Horizontal conveyance sensor/1 (PF)
26 TEMS/1 Temperature sensor /1 (in tray) Display of temperature (°C)
28 TEMS/2 Temperature sensor /2 (in tray)
30 TEMS1 Temperature sensor /1 (in tray) (LU)
30 0 PS1 Scanner HP sensor Home posi- Other than
Optical device
352
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Multi code
353
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500
Symbol
Code
354
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Multi code
355
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500
Symbol
Code
71 10 PS18 Folding main scan alignment home sensor / Other than Home posi-
Fr1 home posi- tion
11 PS49 Folding main scan alignment home sensor / tion
Fr2
12 PS20 1st folding blade home sensor /1
13 PS21 1st folding blade home sensor /2 Home posi- Other than
tion home posi-
tion
14 PS22 2nd folding blade home sensor/1 Other than Home posi-
home posi- tion
tion
15 PS23 2nd folding blade home sensor /2 Home posi- Other than
16 PS24 Folding exit home sensor tion home posi-
tion
17 PS9 Tri-folding exit sensor Paper No paper
18 PS10 Tri-folding paper full sensor Other than full Full
19 PS11 Sub tray exit sensor Paper No paper
20 PS12 Sub tray paper full sensor Other than full Full
21 PS44 Folding sensor /2 No paper Paper
22 PS19 Folding main scan alignment home sensor / Home posi- Other than
Rr tion home posi-
23 PS46 Guide shaft home sensor tion
24 HS2/ Clincher start sensors /Rt and /Lt No clinch Clinch
HS4
33 PS13 Saddle stitching paper sensor No paper Paper
34 PS14 Bundle sensor /1
35 PS15 Bundle sensor /2 No paper Paper
36 PS16 Bundle registration plate home sensor Other than Home posi-
home posi- tion
tion
37 PS25 Stapler movement home sensor Home posi- Other than
tion home posi-
tion
38 PS26 Clincher up down home sensor Other than Home posi-
home posi- tion
tion
39 PS27 Saddle stitching press home sensor Home posi- Other than
40 PS28 Saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Rt tion home posi-
41 PS29 Saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Lt tion
42 PS33 Bundle clip upper limit sensor Upper limit Not at upper
limit
43 PS30 Bundle clip lower limit sensor Lower limit Not at lower
limit
356
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Multi code
357
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500
Symbol
Code
358
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Multi code
359
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500
Symbol
Code
360
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Multi code
361
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500
Symbol
Code
362
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
A. Procedure
B. List of loads
High voltage, analog signal Classification
Multi code
Symbol
Code
0 0 L1 Exposure lamp
1 0 M53, Toner bottle motor, toner bottle clutch /Y
MC14
3 M53, Toner bottle motor, toner bottle clutch /M
MC15
6 M53, Toner bottle motor, toner bottle clutch /C
MC16
9 M53, Toner bottle motor, toner bottle clutch /K
MC17
2 0 HV/1 High voltage unit /1 (charging/Y) No use allowed in the
1 High voltage unit /1 (charging/M) field.
2 High voltage unit /1(charging/C)
3 High voltage unit /1 (charging/K)
3 0 HV/2 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer/Y)
1 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer/M)
2 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer/C)
3 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer/K)
4 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer/Y, /M, /C, /K)
7 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer/K)
4 0 HV/2 High voltage unit /2 (separation)
1 High voltage unit /2 (separation: for measurement)
363
10. SERVICE MODE
High voltage, analog signal Classification Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500
Symbol
Code
Name Restrictive conditions
364
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Paper feed conveyance Classification
Multi code
365
10. SERVICE MODE
Paper feed conveyance Classification Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500
Symbol
Code
Name Restrictive conditions
366
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Paper feed conveyance Classification
Multi code
367
10. SERVICE MODE
Paper feed conveyance Classification Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500
Symbol
Code
Name Restrictive conditions
368
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Main body Classification
Multi code
369
10. SERVICE MODE
Main body Classification Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500
Symbol
Code
Name Restrictive conditions
370
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Specific function Classification
Multi code
sec)
371
10. SERVICE MODE
DF Classification Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500
Symbol
Code
Name Restrictive conditions
372
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
FD Classification
Multi code
373
10. SERVICE MODE
FD Classification Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500
Symbol
Code
Name Restrictive conditions
374
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
SD Classification
Multi code
375
10. SERVICE MODE
SD Classification Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500
Symbol
Code
Name Restrictive conditions
376
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
FS-607 Classification
Multi code
377
10. SERVICE MODE
FS-607 Classification Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500
Symbol
Code
Name Restrictive conditions
378
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
LS Classification
Multi code
73 1 M2 Conveyance motor
2 Conveyance motor
3 M3 Sub tray paper exit motor
4 Sub tray paper exit motor
5 M6 Tandem conveyance motor
6 Tandem conveyance motor
7 M4 Grip conveyance motor
8 Grip conveyance motor
9 M7 Alignment motor (initial operation)
10 Alignment motor
11 M5 Shift unit motor (home position search)
12 Shift unit motor
13 M1 Stacker tray up down motor (down)
14 Stacker tray up down motor (up)
15 SD1 1st gate solenoid
16 SD10 2nd gate solenoid
17 SD9 Front stopper solenoid
18 SD3 Rear stopper solenoid
19 SD8 Paper press arm solenoid /3
20 SD6 Paper press arm solenoid /1
21 SD4 Front door lock solenoid
SD5 Entrance conveyance lock solenoid
22 SD11 Tandem conveyance lock solenoid
23 SD2 Job partition solenoid
24 SD7 Paper press arm solenoid /2
FM1, Paper cooling fan motor /Fr, /Mi
FM3
25 FM2, Paper cooling fan motor /1, /2
FM6
26 FM5 Paper cooling fan motor /Rr
75 1 M1 Entrance conveyance motor
RU
379
10. SERVICE MODE
ADU Classification Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500
Symbol
Code
Name Restrictive conditions
380
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Adjustment/special mode Classification
Multi code
381
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Perform this adjustment when replacing the PF multi feed detection board (MFDTB) or the PF drive board
(PFDB), as well as when multi feeding is not detected properly for special papers (thin paper, thin coated paper,
thick paper, etc.).
Note
• The multi feed detection board/S and /R are adjusted in the manufacturing process as a pair of
upper and lower. Be sure to replace them as a pair.
• Be sure to perform the adjustment under normal room temperature (20 to 30 °C) that is similar to
the real environment where the machine is operated because the temperature sensor output level
varies with its surface temperature.( When you bring in a replacement part from a place under a
different temperature, leave the part and wait for the sensor surface temperature to reach the
room temperature before performing the adjustment.)
A. Procedure
[3] [2]
a03uf3c025ca
[3] [2]
a03uf3c026ca
4. Turn on the sub power switch and enter the I/O check mode.
5. Enter "18" with the numeric buttons. Confirm that "18-00" is displayed in the message display area.
382
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Note
• Do not allow the tester pin to touch or connect
to metal parts on the board nor irrelevant termi-
nals as the PF is energized. It may cause short-
circuit and damage the board.
[2] [1]
a03uf3c033ca
9. Turn the PFDB volume (VR) [3] so that the voltage falls within the standard value.
Standard value: 8.0 ± 0.2 V
10. Press Stop key and remove the paper inserted in Step 2.
11. Insert a sheet of paper that the customer uses mainly (paper weight: 50 to 300 g/m2), and make sure that
“0” is displayed on the panel.
12. Insert one more sheet of paper (total: two sheets) that the customer uses mainly, and make sure that “1” is
displayed on the panel.
13. If the detection does not work properly, return to Step 3 and perform the adjustment again and redo the
adjustment from Step 3, setting a voltage 1.0 V lower than the previously set one at Step 9.
14. Repeat steps 3 to 12 until the detection functions correctly.
15. Remove the papers and install the removed parts.
383
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Perform this adjustment when replacing the PI multi feed detection board (MFDB) or the PI drive board (PIDB),
as well as when multi feeding is not detected properly for special papers (thin paper, thin coated paper, thick
paper, etc.).
Note
• The multi feed detection board/S and /R are adjusted in the manufacturing process as a pair of
upper and lower. Be sure to replace them as a pair.
• Be sure to perform the adjustment under normal room temperature (20 to 30 °C) that is similar to
the real environment where the machine is operated because the temperature sensor output var-
ies with its surface temperature. ( When you bring in a replacement part from a place under a dif-
ferent temperature, leave the part and wait for the sensor surface temperature to reach the room
temperature before performing the adjustment.)
A. Procedure
1. Replace the multi feed detection boards /1 and /2.(FD-501 Field Service “(See P.45))
2. Check the alphabets on the multi feed detection
boards /1 and /2 [1] (Same alphabet should be
printed.), and turn the rotary switch [2] on the PI
drive board (PIDB) so that it points to the numbers
described in the following chart.
Note
• Rotary switch 5 is not used.
[2] a03uf3c027ca
384
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
7. Open the upper door and the front door of the FD,
Note
• Turn the jam processing knob until the paper
hits the roller [4], and confirm that the paper is
inserted in between the multi feed detection
boards /1 and /2.
[3]
[1] [4] a03uf3c028ca
Note
• Do not allow the tester pin to touch or connect
to metal parts on the board nor irrelevant termi-
nals as the FD is energized. It may cause short-
circuit and damage the board.
LED1
[1] [2] a03uf3c029ca
9. Turn the PIDB volume (VR2) so that the voltage falls within the standard value.
Standard value: 8.0 ± 0.2 V
10. Press Stop and remove the paper inserted in Step 4.
11. Insert a sheet of paper that the customer uses mainly (paper weight: 50 to 300 g/m2), and make sure that
the LED (LED1) of the PIDB turns on.
LED on: Multi feed not occurred (Number of paper: 0 or 1)
LED off: Multi feed occurred (Number of paper: 2)
12. Insert one more sheet of paper (total: two sheets) that the customer uses mainly, and make sure that the
LED turns off.
13. If the detection does not work properly, return to Step 7 and perform the adjustment again. Then, turn the
PIDB volume (VR2) so that the voltage becomes 1.0 V lower than that of acquired in Step 9.
14. Repeat steps 10 to 13 until the detection functions correctly.
15. Remove the papers and install the removed parts.
385
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Backup adjustment data of the FD, SD and FS which are adjusted in the field are stored in the non-volatile mem-
ory (EEPROM) of the FD control board (FDCB), SD control board (SDCD) and the FNCB (FNS control board).
When necessary, it can be recalled with "Installation Initial Data" of "Recall Standard Data" (Finisher Adjustment)
in the service mode.
Note
• Only one data can be backed up. When back up again, data will be overwritten.
• The data is stored into the control boards of all the connected optional units; FS, SD and FD.
Connect the optional units one-by-one if you want to save the data independently.
A. Procedure
386
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Note
• Only one data can be backed up. When back up again, data will be overwritten.
A. Procedure
387
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Perform this check to see if abnormality has occurred at line memory on the image processing board (IPB) when
significant image trouble (irregular image in sub-scanning direction of the specific color) occurred.
A. Procedure
388
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
A. Procedure
389
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Perform this operation if a copier hard disk-related malfunction code (C-D0E0 to D0F0) appears.
A. Procedure
Note
• If malfunction occur related to HDD under the Security Strengthen Mode, all of the four HDDs
must be replaced.
Replacement steps: Remove the four HDDs → deactivate the Security Strengthen Mode →
install the four HDDs.
9. After replacing the HDD, copy the HDD data.
Note
• Up to three HDDs can be copied at a time.
• Data copy takes about one hour at the maximum.
10. Enter the I/O check mode.
11. Enter "99" with the setting buttons. Confirm that "99-00" is displayed in the message display area.
12. Press [Access] key.
13. Enter "04" with the numeric buttons.
Confirm that "99-04" is displayed in the message display area.
14. Press Start.
During execution: The "x" displayed in the HDD input check field changes to "N".
When completed normally: The "N" displayed in the HDD input check field changes to "o", and "FIN"
appears in the output check field.
390
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
A. Procedure
391
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• Be sure the Restart Timing Adjustment (Printer Adjustment) have been adjusted before performing
this adjustment.
(See P.239)
• Be sure the Restart Timing Adjustment (Scanner Adjustment) have been adjusted before perform-
ing this adjustment.
(See P.253)
A. Procedure
392
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Preparation
• Clean each of the DF reflective sensors.
A. Procedure
393
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Adjust the original loop amount at the DF registration roller section to correct paper skew and wrinkle, or original
jamming in the registration section.
A. Procedure
394
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
A. Procedure
[2]
a03uf3c018ca
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
8. "Staple Center Position Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -20 (in front) to +20 (in back), 1 step = 0.1mm
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.
395
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Adjust an uneven binding (main scanning direction) in a bundle of paper in staple mode by the FS-503.
This adjustment adjusts the position of the alignment plate while in alignment.
A. Procedure
Note
• If the length of the paper is longer than 239 mm in sub-scanning direction, the paper edge will
hanging out of the stacker. In that case, remove the paper through the paper opening section
before pulling out the stacker, and reload the paper in the stacker.
8. Measure the gap between the paper in the stacker and the alignment plate.
Standard value: 0 ± 0.5mm
9. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
10. "Paper Width Adjustment (staple) screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -20 (wider) to +20 (narrower), 1 step = 0.1 mm
11. Repeat steps 5 to 10 until the standard value can be obtained.
396
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
A. Procedure
Note
• If the length of the paper is longer than 239 mm in sub-scanning direction, the paper edge will
hanging out of the stacker. In that case, remove the paper through the paper opening section
before pulling out the stacker, and reload the paper in the stacker.
8. Measure the gap between the paper in the stacker and the alignment plate.
Standard value: 0.1 to 1 mm
9. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
10. "Paper Width Adjustment (straight) screen"
Enter the adjustment value with the setting buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -20 (wider) to +20 (narrower), 1 step = 0.1 mm
11. Repeat steps 5 to 10 until the standard value can be obtained.
12. To continue the adjustment for other sizes of paper, repeat steps from 4 to 11.
397
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Adjust the position of the punch holes made by the FD in main scanning direction.
This adjustment adjusts the position of the alignment plate while in alignment.
A. Procedure
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
9. "Paper Width adjustment screen"
When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
Setting range: -20 (narrower) to +20 (wider), 1 step = 0.1 mm
Note
• If the alignment plate is wider than an appropriate position, the punch centering is displaced,
and when too narrow, the punch holes are apt to disperse. On the other hand, the punch holes
may be misaligned if the alignment plate is positioned too narrow.
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
11. To continue the adjustment for other sizes of paper, repeat steps from 4 to 10.
398
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
A. Procedure
fs503fs3013c
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
9. "Punch Vertical Position Adjustment screen"
Press [T] or [S] o select the paper size you want to adjust.
10. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -40 (wider) to +40 (narrower), 1 step = 0.1 mm
11. Repeat steps 5 to 10 until the standard value can be obtained.
12. To continue the adjustment for other sizes of paper or the other number of holes, repeat steps from 4 to
11.
399
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Adjust the fold position on the half fold mode by the FD.
This adjustment changes the paper stop position when folding papers.
A. Procedure
fs503fs3014c
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
9. "Half Fold Position Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• In the case of the mis-alignment given in the step 7, enter a set value on the positive side.
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
11. To continue the adjustment for other sizes of paper, repeat steps from 4 to 10.
400
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
A. Procedure
B4 120.3 123.3
a03uf3c019ca
A4S 98.0 101.0
12 x 18 151.4 154.4 [1] Single fold [2] Double fold
11 x 17 142.9 145.9
81/2 x 14 117.5 120.5
81/2 x 11S 92.1 95.1
8K 129.0 132.0
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
9. "Tri-Fold-in Position Adjustment screen"
Press [Single Fold].
10. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension "a" in the step 6 gets larger when the set value is moved to the positive side and gets
smaller when moved to the negative side.
11. Press [Double Fold].
12. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension "b" in the step 6 gets larger when the set value is moved to the positive side and gets
smaller when moved to the negative side.
13. Repeat steps 5 to 12 until the standard value can be obtained.
14. To continue the adjustment for other sizes of paper, repeat steps from 4 to 13.
401
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
A. Procedure
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
9. "Tri-Fold-out Position Adjustment screen"
Press [Single Fold].
10. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension "a" in the step 6 gets larger when the set value is moved to the positive side and gets
smaller when moved to the negative side.
11. Press [Double Fold].
12. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension "b" in the step 6 gets larger when the set value is moved to the positive side and gets
smaller when moved to the negative side.
13. Repeat steps 5 to 12 until the standard value can be obtained.
14. To continue the adjustment for other sizes of paper, repeat steps from 4 to 13.
402
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
10.9.9 Double Parallel Folds Pos. Adj. (Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.)
Note
• When adjusting both the single and the double folds, be sure to adjust the single fold first.
A. Procedure
11 x 17 214.4 106.7
81/2 x 14 176.3 87.7
81/2 x 11S 138.2 68.6
8K 193.5 96.3
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
9. "Double Parallel Position Adjustment screen"
Press [Single Fold].
10. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension "a" in the step 6 gets larger the set value is moved to the positive side and gets smaller
when moved to the negative side.
11. Press [Double Fold].
12. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension "b" in the step 6 gets larger when the set value is moved to the positive side and gets
smaller when moved to the negative side.
13. Repeat steps 4 to 12 until the standard value can be obtained.
14. To continue the adjustment for other sizes of paper, repeat steps from 4 to 13.
403
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• When adjusting both the single and the double folds, be sure to adjust the first fold first.
A. Procedure
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
9. "Double Parallel Position Adjustment screen"
Press [Single Fold].
10. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension "a" in the step 6 gets larger when the set value is moved to the positive side and gets
smaller when moved to the negative side.
11. Press [Double Fold].
12. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension "b" in the step 6 gets larger when the set value is moved to the positive side and gets
smaller when moved to the negative side.
13. Repeat steps 5 to 12 until the standard value can be obtained.
14. To continue the adjustment for other sizes of paper, repeat steps from 4 to 13.
404
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Note
• When adjusting the single, the double, and the triple folds, be sure to perform the adjustment in
the order of first, second, and third.
A. Procedure
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
9. "Gate Fold Position Adjustment screen"
Press [Single Fold].
10. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension "a" in the step 6 gets larger when the set value is moved to the positive side and gets
smaller when moved to the negative side.
11. Press [Double Fold].
12. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension "b" in the step 6 gets larger when the set value is moved to the positive side and gets
smaller when moved to the negative side.
13. Press [Triple Fold].
405
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
14. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
bizhub PRO C6500
A. Procedure
406
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
a. Procedure
a. Procedure
407
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Adjust the center position of the staple on the saddle stitching mode by the SD.
This adjustment changes the position of the alignment plate while in alignment.
A. Procedure
a
fs503fs3300c
408
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Note
• Be sure the folding skew adjustment (mechanical adjustment) have been adjusted before perform-
ing this adjustment.
A. Procedure
fs503fs3012c
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
9. "Staple Paper Width Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -20 (narrower) to +20 (wider), 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
11. To continue the adjustment for other sizes of paper, repeat steps from 4 to10.
409
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Adjust the staple intervals for the saddle stitch mode by the SD.
A. Procedure
a
b
fs503fs3011c
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
9. "Staple Pitch Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -20 (narrower) to +20 (wider), 1 step = 0.1 mm
• Setting range is restricted by the paper size.
Minimum value is determined based on the stapler movable range and the maximum value is determined
so that the saddle stitching alignment plate and stapler do not interfere with each other.
B5S: Setting is not possible (fixed to 91 mm)
B4: -20 to +20 mm (108.5 to 148.5 mm)
A4S: -14 to +14 mm (91 to 119 mm)
A3: -20 to +16.5 mm (128.5 to 165 mm)
81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11S: -16.95 to +16.95 mm (91 to 124.9 mm)
11 x 17, 81/2 x 11: -20 to +20 mm (119.7 to 159.7 mm)
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
11. To continue the adjustment for other sizes of paper, repeat steps from 4 to10.
410
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
A. Procedure
fs503fs3014c
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
9. "Half Fold Position Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• In the case of the mis-alignment given in the step 7, enter a set value on the positive side.
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
11. To continue the adjustment for other sizes of paper, repeat steps from 4 to 10.
411
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• When adjusting both the single and the double folds, be sure to adjust the double fold first.
• The position of the single fold is based on the leading edge of paper and the position of the double
fold is based on the position of the single fold. So, the dimension "b" in the step 6 varies when
either position of the single fold and the double fold is changed.
A. Procedure
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
8. "Tri-Fold Position Adjustment screen"
Select the paper size you want to adjust.
9. Press [Double Fold]. (the second fold)
10. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension "a" in the step 6 gets larger when the set value is moved to the positive side and gets
smaller when moved to the negative side.
11. Press [Single Fold]. (the first fold)
12. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension "b" in the step 7 gets larger when the set value is moved to the positive side and gets
smaller when moved to the negative side.
13. Repeat steps 4 to 12 until the standard value can be obtained.
412
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
A. Procedure
fs503fs3302c
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
9. "Fold Paper Width Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 (narrower) to +50 (wider), 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
11. To continue the adjustment for other sizes of paper, repeat steps from 4 to 10.
413
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
When there is misalignment in the trimmed fore-edge or the trimming is too much by the SD, conduct this
adjustment.
A. Procedure
Note
• When the trimmed length less than 2mm may
fs503fs3301c
cause trimming fault.
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
9. "Trimming Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -400 (smaller) to +400 (larger), 1 step = 0.1mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
11. To continue the adjustment for other sizes of paper, repeat steps from 4 to 10.
414
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
A. Procedure
A. Procedure
Note
• [Upper]: Corrects the convex curl.
• [Lower]: Corrects the concave curl.
• [Off]: Deactivates curl correction.
• Select [Upper] or [Lower] to correct paper curl at all times.
415
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Restore the finisher adjustment set values to factory initial data or installation initial data.
Note
• Adjustment data of "Stacker Adjustment (LS)", "Trimmer Receiver Adj. (SD)", "Curl Reform Direc-
tion (RU)", "Paper Edge Detect Sensor Adj. (PK)", and "Paper Inserter Tray Size Adj. (PI)" are not
restored.
A. Procedure
Note
• Selecting [Factory Default Data] restores various set values to factory initial data.
• Selecting [Installation Initial Data] restores to the adjustment values stored when I/O check
mode (code "90-00") was conducted.
416
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Note
• Be sure the " Half Fold Stopper Adj. " have been adjusted before performing this adjustment.
A. Procedure
15sjf3c100na
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
8. "Fold & Staple Stopper Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -128 (lower) to +127 (upper), 1 step = 0.1 mm
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.
417
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Adjust the folding position while in the multi center folding and saddle stitching by the FS-607.
This adjustment changes the position of the saddle stitching stopper.
A. Procedure
15sjf3c101na
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
8. "Half Fold Stopper Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -128 to +127, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• In the case of the misalignment given in the step 6, enter a set value to the negative side.
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.
418
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
A. Procedure
[2]
15knf3c002nb
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
9. "Vertical position adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 (in front) to +50 (in back), 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
419
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Adjust the punch position of the punch kit (PK) in the sub scan direction.
A. Procedure
15knf3c001nb
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Service].
8. "Horizontal position adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 (shorter) to +50 (longer), 1 step = 0.1 mm
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.
420
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
A. Procedure
A. Procedure
421
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Adjust the 1st folding position of the multi tri-folding mode by the FS-607.
Note
• The 2nd folding position (dimension "b") is mechanically adjusted. (See "4.12 Adjusting the tri-
folding position" in FS-607 Field service.)
A. Procedure
c
a
[1]
b 15sjf3c102na
6. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Service].
7. "Tri-Fold Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -128 (larger) to +127 (smaller), 1 step = 0.1 mm
8. Repeat steps 3 to 7 until the standard value can be obtained.
422
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
A. Procedure
a 15sjf3c103na
[1]
a
15sjf3c104na
[2]
[1] Staple
[2] Fold & Staple
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
8. "2 Position Staple Pitch Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: +128 (narrower) to +160 (wider), 1 step = 1 mm
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.
423
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
This adjustment should be performed when the paper size is not correctly detected at the cover sheet tray of the
PI.
A. Procedure
A. Procedure
424
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Note
• The [Image control] that is displayed on the screen represents the firmware version of the overall
control board (OACB).
A. Procedure
425
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
10.11.1 Outline
The CS Remote Care is a system that manages the main body by sending and receiving various kinds of the
management data of the main body between the main body and the CS Remote Care center computer through
the phone line or E-mail.
It enables the main body to call the center computer, and the center computer to inquire regularly the main body
for various data.
The data handled by the CS Remote Care can be classified into the 3 following groups.
a.Data that allow you to grasp the use conditions of the main body, such as the total count and the maintenance
count.
b. Data that give us the general information of when and how often an abnormality occurred with the main body.
c. All sorts of adjustment data
Note
• When Security Strengthen Set is set to ON, the use of the main body NIC is not allowed.
Step Operation
When using the phone line modem When using the E-mail (Main body NIC)
0 Registered the machine ID in the application on the CS Remote Care center side.
When the machine ID is not registered, no initial connection cannot be made.
1 Modem connection When using the E-mail, remove the modem for the
Turn off the power of the modem, connect the phone line.
main body and the modem with a modem cable,
and the modem and the wall outlet with a modu-
lar cable.
* For the connection of a modular cable, see the
instructions of the modem to be used.
2 CS Remote Care function ON
(Tech. Rep. mode → System Input → Software Switch Setting → Set 15-5 to "On (1)")
3 CS Remote Care function selection CS Remote Care function selection
(Tech. Rep. mode → CS Remote Care → CS (Tech. Rep. mode → CS Remote Care → CS
Remote Care → Set Modem) Remote Care → Set E-mail)
4 No. code entry
(Tech. Rep. mode → CS Remote Care → CS Remote Care → Press No. Code → Enter the No. code*
→ Press No. Code)
* For the No. code, enter a specified code.
5 Date and time setting for the CS Remote Care
(Enter the No. code → Detail setting → Date/Time setting → Press Setting Time → Enter the current
time → Press Set → Press Time Zone → Enter the time zone)
426
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Step Operation
427
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
10.11.3 List of combinations of E-Mail CS Remote Care and Mail remote notification system
bizhub PRO C6500
To change a combination of E-Mail CS Remote Care and Mail remote notification system, refer to this table to
configure the software switch setting or the mail account setting.
428
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
429
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
430
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Note
• The response time out setting is automatically set on receiving the initial connection mail. Change
the setting if necessary.
431
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• Software SW bits data are written into the Parameter board (PB) every time a change is made. In
case you changed bit data by accident, be sure to restore the previous state.
A. Input procedure
Note
• About functions of each switch, see to “B. List of software SW for CS Remote Care.”
432
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
433
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
No. Bit 0 1
7 0 Redial for response time out Do not redial Redial 1
1 to 7 — — — 0
8 0 Retransmission interval on E-Mail delivery error *6 *6 0
1 *6 *6 1
2 *6 *6 1
3 *6 *6 0
4 to 7 — — — 0
9 0 Retransmission times on E-Mail delivery error *7 *7 0
1 *7 *7 1
2 *7 *7 0
3 *7 *7 1
4 *7 *7 0
5 *7 *7 0
6 *7 *7 0
7 — — — 0
10 0 Time zone setting *8 *8 0
1 *8 *8 0
2 *8 *8 0
3 *8 *8 0
4 *8 *8 0
5 *8 *8 0
6 *8 *8 0
7 *8 *8 0
11 0 Timer 1 *9 *9 0
1 RING reception → CONNECT reception *9 *9 0
2 *9 *9 0
3 *9 *9 0
4 *9 *9 0
5 *9 *9 1
6 *9 *9 0
7 *9 *9 0
12 0 Timer 2 *10 *10 0
1 Dial request completed → CONNECT reception *10 *10 0
2 *10 *10 0
3 *10 *10 0
4 *10 *10 0
5 *10 *10 0
6 *10 *10 1
7 *10 *10 0
13 0 Timer 3 — — 0
1 Not used — — 1
434
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
435
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
1
Receive 0
Issue ATA by RING delivery
Do not receive 1
Do not issue ATA by RING delivery
436
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
437
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
*11 Timer 4 (Line connection → Start request tele- Mode DIPSW No.14
bizhub PRO C6500
gram delivery)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 to 31 (x 100 msec) 0000 0000 to 0001 1111
32 (x 100 msec) 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
33 to 255 0010 0001 to 1111 1111
(x 100 msec)
*12 Timer 5 (Wait time for other side's response) Mode DIPSW No.15
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 to 29 sec 0000 0000 to 0001 1101
30 sec 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0
31 to 255 sec 0001 1111 to 1111 1111
*14 Call JAM date (main body) Valid copy quantity Mode DIPSW No.17
1 0
3000 copies 0 0
6000 copies 0 1
9000 copies 1 0
12000 copies 1 1
*15 Call ADF JAM date Valid original feed quantity Mode DIPSW No.17
3 2
600 sheets 0 0
1200 sheets 0 1
1800 sheets 1 0
2400 sheets 1 1
438
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
*17 Call ADF JAM date MOBJ setting Mode DIPSW No.17
439
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
440
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
MEMO:
• About how to send the initial connection mail, refer to the CS Remote Care center's manual.
• Mail transmission are possible only between the center and the main body that the initial connection has
been established.
• The initial connection mail is sent from the center. The mail address of the center used then is stored in the
main body.
• To check the center's mail address on the main body, output "Machine Management List."
Procedure: Tech. Rep. mode → List Output → Machine Management List. Press the [COPY] key at upper
left of the screen to output the list from the basic screen.
441
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
As the CE starts the maintenance, enter the ID code of CE (7-digit number with which each CE is identified,
managed by a distributor.) to notify the center the start of maintenance. After the maintenance, pressing the
maintenance completion key notifies the center the completion of maintenance.
During the maintenance, the [Start] key blinks until the completion of the maintenance.
About how to call the center and send various data of the main body on the specified date and time, refer to the
CS Remote Care center's manual.
442
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
443
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
In case of modem
444
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
In case of E-mail
10.11.15 Troubleshooting
Check the followings when the main body neither receives the initial connection mail nor returns a response.
1) The center ID or the machine ID are not set in the main body.
2) The center ID or the machine ID are different (A machine ID error is not returned at the initial connection).
3) CS Remote Care function is disabled, or the phone line is selected in the CS Remote Care function selection.
4) Communication between the main body and the mail server is not proper (Check this with a transmission
test).
445
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
A. Procedure
Note
• If you set DIPSW30-1 to 1, the font pattern and after are displayed.
• Memory Dump List is for development use only. Must not be used during maintenance/repair.
3. Press [COPY].
4. Press the Start key to output the selected list.
5. Press [SERVICE].
6. "List Output" screen
To print another list, repeat steps 2 to 5.
*1 Prints out the latest 30 items of the sending and receiving history of the CS Remote Care. The start time of
communications, the time period of communications (modem only), the communication modes, the
results of communications, and the senders (mail only) are printed. The communication modes and the
results of communications are displayed in the numbers of 4 digit number. For the meaning of them, refer
to the following table.
Communication mode Communication result Communication mode Communication result
0000 — Transmitted success- 0040 Maintenance com- —
fully pletion transmis-
sion
0001 Initial transmission Connection time out 0080 Administrator —
when transmitting transmission
0002 Emergency trans- — 0100 Fixed date trans- —
mission mission
0004 Emergency recov- Received successfully 0200 Response trans- —
ery transmission mission
0005 — Reception failed 0*** — Transmission failed
The SMTP reply codes (200 to 554) prescribed in the RFC1846, 2554 and 2821 are displayed in this place of
***.
446
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
A. Procedure
447
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• Do not attempt to print the test pattern not described in this manual.
A. Procedure
448
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
[Check Items]
• When the density is set to 70 (halftone)
If there are image stripes, determine whether the fault is with the scanner system or the process system.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Developing unit, cleaning unit, transfer belt unit, charging corona, 2nd
transfer unit, and dust-proof glass
• When the density is set to 0 (white)
If the test pattern is image foggy background image, determine whether the fault is with the process sys-
tem.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Charging corona, and high voltage contact point.
• When the density is set to 255 (Y, M, C, K)
If the density is light, determine whether the fault is with the process system.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Write unit
* See "10.13.2 Test Pattern Output Mode" for adjusting density.
Test Pattern
When the density is set to 70 When the density is set to 0 When the density is set to 255
8050fs1019
449
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
bizhub PRO C6500
[Check Item 1]
• Check the solid black pattern [1] to see if there is uneven density found in the main scanning and sub-
scanning directions.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Charging corona, developing unit, transfer belt unit, 2nd transfer unit, and
dust-proof glass
[Check Item 2]
• Check if there is any image repelling in the gradation pattern [2] at the leading/trailing edge of the test pat-
tern in sub-scanning direction.
[Recommended checkpoints]: 2nd transfer unit
Test Pattern
[1]
[2]
8050fs1020
450
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
[Check Items]
This pattern is used to identify which of scanner system or printer system is causing the problem.
Items that can be checked include main scan magnification, sub scan magnification, image skew, and leading
edge timing, etc. of the printer system. If the copy image is defective despite no abnormality being visible on
the test pattern, the scanner system is defective.
Test Pattern
[1]
31mm 237mm
20mm
[1]
190mm
m
0m
28
205.7mm
28
0m
m
190mm
190mm 8050fs1021
451
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
bizhub PRO C6500
[Check Items]
• If there are image stripes or the uneven density, check if the write system or the process system operates
normally.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Developing unit, cleaning unit, charging corona, 2nd transfer unit, and
dust-proof glass
Test Pattern
a03uf3c002ca
452
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
[Check Items]
• If there are image stripes or the uneven density, check if the write system or the process system operates
normally.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Developing unit, cleaning unit, charging corona, 2nd transfer unit, and
dust-proof glass
Test Pattern
a03uf3c003ca
453
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
bizhub PRO C6500
[Check Items]
• When the density is set to 70 (halftone)
If there are image stripes, determine whether the fault is with the scanner system or the process system.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Developing unit, cleaning unit, transfer belt unit, charging corona, 2nd
transfer unit, and dust-proof glass
• When the density is set to 0 (white)
If the test pattern is image foggy background image, determine whether the fault is with the process sys-
tem.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Charging corona, and high voltage contact.
• When the density is set to 255 (Y, M, C, K)
If the density is light, determine whether the fault is with the process system.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Write unit
*See "10.13.2 Test Pattern Output Mode" for adjusting density.
Test Pattern
When the density is set to 70 When the density is set to 0 When the density is set to 255
8050fs1019
454
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Test Pattern
[2] [1]
a03uf3c004ca
455
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
bizhub PRO C6500
No.55 5% Coverage
[Purpose]
When you need to make test prints continuously in order to check paper feed operation or etc., use this 5%
coverage test pattern to protect developer, drums, cleaners etc. from burden.
Test Pattern
a03uf3c005ca
456
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Test Pattern
b
c
a
b
c
a03uf3c024ca
457
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
10.14 ISW
bizhub PRO C6500
458
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
Important
• The use of the [Security Strengthen Set] in the [Machine Admin. Setting] in the utility mode is lim-
ited only when the [CE Authentication Setting] and [Admini. Authentication] are set to ON.
A. Procedure
459
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Important
bizhub PRO C6500
• The use of the [Security Strengthen Set] in the [Machine Admin. Setting] in the utility mode is lim-
ited only when the [CE Authentication Setting] and [Admini. Authentication] are set to ON.
10.15.3 CE Authentication
To enhance security of the service mode, configure the setting so that a password is required to enter the ser-
vice mode.
A. Procedure
Note
• Do not use anything easily guessed by others such as your name, birthday.
• CE should not inform other people of the password.
• The selection of the [CE Auth. Password] is limited only when the [CE Authentication] is set to
[On].
A. Procedure
460
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 10. SERVICE MODE
A. Procedure
Note
• When the CE set or changed the [Administrator Password], CE must inform the user administrator
of that and ask for changing [Administrator Password].
• Do not use anything easily guessed by others such as your name, birthday.
• The selection of the [Administrator Password ] is limited only when the [Admin. Authentication] is
set to [On].
A. Procedure
461
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Adjustment/Setting Item
Fee Collection Setting 01 Coin Vendor
02 Management Function
A. Procedure
A. Procedure
A. Procedure
462
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
A. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU.
[1] [3] [2] (See P.204)
2. Install a weight plate [3] to the paper feed roller/BP
upper part [2] with the two screws [1].
3. Put the ADU back in.
4. Make a print to confirm the paper feed.
5. If the no feed problem is not solved, increase the
number of weight plates and repeat steps 1 to 4.
Note
• Weight plate (P/N: 13FG4062*) is a supply
part. Purchase separately for use.
• The number of the weight plates to be
installed should be four or less.
a052f3c001ca
• When weight plate is added, ”11.3 Pick-up
movement amount adjustment (bypass)”
should be carried out.
(See P.465)
463
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Conduct this adjustment when a no feed condition occurs or the paper edge is folded, or when feeding paper
with a large amount of curl.
Note
• As this adjustment effects the pick-up movement amount, carry out “11.3 Pick-up movement
amount adjustment (bypass)” after performing the adjustment. (See P.465)
A. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU.
(See P.79)
2. Remove the paper feed solenoid cover.
(See P.68)
3. Loosen the screw [1], and adjust the installation
position of the tray limit sensor/BP (PS25) [2].
Note
• Keep a note of the primary value.
464
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
A. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU.
(See P.79)
2. Remove the paper feed solenoid cover.
(See P.68)
3. Loosen the screw [1], and adjust the installation
position of the pick-up solenoid/BP (SD5) [2].
Note
• Keep a note of the primary value.
8050fs1054
465
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Conduct this adjustment when a mis-centering occurs and cannot be adjusted in service mode.
A. Procedure
1. Pull out the paper supply tray.
[1] [2]
2. Loosen the three screws [2] located under the up/
down plate [1].
3. Move the guide plate [3], and adjust the center
position.
4. Tighten the three screws [2].
5. Print out the test pattern (No.16).
[3] a052f3c002ca
8050fs1056
466
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
A. Procedure
1. Pull out the paper supply tray.
[1]
2. Remove the paper feed unit.
(See P.208)
3. Change the position of the hook of the Spring [1]
on the bottom part of the paper supply unit.
Reduced tension [2]:
Double feed jam condition improves.
Increased tension [3]:
No feed jam condition improves.
4. Install the paper supply unit, and set the paper
supply tray.
467
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
bizhub PRO C6500
Blank page
468
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 12. JAM CODE
TROUBLESHOOTING
feed turns ON, paper supply sensor /BP occurs during the bypass feed tray,
(PS26) is not turned ON within the printing process, and remove jammed
specified time. main body stops paper, if any.
after paper exit.
J-1002 After paper empty sensor /BP (PS47) Remove paper from the
turns ON, paper lift motor /BP (M35) bypass feed tray,
is not turned ON within specified time. decrease the number
J-1003 After paper lift motor /BP (M35) turns of stacked sheets and
ON, upper limit sensor /BP (PS25) is set again.
not turned ON within specified time.
J-1051 Paper feed sensor /BP (PS26) is — Remove the paper from
When idling
feed turns ON, paper feed sensor /1 occurs during tray/1 and remove
Tray /1 (PS29) is not turned ON within the printing process, jammed paper, if any.
specified time. main body stops
after paper exit.
Paper J-1201 After the pick-up solenoid /2 (SD8) If paper jam Pull out the paper feed
During operation
feed turns ON, paper feed sensor /2 occurs during tray /2 and remove
Tray /2 (PS35) is not turned ON within the printing process, jammed paper, if any.
specified time. main body stops
after paper exit.
Paper J-1301 After the pick-up solenoid /3 (SD9) If paper jam Pull out the paper feed
During operation
feed turns ON, paper feed sensor /3 occurs during tray /3 and remove
Tray /3 (PS41) is not turned ON within the printing process, jammed paper, if any.
specified time. main body stops
after paper exit.
469
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
operation
Paper J-1351 Paper feed sensor /3 (PS41) is turned — Pull out the paper feed
When idling
feed ON in the idling condition. tray /3 and remove
Tray /3 jammed paper, if any.
LU J-1501 After the pick-up solenoid (SD100) If paper jam Open the LU upper
During operation
turns ON, paper feed sensor /1 (PS2) occurs during tray /4 and remove
is not turned ON within the specified printing process, jammed paper, if any.
time. main body stops
J-1602 After the pick-up solenoid /2 (SD5) after paper exit. Pull out the paper feed
turns ON, paper feed sensor /2 tray /5 and remove
(PS10) is not turned ON within the jammed paper, if any.
specified time.
J-1603 After the paper feed sensor /1 (PS2) Open the PF front door
turns ON, vertical conveyance sensor and the PF vertical con-
/1 (PS17) is not turned ON within the veyance door and
specified time. remove jammed paper,
J-1604 After the vertical conveyance sensor / if any.
1 (PS17) turns ON, vertical convey-
ance sensor /2 (PS27) is not turned
ON within the specified time.
J-1605 After the vertical conveyance sensor /
2 (PS27) turns ON, vertical convey-
ance sensor /3 (PS26) is not turned
ON within the specified time.
J-1606 After the vertical conveyance sensor / Open the PF front door
3 (PS26) turns ON, horizontal convey- and the PF vertical con-
ance sensor /1 (PS18) is not turned veyance door and
ON within the specified time. remove jammed paper,
if any.
J-1607 After the paper feed sensor /2 (PS10) Pull out the paper feed
turns ON, horizontal conveyance sen- tray /5 and remove
sor /1 (PS18) is not turned ON within jammed paper, if any.
the specified time.
470
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 12. JAM CODE
During operation
sor /1 (PS18) turns ON, pre-registra- occurs during PF vertical conveyance
tion (PS20) is not turned ON within printing process, door, horizontal con-
the specified time. main body stops veyance door /Rt, hori-
after paper exit. zontal conveyance
door /Lt and remove
J-1609 After the pre-registrations sensor
jammed paper, if any.
(PS20) is turned ON, horizontal con-
veyance sensor /2 (PS19) is not
turned ON within the specified time.
J-1610 Multi feed detection board /R Stops immedi-
(MFDTB/R) detected multifeed. ately.
J-1651 Paper feed sensor /1 (PS2) is turned — Pull out the paper feed
When idling
feed registration sensor (PS22) is not occurs during remove jammed paper,
turned ON within specified time. printing process, if any.
main body stops
after paper exit.
J-1702 After starting print of the back side, Stops immedi-
registration sensor (PS22) is not ately.
turned ON within specified time.
471
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
operation
Paper J-1703 After the pre-registration clutch /3 If paper jam Open the vertical con-
During operation
feed (MC12) is turned ON, vertical convey- occurs during veyance door and
ance sensor (PS50) is not turned ON printing process, remove jammed paper,
within specified time. main body stops if any.
J-1704 After the pre-registration clutch /2 after paper exit. Pull out the paper feed
(MC10) is turned ON, vertical convey- tray /2 and remove
ance sensor (PS50) is not turned ON jammed paper, if any.
within specified time.
J-1705 After the vertical conveyance sensor Open the vertical con-
(PS50) turns ON, intermediate con- veyance door and
veyance sensor /1 (PS27) is not remove jammed paper,
turned ON within the specified time. if any.
J-1706 After the pre-registration clutch /1
(MC8) is turned ON, intermediate
conveyance sensor /1 (PS27) is not
turned ON within the specified time.
J-1707 After the LU pre-registration clutch Open the LU front door
(MC102) is turned ON, intermediate and remove jammed
conveyance sensor /1 (PS27) is not paper, if any.
turned ON within the specified time.
J-1708 After the intermediate conveyance Pull out ADU and
sensor /1 (PS27) is turned ON, inter- remove jammed paper,
mediate conveyance sensor /2 if any.
(PS28) is not turned ON within speci-
fied time.
J-1709 After the paper feed sensor /BP Remove the paper from
(PS26) is turned ON, intermediate the bypass feed tray,
conveyance sensor /2 (PS28) is not and remove jammed
turned ON within specified time. paper, if any.
J-1710 After the PF horizontal conveyance Open the PF front door,
sensor /2 (PS19) turns ON, intermedi- PF vertical conveyance
ate conveyance sensor /1 (PS27) is door, horizontal con-
not turned ON within the specified veyance door /Rt, hori-
time. zontal conveyance
door /Lt and remove
jammed paper, if any.
J-1751 Vertical conveyance sensor (PS50) is — Open the vertical con-
When idling
472
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 12. JAM CODE
When idling
feed in the idling condition. remove jammed paper,
if any.
OTH- J-1901 Vertical conveyance door open jam. If paper jam Close the vertical con-
During operation
LU J-1902 LU upper door open jam or LU front In case of LU Close the LU upper
door open jam. During printing, paper feed, door or the LU front
upper door sensor (PS100) or front main body stops door.
door sensor (PS115) turned OFF. after comple-
tion of paper
exit.
In case of paper
feed other than
LCT, main body
does not stop.
PF J-1903 Any one of the PF front door open In case of PF Close any one of the PF
jam, PF vertical conveyance door paper feed, front door, PF vertical
open jam, horizontal conveyance main body stops conveyance door, hori-
door /Rt open jam or the horizontal after comple- zontal conveyance
conveyance door /Lt open jam. Any tion of paper door /Rt or the horizon-
one of the front door open/close sen- exit. tal conveyance door /
sor (PS23), vertical conveyance door In case of paper Lt.
sensor (PS24), horizontal conveyance feed other than
door sensor /1 (PS21) or the horizon- PF, main body
tal conveyance door sensor /2 (PS22) does not stop.
turned OFF during printing.
Registra- J-3101 After the registration motor (M30) is Stops immedi- Pull out ADU and
tion turned ON, leading edge sensor ately. remove jammed paper,
(PS63) is not turned ON. if any.
J-3102 After the registration motor (M30) is
turned ON, Fusing paper exit sensor
(PS17) is not turned ON.
J-3151 Leading edge sensor (PS63) is ON in —
When idling
exit (PS17) is turned ON, paper exit sen- ately. remove jammed paper,
sor (PS13) is not turned ON within the if any.
specified time.
473
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
operation
Paper J-3202 After the fusing paper exit sensor Stops immedi- Pull out ADU and
During operation
exit (PS17) is turned ON, reverse/exit sen- ately. remove jammed paper,
sor (PS19) is not turned ON within the if any.
specified time.
J-3203 In the reverse paper exit mode, after
the reverse/exit sensor (PS19) is
turned ON, paper exit sensor (PS13)
is not turned ON within the specified
time.
J-3204 After the fusing paper exit sensor
(PS17) is turned ON, it is not turned
OFF within the specified time.
J-3205 After the paper exit sensor (PS13) is
turned ON, it is not turned OFF within
the specified time.
J-3206 After the fusing paper exit sensor
(PS17) is turned OFF, reverse/exit
sensor (PS19) is not turned ON within
the specified time.
J-3207 In reverse paper exit mode, after the
paper exit sensor (PS13) is turned
ON, it is not turned OFF within the
specified time.
J-3209 After the decurler sensor (PS62) is
turned ON, it is not turned OFF within
the specified time.
J-3251 Fusing paper exit sensor (PS17) is —
When idling
474
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 12. JAM CODE
During operation
Paper feed cover sensor (PS303) was diately. section cover.
turned OFF when printing. If paper jam
J-6102 Paper feed tray open jam. Tray open/ occurs during Close the paper feed
close sensor (PS308) was turned OFF printing process, tray.
when printing. main body stops
J-6103 Paper exit section cover open jam. after paper exit. Close the paper exit
Paper exit cover sensor (PS307) was section cover.
turned OFF when printing.
J-6201 Registration sensor (PS301) is not Open the paper feed
turned OFF within specified time after section cover and
paper feed is started. remove jammed paper,
J-6203 After reversal of paper feed motor if any.
(M301) is started, timing sensor Remove jammed paper
(PS302) is not turned ON within the in the main body con-
specified time. veyance section, if any.
J-6206 After the timing sensor (PS302) is
turned ON, it is not turned OFF within
the specified time.
J-6209 After the reverse/paper exit motor Open the paper exit
(M303) is turned ON, reverse sensor section cover and
(PS305) is not turned ON within the remove jammed paper,
specified time. if any.
J-6301 After the reverse sensor (PS305) is Remove jammed paper
turned ON, it is not turned OFF within in the main body con-
the specified time. veyance section, if any.
J-6304 In the one-sided original exit mode,
paper exit sensor (PS306) is not
turned ON within the specified time
after the start of paper exit.
In the double-sided original exit
mode, paper exit sensor (PS306) is
not turned ON within the specified
time after the reverse sensor (PS305)
is turned ON.
J-6305 After the paper exit sensor (PS306) is
turned ON, it is not turned OFF within
the specified time.
J-6501 Registration sensor (PS301) is ON in — Open the paper feed
When idling
475
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
operation
DF J-6508 Timing sensor (PS302) is ON in the — Open the paper feed
When idling
idling condition. section cover and
remove jammed paper,
if any.
FS J-7101 FS Front door open jam. Door switch FS/main body Remove jammed paper
During operation
(MS1) was turned OFF when printing. stop immedi- in the FS/main body, if
ately. any.
LS J-7103 LS Front door open jam. Front door LS/main body Remove jammed paper
switch (MS1) was turned OFF when stop immedi- in the LS/main body, if
printing. ately. any.
FD J-7105 FD front door open jam. Door switch FD/main body Remove jammed paper
(MS1) was turned OFF when printing. stop immedi- in the FD/main body, if
ately. any.
RU J-7106 RU front door open jam. Interlock RU/main body Remove jammed paper
switch (MS1) was turned OFF when stop immedi- in the RU/main body, if
printing. ately. any.
SD J-7107 SD front door /Rt open jam or SD SD/main body Remove jammed paper
front door /Lt open jam. Either one of stop immedi- in the SD/main body, if
the front door switch /Rt (MS1) or the ately. any.
front door switch /Lt (MS2) of the SD
was turned OFF when printing.
FS J-7217 The main tray paper exit sensor FS/main body Remove jammed paper
(PS10) does not turn OFF within a stop immedi- in the FS/main body, if
specified period of time after the ately. any.
stacker entrance sensor (PS5) turns
OFF.
J-7218 The stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the FNS entrance
sensor (PS4) turns ON.
J-7219 While in stapling, the stacker entranc-
esensor (PS5) does not turn OFF
within a specified period of time after
the stacker entrance motor (M13)
turns ON. While in any other opera-
tions than stapling, the PS5 does not
turn OFF within a specified period of
time after it turns ON.
J-7220 While in stapling a small size paper,
the main tray paper exit sensor
(PS10) does not turn ON within a
specified period of time after the
paper exit arm motor (M23) turns ON.
476
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 12. JAM CODE
During operation
the main tray exit sensor (PS10) does stop immedi- in the FS/main body, if
not turn OFF within a specified period ately. any.
of time after the paper exit arm motor
(M23) turns ON.
477
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
operation
RU J-7362 Entrance sensor (PS1) is ON in the — Open the front door
When idling
idling condition. and remove jammed
J-7363 Intermediate sensor (PS2) is ON in the paper, if any.
idling condition.
J-7364 Paper exit sensor (PS3) is ON in the
idling condition.
LS J-7350 Entrance sensor (PS4) is ON in the — Open the LS front door,
idling condition. then the entrance con-
veyance jam lever and
remove jammed paper,
if any.
J-7351 Sub-tray paper exit sensor (PS10) is Open the LS sub-tray
ON in the idling condition. cover and remove
jammed paper, if any.
J-7352 Any one of the conveyance sensor /1 Open the LS jam door
(PS7), /2 (PS16), /3 (PS17) is ON in and remove jammed
the idling condition. paper, if any.
J-7353 Coupling exit sensor (PS18) is turned Open the LS front door,
ON in the idling condition. then the coupling paper
exit jam lever and
remove jammed paper,
if any.
FD J-7358 Any one of the FD entrance sensor — Open the FD front door,
(PS1), punch conveyance sensor then the entrance con-
(PS5) or the punch registration sensor veyance jam lever /1, /
(PS6) is turned ON in the idling condi- 2, punch conveyance
tion. jam lever /1, /2 and
remove jammed paper,
if any.
J-7359 Any one of the intermediate convey- Open the FD front door,
ance sensor (PS13), sub-tray paper then the intermediate
exit sensor (PS16) or the main tray conveyance jam lever
paper exit sensor (PS18) is ON in the and remove jammed
idling condition. paper, if any.
J-7360 Any one of the 1st folding convey- Open the FD front door,
ance sensor (PS51), 2nd folding con- pull out the fold con-
veyance sensor (PS53), 3rd folding veyance section, then
conveyance sensor (PS54), S size open the fold convey-
conveyance sensor (PS58), folding ance jam lever /1 to /5
entrance sensor (PS52) or the folding and remove jammed
exit sensor (PS2) is ON in the idling paper, if any.
condition.
478
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 12. JAM CODE
When idling
/Up (PS31), PI conveyance sensor / door and remove
Lw (PS37) or the PI exit sensor (PS4) jammed paper, if any.
is ON in the idling condition. Open the entrance
conveyance jam lever /
1 and remove jammed
paper, if jammed paper
is in the PI exit.
SD J-7368 Entrance sensor (PS1) is ON in the — Open the SD front door
idling condition. /Rt and remove
J-7369 Any one of the horizontal conveyance jammed paper, if any.
sensor /1 (PS2), horizontal convey-
ance sensor /2 (PS3) or the subtray
paper exit sensor (PS11) is ON in the
idling condition.
J-7370 Horizontal conveyance exit sensor Open the SD front door
(PS4) is ON in the idling condition. /Lt and remove
jammed paper, if any.
J-7371 Either one of the right angle convey- Open the SD front door
ance sensor /1 (PS5) or the right /Rt and remove
angle conveyance sensor /2 (PS6) is jammed paper, if any.
ON in the idling condition.
J-7372 Any one of the folding sensor /1
(PS7), foling passage sensor (PS8),
tri-folding exit sensor (PS9) or the
folding sensor /2 (PS44) is ON in the
idling condition.
J-7373 Saddle stitching paper sensor (PS13) Open the SD front door
is ON in the idling condition. /Lt and remove
J-7374 Any one of the bundle sensor /1 jammed paper, if any.
(PS14), bundle sensor /2 (PS15),
bundle sensor /4(PS54) or the bundle
exit sensor /2 (PS57) is ON in the
idling condition.
LS J-7401 After the main body paper exit sensor LS/main body Remove jammed paper
During operation
(PS13) is turned ON, entrance sensor stop immedi- in the LS/main body, if
(PS4) is not turned ON within the ately. any.
specified time.
479
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
operation
LS J-7403 After the entrance sensor (PS4) is LS/main body Remove jammed paper
During operation
turned ON, sub tray paper exit sensor stop immedi- in the LS/main body, if
(PS10) is not turned ON within the ately. any.
specified time.
J-7404 After the sub tray paper exit sensor
(PS10) is turned ON, it is not turned
OFF within the specified time.
J-7405 After the entrance sensor /1 (PS4)
turns ON, conveyance sensor /1
(PS7) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
J-7406 After the conveyance sensor (PS7) is
turned ON, it is not turned OFF within
the specified time.
J-7407 After the conveyance sensor /1 (PS7)
turns ON, conveyance sensor /2
(PS16) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
J-7408 After the conveyance sensor /2
(PS16) is turned ON, it is not turned
OFF within the specified time.
J-7409 After the conveyance sensor /2
(PS16) turns ON, conveyance sensor
/3 (PS17) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
J-7410 After the conveyance sensor /3
(PS17) is turned ON, it is not turned
OFF within the specified time.
J-7411 After the conveyance sensor /3
(PS17) turns ON, coupling exit sensor
(PS18) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
J-7412 After the coupling exit sensor (PS18)
is turned ON, it is not turned OFF
within the specified time.
FD J-7501 After the main body paper exit sensor FD/main body Remove jammed paper
(PS13) is turned ON, FD entrance stop immedi- in the FD/main body, if
sensor (PS1) is not turned ON within ately. any.
the specified time.
J-7502 After the FD entrance sensor (PS1)
turns ON, intermediate conveyance
sensor (PS13) is not turned ON within
the specified time.
480
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 12. JAM CODE
During operation
sensor (PS13) is turned ON, main tray stop immedi- in the FD/main body, if
paper exit sensor (PS18) is not turned ately. any.
ON within the specified time.
481
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
operation
FD J-7514 During fold operation, after the 1st FD/main body Remove jammed paper
During operation
folding motor (M4) starts accelerating, stop immedi- in the FD/main body, if
3rd folding conveyance sensor (PS54) ately. any.
is not turned ON within the specified
time.
482
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 12. JAM CODE
During operation
(PS13) is turned ON, RU entrance stop immedi- in the RU/main body, if
sensor (PS1) is not turned ON within ately. any.
the specified time.
483
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
operation
SD J-7568 After the right angle conveyance SD/main body Remove jammed paper
During operation
motor (M6) turns ON, right angle con- stop immedi- in the SD/main body, if
veyance sensor/2 (PS6) is not turned ately. any.
ON within the specified time.
J-7569 After the folding entrance motor (M3)
turns ON, folding sensor /1 (PS7) is not
turned ON within the specified time.
J-7570 After the folding sub scan alignment
exit motor (M8) turns ON, saddle
stitching paper sensor (PS13) is not
turned ON within the specified time.
J-7571 After the bundle arm rotation motor
(M22) turns ON, bundle sensor /1
(PS14) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
J-7572 After the bundle clip motor (M11)
turns ON, bundle sensor /2 (PS15) is
not turned ON within the specified
time.
J-7573 After the bunch sensor /2 (PS15)
turns ON, bunch sensor /4 (PS54) is
not turned ON within the specified
time.
J-7574 After the entrance sensor (PS1) is
turned ON, it is not turned OFF within
the specified time.
J-7575 After the right angle conveyance sen-
sor /2 (PS6) is turned ON, it is not
turned OFF within the specified time.
J-7576 After the folding sensor /2 (PS44) is
turned ON, it is not turned OFF within
the specified time.
J-7577 After the bundle sensor /1 (PS14) is
turned ON, it is not turned OFF within
the specified time.
J-7578 After the bundle sensor /2 (PS15) is
turned ON, it is not turned OFF within
the specified time.
J-7579 After the folding conveyance motor
(M4) turns ON, folding passage sen-
sor (PS8) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
J-7580 After the folding conveyance motor
(M4) turns ON, tri-folding paper exit
sensor (PS9) is not turned ON within
the specified time.
484
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 12. JAM CODE
During operation
exit motor (M8) is turned ON, it is not stop immedi- in the SD/main body, if
turned OFF within the specified time. ately. any.
J-7582 After the folding passage sensor
(PS8) is turned ON, it is not turned
OFF within the specified time.
J-7583 After the tri-folding paper exit sensor
(PS9) is turned ON, it is not turned
OFF within the specified time.
J-7584 After the bundle press movement
motor (M17) is turned ON, trimmer
registration sensor (PS55) is not
turned OFF within the specified time.
J-7585 After the bundle registration motor
(M12) turns ON, trimmer registration
sensor (PS55) is not turned ON within
the specified time.
ADU J-9201 After the reverse/exit sensor (PS19) is Stops immedi- Pull out ADU and
turned ON, ADU reverse sensor ately. remove jammed paper,
(PS21) is not turned ON within the if any.
specified time.
J-9202 After the ADU stop sensor (PS20) is
turned ON, it is not turned OFF within
the specified time.
J-9251 ADU reverse sensor (PS21) is ON in —
When idling
485
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
operation
ADU J-9451 ADU pre-registration sensor (PS23) is — Pull out ADU and
When idling
ON in the idling condition. remove jammed paper,
if any.
486
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
B. Code List
NOTE
• Where there is "*" in the malfunction code field, "Turn ON the power switch again" is indicated on
the touch panel.
• Where there is no "*" in the malfunction code field, "Contact the Service Section" is indicated on
the operation panel.
nication between printer control board stops immedi- PF drive board (PFDB)
abnor- (PRCB) and PF drive board ately and main LU drive board (LUDB)
mality (PFDB) or LU drive board relay (RY1) is
(LUDB). turned OFF.
C-0002* Communication abnormality Printer control board (PRCB)
between printer control board Conveyance drive board
(PRCB) and conveyance drive (CDB)
board (CDB).
C-0003* Communication abnormality Printer control board (PRCB)
between printer control board Conveyance drive board
(PRCB) and conveyance drive (CDB)
board (CDB).
Paper C-0101 M41 abnormality detection sig- Printer control board (PRCB)
feed nal was continuously detected Paper feed motor (M41)
motor for the specified time when the
abnor- paper feed motor (M41) was
mality ON.
LU paper C-0102 M101 abnormality detection sig- LU drive board (LUDB)
LU
487
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
tion
Paper C-0201 After paper lift motor/1 (M38) Main body Printer control board (PRCB)
Main body
feed tray turns ON, upper limit sensor/1 stops immedi- Paper lift motor/1 (M38)
abnor- (PS30) is not turned ON within ately and main Upper limit sensor/1 (PS30)
mality specified time. relay (RY1) is
C-0202 After paper lift motor/2 (M39) turned OFF. Printer control board (PRCB)
turns ON, upper limit sensor/2 Paper lift motor/2 (M39)
(PS36) is not turned ON within Upper limit sensor/2 (PS36)
specified time.
C-0203 After paper lift motor/3 (M40) Printer control board (PRCB)
turns ON, upper limit sensor/3 Paper lift motor/3 (M40)
(PS42) is not turned ON within Upper limit sensor/3 (PS42)
specified time.
LU paper C-0204 M100 lock signal detected when LU drive board (LUDB)
LU
lift motor the paper lift motor (M100) was Paper lift motor (M100)
abnor- ON.
mality
C-0205 When the upper limit sensor LU drive board (LUDB)
(PS109) or lower limit sensor Paper lift motor (M100)
(PS101) is ON, PS101 or PS109 Upper limit sensor (PS109)
is not turned ON within the Lower limit sensor (PS101)
specified time after the paper lift
motor (M100) is turned ON.
PF paper C-0208 After paper lift motor/1 (M2) PF drive board (PFDB)
PF
lift motor turns ON, upper limit sensor/1 Paper lift motor/1 (M2)
abnor- (PS1) is not turned ON within Upper limit sensor/1 (PS1)
mality specified time.
C-0209 Power line fuse for paper lift PF drive board (PFDB)
motor/1 (M2) out.
C-0211 After paper lift motor/2 (M3) PF drive board (PFDB)
turns ON, upper limit sensor/2 Paper lift motor/2 (M3)
(PS9) is not turned ON within Upper limit sensor/2 (PS9)
specified time.
C-0212 Power line fuse for paper lift PF drive board (PFDB)
motor/2 (M3) out.
Paper C-0213 After the paper exit pressure AC drive board (ACDB)
Main body
exit sensor (PS10) turns OFF, it is not Printer control board (PRCB)
abnor- turned ON within the specified Paper exit motor (M54)
mality time. Paper exit pressure sensor
(PS10)
Fan C-0301 M47 abnormality detection sig- Printer control board (PRCB)
abnor- nal was continuously detected main body fan (M47)
mality for the specified time when the
main body fan (M47) was ON.
488
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
abnor- abnormality detection signal was stops immedi- Tucking fan/1 (M26)
mality continuously detected for the ately and main Tucking fan/2 (M27)
specified time when the tucking relay (RY1) is Tucking fan/3 (M28)
fan/1 (M26), /2(M27) or /3 (M28) turned OFF.
was ON.
C-0303 Either one of the M66 abnormal- Conveyance drive board
ity detection signal was continu- (CDB)
ously detected for the specified ADU fan/1 (M66)
time when the ADU fan/1 (M66)
was ON.
C-0304 While the paper exit fans/1, /2 Printer control board (PRCB)
and /3 (M61, M62 and M63) are Paper exit fan/1 (M61)
turned ON, an error detection Paper exit fan/2 (M62)
signal of either M61, M62 or Paper exit fan/3 (M63)
M63 is detected for the specified
period of time in succession.
C-0305 M36 abnormality detection sig- Printer control board (PRCB)
nal was continuously detected Deodorization fan (M36)
for the specified time when the
deodorization fan (M36) was
ON.
LU fan C-0306 When the paper feed assist fan/ LU drive board (LUDB)
LU
abnor- Fr11 (FM1) was ON, FM1 abnor- Paper feed assist fan/Fr11
mality mality detection signal was con- (FM1)
tinuously detected for the
specified time.
C-0309 When the paper feed assist fan/ PF drive board (PFDB)
Fr12 (FM3) was ON, FM3 abnor- Paper feed assist fan/Fr12
mality detection signal was con- (FM3)
tinuously detected for the
specified time.
489
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
tion
PF fan C-0310 When the paper feed assist fan/ Main body PF drive board (PFDB)
PF
abnor- Rr11 (FM2) was ON, FM2 abnor- stops immedi- Paper feed assist fan/Rr11
mality mality detection signal was con- ately and main (FM2)
tinuously detected for the relay (RY1) is
specified time. turned OFF.
C-0311 When the paper feed assist fan/ PF drive board (PFDB)
Rr12 (FM4) was ON, FM4 abnor- Paper feed assist fan/Rr12
mality detection signal was con- (FM4)
tinuously detected for the
specified time.
C-0312 When the paper feed assist fan/ PF drive board (PFDB)
Fr21 (FM5) was ON, FM1 abnor- Paper feed assist fan/Fr21
mality detection signal was con- (FM5)
tinuously detected for the
specified time.
C-0313 When the paper feed assist fan/ PF drive board (PFDB)
Fr22 (FM7) was ON, FM7 abnor- Paper feed assist fan/Fr22
mality detection signal was con- (FM7)
tinuously detected for the
specified time.
C-0314 When the paper feed assist fan/ PF drive board (PFDB)
Rr21 (FM6) was ON, FM6 abnor- Paper feed assist fan/Rr21
mality detection signal was con- (FM6)
tinuously detected for the
specified time.
C-0315 When the paper feed assist fan/ PF drive board (PFDB)
Rr22 (FM8) was ON, FM8 abnor- Paper feed assist fan/Rr22
mality detection signal was con- (FM8)
tinuously detected for the
specified time.
C-0316 Either one of the FM11 or FM12 PF drive board (PFDB)
abnormality detection signal was Dehumidifier fan/1 (FM11)
continuously detected for the Dehumidifier fan/2 (FM12)
specified time when the dehu-
midifier fan/1 (FM11), /2 (FM12)
was ON.
C-0317 Either one of the FM13 or FM14 PF drive board (PFDB)
abnormality detection signal was Dehumidifier fan/3 (FM13)
continuously detected for the Dehumidifier fan/4 (FM14)
specified time when the dehu-
midifier fan/3 (FM13), /4 (FM14)
was ON.
490
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
abnor- abnormality detection signal was stops immedi- Ventilation fan/1 (FM10)
mality continuously detected for the ately and main Ventilation fan/2 (FM9)
specified time when the ventila- relay (RY1) is
tion fan/1 (FM10), /2 (FM9) was turned OFF.
ON.
LU fan C-0320 FM3 abnormality detection sig- LU drive board (LUDB)
LU
491
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
tion
PF fan C-0410 Fan heater/Lw (HTR4) overheat Main body PF drive board (PFDB)
PF
492
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
abnor- position or the home position FS stop imme- Shift roller Motor (M2)
mality within the specified time. diately and Shift roller home sensor
main relay (PS18)
(RY1) is turned
OFF.
493
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
tion
FS-503 C-1102 The tray up down motor (M3) Main body and FNS control board (FNSCB)
FS
abnor- does not turn OFF after the FS stop imme- FNS drive board (FNSDB)
mality specified time has passed. diately and Tray up down motor (M3)
Or, the motor was rotating at a main relay Tray upper limit sensor (PS2)
speed out of the specified range (RY1) is turned Tray lower limit sensor (PS3)
for over the permitted operating OFF.
time.
FS-607 After the main tray up down FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- motor (M3) operation is started, Tray up down motor (M3)
mality the main tray upper limit sensor Tray upper limit sensor (PS2)
(PS2) is not turned ON within
the specified time.
FS-503 C-1103 After the alignment motors/Rr FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- (M5), /Fr (M22) home position FNS drive board (FNSDB)
mality search operation started, the Alignment motor /Rr (M5)
alignment home sensors/Rr Alignment motor /Fr (M22)
(PS8) and /Fr (PS31) are not Alignment Home Sensor /Rr
turned ON within the specified (PS8)
time. Alignment Home Sensor /Fr
(PS31)
FS-607 After the alignment motor/Up FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- (M5) operation is started, the Alignment motor /Up (M5)
mality alignment home sensor/Up Alignment home Sensor /Up
(PS8) is not turned ON/OFF (PS8)
within the specified time.
FS-503 C-1104 Main tray exit motor (M7) was FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- rotating at a speed out of the FNS drive board (FNSDB)
mality specified range for over the per- Main tray exit motor (M7)
mitted operating time.
FS-607 After the paper exit roller motor FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- (M7) operation is started, the Paper exit roller motor (M7)
mality motor speed does not reach the
prescribed speed within the
specified time.
FS-503 C-1105 After the paper exit opening FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- motor (M8) operation is started, FNS drive board (FNSDB)
mality the paper exit opening unit does Paper exit opening motor
not reach the specified opening (M8)
position within the specified Paper exit opening sensor
time. (PS12)
FS-607 After the paper exit opening FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- motor (M8) operation is started, Paper exit opening motor
mality the paper exit home sensor (M8)
(PS12) is not turned ON/OFF Paper exit home sensor
within the specified time. (PS12)
494
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
abnor- (M11) home position search FS stop imme- FNS drive board (FNSDB)
mality operation started, the stapler diately and Stapler movement motor
movement home sensor (PS11) main relay (M11)
are not turned ON within the (RY1) is turned Stapler movement home
specified time. OFF. sensor (PS11)
FS-607 C-1106 After the stapler movement FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- motor (M11) operation is started, Stapler movement motor
mality the Stapler movement home (M11)
sensor (PS11) is not turned ON/ Stapler movement home
OFF within the specified time. sensor (PS11)
FS-503 C-1107 After the stapler rotation motor FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- (M4) home position search oper- FNS drive board (FNSDB)
mality ation started, the stapler rotation Stapler rotation motor (M4)
home sensor (PS14) are not Stapler rotation home sensor
turned ON within the specified (PS14)
time.
FS-607 After the clincher rotation motor FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- (M4) operation is started, the Clincher rotation motor (M4)
mality clincher rotation home sensor Clincher rotation home sen-
(PS14) is not turned ON/OFF sor (PS14)
within the specified time.
FS-503 C-1108 After the stapler rotation motor FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- (M4) home position search oper- FNS drive board (FNSDB)
mality ation started, the stapler rotation Stapler rotation motor (M4)
home sensor (PS14) are not Stapler rotation home sensor
turned ON within the specified (PS14)
time.
FS-607 After stapler rotation motor (M6) FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- operation is started, the stapler Stapler rotation motor (M6)
mality rotation home sensor (PS13) Stapler rotation home sensor
are not turned ON/OFF within (PS13)
the specified time.
FS-503 C-1109 After the stapler motor/Fr (M31) FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- operation is started, the stapler FNS drive board (FNSDB)
mality home sensor/Fr (PS41) is not Stapler board (STB)
turned ON within the specified Stapler motor/Fr (M31)
time. Stapler home sensor /Fr
(PS41)
FS-607 After the stapler motor/Fr (M14) FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- operation is started, the stapler Stapler motor/Fr (M14)
mality motor home sensor /Fr (PS31) Stapler motor home sensor /
is not turned ON within the Fr (PS31)
specified time.
495
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
tion
FS-503 C-1110 After the stapler motor/Rr (M30) Main body and FNS control board (FNSCB)
FS
abnor- operation is started, the opera- FS stop imme- FNS drive board (FNSDB)
mality tion is not completed within the diately and Stapler board (STB)
specified time and the stapler main relay Stapler motor /Rr (M30)
home sensor/Rr (PS40) is not (RY1) is turned Stapler home sensor /Rr
turned ON . OFF. (PS40)
FS-607 After the stapler motor /Rr (M9) FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- operation is started, the stapler Stapler motor /Rr (M9)
mality motor home sensor /Rr (PS30) Stapler motor home sensor /
is not turned ON within the Rr (PS30)
specified time.
FS-607 C-1111 After the clincher motor /Fr FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- (M15) operation is started, the Clincher motor /Fr (M15)
mality clincher motor home sensor /Fr Clincher motor home sensor
(PS33) is not turned ON within /Fr (PS33)
the specified time.
C-1112 After the clincher motor /Rr FNS control board (FNSCB)
(M10) operation is started, the Clincher motor /Rr (M10)
clincher motor home sensor /Rr Clincher motor home sensor
(PS32) is not turned ON within /Rr (PS32)
the specified time.
FS-503 C-1113 After the rear stopper motor (M26) FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- home position search operation FNS drive board (FNSDB)
mality started, the rear stopper home Rear stopper motor (M26)
sensor (PS35) are not turned ON Rear stopper home sensor
within the specified time. (PS35)
FS-607 After the saddle stitching stopper FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- motor (M18) operation is started, Saddle stitching stopper
mality the saddle stitching stopper home motor (M18)
sensor (PS23) is not turned ON Saddle stitching stopper
within the specified time. home sensor (PS23)
C-1114 After the alignment motor /Lw FNS control board (FNSCB)
(M16) operation is started, the Alignment motor /Lw (M16)
alignment home sensor /Lw Alignment home sensor /Lw
(PS24) is not turned ON within (PS24)
the specified time.
C-1115 After the folding knife motor FNS control board (FNSCB)
(M19) operation is started, the Folding knife motor (M19)
Folding knife home sensor Folding knife home sensor
(PS22) is not turned ON within (PS22)
the specified time.
C-1116 After the folding transfer motor FNS control board (FNSCB)
(M20) operation is started, the Folding transfer motor (M20)
motor speed does not reach the
prescribed speed within the
specified time.
496
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
abnor- (M202) operation is started, the FS stop imme- PI drive board (PIDB)
mality tray upper limit sensor /Lw diately and Tray lift motor /Lw (M202)
(PS209) or tray lower limit sensor main relay Tray upper limit sensor /Lw
/Lw (PS210) is not turned ON (RY1) is turned (PS209)
within the specified time. OFF. Tray lower limit sensor /Lw
(PS210)
C-1125 After tray lift motor /Up (M201) FNS control board (FNSCB)
operation is started, the tray PI drive board (PIDB)
upper limit sensor /Up (PS204) Tray lift motor /Up (M201)
or tray lower limit sensor /Up Tray upper limit sensor /Up
(PS205) is not turned ON within (PS204)
the specified time. Tray lower limit sensor /Up
(PS205)
C-1126 After the PI conveyance motor FNS control board (FNSCB)
(M203) operation is started, the PI drive board (PIDB)
motor speed does not reach the PI conveyance motor (M203)
prescribed speed within the
specified time.
PK C-1127 After punch shift motor (M302) FNS control board (FNSCB)
PK
497
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
tion
FS-503 C-1140 After the Paper exit arm motor Main body and FNS control board (FNSCB)
FS
abnor- (M23) operation is started, the FS stop imme- FNS drive board (FNSDB)
mality operation is not completed diately and Paper exit arm motor (M23)
within the specified time and the main relay Paper exit arm home sensor
paper exit arm home sensor (RY1) is turned (PS9)
(PS9) is not turned ON . OFF.
Or the motor was rotating at a
speed out of specified range for
over the permitted operating
time.
C-1141 After the stacker entrance sen- FNS control board (FNSCB)
sor (PS5) operation is started, FNS drive board (FNSDB)
paddle motor (M2) is not turned Paddle motor (M2)
ON within the specified time.
Or the stapler motor /Fr (M31), /
Rr (M30) operation is started,
M2 is not turned OFF within the
specified time.
C-1142 The Intermediate roller release FNS control board (FNSCB)
solenoid (SD7) operation is not FNS drive board (FNSDB)
started after pressing start but- Intermediate roller release
ton. After the alignment motors / solenoid (SD7)
Fr (M22), /Rr (M5) are turned
OFF, SD7 is not turned OFF
within the specified time.
Or after SD7 is turned OFF, it is
not s not turned ON within the
specified time.
FS-607 C-1143 The FNS conveyance motor FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- (M1) operation is not started FNS conveyance motor (M1)
mality after pressing start button. Or Main body paper exit sensor
the FNS conveyance motor (M1) (PS37)
does not shift the speed for FNS entrance sensor (PS4)
each processing.
LS C-1201 After stacker tray up down Main body and Stacker tray up down motor
LS
498
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
abnor- ON, shift unit home sensor LS stop imme- LS control board (LSCB)
mality (PS11) is not turned OFF within diately and
(first cou- the specified time. Otherwise main relay
pling) PS11 is not turned ON within the (RY1) is turned
specified time. OFF.
C-1203 After alignment motor (M7) turns Alignment motor (M7)
ON, alignment plate home sen- LS control board (LSCB)
sor (PS12) is not turned OFF
within the specified time. Other-
wise PS12 is not turned ON
within the specified time.
C-1204 After the grip conveyance motor Grip conveyance motor (M4)
(M4) turns ON, grip conveyance
sensor (PS5) is not turned ON
within the specified time.
C-1205 When the stacker tray up down Stacker tray up down motor
motor (M1) up is ON, stacker (M1)
tray upper limit switch (MS2) is Stacker tray upper limit
ON. switch (MS2)
C-1206 When the stacker tray up down Stacker tray up down motor
motor (M1) down is ON, stacker (M1)
tray lower limit switch (MS3) is Stacker tray lower limit
ON. switch (MS3)
LS C-1211 After stacker tray up down Stacker tray up down motor
abnor- motor (M1) turns ON, stacker (M1)
mality tray encoder sensor (PS2) is not LS control board (LSCB)
(second turned ON within the specified
coupling) time. Otherwise the initial opera-
tion or the stacker tray up/down
operation is not complete within
the specified time.
C-1212 After shift unit motor (M5) turns Shift unit motor (M5)
ON, shift unit home sensor LS control board (LSCB)
(PS11) is not turned OFF within
the specified time. Otherwise
PS11 is not turned ON within the
specified time.
C-1213 After alignment motor (M7) turns Alignment motor (M7)
ON, alignment plate home sen- LS control board (LSCB)
sor (PS12) is not turned OFF
within the specified time. Other-
wise PS12 is not turned ON
within the specified time.
499
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
tion
LS C-1214 After the grip conveyance motor Main body and Grip conveyance motor (M4)
LS
abnor- motor (M14) turns ON, 1st fold- FD stop imme- (M14)
mality ing cam home sensor (PS55) is diately and Fold drive board (FDB)
not turned ON within the speci- main relay 1st folding cam home sensor
fied time. (RY1) is turned (PS55)
C-1222 After the 2nd folding release OFF. 2nd folding release motor
motor (M15) turns ON, 2nd fold- (M15)
ing cam home sensor (PS56) is Fold drive board (FDB)
not turned ON within the speci- 2nd folding cam home sen-
fied time. sor (PS56)
C-1223 After the 3rd folding releasie 3rd folding release motor
motor (M16) turns ON, 3rd fold- (M16)
ing cam home sensor (PS57) is Folding drive board (FDB)
not turned ON within the speci- 3rd folding cam home sen-
fied time. sor (PS57)
C-1224 After two holes punch home Punch motor (M10)
position recovery operation Punch drive board (PDB)
started, 2 holes punch home 2 holes punch home sensor
sensor (PS8) is not turned OFF (PS8)
within the specified time. Other-
wise, after punch motor (M10)
turns ON, 2 holes punch home
sensor (PS8) is not turned OFF.
500
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
abnor- home position recovery opera- FD stop imme- Punch drive board (PDB)
mality tion started, 3 holes/4 holes diately and 3 holes/4 holes punch home
punch home sensor (PS9) is not main relay sensor (PS9)
turned OFF within the specified (RY1) is turned
time. Otherwise, after punch OFF.
motor (M10) turns ON, 3 holes/4
holes punch home sensor (PS9)
is not turned OFF.
C-1226 After the alignment home posi- Alignment motor (M12)
tion recovery operation started, Punch drive board (PDB)
alignment plate home sensor Alignment plate home sensor
(PS10) is not turned ON within (PS10)
the specified time. Otherwise,
after alignment motor (M12)
turns ON, alignment plate home
sensor (PS10) is not turned OFF.
C-1227 After the punch registration tab Punch registration motor
home position recovery opera- (M13)
tion started, punch registration Punch drive board (PDB)
home sensor (PS11) is not Punch registration home
turned ON within the specified sensor (PS11)
time. Otherwise, after punch
registration motor (M13) turns
ON, punch registration home
sensor (PS11) is not turned OFF.
C-1228 After main tray home position Tray up down motor (M11)
search started, main tray upper Main tray upper limit sensor
limit sensor (PS20) is not turned (PS20)
ON within the specified time. Punch drive board (PDB)
Otherwise, after tray up down
motor (M11) turns ON, main tray
upper limit sensor (PS20) is not
turned OFF.
C-1229 After the tray up down motor Tray up down motor (M11)
(M11) was turned ON, main tray Punch drive board (PDB)
lower limit sensor (PS22) is not Main tray lower limit sensor
turned ON within the specified (PS22)
time.
501
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
tion
FD C-1230 After lowering FD paper lift Main body and Paper lift motor/Up (M8)
FD
abnor- motor/Up (M8) turns ON, PI lift FD stop imme- PI drive board (PIDB)
mality plate home sensor/Up (PS34) is diately and PI lift plate home sensor/Up
not turned ON within the speci- main relay (PS34)
fied time. Otherwise, after rising (RY1) is turned PI tray upper limit sensor/Up
paper lift motor/Up (M8) turns OFF. (PS32)
ON, PI tray upper limit sensor/
Up (PS32) is not turned ON
within the specified time.
C-1231 After lowering FD paper lift Paper lift motor/Lw (M9)
motor/Lw (M9) turns ON, PI lift PI drive board (PIDB)
plate home sensor/Lw (PS40) is PI lift plate home sensor/Lw
not turned ON within the speci- (PS40)
fied time. Otherwise, after rising PI tray upper limit sensor/Lw
paper lift motor/Lw (M9) turns (PS38)
ON, PI tray upper limit sensor/
Lw (PS38) is not turned ON
within the specified time.
C-1232 M1 abnormality detection signal Entrance conveyance motor
was continuously detected for (M1)
the specified time when the Punch drive board (PDB)
entrance conveyance motor
(M1) was ON.
C-1233 M3 abnormality detection signal Intermediate conveyance
was continuously detected for motor (M3)
the specified time when the Punch drive board (PDB)
intermediate conveyance motor
(M3) was ON.
C-1234 M7 abnormality detection signal PI Conveyance motor (M7)
was continuously detected for PI drive board (PIDB)
the specified time when the PI
conveyance motor (M7) was
ON.
C-1235 M17 abnormality detection sig- Main tray paper exit motor
nal was continuously detected (M17)
for the specified time when the Punch drive board (PDB)
main tray paper exit motor (M17)
was ON.
SD C-1241 After budle exit drive motor (M5) Main body and Bundle exit motor (M5)
SD
abnor- home position search operation SD stops Scraps press home sensor
mality started, scraps press home sen- immediately (PS48)
sor (PS48) is not turned ON after and main relay SD control board (SDCB)
specified time passed. (RY1) is turned SD drive board (SDDB)
OFF.
502
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
503
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
tion
SD C-1247 After bundle registration motor Main body and Bundle registration motor
SD
504
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
abnor- ment motor (M17) home position SD stop imme- motor (M17)
mality search operation started, the diately and Bundle press movement
bundle press movement home main relay home sensor (PS36)
sensor (PS36) is not turned ON (RY1) is turned SD control board (SDCB)
after the specified time has OFF. SD drive board (SDDB)
passed. Otherwise, operation
not complete after M17 opera-
tion started and specified time
has passed.
C-1253 After 1st folding blade motor 1st folding blade motor
(M18) home position search (M18)
operation started, 1st folding 1st folding blade home sen-
blade home sensor/2 (PS21) is sor/1 (PS20), /2 (PS21)
not turned ON after the specified SD control board (SDCB)
time has passed. Otherwise, SD drive board (SDDB)
operation not complete after
M18 operation started and
specified time has passed.
PS20 is not turned ON.
C-1254 After 2nd folding blade motor 2nd folding blade motor
(M19) home position search (M19)
operation started, 2nd folding 2nd folding blade home sen-
blade home sensor/2 (PS23) is sor/2 (PS22), /2 (PS23)
not turned ON after the specified SD control board (SDCB)
time has passed. Otherwise, SD drive board (SDDB)
operation not complete after
M19 operation started and
specified time has passed.
PS22 is not turned ON.
C-1255 After the clincher up down motor Clincher up down motor
(M20) home position search (M20)
operation started, the clincher Clincher up down home sen-
up down home sensor (PS26) is sor (PS26)
not turned ON after the specified SD control board (SDCB)
time has passed. Otherwise, SD drive board (SDDB)
operation not complete after
M20 operation started and
specified time has passed.
505
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
tion
SD C-1256 After saddle stitching press Main body and Saddle stitching press motor
SD
506
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
abnor- operation started, stapler home SD stop imme- SD control board (SDCB)
mality sensor/Rt (HS1) or clincher start diately and SD drive board (SDDB)
sensor/Rt (HS2) is not turned main relay
ON after specified time has (RY1) is turned
passed. OFF.
C-1262 After stapler motor/Lt (M30) Stapler section/Lt
operation started, stapler home SD control board (SDCB)
sensor/Lt (HS3) or clincher start SD drive board (SDDB)
sensor/Lt (HS4) is not turned ON
after specified time has passed.
C-1263 Operation not complete after Trimmer blade motor (M31)
trimmer blade motor (M31) oper- Trimmer blade home sensor
ation started and specified time (PS50)
has passed. Trimmer blade upper limit
sensor (PS51)
SD control board (SDCB)
SD drive board (SDDB)
C-1264 Operation not complete after Trimmer press motor (M32)
trimmer press motor (M32) oper- Trimmer press home sensor
ation started and specified time (PS53)
has passed. Trimmer press upper limit
sensor (PS52)
SD control board (SDCB)
SD drive board (SDDB)
C-1265 Operation not complete after Bundle arm assist motor
bundle arm assist motor (M26) (M26)
operation started and specified Bundle arm assist home
time has passed. sensor (PS38)
Bundle arm assist upper limit
sensor (PS39)
SD control board (SDCB)
SD drive board (SDDB)
C-1266 Rotation abnormality detected Entrance conveyance motor
continuously for the specified (M1)
time during entrance convey- SD control board (SDCB)
ance motor (M1) operation. SD drive board (SDDB)
C-1267 Rotation abnormality detected Horizontal conveyance
continuously for the specified motor (M2)
time during horizontal convey- SD control board (SDCB)
ance motor (M2) operation. SD drive board (SDDB)
507
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
tion
SD C-1268 Rotation abnormality detected Main body and Folding entrance motor (M3)
SD
abnor- continuously for the specified SD stop imme- SD control board (SDCB)
mality time during folding entrance diately and SD drive board (SDDB)
motor (M3) operation. main relay
C-1269 Rotation abnormality detected (RY1) is turned Folding conveyance motor
continuously for the specified OFF. (M4)
time during folding conveyance SD control board (SDCB)
motor (M4) operation. SD drive board (SDDB)
C-1270 Rotation abnormality detected Bundle exit motor (M5)
continuously for the specified SD control board (SDCB)
time during bundle exit motor SD drive board (SDDB)
(M5) operation.
C-1271 Rotation abnormality detected Folding sub scan alignment
continuously for the specified exit motor (M8)
time during folding sub scan SD control board (SDCB)
alignment exit motor (M8) opera- SD drive board (SDDB)
tion.
LS C-1301 FM1 abnormality detection sig- Main body and Paper cooling fan motor/Fr
LS
508
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
abnor- was continuously detected for RU stop imme- Paper fan /1 (M2)
mality the specified time when the diately and
paper fan/1 (M2) was ON. main relay
(RY1) is turned
OFF.
509
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
tion
RU C-1322 M3 abnormality detection signal Main body and RU control board (RUCB)
RU
abnor- was continuously detected for RU stop imme- Paper fan /2 (M3)
mality the specified time when the diately and
paper fan/2 (M3) was ON. main relay
(RY1) is turned
OFF.
C-1323 M4 abnormality detection signal RU control board (RUCB)
was continuously detected for Paper fan /3 (M4)
the specified time when the
paper fan/3 (M4) was ON.
C-1324 M6 abnormality detection signal RU control board (RUCB)
was continuously detected for Ventilation assist fan /1 (M6)
the specified time when the ven-
tilation assist fan/1 (M6) was ON.
C-1325 M7 abnormality detection signal RU control board (RUCB)
was continuously detected for Ventilation assist fan /2 (M7)
the specified time when the ven-
tilation assist fan/2 (M7) was ON.
FS C-1402 Non-volatile memory error. Main body and FNS control board (FNSCB)
FS-607
510
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
511
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
tion
Commu- C-2001 Communication abnormality Main body Printer control board (PRCB)
Main body
nication between printer control board stops immedi- Drum motor /Y (M14)
abnor- (PRCB) and the drum motor/Y ately and main Drum motor /M (M15)
mality (M14) or /M (M15). relay (RY1) is
turned OFF.
C-2002 Communication abnormality Printer control board (PRCB)
between printer control board Drum motor /C (M16)
(PRCB) and the drum motor/C Drum motor /K (M17)
(M16) or /K (M17).
C-2003 Communication abnormality Printer control board (PRCB)
between printer control board Transfer belt motor (M18)
(PRCB) and transfer belt motor
(M18).
C-2004 Communication abnormality Printer control board (PRCB)
between printer control board Drum motor /Y (M14)
(PRCB) and the drum motor/Y Drum motor /M (M15)
(M14) or /M (M15).
C-2005 Communication abnormality Printer control board (PRCB)
between printer control board Drum motor /C (M16)
(PRCB) and the drum motor/C Drum motor /K (M17)
(M16) or /K (M17).
C-2006 Communication abnormality Printer control board (PRCB)
between printer control board Transfer belt motor (M18)
(PRCB) and transfer belt motor
(M18).
Develop- C-2201 When the developing motor/Y Printer control board (PRCB)
ing (M20) was ON, M20 abnormality Developing motor /Y (M20)
motor detection signal was continu-
abnor- ously detected for the specified
mality time.
C-2202 When the developing motor/M Printer control board (PRCB)
(M21) was ON, M201 abnormal- Developing motor /M (M21)
ity detection signal was continu-
ously detected for the specified
time.
C-2203 When developing motor/C (M22) Printer control board (PRCB)
was ON, M22 abnormality Developing motor /C (M22)
detection signal was continu-
ously detected for the specified
time.
C-2204 When the developing motor/K Printer control board (PRCB)
(M23) was ON, M23 abnormality Developing motor /K (M23)
detection signal was continu-
ously detected for the specified
time.
512
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
motor was ON, M14 abnormality stops immedi- Drum motor /Y (M14)
abnor- detection signal was continu- ately and main
mality ously detected for the specified relay (RY1) is
time. turned OFF.
C-2212 When the drum motor/M (M15) Printer control board (PRCB)
was ON, M15 abnormality Drum motor /M (M15)
detection signal was continu-
ously detected for the specified
time.
C-2213 When the drum motor/C (M16) Printer control board (PRCB)
was ON, M16 abnormality Drum motor /C (M16)
detection signal was continu-
ously detected for the specified
time.
C-2214 When drum motor /K (M17) was Printer control board (PRCB)
ON, M17 abnormality detection Drum motor /K (M17)
signal was continuously
detected for the specified time.
Transfer C-2220 When the transfer belt motor Printer control board (PRCB)
belt unit (M18) was ON, M18 abnormality Transfer belt motor (M18)
abnor- detection signal was continu-
mality ously detected for the specified
time.
Transfer C-2221 When the 1st transfer HP sensor Printer control board (PRCB)
belt unit (PS15) is ON, PS15 is not turned 1st transfer pressing/releas-
abnor- OFF within the specified time ing motor (M19)
mality after the 1st transfer pressing/ 1st transfer HP sensor
releasing motor (M19) is turned (PS15)
ON. When PS15 is OFF, PS15 is
not turned ON within the speci-
fied time after M19 is turned ON.
Toner C-2222 When either of the toner supply Printer control board (PRCB)
supply motor/Y, /M, /C, /K (M49, M50, Toner supply drive board
abnor- M51, or M52), toner bottle motor (TSDB)
mality (M53), or toner bottle clutch /Y, / Toner supply motor/Y (M49)
M, /C, /K (MC14, MC15, MC16, Toner supply motor/M (M50)
or MC17) was ON, either abnor- Toner supply motor/C (M51)
mality detection signal was con- Toner supply motor/K (M52)
tinuously detected for the Toner bottle motor (M53)
specified time. Toner bottle clutch/Y (MC14)
Toner bottle clutch/M (MC15)
Toner bottle clutch/C (MC16)
Toner bottle clutch/K (MC17)
513
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
tion
Fan C-2301 When charge intake fan (M48) Main body Printer control board (PRCB)
Main body
abnor- was ON, M48 abnormality stops immedi- Toner supply drive board
mality detection signal was continu- ately and main (TSDB)
ously detected for the specified relay (RY1) is Charge intake fan (M48)
time. turned OFF.
C-2302 Either one of the M12 or M13 Printer control board (PRCB)
abnormality detection signal was Drum fan/1 (M12)
continuously detected for the Drum fan/2 (M13)
specified time when the drum
fan/1 (M12), /2 (M13) was ON.
C-2303 When the transfer belt fan (M11) Printer control board (PRCB)
was ON, M11 abnormality Transfer belt fan (M11)
detection signal was continu-
ously detected for the specified
time.
C-2304 While the developing fans/1, /2 Printer control board (PRCB)
and /3 (M45, M46 and M64) are Developing fan/1 (M45)
turned ON, an error detection Developing fan/2 (M46)
signal of either M45, M46 or Developing fan/3 (M64)
M64 is detected for the specified
period of time in succession.
Eraser C-2401 Erase lamp/Y (EL/Y) set cannot Printer control board (PRCB)
lamp be detected. Erase lamp/Y (EL/Y)
abnor- C-2402 Erase lamp/M (EL/M) set cannot Printer control board (PRCB)
mality be detected. Erase lamp/M (EL/M)
C-2403 Erase lamp/C (EL/C) set cannot Printer control board (PRCB)
be detected. Erase lamp/C (EL/C)
C-2404 Erase lamp/K (EL/K) set cannot Printer control board (PRCB)
be detected. Erase lamp/K (EL/K)
TCR C-2411 TCR sensor/Y (TCRS/Y) output Printer control board (PRCB)
sensor cannot be controlled. TCR sensor/Y (TCRS/Y)
abnor- C-2412 TCR sensor/M (TCRS/M) output Printer control board (PRCB)
mality cannot be controlled. TCR sensor/M (TCRS/M)
C-2413 TCR sensor/C (TCRS/C) output Printer control board (PRCB)
cannot be controlled. TCR sensor/C (TCRS/C)
C-2414 TCR sensor/K (TCRS/K) output Printer control board (PRCB)
cannot be controlled. TCR sensor/K (TCRS/K)
Develop- C-2421 After the developing motor/Y Printer control board (PRCB)
ing drive (M20) is ON, or TCR sensor/Y Developing motor/Y (M20)
abnor- (TCRS/Y) initial adjustment TCR sensor/Y (TCRS/Y)
mality started, TCRS/Y detected lower
than the specified value after the
specified time passed.
514
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
ing drive (M21) is ON, or TCR sensor/M stops immedi- Developing motor/M (M21)
abnor- (TCRS/M) initial adjustment ately and main TCR sensor/M (TCRS/M)
mality started, TCRS/Y detected lower relay (RY1) is
than the specified value after the turned OFF.
specified time passed.
C-2423 After the developing motor/C Printer control board (PRCB)
(M22) is ON, or TCR sensor/C Developing motor/C (M22)
(TCRS/C) initial adjustment TCR sensor/C (TCRS/C)
started, TCRS/C detected lower
than the specified value after the
specified time passed.
C-2424 After the developing motor/K Printer control board (PRCB)
(M23) is ON, or TCR sensor/K Developing motor/K (M23)
(TCRS/K) initial adjustment TCR sensor/K (TCRS/K)
started, TCRS/K detected lower
than the specified value after the
specified time passed.
TCR C-2431 On initial adjustment of the TCR Printer control board (PRCB)
sensor sensor/Y, when the control volt- Developing motor/Y (M20)
initial age was minimal, TCRS/Y TCR sensor/Y (TCRS/Y)
adjust- detected over specified value.
ment C-2432 On initial adjustment of the TCR Printer control board (PRCB)
abnor- sensor/M, when the control volt- Developing motor/M (M21)
mality age was minimal, TCRS/M TCR sensor/M (TCRS/M)
(low den- detected over specified value.
sity) C-2433 On initial adjustment of the TCR Printer control board (PRCB)
sensor/C, when the control volt- Developing motor/C (M22)
age was minimal, TCRS/C TCR sensor/C (TCRS/C)
detected over specified value.
C-2434 On initial adjustment of the TCR Printer control board (PRCB)
sensor/K, when the control volt- Developing motor/K (M23)
age was minimal, TCRS/K TCR sensor/K (TCRS/K)
detected over specified value.
515
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
tion
TCR C-2441 On initial adjustment of the TCR Main body Printer control board (PRCB)
Main body
sensor sensor/Y, when the control volt- stops immedi- Developing motor/Y (M20)
initial age was maximum, TCRS/Y ately and main TCR sensor/Y (TCRS/Y)
adjust- detected under the specified relay (RY1) is
ment value. turned OFF.
abnor- C-2442 On initial adjustment of the TCR Printer control board (PRCB)
mality sensor/M, when the control volt- Developing motor/M (M21)
(high age was maximum, TCRS/M TCR sensor/M (TCRS/M)
density) detected over specified value.
C-2443 On initial adjustment of the TCR Printer control board (PRCB)
sensor/C, when the control volt- Developing motor/C (M22)
age was maximum, TCRS/C TCR sensor/C (TCRS/C)
detected over specified value.
C-2444 On initial adjustment of the TCR Printer control board (PRCB)
sensor/K, when the control volt- Developing motor/K (M23)
age was maximum, TCRS/K TCR sensor/K (TCRS/K)
detected over specified value.
Toner C-2451 When the developing motor/Y Printer control board (PRCB)
low den- (M20) is ON, the maximum Developing motor/Y (M20)
sity detection value of TCR sensor/Y TCR sensor/Y (TCRS/Y)
abnor- (TCRS/Y) is the specified value
mality and the difference between the
maximum detection value and
the minimum detection value is
over the specified value.
C-2452 When the developing motor/M Printer control board (PRCB)
(M21) is ON, the maximum Developing motor/M (M21)
detection value of TCR sensor/ TCR sensor/M (TCRS/M)
M (TCRS/M) is the specified
value and the difference
between the maximum detec-
tion value and the minimum
detection value is over the spec-
ified value.
C-2453 When the developing motor/C Printer control board (PRCB)
(M22) is ON, the maximum Developing motor/C (M22)
detection value of TCR sensor/C TCR sensor/C (TCRS/C)
(TCRS/C) is the specified value
and the difference between the
maximum detection value and
the minimum detection value is
over the specified value.
516
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
low den- (M23) is ON, the maximum stops immedi- Developing motor/K (M23)
sity detection value of TCR sensor/K ately and main TCR sensor/K (TCRS/K)
abnor- (TCRS/K) is the specified value relay (RY1) is
mality and the difference between the turned OFF.
maximum detection value and
the minimum detection value is
over the specified value.
Charg- C-2461 Charging coronas is not con- Printer control board (PRCB)
ing nected. Otherwise, drum poten- High voltage unit/1 (HV/1)
corona tial sensor/Y (DPRS/Y) detection Drum potential sensor
connec- value does not reach the speci- board/Y (DRPSB/Y)
tion fied value. Drum potential sensor/Y
abnor- (DRPS/Y)
mality
Drum
potential
abnor-
mality
C-2462 Charging coronas/M is not con- Printer control board (PRCB)
nected. Otherwise, drum poten- High voltage unit/1 (HV/1)
tial sensor/M (DPRS/M) Drum potential sensor
detection value does not reach board/M (DRPSB/M)
the specified value. Drum potential sensor/M
(DRPS/M)
C-2463 Charging coronas/C is not con- Printer control board (PRCB)
nected. Otherwise, drum poten- High voltage unit/1 (HV/1)
tial sensor/C (DPRS/C) detection Drum potential sensor
value does not reach the speci- board/C (DRPSB/C)
fied value. Drum potential sensor/C
(DRPS/C)
C-2464 Charging coronas/K is not con- Printer control board (PRCB)
nected. Otherwise, drum poten- High voltage unit/1 (HV/1)
tial sensor/K (DPRS/K) detection Drum potential sensor
value does not reach the speci- board/K (DRPSB/K)
fied value. Drum potential sensor/K
(DRPS/K)
Process C-2470 Process unit is not connected. Printer control board (PRCB)
unit con- Process unit
nection
abnor-
mality
High C-2701 When the charging coronas/Y High voltage unit/1 (HV/1)
pressure was ON, charging coronas/Y Charging coronas/Y
unit/1 abnormality detection signal was
abnor- continuously detected for the
mality specified time.
517
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
tion
High C-2702 When the charging coronas/M Main body High voltage unit/1 (HV/1)
Main body
518
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
519
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
tion
Charg- C-2822 Charging potential correction Main body Printer control board (PRCB)
Main body
520
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
521
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
tion
Fan C-3301 M37 abnormality detection sig- Main body Printer control board (PRCB)
Main body
abnor- nal was continuously detected stops immedi- Fusing ventilation fan (M37)
mality for the specified time when the ately and main
fusing ventilation fan (M37) was relay (RY1) is
ON. turned OFF.
C-3302 When the fusing belt ventilation Printer control board (PRCB)
fan (M10) was ON, M10 abnor- Fusing belt ventilation fan
mality detection signal was con- (M10)
tinuously detected for the
specified time.
C-3303 When the fusing fan/Lw (M65) Conveyance drive board
was ON, M65 abnormality (CDB)
detection signal was continu- Fusing fan/Lw (M65)
ously detected for the specified
time.
522
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
523
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
tion
Fusing C-3508 Fusing roller paper winding Main body Printer control board (PRCB)
Main body
524
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
525
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
tion
Fusing C-3909 Fusing high temperature hard- Main body Printer control board (PRCB)
Main body
526
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
motor is started or when the speed is stops immedi- Polygon motor/C (M5)
abnor- switched, M5 lock signal is not ately and main
mality detected within the specified relay (RY1) is
time. turned OFF.
C-4104 When the polygon motor/K (M6) Printer control board (PRCB)
is started or when the speed is Polygon motor/K (M6)
switched, M6 lock signal is not
detected within the specified
time.
C-4111 Abnormal temperature of poly- Printer control board (PRCB)
gon motor/Y (M3) was detected. Polygon motor/Y (M3)
C-4112 Abnormal temperature of poly- Printer control board (PRCB)
gon motor/M (M4) was Polygon motor/M (M4)
detected.
C-4113 Abnormal temperature of poly- Printer control board (PRCB)
gon motor/C (M5) was detected. Polygon motor/C (M5)
C-4114 Abnormal temperature of poly- Printer control board (PRCB)
gon motor/K (M6) was detected. Polygon motor/K (M6)
C-4120 Temperature sensor board Printer control board (PRCB)
(TEMSB) detected temperature Temperature sensor board
abnormality inside the writing (TEMSB)
unit/K.
Fan C-4301 While the writing intake fans/1, / Printer control board (PRCB)
abnor- 2, (M43, M44), developing fans/ Writing intake fan/1 (M43)
mality 1, /2 and /3 (M45, M46 and Writing intake fan/2 (M44)
M64) are turned ON, an error Developing fan/1 (M45)
detection signal of either M43, Developing fan/2 (M46)
M44, M45, M46 or M64 is Developing fan/3 (M64)
detected for the specified period
of time in succession.
Color C-4501 When laser correction motor/Y Printer control board (PRCB)
registra- (M7) was ON, laser correction Laser correction motor/Y
tion sensor/Y (PS5) was turned OFF. (M7)
abnor- Laser correction sensor/Y
mality (PS5)
C-4502 When laser correction motor/M Printer control board (PRCB)
(M8) was ON, laser correction Laser correction motor/M
sensor/M (PS6) was turned OFF. (M8)
Laser correction sensor/M
(PS6)
C-4503 When laser correction motor/C Printer control board (PRCB)
(M9) was ON, laser correction Laser correction motor/C
sensor/C (PS7) was turned OFF. (M9)
Laser correction sensor/C
(PS7)
527
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
tion
Color C-4504 When laser correction motor/K Main body Printer control board (PRCB)
Main body
registra- (M58) was ON, laser correction stops immedi- Laser correction motor/K
tion sensor/K (PS59) was turned ately and main (M58)
abnor- OFF. relay (RY1) is Laser correction sensor/K
mality turned OFF. (PS59)
C-4511 After the laser correction motor/ Printer control board (PRCB)
Y (M7) is turned ON, it is not Laser correction motor/Y
turned OFF within the specified (M7)
time. Or, laser correction sensor/ Laser correction sensor/Y
Y (PS5) installing position is (PS5)
abnormal.
C-4512 Laser correction motor/M (M8) is Printer control board (PRCB)
not turned OFF within the speci- Laser correction motor/M
fied time after it is turned ON. Or, (M8)
laser correction sensor/M (PS6) Laser correction sensor/M
installing position is abnormal. (PS6)
C-4513 Laser correction motor/C (M9) is Printer control board (PRCB)
not turned OFF within the speci- Laser correction motor/C
fied time after it is turned ON. Or, (M9)
laser correction sensor/C (PS7) Laser correction sensor/C
installing position is abnormal. (PS7)
C-4514 After the laser correction motor/ Printer control board (PRCB)
K (M58) is turned ON, it is not Laser correction motor/K
turned OFF within the specified (M58)
time. Or, laser correction sensor/ Laser correction sensor/K
K (PS59) installing position is (PS59)
abnormal.
C-4520 Color registration correction Printer control board (PRCB)
aborted. Color registration sensor/Fr
(PS8)
Color registration sensor/Rr
(PS9)
C-4521 Color registration base line cor- Printer control board (PRCB)
rection/Fr aborted. Color registration sensor/Fr
(PS8)
C-4522 Color registration base line cor- Printer control board (PRCB)
rection/Rr aborted. Color registration sensor/Rr
(PS9)
Image C-4701* Address abnormality of FIFO for Printer control board (PRCB)
process- printer. Expansion of scanned Image processing board
ing image data is not correctly com- (IPB)
abnor- pleted. I/F board (IFB)
mality Image memory control board
(IMCB)
528
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
529
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
tion
Image C-4711* Software failure. Main body Image processing board
Main body
process- C-4712* CCD board was replaced but stops immedi- (IPB)
ing IROM version is not compliant. ately and main IROM program
abnor- CCD board (CCDB) bunch or relay (RY1) is CCD board (CCDB)
mality connector is damaged. turned OFF. Connection cable between
IPB and CCDB
C-4713* Page memory cannot be Image processing board
secured for printing. (IPB)
I/F board (IFB)
Image memory control board
(IMCB)
Overall control board (OACB)
NVRAM board (NRB)
C-4714* Index sensor output does not Printer control board (PRCB)
C-4715* change by the execution of Image processing board
C-4716* APC. Index sensor cannot (IPB)
detect the laser because the I/F board (IFB)
C-4717*
polygon mirror does not rotate, Image memory control board
or because of the index sensor (IMCB)
out of position or defective index Write unit/Y
sensor. Write unit/M
Write unit/C
Write unit/K
C-4718* APC failure. Image processing board
C-4719* Laser does not light up because (IPB)
C-4720* 12VDC power to drive the beam Write unit/Y
is not supplied, MPC is not cor- Write unit/M
C-4721*
rect, or because of fault laser. Write unit/C
Write unit/K
C-4722* Connection abnormality Image processing board
C-4723* between index board/Y, /M, /C, / (IPB)
C-4724* K (INDEXB/Y, /M, /C, /K) or the Write unit/Y
laser drive board/Y, /M, /C, /K Write unit/M
C-4725*
(LASDB/Y, /M, /C, /K) and the Write unit/C
image process board (IPB). Write unit/K
C-4840 Engine continued operation Printer control program
without preparing image or pro-
cess patch for the specified
time.
C-4850 Overall control software Overall control board (OACB)
accessed an invalid address.
Commu- C-5001 12VDC abnormality. DC power unit/1 (DCPS/1)
nication Abnormality signal was continu-
abnor- ously detected for the specified
mality time.
530
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
531
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
tion
Scanner C-6101 At the home position search, Main body Scanner drive board (SCDB)
Main body
abnor- scanner HP sensor (PS1) is not stops immedi- Scanner motor (M1)
mality turned ON within the specified ately and main Scanner HP sensor (PS1)
time after the scanner motor relay (RY1) is
(M1) is turned ON. turned OFF.
C-6102* When the optical scanning Scanner drive board (SCDB)
returns, scanner HP sensor Scanner motor (M1)
(PS1) is not turned ON within the Scanner HP sensor (PS1)
specified time after the scanner
motor (M1) is turned ON.
Fan C-6301* M42 abnormality detection sig- Scanner drive board (SCDB)
abnor- nal was continuously detected Scanner fan (M2)
mality for the specified time when the
scanner fan (M2) was ON.
Image C-6701* When processing the image, fil- Image processing board
process- ter coefficient cannot be properly (IPB)
ing prepared. I/F board (IFB)
Image memory control board
(IMCB)
C-6702* Address abnormality of FIFO for Image processing board
scanner. When scanning an (IPB)
image, compression of scanned I/F board (IFB)
image data is not correctly com- Image memory control board
pleted. (IMCB)
C-6703* After negation of SVV, compres- Image processing board
sion of scanned image and evo- (IPB)
lution to page memory are not I/F board (IFB)
completed. Image memory control board
(IMCB)
Overall control board (OACB)
C-6704* When scanning an image, com- Image processing board
pression process from scanner (IPB)
to memory is not completed I/F board (IFB)
within the specified time. Evolu- Image memory control board
tion from scanner to page mem- (IMCB)
ory is not completed within the Overall control board (OACB)
specified time. SVV is not
detected within the specified
time.
C-6705* When scanning an image, Image processing board
access to compression device (IPB)
or some other improper process I/F board (IFB)
took place even though there Image memory control board
was no resource. (IMCB)
532
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
533
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
tion
Image C-6714* Execution of MPC was Main body Image processing board
Main body
C-6722 PWM gamma curve was not Printer control board (PRCB)
properly prepared. Image processing board
(IPB)
TCR sensor/Y (TCRS/Y)
TCR sensor/M (TCRS/M)
TCR sensor/C (TCRS/C)
TCR sensor/K (TCRS/K)
534
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
535
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
tion
DF C-8404 Paper exit sensor (PS306) error. Main body DF control board (DFCB)
DF
536
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
537
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
tion
HDD C-D0E7 Hard disk/K (HDD/K), /C (HDD/ Main body Hard disk/K (HDD/K)
Main body
538
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
539
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
For those abnormalities listed in the table below, defective units can be detached temporarily to use other con-
trol units manually. While detached, an error detection is not carried out on these detached units.
There are 2 methods of detaching defective sections.
540
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
541
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
cation
LS C-1201 to LS abnormality (first coupling) The first coupled LS cannot DIPSW6-6
1206 be used.
C-1211 to LS abnormality (second coupling) The 2nd coupled LS cannot DIPSW6-7
1216 be used.
FD C-1221 1st folding abnormality Folding/punching section DIPSW6-0
C-1222 2nd folding abnormality cannot be used.
C-1223 3rd folding abnormality
C-1224 2 holes punch drive abnormality
C-1225 3 holes/4 holesdrive abnormality
C-1226 Alignment motor (M12) abnormality
C-1227 Punch registration motor (M13) abnor-
mality
C-1228 Tray up down motor (M11) abnormality The main tray cannot be DIPSW6-1
C-1229 Tray up down motor (M11) abnormality used.
C-1230 Paper lift motor /Up (M8) abnormality PI section cannot be used. DIPSW6-2
C-1231 Paper lift motor /Lw (M9) abnormality
C-1234 PI conveyance motor (M7) abnormality
SD C-1241 Bundle exit drive motor (M5) abnormal- The saddle stitching, multi DIPSW7-0
ity center folding and trimmer DIPSW7-1
cannot be used. DIPSW7-3
C-1242 Folding main scan alignment motor /Fr The saddle stitching, multi DIPSW7-0
(M7) abnormality. center folding, multi letter DIPSW7-1
C-1243 Folding sub scan alignment exit motor folding and trimmer cannot DIPSW7-2
(M8) abnormality. be used. DIPSW7-3
C-1244 Saddle stitching alignment motor /Rt The saddle stitching, multi DIPSW7-0
(M9) abnormality. center folding and trimmer DIPSW7-1
C-1245 Bundle arm motor (M10) abnormality. cannot be used. DIPSW7-3
C-1246 Bundle clip motor (M11) abnormality.
C-1247 Bundle registration motor (M12) abnor-
mality.
C-1248 Overlap motor (M13) abnormality. The saddle stitching, multi DIPSW7-0
C-1249 Folding main scan alignment motor /Rr center folding, multi letter DIPSW7-1
(M14) abnormality. folding and trimmer cannot DIPSW7-2
be used. DIPSW7-3
SD C-1250 Stapler movement motor (M15) abnor- The saddle stitching, multi DIPSW7-0
mality. center folding and trimmer DIPSW7-1
C-1251 Saddle stitching alignment motor /Lt cannot be used. DIPSW7-3
(M16) abnormality.
C-1252 Bundle press movement motor (M17)
abnormality.
C-1253 1st folding blade motor (M18) abnor- The saddle stitching, multi DIPSW7-0
mality. center folding, multi letter DIPSW7-1
folding and trimmer cannot DIPSW7-2
be used. DIPSW7-3
542
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
543
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
bizhub PRO C6500
Blank page
544
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
APPENDIX
[12] [13]
[1] Encoder sensor /Y1 (PS66) [8] Encoder sensor /K2 (PS73)
[2] Encoder sensor /M1 (PS68) [9] Dehumidifier heater switch (SW3)
[3] Encoder sensor /C1 (PS70) [10] Waste toner full sensor (PS52)
[4] Encoder sensor /K1 (PS72) [11] Waste toner door sensor (PS60)
[5] Encoder sensor /Y2 (PS67) [12] Encoder sensor / belt 2 (PS75)
[6] Encoder sensor /M2 (PS69) [13] Encoder sensor / belt 1 (PS74)
[7] Encoder sensor /C2 (PS71)
545
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[5] [6]
[1]
a03uf5c002ca
546
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
[2] [1]
a03uf5c003ca
[1] Front door sensor (PS18) [3] Main power switch (SW1)
[2] Interlock switch /1 (MS1) [4] Sub power switch (SW2)
[1]
a03uf5c004ca
547
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[1] 8050fs6604
548
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
F. Write section
[8][7][6][5]
a03uf5c005ca
NOTE
• Only the write unit/K equips the TEMSB.
549
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
G. Process section
bizhub PRO C6500
[1]
[2]
[5]
[3]
[4]
a03uf5c006ca
[1] Drum potential sensor /Y (DRPS/Y) [4] Drum potential sensor /K (DRPS/K)
[2] Drum potential sensor /M (DRPS/M) [5] Temp/humidity sensor /2 (TEM/HUMS/2)
[3] Drum potential sensor /C (DRPS/C)
H. Developing section
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
a03uf5c007ca
550
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
[3] 8050fs6608
[1] Color registration sensor /Fr (PS8) [2] Color registration sensor /Rr (PS9)
[3] PGC sensor (PS11)
[6]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
a03uf5c008ca
551
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
K. Tray 1, 2, 3
bizhub PRO C6500
[1] Paper feed sensor /1 (PS29) [12] Paper near empty sensor /3 (PS44)
[2] Paper feed sensor /2 (PS35) [13] Paper size sensor /Fr1 (PS33)
[3] Paper feed sensor /3 (PS41) [14] Paper size sensor /Fr2 (PS39)
[4] Paper empty sensor /1 (PS31) [15] Paper size sensor /Fr3 (PS45)
[5] Paper empty sensor /2 (PS37) [16] Paper size sensor /Rr1 (PS34)
[6] Paper empty sensor /3 (PS43) [17] Paper size sensor /Rr2 (PS40)
[7] Upper limit sensor /1 (PS30) [18] Paper size sensor /Rr3 (PS46)
[8] Upper limit sensor /2 (PS36) [19] Paper size VR /1 (VR1)
[9] Upper limit sensor /3 (PS42) [20] Paper size VR /2 (VR2)
[10] Paper near empty sensor /1 (PS32) [21] Paper size VR /3 (VR3)
[11] Paper near empty sensor /2 (PS38)
L. Bypass tray
[1] Paper size sensor /BP2 (PS49) [3] Paper size VR /BP (VR4)
[2] Paper empty sensor /BP (PS47) [4] Paper size sensor /BP1 (PS48)
552
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
[2]
a03uf5c010ca
[1] Vertical conveyance sensor (PS50) [2] Vertical conveyance door sensor (PS51)
553
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
N. ADU section
bizhub PRO C6500
[8]
[10]
[15]
[14]
[9]
a03uf5c011ca
554
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
[1]
a03uf5c012ca
[1] Paper exit sensor (PS13) [2] Paper exit pressure sensor (PS10)
P. Fusing section
a03uf5c013ca
[1] Temperature sensor /4 (TEMS/4) [6] Fusing paper exit sensor (PS17)
[2] Temperature sensor /2 (TEMS/2) [7] Temperature sensor /3 (TEMS/3)
[3] Fusing loop sensor (PS64) [8] Temperature sensor /1 (TEMS/1)
[4] Thermostat /3 (TS3) [9] Thermostat /1 (TS1)
[5] Fusing release home sensor (PS16) [10] Thermostat /2 (TS2)
555
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Q. OT
bizhub PRO C6500
[1]
a03uf5c014ca
556
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
14.1.2 Load
[13] [14] [15] [16] [17] [18] [19] [20] [21] [22]
[23]
[24] [25]
[1] 1st transfer pressure/release motor (M19) [14] Developing motor /K (M23)
[2] Drum motor /Y (M14) [15] Developing motor /C (M22)
[3] Drum motor /M (M15) [16] Developing motor /M (M21)
[4] Drum motor /C (M16) [17] Scanner motor (M1)
[5] Drum motor /K (M17) [18] Developing motor /Y (M20)
[6] Fusing belt ventilation fan (M10) [19] Drum fan /2 (M13)
[7] DCPS fan (M42) [20] Drum fan /1 (M12)
[8] IPB fan /1 (M24) [21] Fusing ventilation fan (M37)
[9] IPB fan /2 (M25) [22] Deodorization fan (M36)
[10] Paper lift motor /1 (M38) [23] Paper exit motor (M54)
[11] Paper lift motor /2 (M39) [24] Decurler motor (M55)
[12] Paper lift motor /3 (M40) [25] Transfer belt motor (M18)
[13] Paper feed motor (M41)
557
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[1]
[2]
a03uf5c016ca
[1]
a03uf5c017ca
558
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
[5] [3]
[4]
a03uf5c018ca
[1] Main body fan (M47) [5] Writing intake fan /2 (M44)
[2] Developing fan /1 (M45) [6] Developoing fan /3 (M64)
[3] Developing fan /2 (M46) [7] Writing intake fan /1 (M43)
[4] Dehumidifier heater (HTR)
559
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
a03uf5c019ca
560
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
F. Write section
a03uf5c020ca
G. Process section
[1]
[2]
[5]
[3]
[4]
a03uf5c021ca
561
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[2] [1]
8050fs6620
[1] PGC shutter solenoid (SD3) [2] Color registration shutter solenoid (SD2)
[9] [10]
[1]
[2]
[1] Toner bottle clutch /M (MC15) [6] Toner supply motor /C (M51)
[2] Toner bottle motor (M53) [7] Toner supply motor /M (M50)
[3] Toner bottle clutch /C (MC16) [8] Charge intake fan (M48)
[4] Toner bottle clutch /K (MC17) [9] Toner supply motor /Y (M49)
[5] Toner supply motor /K (M52) [10] Toner bottle clutch /Y (MC14)
562
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
J. Tray 1, 2, 3
a03uf5c022ca
[1]
a03uf5c023ca
563
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
L. ADU section
bizhub PRO C6500
[16]
[1]
[2]
[15]
[14] [3]
[4]
[13]
[20] [5]
a03uf5c024ca
[1] 2nd transfer pressure/release motor (M34) [11] ADU conveyance clutch /3 (MC3)
[2] Registration motor (M30) [12] ADU conveyance clutch /2 (MC2)
[3] Pick-up solenoid /BP (SD5) [13] ADU gate solenoid (SD10)
[4] Paper feed clutch /BP (MC6) [14] Reverse/exit motor (M33)
[5] Paper lift motor /BP (M35) [15] ADU conveyance clutch /1 (MC1)
[6] Intermediate conveyance clutch /2 (MC4) [16] Paper exit solenoid (SD4)
[7] Intermediate conveyance clutch /3 (MC5) [17] ADU fan /1 (M66)
[8] Loop motor (M31) [18] ADU reverse motor (M32)
[9] ADU pre-registration clutch (MC18) [19] ADU loop motor (M57)
[10] ADU lock solenoid (SD6) [20] ADU fan /2 (M67)
564
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
M. Fusing section
a03uf5c025ca
[1] Fusing heater lamp /1 (L2) [4] Fusing heater lamp /4 (L5)
[2] Fusing heater lamp /2 (L3) [5] Fusing motor (M29)
[3] Fusing heater lamp /3 (L4) [6] Fusing fan /Lw (M65)
565
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[12]
[1]
566
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
[2]
a03uf5c027ca
[2] [1]
a03uf5c028ca
567
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
D. Write section
bizhub PRO C6500
[1][2][3][4]
a03uf5c029ca
[1] Laser drive board /Y (LASDB/Y) [3] Laser drive board /C (LASDB/C)
[2] Laser drive board /M (LASDB/M) [4] Laser drive board /K (LASDB/K)
E. Process section
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
a03uf5c030ca
[1] Drum potential sensor board /Y (DRPSB/Y) [3] Drum potential sensor board /C (DRPSB/C)
[2] Drum potential sensor board /M (DRPSB/M) [4] Drum potential sensor board /K (DRPSB/K)
568
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
[2]
a03uf5c031ca
[1] Color registration board /Fr (CRB/Fr) [2] Color registration board /Rr (CRB/Rr)
[1] 8050fs6628
569
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
H. ADU section
bizhub PRO C6500
[1]
a03uf5c032ca
I. Operation section
[6]
[1]
[5]
[2]
[3]
[4]
a03uf5c033ca
570
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
14.2 DF
[10]
[7] [8] [11] [12] [13] [14] [15][16] [17] [18] [19]
[1] Paper feed motor (M301) [11] Size sensor /Rt (PS310)
[2] Paper feed cover sensor (PS303) [12] Size sensor /Lt (PS309)
[3] Conveyance motor (M302) [13] Size sensor board (SSB)
[4] DF control board (DFCB) [14] Size VR (VR301)
[5] Reverse/paper exit motor (M303) [15] Paper exit cover sensor (PS307)
[6] Tray open/close sensor (PS308) [16] Registration clutch (MC301)
[7] Reverse sensor (PS305) [17] No paper sensor (PS304)
[8] Paper exit sensor (PS306) [18] Registration sensor (PS301)
[9] Paper exit solenoid (SD301) [19] Timing sensor (PS302)
[10] Reverse solenoid (SD302)
571
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
14.3 PF
bizhub PRO C6500
[6] [1]
[5]
[4]
[2]
[3]
a03xf5c001ca
[1] Dehumidifier heater /1 (HTR1) [4] Front door open/close sensor (PS23)
[2] Dehumidifier heater /2 (HTR2) [5] Front door open/close switch (SW1)
[3] Tray lock solenoid /2 (SD8) [6] Tray lock solenoid /1 (SD4)
572
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
[2]
[3]
[16] [17] [18]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[15]
[11]
573
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
a03xf5c003ca
[1] Vertical conveyance door sensor (PS24) [3] Vertical conveyance sensor /2 (PS16)
[2] Vertical conveyance sensor /1 (PS17) [4] Vertical conveyance sensor /3 (PS15)
574
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
[2]
[3]
[4]
[7]
[5]
[6]
a03xf5c004ca
[1] Horizontal conveyance sensor /1 (PS18) [5] Multi feed detection board /S (MFDTB/S)
[2] Pre-registration sensor (PS20) [6] Horizontal conveyance sensor /2 (PS19)
[3] Centering sensor (PS25) [7] Horizontal conveyance door sensor /1 (PS21)
[4] Multi feed detection board /R (MFDTB/R) [8] Horizontal conveyance door sensor /2 (PS22)
575
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
E. Tray section 1
bizhub PRO C6500
[1]
[2]
[3]
[7] [4]
[5]
[6]
a03xf5c005ca
576
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
F. Tray section 2
[12]
[3]
[4]
[11]
[10]
[14]
[9]
[8]
[5]
[7]
[6]
a03xf5c006ca
[1] Paper size sensor /Rr1 (PS8) [8] Temperature sensor /1 (TEMS/1)
Paper size sensor /Rr2 (PS16) Temperature sensor /2 (TEMS/2)
[2] Paper feed assist fan /Rr12 (FM4) [9] Tray lock release sensor /1 (PS4)
Paper feed assist fan /Rr22 (FM8) Tray lock release sensor /2 (PS12)
[3] Paper feed assist fan /Rr11 (FM2) [10] Paper size sensor /Fr1 (PS7)
Paper feed assist fan /Rr21 (FM6) Paper size sensor /Fr2 (PS15)
[4] Shutter solenoid /Rr1 (SD3) [11] Paper feed assist fan /Fr12 (FM3)
Shutter solenoid /Rr2 (SD7) Paper feed assist fan /Fr22 (FM7)
[5] Paper size VR /1 (VR1) [12] Shutter solenoid /Fr1 (SD2)
Paper size VR /2 (VR3) Shutter solenoid /Fr2 (SD6)
[6] Paper size sensor /Rt1 (PS5) [13] Paper feed assist fan /Fr11 (FM1)
Paper size sensor /Rt2 (PS13) Paper feed assist fan /Fr21 (FM5)
[7] Paper size sensor /Lt1 (PS6) [14] Front side direction
Paper size sensor /Lt2 (PS14)
577
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
14.4 LU
bizhub PRO C6500
[21]
[1]
[2]
[14]
[3]
[1] Upper limit sensor (PS109) [12] Remaining paper sensor /2 (PS103)
[2] Pre-registration sensor (PS106) [13] Remaining paper sensor /1 (PS102)
[3] LU exit sensor (PS107) [14] Paper lift motor (M100)
[4] Paper empty sensor (PS108) [15] Interlock switch /2 (MS2)
[5] Pre-registration clutch (MC102) [16] Upper door sensor (PS100)
[6] Paper feed motor (M1) [17] Tray down switch (SW100)
[7] LU drive board (LUDB) [18] Pick-up solenoid (SD100)
[8] Paper feed clutch (MC101) [19] Interlock switch /1 (MS1)
[9] HT-503 [20] Front door sensor (PS115)
[10] Remaining paper sensor /4 (PS105) [21] Centering sensor (PS1)
[11] Remaining paper sensor /3 (PS104)
578
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
B. Inside
[6]
[1]
[5]
[2]
[1] Paper feed assist fan /Rr (FM2) [5] Temperature sensor /1 (TEMS1)
[2] Dehumidifier heater /1 (HTR1) [6] Paper feed assist fan /Fr (FM1)
[3] Paper size sensor /Rr (PS110) [7] Paper size VR (VR1)
[4] Paper size sensor Fr (PS111)
579
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
C. HT-503
bizhub PRO C6500
[1]
[5]
[2]
[4]
[3]
a03wf5c003ca
580
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
14.5 RU
[3]
[4] [5]
581
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[1] Noise filter (NF1) (RU-504 only) [5] Circuit breaker /1 (CBR1) (RU-504 only)
[2] Interlock switch (MS1) [6] RU control board (RUCB)
[3] DC power supply (DCPS) (RU-504 only) [7] Circuit breaker /2 (CBR2) (RU-504 only)
[4] Relay (RL1) (RU-504 only)
582
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
14.6 FD
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[8]
[7] [5]
[6]
fd501fs5001c
[1] Multi feed detection board /1 (MFDB1) [7] Door switch (MS1)
[2] FD entrance sensor (PS1) [8] Jam indicator board (JAMIB)
[3] Roller solenoid /1 (SD5) [9] Temperature sensor board (TSB)
[4] Roller solenoid /2 (SD6) [10] Multi feed detection board /2 (MFDB2)
[5] Roller solenoid /3 (SD7) [11] PI exit sensor (PS4)
[6] Roller solenoid /4 (SD8) [12] FD operation board (FDOB)
583
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[11]
[7]
[10] [9] [8] fd501fs5002c
584
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
[18]
[17]
[16]
[15]
[14]
[7] [6] [5]
[13]
[8]
[12]
[11] [10] [9] fd501fs5003c
[1] Sub tray paper full sensor (PS46) [11] Tray up down motor (M11)
[2] Paper exit solenoid (SD12) [12] L size gate solenoid (SD4)
[3] Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS16) [13] S size gate solenoid (SD3)
[4] Sub tray paper full sensor (PS17) [14] Alignment motor (M12)
[5] Main tray paper exit sensor (PS18) [15] Punch conveyance motor (M2)
[6] Main tray upper limit sensor (PS20) [16] Intermediate conveyance motor (M3)
[7] Sub tray gate solenoid (SD9) [17] Entrance gate solenoid (SD1)
[8] Main tray empty sensor (PS23) [18] Entrance conveyance motor (M1)
[9] Main tray folding paper full sensor (PS7) [19] Main tray paper exit motor (M17)
[10] Main tray lower limit sensor (PS22)
585
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
D. PI rear side
bizhub PRO C6500
[4]
[5] fd501fs5004c
[1] Paper lift motor /Up (M8) [5] PI registration clutch /Lw (CL2)
[2] PI lift plate home sensor /Up (PS34) [6] PI conveyance sensor /Up (PS31)
[3] Paper lift motor /Lw (M9) [7] PI conveyance motor (M7)
[4] PI lift plate home sensor /Lw (PS40) [8] PI registration clutch /Up (CL1)
E. PI upper surface
[6]
[1] PI paper set sensor /Up (PS44) [8] PI paper empty sensor /Lw (PS39)
[2] S size sensor /Up (PS36) [9] PI conveyance sensor /Lw (PS37)
[3] PI max paper size sensor /Up (PS47) [10] PI upper limit sensor /Lw (PS38)
[4] L size sensor /Up (PS35) [11] PI upper limit sensor /Up (PS32)
[5] Paper size VR /Up (VR31) [12] PI pick-up solenoid /Lw (SD14)
[6] PI cover open/close sensor (PS43) [13] PI pick-up solenoid /Up (SD13)
[7] PI paper empty sensor /Up (PS33)
586
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
F. PI lower tray
[1] PI paper set sensor /Lw (PS45) [4] L size sensor /Lw (PS41)
[2] Paper size VR /Lw (VR32) [5] PI max paper size sensor /Lw (PS48)
[3] S size sensor /Lw (PS42)
587
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
G. Punch section
bizhub PRO C6500
[1]
[12]
[11]
[10]
[9]
[2]
[8]
[3]
[1] Punch registration home sensor (PS11) [7] Punch conveyance sensor (PS5)
[2] Punch motor (M10) [8] Punch scraps box set sensor (PS12)
[3] 3 holes/4 holes home sensor (PS9) [9] Alignment plate home sensor (PS10)
[4] 2 holes punch home sensor (PS8) [10] Punch scraps full sensor (PS26)
[5] Punch registration motor (M13) [11] Folding exit sensor (PS2)
[6] Punch registration sensor (PS6) [12] Intermediate conveyance sensor (PS13)
588
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
[10] [2]
[9]
[3]
[8]
[7] [4]
[1] S size conveyance sensor (PS58) [6] 1st folding release motor (M14)
[2] 2nd folding roller solenoid (SD18) [7] 2nd folding release motor (M15)
[3] Folding entrance sensor (PS52) [8] 2nd folding cam home sensor (PS56)
[4] 1st folding conveyance sensor (PS51) [9] 3rd folding release motor (M16)
[5] 1st folding cam home sensor (PS55) [10] 3rd folding cam home sensor (PS57)
589
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[1] [2]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[3] fd501fs5009c
[1] 3rd folding conveyance sensor (PS54) [4] 2nd folding motor (M5)
[2] 2nd folding conveyance sensor (PS53) [5] Folding gate solenoid (SD15)
[3] 1st folding motor (M4) [6] 3rd folding motor (M6)
590
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
14.7 LS
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[10] [9] [8]
[1] Entrance conveyance lock solenoid (SD5) [13] Grip conveyance home sensor (PS5)
[2] Entrance sensor (PS4) [14] Relay board /1 (RLB/1)
[3] Paper press solenoid /1 (SD6) [15] Shift unit home sensor (PS11)
[4] Paper cooling fan motor /Rr (FM5) [16] Stacker tray set LED (LED1)
[5] Paper cooling fan motor /Mi (FM3) [17] Alignment plate home sensor (PS12)
[6] Paper cooling fan motor /Fr (FM1) [18] Coupling conveyance lock solenoid (SD11)
[7] Front door lock solenoid (SD4) (LS-501 only)
[8] Front door switch (MS1) [19] Paper press solenoid /2 (SD7)
[9] Hand cart set switch (RS1) [20] Alignment motor (M7)
[10] Stacker tray set sensor (PS1) [21] 2nd gate solenoid (SD10) (LS-501 only)
[11] Stacker tray upper limit sensor (PS3) [22] Coupling conveyance motor (M6) (LS-502 only)
[12] Paper detection sensor (PS19)
591
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
B. Upper surface
bizhub PRO C6500
[1] Conveyance sensor /3 (PS17) (LS-501 only) [7] Paper cooling fan motor /1 (FM2)
[2] Jam indication board (JAMIB) [8] Stacker tray operation board (TOB)
[3] Coupling exit sensor (PS18) (LS-501 only) [9] Conveyance sensor /1 (PS7)
[4] JAM door switch (RS2) (LS-501 only) [10] Sub tray full sensor (PS9)
[5] Sub tray door sensor (PS8) [11] Sub tray exit sensor (PS10)
[6] Paper cooling fan motor /2 (FM6) [12] Conveyance sensor /2 (PS16) (LS-501 only)
592
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
C. Rear side
[19]
[1]
[18] [2]
[17] [3]
[4]
[16]
[15] [5]
[6]
[14]
[13] [7]
[1] Shift unit motor (M5) [11] 2,000 sheets stacked sensor (PS13)
[2] Stacker tray upper limit switch (MS2) [12] Inlet (LS-501 only)
[3] Grip conveyance motor (M4) [13] Stacker tray up down motor (M1)
[4] Coupling conveyance motor (M6) (LS-501 only) [14] Stacker tray encoder sensor (PS2)
[5] LS control board (LSCB) [15] Job partition solenoid (SD2)
[6] DC power supply (DCPS) (LS-501 only) [16] 1st gate solenoid (SD1)
[7] Stacker tray lower limit switch (MS3) [17] Conveyance motor (M2)
[8] Outlet (LS-501 only) [18] Sub tray exit motor (M3)
[9] Stacker tray arm release sensor (PS15) [19] Motor cooling fan motor (FM4)
[10] 5,000 sheets stacked sensor (PS14) [20] Rear stopper solenoid (SD3)
593
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
D. Shift unit
bizhub PRO C6500
[3] [4]
[1] Front stopper solenoid (SD9) [3] Paper press solenoid /3 (SD8)
[2] Relay board /2 (RLB/2) [4] Paper empty sensor (PS6)
594
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
14.8 FS
[4] [5]
[1]
[2]
[3] fs503fs5001c
[1] Counter reset sensor (PS15) [4] FNS drive board (FNSDB)
[2] Tray lower limit sensor (PS3) [5] FNS control board (FNSCB)
[3] Tray up down motor (M3)
595
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
B. Rear side 2
bizhub PRO C6500
[3]
[1] Main tray exit motor (M7) [5] Gate solenoid (SD2)
[2] Paper exit opening solenoid (SD9) [6] Conveyance motor (M1)
[3] Paper exit opening sensor (PS12) [7] Paper exit opening motor (M8)
[4] Bypass solenoid (SD5) [8] Sub tray exit motor (M6)
C. Front side
[1]
[2]
[4]
fs503fs5003c
[1] FNS entrance sensor (PS4) [6] Staple exit upper limit sensor (PS7)
[2] Staple scraps box set sensor (PS34) [7] Tray upper limit sensor (PS2)
[3] Door switch (MS1) [8] Main tray exit sensor (PS10)
[4] Jam indication board (JAMIB) [9] Sub tray paper full sensor (PS30)
[5] Stacker entrance sensor (PS5) [10] Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1)
596
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
D. Stacker inside 1
[8]
[2]
[7] [3]
[5] [4]
[6]
fs503fs5004c
[1] Intermediate roller open close motor (M25) [6] Paper exit arm home sensor (PS9)
[2] Stacker entrance motor (M13) [7] Stacker empty sensor (PS20)
[3] Paper exit arm motor (M23) [8] Alignment home sensor /Fr (PS31)
[4] Paddle motor (M2) [9] Intermediate roller release solenoid (SD7)
[5] Intermediate roller home sensor (PS33) [10] Alignment home sensor /Rr (PS8)
597
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
E. Stacker inside 2
bizhub PRO C6500
[10]
[9]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[8]
[5]
[1] Alignment motor /Rr (M5) [6] Rear stopper motor (M26)
[2] Alignment motor /Fr (M22) [7] Stapler movement motor (M11)
[3] Stack assist guide motor (M24) [8] Stapler movement home sensor (PS11)
[4] Stack assist home sensor (PS32) [9] Stapler rotation motor (M4)
[5] Rear stopper home sensor (PS35) [10] Stapler rotation home sensor (PS14)
598
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
F. Stapler
[5]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
fs503fs5006c
[1] Stapler ready sensor /Rr (PS46) [4] Stapler board (STB)
Stapler ready sensor /Fr (PS47) [5] Staple empty sensor /Rr (PS44)
[2] Stapler home sensor /Rr (PS40) Staple empty sensor /Fr (PS45)
Stapler home sensor /Fr (PS41) [6] Stapler motor /Rr (M30)
[3] Cartridge set sensor /Rr (PS42) Stapler motor /Fr (M31)
Cartridge set sensor /Fr (PS43)
599
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
14.8.2 FS-607
bizhub PRO C6500
A. Front side
[29] [1]
[28]
[2]
[27]
[26] [3]
[25]
[24]
[4]
[23]
[22]
[21] [5]
[20]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[19] [9]
[18] [10]
[17] [11]
FRONT
[16]
[15] [14] [13] [12] a04df5c001ca
[1] Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1) [16] Saddle stitching stopper home sensor (PS23)
[2] Paper exit home sensor (PS12) [17] Flat stitching stopper release solenoid /Fr (SD7)
[3] Gate home sensor (PS16) [18] Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
[4] FNS entrance sensor (PS4) [19] Stacker empty sensor (PS20)
[5] Stapler movement motor (M11) [20] Paper assist solenoid (SD51)
[6] Door switch (MS1) [21] Paper assist motor (M51)
[7] Clincher rotation motor (M4) [22] Alignment home sensor /Up (PS8)
[8] Alignment home sensor /Lw (PS24) [23] Paper exit belt home sensor (PS9)
[9] Alignment motor /Lw (M16) [24] Stacker entrance motor (M13)
[10] Folding knife home sensor (PS22) [25] Shift roller home sensor (PS18)
[11] Folding knife motor (M19) [26] Shift roller motor (M2)
[12] Flat stitching stopper release solenoid /Rr (SD8) [27] Main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)
[13] Saddle stitching stopper motor (M18) [28] Sub tray paper full sensor (PS19)
[14] Clincher rotation home sensor (PS14) [29] Paper exit opening solenoid (SD4)
[15] Folding pass-through sensor (PS26)
600
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
B. Rear side
[11] [1]
[10]
[2]
[9] [3]
[4]
[8]
[7] [5]
[6]
a04df5c002ca
[1] Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor (PS7) [8] Relay board (RB)
[2] Main tray upper limit sensor (PS2) [9] FNS control board (FNSCB)
[3] Counter reset sensor (PS15) [10] Gate motor (M12)
[4] Bypass gate solenoid (SD5) [11] FNS conveyance motor (M1)
[5] Main tray lower limit sensor (PS3) [12] Paper exit opening motor (M8)
[6] Main tray up down motor (M3) [13] Sub tray exit motor (M21)
[7] Folding transfer motor (M20) [14] Paper exit roller motor (M7)
601
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
C. Folding section
bizhub PRO C6500
[8]
[1]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[2]
[3] a04df5c003ca
[1] Stapler movement home sensor (PS11) [5] Stapler rotation home sensor (PS13)
[2] Folding paper exit sensor (PS25) [6] Tri-folding gate solenoid (SD6)
[3] Folding full LED (PS29) [7] Stapler rotation motor (M6)
[4] Folding full sensor (PS29) [8] Alignment motor /Up (M5)
602
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
D. Stapler section
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2] [1]
a04df5c004ca
[1] Clincher motor /Rr (M10) / [4] Stapler motor home sensor /Rr (PS30) /
Clincher motor /Fr (M15) Stapler motor home sensor /Fr (PS31)
[2] Clincher motor home sensor /Rr (PS32) / [5] Cartridge set switch /Rr (SW1) /
Clincher motor home sensor /Fr (PS33) Cartridge set switch /Fr (SW3)
[3] Stapler motor /Rr (M9) / [6] Staple empty switch /Rr (SW2) /
Stapler motor /Fr (M14) Staple empty switch /Fr (SW4)
603
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
14.9 PI
bizhub PRO C6500
[10]
[19] [11]
[12]
FRONT
[18] [13]
[17] [16] [15] [14] 15jff5c001na
[1] PI drive board (PIDB) [13] Upper door open/close switch (MS201)
[2] Conveyance motor (M203) [14] Tray upper limit sensor /Lw (PS209)
[3] Transfer clutch /Lw (MC202) [15] Paper empty sensor /Lw (PS207)
[4] Registration clutch (MC203) [16] Paper size VR /Lw (VR202)
[5] Paper empty sensor /Up (PS202) [17] Paper set sensor /Lw (PS212)
[6] Paper size VR /Up (VR201) [18] Paper set sensor /Up (PS203)
[7] Paper entrance sensor /Up (PS201) [19] L size sensor /Lw (PS208)
[8] Tray upper limit sensor /Up (PS205) [20] Tray lift motor /Lw (M202)
[9] Paper entrance sensor /Lw (PS206) [21] Tray lower limit sensor /Lw (PS210)
[10] PI operation board (PIOB) [22] Tray lower limit sensor /Up (PS204)
[11] Pick-up solenoid /Lw (SD202) [23] Tray lift motor /Up (M201)
[12] Pick-up solenoid /Up (SD201) [24] Transfer clutch /Up (MC201)
604
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
14.10 PK
[7]
[6] [1]
[5]
[9]
[8] 15knf5e003na
[1] Punch shift home sensor (PS303) [6] Punch motor (M301)
[2] Punch shift motor (M302) [7] Punch encorder sensor (PS306)
[3] Paper size sensor (PS305) [8] Punch drive board (PDB)
[4] Punch scraps box full sensor (PS302) [9] Punch scraps box set sensor (PS304)
[5] Punch home sensor (PS301)
605
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
14.10.2 PK-513
bizhub PRO C6500
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[8]
[5]
FRONT [7] [6] 15kjf5c001na
[1] Punch motor (M301) [5] Punch shift home sensor (PS303)
[2] Paper size sensor (PS305) [6] Punch shift motor (M302)
[3] Punch scraps box full sensor (PS302) [7] Punch drive board (PDB)
[4] Punch home sensor (PS301) [8] Punch scraps box set sensor (PS304)
606
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
14.11 SD
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3] 15anf5c001na
[1]
[1] Horizontal conveyance sensor /2 (PS3) [6] Roller release solenoid /4 (SD4)
[2] Horizontal conveyance exit sensor (PS4) [7] Subtray exit sensor (PS11)
[3] Horizontal conveyance motor (M2) [8] Front side direction
[4] Horizontal conveyance gate solenoid (SD3) [9] Subtray paper full sensor (PS12)
[5] Horizontal conveyance sensor /1 (PS2)
607
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
15anf5c003na
[1] Right angle conveyance gate solenoid (SD2) [6] Front side direction
[2] Right angle conveyance sensor /1 (PS5) [7] Roller release solenoid /2 (SD6)
[3] Right angle conveyance motor (M6) [8] Right angle conveyance sensor /2 (PS6)
[4] Overlap motor (M13) [9] Roller release solenoid /1 (SD5)
[5] Overlap home sensor (PS17)
608
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
C. Folding section
[10]
[1]
[9] [2]
[8]
[3]
[7]
[4]
[6]
[5]
15anf5c004na
[1] 2nd folding blade motor (M19) [6] Roller release solenoid /3 (SD7)
[2] Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Fr2 (PS49) [7] Folding sensor /2 (PS44)
[3] Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Fr1 (PS18) [8] 2nd folding blade home sensor /2 (PS23)
[4] Folding entrance sensor (PS60) [9] 2nd folding blade home sensor /1 (PS22)
[5] Front side direction [10] Folding passage sensor (PS8)
[4]
[3]
[1]
[2]
15anf5c005na
[1] Folding sub scan alignment home sensor [3] Folding sensor /1 (PS7)
(PS56)
[2] Folding main scan alignment motor /Rr [4] Front side direction
(M14)
609
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[12]
[2]
[7]
[3]
[1] 1st folding blade motor (M18) [7] Front side direction
[2] Folding conveyance motor (M4) [8] Folding main scan alignment motor /Fr (M7)
[3] Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Rr (PS19) [9] Folding entrance motor (M3)
[4] 1st folding blade home sensor /2 (PS21) [10] Folding sub scan alignment exit motor (M8)
[5] 1st folding blade home sensor /1 (PS20) [11] Guide shaft home sensor (PS46)
[6] Guide shaft motor (M25) [12] Folding exit home sensor (PS24)
610
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
[1]
[2]
[3]
15anf5c007na
611
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
(5) Others
bizhub PRO C6500
[1]
[2]
15anf5c008na
[1] Folding unit lock solenoid (SD8) [2] Front side direction
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4] 15anf5c009na
612
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
[6] [2]
[3]
[5]
[4]
15anf5c010na
[1] Clincher solenoid /Rt (SD9) [5] Saddle stitching paper sensor (PS13)
[2] Saddle stitching alignment motor /Rt (M9) [6] Saddle stitching alignment motor /Lt (M16)
[3] Bundle arm motor (M10) [7] Clincher solenoid /Lt (SD10)
[4] Bundle arm home sensor (PS32)
[10] [1]
[2]
[9] [3]
[4]
[5]
[8] [6]
[7] 15anf5c011na
[1] Bundle arm assist upper limit sensor (PS39) [6] Stapler movement home sensor (PS25)
[2] Saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Lt (PS29) [7] Back side direction
[3] Bundle arm assist motor (M26) [8] Clincher up down motor (M20)
[4] Stapler movement motor (M15) [9] Saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Rt (PS28)
[5] Bundle arm assist home sensor (PS38) [10] Clincher up down home sensor (PS26)
613
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[3]
[1]
[2]
15anf5c012na
[1] Saddle stitching press home sensor (PS27) [3] Front side direction
[2] Saddle stitching press motor (M21)
(5) Stapler
[4]
[1]
[3]
[2]
15anf5c013na
[1] Stapler empty switches /Rt (SW1) and /Lt [3] Stapler home sensors /Rt (HS1) and /Lt
(SW2) (HS3)
[2] Stapler motors /Rt (M29) and /Lt (M30) [4] Clincher start sensor /Rt (HS2) and /Lt (HS4)
614
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
[10]
[9]
[8]
[1]
[7]
[2]
[6]
[5]
[3]
[4] 15anf5c014na
[1] Bundle press movement home sensor (PS36) [6] Bundle press home sensor (PS37)
[2] Bundle sensor /4 (PS54) [7] Bundle press motor (M23)
[3] Bundle registration home sensor (PS34) [8] Bundle sensor /2 (PS15)
[4] Bottom side view [9] Front side direction
[5] Bundle press lower limit sensor (PS47) [10] Trimmer registration sensor (PS55)
615
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[7]
[6]
[5]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
15anf5c015na
[1] Bundle tray set sensor (PS58) [5] Scraps box set sensor (PS40)
[2] Trimmer scraps full sensor (PS41) [6] Scraps press home sensor (PS48)
[3] Bundle tray paper full sensor (PS61) [7] Bundle registration plate home sensor
[4] Bundle exit sensor /2 (PS57) (PS16)
F. Trimmer section
[6] [10]
[1]
[2]
[1] Trimmer press motor (M32) [6] Trimmer blade motor (M31)
[2] Trimmer paddle motor (M33) [7] Trimmer press upper limit sensor (PS52)
[3] Trimmer board replacement sensor (PS59) [8] Trimmer press home sensor (PS53)
[4] Trimmer blade home sensor (PS50) [9] Trimmer board solenoid (SD11)
[5] Trimmer blade upper limit sensor (PS51) [10] Front side direction
616
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
G. Left side
[10]
[2]
[9]
[8] [3]
[7] [4]
[6]
[5] 15anf5c017na
[1] Bundle arm rotation home sensor (PS31) [6] Bundle exit motor (M5)
[2] Bundle press stage up down limit sensor (PS45) [7] Bundle press movement motor (M17)
[3] Bundle arm rotation motor (M22) [8] Bundle registration motor (M12)
[4] Bundle press stage up down home sensor [9] Scraps removal fan motor (FM1)
(PS35) [10] Bundle press stage up down motor (M24)
[5] Left side view
617
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
H. Front side
bizhub PRO C6500
[1]
[6] [2]
[3]
[5]
[4]
15anf5c018na
[1] Front door sensor /Rt (PS42) [4] Jam indication board /2 (JAMIB/2)
[2] Front door switch /Rt (MS1) [5] Front door sensor /Lt (PS43)
[3] Jam indication board /1 (JAMIB/1) [6] Front door switch /Lt (MS2)
618
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
I. Rear side
[9]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[8] [6]
[7]
15anf5c019na
619
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
252(Silver Metal:4pin)
250(BN:3pin) 258(W:3pin)
256(BK:36pin)
1000(W:8pin)
1(W:20pin)
2(W:40pin)
5(GY:16pin)
4(BN:60pin)
3(BN:60pin)
254(BK:120pin) 253(BK:100pin)
a03uf5c034ca
620
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
NC NC NC NC
376(BN:22pin) 467(BN:32pin)
35(BN:5pin)
700(BN:34pin) NC NC
907(BM:14pin)
500(BN:26pin)
906(BM:14pin)
564(BN:18pin) 5(BN:100pin)
360(BM:40pin) NC
736(BN:24pin)
393(BN:38pin) NC 730(BN:36pin)
908(BN:6pin)
442(BN:18pin)
651(BN:34pin)
901(B:10pin)
301(W:4pin)
650(BN:24pin) 459(BN:24pin)
NC
620(BN:7pin) 302(W:6pin)
340(BN:28pin) 4(W:10pin)
600(BN:20pin) 464(BN:40pin) 414(B:30pin)
300(BN:38pin) 400(BN:30pin) 428(W:30pin) a03uf5c035ca
262(BK:120pin) 261(BK:120pin)
3(BK:60pin)
217(BK:50pin)
1(BN:10 pin)
272(BN:28pin) 280(BN:28pin)
260(Silver Metal:68pin) 276(B:28pin) 284(B:28pin)
a03uf5c036ca
621
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
D. I/F board
bizhub PRO C6500
265(W:10pin)
264(W:8pin) 263(W:22pin)
a03uf5c037ca
18(BK:60pin)
24(BK:60pin)
10(BN:60pin)
14(BN:60pin)
12(BN:60pin) 27(BK:60pin)
21(BK:60pin) 16(BN:60pin)
a03uf5c038ca
622
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
NC NC
692(BN:10pin)
536(BN:7pin) 580(BN:10pin)
510(BN:20pin)
NC
G. AC drive board
569(BN:12pin)
463(BN:6pin)
121(BN:10pin)
642(BN:18pin) 155(BN:3pin)
623
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
H. DC power supply /1
bizhub PRO C6500
106(BN:10pin) 102(BN:6pin)
103(BN:12pin)
105(BN:10pin)
104(BN:10pin)
101(BN:3pin)
a03uf5c041ca
I. DC power supply /2
111(BN:8pin) 113(BN:10pin)
114(BN:6pin)
112(BN:10pin) 115(BN:7pin)
110(BN:3pin) a03uf5c042ca
624
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
a03uf5c043ca
737(BN:12pin) 738(BN:10pin)
739(BN:3pin) 740(NC)
741(NC) a03uf5c044ca
625
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
L. Operation board /1
bizhub PRO C6500
a03uf5c045ca
M. Operation board /2
712 (W : 6 pin)
a03uf5c046ca
N. Operation board /3
702(W:41pin)
701(W:4pin)
700(W:40pin)
708(W:4pin)
703(W:28pin)
a03uf5c047ca
626
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
601 (W : 20 pin)
603 (W : 3 pin)
P. CCD board
551 (W : 50 pin)
a03uf5c049ca
a03uf5c050ca
R. Inverter board /1
606 (W : 3 pin)
604 (W : 4 pin)
a03uf5c051ca
S. Inverter board /2
627
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
275,279,283,287 (W : 12 pin)
a03uf5c053ca
U. NVRAM board
141 (W : 40 pin)
142 (W : 20 pin)
a03uf5c054ca
702 (W : 26 pin)
711 (W : 8 pin)
726 (W : 12 pin)
706 (W : 6 pin)
628
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
379 (W : 4 pin)
382 (W : 4 pin)
a03uf5c056ca
629
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
15.2 DF
bizhub PRO C6500
14 (W : 9 pin) 13 (W : 15 pin)
3 (W : 7 pin)
12 (W : 5 pin)
1 (N.C.) 2 (W : 6 pin)
5 (W : 5 pin)
4 (W : 6 pin)
8 (N.C.)
10 (W : 5 pin)
630
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
15.3 PF
925 (W : 6 pin)
N.C.
N.C.
a03xf5c008ca
631
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
15.4 LU
bizhub PRO C6500
836 (W : 11 pin)
804 (W : 28 pin) 805 (W : 11 pin)
4 (N.C.)
800 (W : 6 pin)
808 (W : 2 pin)
962 (W : 5 pin)
801 (W : 32 pin)
803 (W : 6 pin)
632
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
15.5 RU
4 (W : 6 pin) 2 (W : 12 pin)
3 (BN : 9 pin)
11 (W : 5 pin)
1 (BN : 15 pin)
N.C.
N.C.
12 (W : 2 pin)
SW 1
SW1
ON
1 2 3 4
5 (W : 7 pin) 7 (W : 2 pin)
6 (W : 8 pin)
a04jf5c003ca
633
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
15.6 FD
bizhub PRO C6500
16 (W : 7 pin)
12 (N.C.) 8 (N.C.)
20 (W : 4 pin) 22 (N.C.)
15 (GY : 7 pin)
SW3
21 (N.C.) 5 (B : 40 pin)
2 (GY : 40 pin)
ON ON
SW3
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
C6500 1050
fd501fs5010c
634
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
215 (W : 8 pin)
211 (W : 4 pin)
506 (W : 6 pin)
635
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
D. PI drive board
bizhub PRO C6500
304 (GY : 28 pin) 301 (GY : 16 pin) 302 (GY : 32 pin) fd501fs5013c
E. FD operation board
fd501fs5014c
fd501fs5015c
636
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
1 (W : 3 pin) fd501fs5016c
490 (W : 3 pin)
fd501fs5025c
fd501fs5026c
637
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
15.7 LS
bizhub PRO C6500
22 (W : 2 pin) 5 (W : 9 pin)
21 (W : 4 pin) 11 (W : 6 pin)
24 (W : 12 pin) 2 (W : 15 pin)
6 (W : 3 pin) 1 (W : 13 pin)
26 (W : 5 pin)
8 (W : 8 pin)
27 (W : 4 pin)
12 (W : 6 pin) 25 (W : 6 pin) 13 (W : 7 pin)
14 (W : 2 pin)
10 (W : 10 pin)
20 (W : 4 pin)
18 (W : 7 pin)
19 (W : 3 pin) 7 (W : 14 pin)
B. Relay board /1
4 (W : 17 pin)
1 (W : 3 pin)
2 (W : 2 pin)
3 (W : 4 pin) ls502fs5006c
C. Relay board /2
4 (W : 17 pin)
1 (W : 3 pin)
2 (W : 2 pin)
3 (W : 4 pin) ls502fs5007c
638
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
D. DC power supply
ls502fs5008c
639
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
15.8 FS
bizhub PRO C6500
16 (W : 7 pin)
10 (GY : 3 pin) 12 (N.C.)
20 (W : 4 pin) 22 (GY : 20 pin)
23 (N.C.)
SW3
21 (W : 3 pin)
2 (GY : 40 pin)
ON ON
1 : ON 1 : ON
2 : ON 2 : OFF
SW3 3 : ON SW3 3 : ON
4 : ON 4 : ON
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
C6500 1050
fs503fs5007c
640
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
65 (GY : 3 pin)
56 (W : 22 pin)
64 (GY : 18 pin)
60 (W : 4 pin)
57 (GY : 40 pin)
2 (O : 3 pin) 4 (R : 3 pin)
3 (W : 3 pin) 5 (O : 3 pin)
1 (W : 7 pin)
fs503fs5009c
641
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
B. FS-607
bizhub PRO C6500
2 (W : 7pin)
7 (BN : 36 pin)
8 (GY : 12 pin)
10 (GY : 18pin)
29(W : 4 pin)
34 (BN : 13 pin)
26 (BN : 6 pin)
22 (BN : 36 pin)
32 (W : 6 pin)
24 (BN : 38 pin)
31 (GY : 20 pin)
30 (W : 17 pin) 33 (GY : 28 pin)
a04df5c006ca
642
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
15.9 PI
58 (BN : 12 pin)
52 (BN : 38 pin)
54 (W : 8 pin)
a04hf5c001ca
B. PI control board
1 (BN : 12 pin)
a04hf5c002ca
643
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
15.10 PK
bizhub PRO C6500
25 (BN : 11 pin)
a04ef5c002ca
644
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
15.11 SD
19 (W : 4 pin)
18 (W : 2 pin)
17 (W : 8 pin) 10 (W : 3 pin) 12 (W : 8 pin) 9 (N.C.) 7 (W : 24 pin)
16 (W : 7 pin)
20 (W : 4 pin)
22 (N.C.)
SW3
24 (W : 2 pin)
23 (N.C.)
21 (N.C.)
5 (GY : 40 pin)
2 (W : 40 pin)
ON 1 : OFF ON 1 : OFF
2 : ON 2 : OFF
3 : ON 3 : ON
1 2 3 4 4 : ON 1 2 3 4 4 : ON
C6500 1050
15anf5c020nb
645
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
B. SD drive board
bizhub PRO C6500
148 (W : 6 pin)
141 (W : 15 pin) 154 (W : 12 pin)
143 (W : 6 pin) 165 (W : 14 pin)
150 (W : 4 pin)
120 (W : 32 pin) 170 (Y : 12 pin)
169 (W : 4 pin)
167 (W : 2 pin)
122 (W : 34 pin)
166 (W : 4 pin)
110 (W : 18 pin) 168 (W : 15 pin)
646
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 16. TIMING CHART
F
Scanner motor (M1)
R
Exposure lamp (L1)
Fusing heater lamp/1 (L2)
Fusing heater lamp /2 (L3)
Fusing heater lamp /3 (L4)
Fusing heater lamp /4 (L5)
Fusing motor (M29)
Drum motor /Y (M14)
Drum motor /M (M15)
Drum motor /C (M16)
Drum motor /K (M17)
Transfer belt motor (M18)
Developing motor /Y (M20)
Developing motor /M (M21)
Developing motor /C (M22)
Developing motor /K (M23)
Polygon motor /Y (M3)
Polygon motor /M (M4)
Polygon motor /C (M5)
Polygon motor /K (M6)
LDB /Y (LASDB/Y)
LDB /M (LASDB/M)
LDB /C (LASDB/C
LDB /K (LASDB/K)
Paper lift motor /1 (M38)
Upper limit sensor /1 (PS30)
Paper lift motor /2 (M39)
Upper limit sensor /1 (PS30)
Paper lift motor /3 (M40)
Upper limit sensor /1 (PS30)
Dehumidifier heater (HTR)
a03uf5c801ca
647
bizhub PRO C6500
648
Item
Reverse/exit motor F
(M33) R
Print start signal
a03uf5c802ca
B. Full color, life size, DF two single sided originals, duplex printing, feeding from paper feed tray/1
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
16.2 DF
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
H
F
Reverse/exit L
motor (M303)
L
R
H
Paper exit sensor (PS306)
Reverse solenoid (SD302)
a052f5c003ca
16. TIMING CHART
649
bizhub PRO C6500
bizhub PRO C6500
650
16. TIMING CHART
H
F
Paper feed L
motor
(M301) L
R
H
F
Convey-
ance motor L
(M302) R
B. A4, life size, double sided original, 3 originals
H
F
Reverse/ L
exit motor
(M303) L
R
H
a052f5c004ca
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
16.3 PF
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Time (sec)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A. Tray 5, A4, 2 originals
Item
a03xf5c007ca
16. TIMING CHART
651
bizhub PRO C6500
bizhub PRO C6500
652
16.4 LU
16. TIMING CHART
Loop Loop
Paper feed sensor (PS106)
ً
Pre-registration sensor (PS107)
V-TOPsignal
a03wf5c800ca
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Loop Loop
Paper feed sensor (PS106)
V-TOP signal
a03wf5c801ca
16. TIMING CHART
653
bizhub PRO C6500
16. TIMING CHART Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
16.5 FD
bizhub PRO C6500
Time (sec)
Item 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
654
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 16. TIMING CHART
655
16. TIMING CHART Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Time (sec)
Item 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
656
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 16. TIMING CHART
657
16. TIMING CHART Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Time (sec)
Item 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
658
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 16. TIMING CHART
659
16. TIMING CHART Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Time (sec) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Item
660
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 16. TIMING CHART
661
bizhub PRO C6500
662
16.6 LS
16. TIMING CHART
Time (sec) 0 1 2 3 4
Item
Entrance sensor (PS4)
Conveyance motor 1000 mm/s
(M2) 490 mm/s
Sub tray exit motor 1000 mm/s
(M3) 490 mm/s
Coupling conveyance motor (M6)
Grip conveyance 1300 mm/s
motor (M4) 1000 mm/s
490 mm/s
Grip conveyance home sensor (PS5)
Alignment motor (M7)
Alignment plate home sensor (PS12)
A. A4, straight mode, 3 originals, 1 copy set
ls502fs5009c
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Time (sec) 0 1 2 3 4
Item
Entrance sensor (PS4)
Conveyance motor 1000 mm/s
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
ls502fs5010c
16. TIMING CHART
663
bizhub PRO C6500
bizhub PRO C6500
664
16. TIMING CHART
Time (sec) 0 1 2 3 4
Item
Entrance sensor (PS4)
Conveyance motor 1000 mm/s
(M2) 490 mm/s
Sub tray exit motor 1000 mm/s
(M3) 350 mm/s
Coupling conveyance motor (M6)
Grip conveyance 1300 mm/s
motor (M4) 1000 mm/s
490 mm/s
Grip conveyance home sensor (PS5)
Alignment motor (M7)
Alignment plate home sensor (PS12)
Shift unit motor (M5)
C. A4, Sub tray mode, 3 originals, 1 copy set
ls502fs5011c
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Time (sec) 0 1 2 3 4
Item
Entrance sensor (PS4)
Conveyance motor 1000 mm/s
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
ls502fs5012c
16. TIMING CHART
665
bizhub PRO C6500
bizhub PRO C6500
666
16.7.1
16.7 FS
Time (sec)
16. TIMING CHART
Item 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
FS-503
Signal while in FS operation
Start button ON
fs503fs5010c
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Time (sec)
Item 1 2 3 4 5 6
fs503fs5011c
16. TIMING CHART
667
bizhub PRO C6500
bizhub PRO C6500
668
Time (sec)
Item 1 2 3 4 5 6
16. TIMING CHART
fs503fs5012c
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
16.7.2
FS-607
Item
Item
a04df5c800ca
16. TIMING CHART
669
bizhub PRO C6500
bizhub PRO C6500
670
Item
FNS entrance sensor (PS4)
FNS conveyance motor (M1)
Bypass gate solenoid (SD5)
Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
16. TIMING CHART
Item
FNS entrance sensor (PS4)
FNS conveyance motor (M1)
Bypass gate solenoid (SD5)
Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
Stacker entrance motor (M13)
B. 2 flat stitching staples, A4, 11 originals, 2 copies, Single side
a04df5c801ca
Copy 2 Page 9 Copy 2 Page 10 Copy 2 Page 11
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Item
FNS entrance sensor (PS4)
FNS conveyance motor (M1)
Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
Stacker entrance motor (M13) 930 mm/s
500 mm/s
Alignment home sensor /Up (PS8)
Close
Alignment motor /Up (M5)
Open
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Item
FNS entrance sensor (PS4)
FNS conveyance motor (M1)
C. Saddle stitching, A4S, 3 originals, 2 copies, Single side
a04df5c802ca
16. TIMING CHART
671
bizhub PRO C6500
bizhub PRO C6500
672
Item
Close
Alignment motor /Up (M5)
Open
Close
Alignment motor /Lw (M16)
Open
Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
930 mm/s
Stacker entrance motor (M13)
500 mm/s
Folding pass-through sensor (PS26)
A
Folding knife motor (M19)
Folding knife home sensor (PS22)
FNS conveyance motor (M1)
Down
Stopper (M18)
Up
Tri-folding gate solenoid (SD6)
Tri-folding gate solenoid (M20)
Folding paper exit sensor (PS25)
Flat stitching stopper release solenoid (SD7, SD8)
Item
Paper exit roller motor (M7)
Paper exit belt home sensor (PS9)
FNS entrance sensor (PS4)
Gate motor (M12)
Close
Alignment motor /Up (M5)
Open
Close
Alignment motor /Lw (M16)
Open
Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
930 mm/s Stacker entrance motor
500 mm/s (M13)
A
Folding pass-through sensor (PS26)
Folding knife motor (M19)
Folding knife home sensor (PS22)
FNS conveyance motor (M1)
Down
Stopper (M18)
Up
Tri-folding gate solenoid (SD6)
Tri-folding gate solenoid (M20)
Folding paper exit sensor (PS25)
Flat stitching stopper release solenoid (SD7, SD8)
a04df5c803ca
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
16.8 PI
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Item
15jff5c800na
16. TIMING CHART
673
bizhub PRO C6500
bizhub PRO C6500
674
16.9.1
16.9 PK
16. TIMING CHART
PK-512
Item
15knf5c800na
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
16.9.2
PK-513
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Item
15kjf5c800na
16. TIMING CHART
675
bizhub PRO C6500
bizhub PRO C6500
676
16.10 SD
16. TIMING CHART
Time (sec)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Item
Main body paper exit sensor (PS3)
15anf5c800na
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Time (sec)
Item 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
15anf5c801na
16. TIMING CHART
677
bizhub PRO C6500
16. TIMING CHART Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Time (sec)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Item
F
Overlap motor (M13)
R
F
1st folding blade motor 1st folding
(M18) R
15anf5c802na
678
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 16. TIMING CHART
15anf5c803na
679
16. TIMING CHART Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Time (sec)
Item
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
15anf5c804na
680
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 16. TIMING CHART
15anf5c805na
681
16. TIMING CHART Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
bizhub PRO C6500
Blank page
682
I
L
F
K
E
B
A
H
D
C
M
Plug
130-5
130-1
FT16 AC_H
(RL1 FT)
#187 T0.5
1
1
130-2 147-1
FT17 AC_N
#250(BK)T0.8
130-3 148-1
FT18 AC_N
Y/G
FT1
FT2
#250(BK)T0.8
17.1 Main body 1/12
130-4 147-2
FT19 AC_N
#187(W)T0.5
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
147-2
130-6 FT17
CBR/2
CBR/1
147-1
RY1
FT19
Circuit breaker/2
Circuit breaker/1
24V1
FT3
FT4
Main relay
2
2
BT-1
BT-3
BT-2
BT-4
130-A1 - A10 158-3 157-2 L4_CONT
ACDB
FT6
FT5
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
130-A2 - A9 158-2
FUSCB/1 157-3 L2_CONT
130-A3 - A8 158-1 157-4 5V2
NF
130-A4 - A7
148-2
Noise filter
130-A5 - A6 FT18
148-1
130-A6 - A5
FT7
FT8
FT20
130-A7 - A4
3
3
T0.5
130-A8 - A3
FT15
EUROPE ONLY
159-4 157-5 SGND
(RL1 FT)
BT-1
BT-3
BT-2
BT-4
130-A9 - A2
501
159-3 157-6 L5_CONT
130-A10- A1
159-2
AC(H)
157-7 L3_CONT
130-B1 - B9 FUSCB/2 159-1 157-8 5V2
130-B2 - B8
120-1
130-B3 - B7
120-2
130-B4 - B6
130-B5 - B5 120-3
130-B6 - B4
FT9
4
4
FT11
130-B7 - B3
AC(N)
130-B8 - B2
130-B9 - B1
SW1
SW3
131-1
Main power switch
148-2
RY2
131-2
Dehumidifier heater switch
FT20 AC_N
FT10
FT12
24V1
#187(W)T0.5
Sub relay
131-3
F/G
5
5
131-4
128
121-1
131-A1 - A7 146-1 142-1
121-2
131-A2 - A6 146-2 142-2 HTR
121-3
131-A3 - A5
121-4
131-A4 - A4
Dehumidifier heater
121-5
130 132
131-A5 - A3
121-6
131-A6 - A2
121-7
131-A7 - A1
121-8
6
6
131-B1 - B6
121-9
131-B2 - B5
131 133
121-10
131-B3 - B4
131-B4 - B3
131-B5 - B2
23
153-1 24V1
131-B6 - B1
153-2 24V2
111
24
153-3 PGND
153-4 PGND
112
150-14 FSET_LL
129
150-13 FSET_LH
7
7
150-12 FTEMP4_2
358-1-6
150-11 FTEMP4_1 643-6 24V
358-2-5
150-10 FTEMP3_3 643-5 24V
358-3-4
643-4 RLM1_/B 1st transfer pressure
150-9 FTEMP3_2 358-4-3
M19
8
569-3 HAIMT_A
8
569-4 HAIMT_/A
150-3 FTEMP1_3 599-2-5 589-7
569-5 HAIMT_B
599-1-6 589-11
150-2 FTEMP1_2 569-6 HAIMT_/B
150-1 FTEMP1_1
598-6-1 590-3 24V
500-1A AREG_CONT
569-7 24V2
598-5-2 590-9 24V
500-2A FLS_SIG 569-8 24V2
598-4-3 590-1
151-1 5V 152-9 5V 569-9 DECMT_A
500-3A ADUS_SIG 598-3-4 590-5 Decurler motor
M55
9
9
102-3 AC_OFF
500-12A FEXT_SIG 357-1 GND 642-18 GND
5
102-5 SGND
500-13A FD_OPEN 357-2 RESET 642-17 RESET
502
6
102-6 5V1
500-1B HAN_SIG1 357-3 RLMT_CW 642-16 RLMT_CW
500-2B HAN_SIG2
7
500-3B REV_SIG
8
500-12B MCL1_24V
17
357-16 5V 642-3 5V
19
104-5 12V1
122-2
25
22
104-10 SGND
122-3
26
23
104-4 24V1
122-4
27
24
122-5
28
104-2 24V1
122-6 122-10
DCPS/1(1/2)
29
104-7 PGND
122-7
30
123-2
33
122-8 123-1
31
104-3 24V1
123-3
34
122-9
32
123-4 123-10
35
PRCB(1/6)
104-8 PGND
123-5
36
123-6
37
123-7
38
123-8
13
13
39
123-9
40
L
F
K
E
B
A
H
D
C
M
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
L
F
K
E
B
A
H
D
C
M
401-1B-16B 402-1-13 403-1
41
400-15A 5V 105-1 5V2
401-2B-15B 402-2-12 403-2
42
459-4B GND 400-14A NOFEED1 Paper feed sensor/1 105-2 5V2
PS29
401-3B-14B 402-3-11 403-3
14
14
43
459-3B PSFAN_HL1 400-13A GND 105-3 5V2
401-4B-13B 402-4-10 404-1
44
459-2B PSFAN_ER1 400-12A 5V 105-6 SGND
401-5B-12B 402-5-9 404-2
Upper limit sensor/1
45
459-1B PSFAN_DR1 400-11A UPLIMIT1 105-7 SGND
PS30
401-6B-11B 402-6-8 404-3
46
400-10A GND 105-8 SGND
401-7B-10B 402-7-7 405-1
17.2 Main body 2/12
47
400-9A 5V 105-4 5V2
459-12A 5V2 401-8B-9B 402-8-6 405-2 Paper empty
48
400-8A NOPAPER1 105-9 SGND
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
459-11A NOPAPER4
PS31
401-9B-8B 402-9-5 405-3 sensor/1
49
400-7A GND 105-5 5V2
459-10A GND
401-10B-7B 402-10-4 406-1
50
400-6A T1MC24V 105-10 SGND
459-9A 3.3V3
401-11B-6B 402-11-3 406-2 Paper feed clutch/1
MC7
51
459-8A PAPERVR4 400-5A PSUPMC1 106-1 5V2
15
15
52
459-7A GND 400-4A T1MC24V 106-7 SGND
Pre-registration
401-13B-4B 402-13-1 407-2
53
MC8
459-6A 5V2 400-3A PFEEDMC1 clutch/1 106-2 5V2
54
459-5A T4PSIZ1 401-14B-3B 566-1-2 408-1 106-8 SGND
400-2A T1MC24V
55
401-15B-2B 566-2-1 408-2 Pick-up solenoid/1 106-3 5V2
459-4A GND
SD7
400-1A PUSD1
56
459-3A 5V2 401-16B-1B 106-5 12V
DCPS/1(2/2)
57
106-6 24V1
TRAY1
459-2A T4PSIZ2 400-15B N.C
401-1A-14A 410-1
58
106-11 SGND
400-13B T1QUANT
sensor/1
PS32
401-3A-12A 410-3
60
106-12 PGND
16
16
400-12B SGND
442-18 5V2 401-4A-11A 411-1
61
106-4 5V2
442-17 GND 400-11B 5V2
401-5A-10A 411-2 Paper size
62
PS33
442-15 PSMT_CLK 401-6A-9A 411-3
400-9B SGND
128
442-14 PSMT_CW
129
401-7A-8A 412-1
442-13 PSMT_ER 400-8B 5V2
401-8A-7A 412-2 Paper size
442-12 PSMT_H/L 400-7B T1PSIZE2
sensor/Rr1
PS34
401-9A-6A 412-3
400-6B SGND
401-10A-5A 409-1-5 413-3
400-5B 3.3V
401-11A-4A 409-2-4 413-2
110-2 N.C
VR1
110-3 AC(N)
110-1 AC(H)
17
17
400-3B SGND
442-11 5V2 401-13A-2A 409-4-2
400-2B T1DET(H)
442-10 TONERDET 401-14A-1A 409-5-1
63
111-5 PGND
415-1B-16B 416-1-13 417-1
65
18
18
PS37
464-19B TR1_DRV
415-12B-5B 416-12-2 421-1 127-8
414-4A T2MC24V Pre-registration
415-13B-4B 416-13-1 421-2 128-2
clutch/2
75
MC10
500
415-14B-3B 567-1-2 422-1
76
19
19
128-5
128-7 112-7 PGND
78
TRAY2
415-3A-12A 424-3
80
415-6A-9A 425-3
20
20
83
sensor/Rr2
PS40
21
21
91
125-9
429-1B-16B 430-1-13 431-1
92
428-15A 5V2
429-2B-15B 430-2-12 431-2
428-14A NOFEED3 Paper feed sensor/3
PS41
428-13A GND
429-4B-13B 430-4-10 432-1 126-2
93
428-10A GND
429-7B-10B 430-7-7 433-1 126-5
96
428-9A 5V2
429-8B-9B 430-8-6 433-2 Paper empty
428-8A NOPAPER3 126-6
97
22
22
sensor/3
PS43
PRCB(2/6)
126-10
429-10B-7B 430-10-4 434-1 126-8 113-7 PGND
428-6A T3MC24V
464-20A PF_CHSIG4 429-11B-6B 430-11-3 434-2 Paper feed clutch/2 126-9
MC11
428-5A PSUPMC3
99 100
428-3A PFEEDMC3
464-17A PF_CHSIG1
429-14B-3B 568-1-2 436-1
101
113-3 24V2-2
464-16A PF_NPSIG1 428-2A T3MC24V
429-15B-2B 568-2-1 436-2 Pick-up solenoid/3
102
113-8 PGND
SD9
113-4 24V2-2
TRAY3
464-14A PF_PUSD1
23
23
104
113-5 24V2-2
428-15B N.C
464-13A PF_CHCL6
429-1A-14A 438-1 113-9 PGND
428-14B 5V
464-12A PF_CHCL5 Paper near empty
429-2A-13A 438-2
105 106
113-10 PGND
428-13B T3QUANT
464-11A PF_CHCL4 sensor/3
PS44
429-3A-12A 438-3
428-12B GND
107
429-6A-9A 439-3
428-9B GND 114-5 PGND
464-7A PF_RVCL2
429-7A-8A 440-1
428-8B 5V 114-4 24V2-2
464-6A PF_RVCL1 Paper size
429-8A-7A 440-2
428-7B T3PSIZE2
109 110 111 112
24
24
429-9A-6A 440-3
428-6B GND
429-10A-5A 437-1-5 441-3
113
115-7 PGND
124-4
120
25
25
124-3 124-1
124-2
117 118 119 121 122 123
124-6
124-7 124-5
124-8
26
26
L
F
K
E
B
A
H
D
C
M
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
Y
X
V
S
P
U
R
N
Q
O
1
1
17.3 Main body 3/12
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Thermostat/1
692-3-1
692-10 PGND
Fusing heater lamp/1
692-9 ADUF2_HL TS1
FT24
FT25
ADU fan/2 692-2-2 138-1
2
2
M67
692-8 ADUF2_ER
Thermostat/2
L2
692-1-3
FT23
692-7 ADUF2_DR Fusing heater lamp/2
587-3-1 521-9B-8B
FT22
692-6 PGND TS2 138-2
FT26
FT27
521-8B-9B L3
692-5 ADUF1_HL
ADU fan/1 587-2-2 521-7B-10B Fusing heater lamp/3
M66
692-4 ADUF1_ER 138-3
587-1-3 521-6B-11B L4
692-3 ADUF1_DR
628-1 521-5B-12B
692-2 AMC_24V
ADU gate solenoid 628-2 521-4B-13B
SD10
692-1 AGSD_DRV
FUSING SECTION
F/G
3
3
553-1
639-13 TR4CONT2
514-1-20 632-1-4
Paper lift motor/BP 553-2 510-20 PGND
M35
639-12 TR4CONT1
514-2-19 632-2-3
510-19 FFAN_PWM
514-3-18 632-3-2 Fusing fan/Lw
M65
F/G
MC4
639-10 MCL2_DRV 516-1-6
clutch/2 514-5-16 637-1
510-16 5V2
514-6-15 516-2-5 637-2
523-1 521-3B-14B 510-15 FLS_PS Fusing loop sensor
639-9 5V2
PS64
PS21
4
4
514-10-11 515-3
626-2 521-15A-2A 510-11 SGND
ADU stop sensor 639-5 ADUS_PS
PS20
626-3 521-14A-3A
639-4 SGND 516-4-3
514-11-10 517-1
522-1 521-13A-4A 510-10 5V2
639-3 5V2 516-5-2
514-12-9 517-2 Fusing paper 132-3-1
501
PS61
sensor 521-11A-6A
522-3 510-8 SGND
639-1 SGND
Temperature sensor/1 TEMS/1 132-1-3
514-14-7 512-1
530-11 NC 510-7 5V2 133-2-1
584-1 649-10-1 521-10A-7A 514-15-6 512-2
530-10 VDOSIG2 510-6 SGND
649-9-2 521-9A-8A
5
5
PS65
530-5 SI 510-1 H/L
sensor 584-7 649-4-7 521-4A-13A 570-1-5 512-8
530-4 SGND
138
137
530-1 24V1
135
TS3 3191-01P1
570-5-1
F/G
580-10 VDOSIG1
6
6
F/G
580-9 SGND
F/G
580-8 5V2
580-7 -5V 134-3-1
ADU/CONVEYANCE UNIT
7
7
692-2-1
527-16B 24V3
ADU conveyance clutch/3 692-1-2
MC3
527-15B AMC3_DRV 509-1-3 532-1
132
509-2-2 532-2
528-2-1 Front door sensor
133
527-14B 24V3
PS18
MC1
527-13B AMC2_DRV
MC2
CDB(1/2)
527-11B AMC1_DRV
8
8
138
137
136
135
MS1
529-2-1
527-10B 24V3 508-2 506-2A
ADU pre-registration clutch 529-1-2
527-9B APCL_DRV 508-1 506-1A
Interlock switch /1
MC18
507-1 24V1
Paper exit solenoid 526-1-2 505-2 504-2
SD4
527-7B EXSD_DRV
114
507-2 24V2
505-3 504-3
551-3-1
115
sensor
47
9
9
48
520-2
Reverse/exit sensor 527-2B REV_PS
505-8 504-8
PS19
520-3 552-1-3
527-1B SGND
502-1A-13A
648-3-1 503-13A AREG_CONT
624-1
527-17A 5V2 502-2A-12A
648-2-2 503-12A FLS_SIG
624-2
Decurler sensor 527-16A DECH_PS 502-3A-11A
503-11A ADUS_SIG
PS62
624-3 648-1-3
527-15A SGND 502-4A-10A
503-10A ADU_TXD
641-2-1 693-8-1 502-5A-9A
Registration temperature 527-14A SGND 503-9A ADU_RXD
sensor 641-1-2 693-7-2 502-6A-8A
527-13A REG_TH1
TEMS/5
503-8A SGND
502-7A-7A
533-1 693-6-3 503-7A ADUP_SIG
10
10
527-12A SGND
502-8A-6A
533-2 693-5-4 503-6A ADUH_SIG
Registration sensor 527-11A REG_PS
502-9A-5A
PS22
503-1A FD_OPEN
132
527-6A 5V2
502-1B-13B
503-13B HAN1_SIG
133
527-5A FDD_PS
502-2B-12B
503-12B HAN2_SIG
134
527-4A SGND
502-3B-11B
554-3-1
11
11
503-1B NC
Z
T
Y
X
V
S
P
U
R
N
Q
O
W
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
Y
X
V
S
P
U
R
N
Q
O
W
24V
14
14
629-2 630-1-12
534-1 24V2
24V 629-5 630-2-11
534-2 24V2
A 629-1 630-3-10
ADU loop 534-3 LOPMT_A
A 629-3 630-4-9
M57
motor 534-4 LOPMT_/A
B 629-4 630-5-8
534-5 LOPMT_B
B 629-6 630-6-7
17.4 Main body 4/12
534-6 LOPMT_/B
24V 630-7-6
535-2
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
534-7 24V2
24V 535-5 630-8-5
534-8 24V2 462-4-1
A 535-1 630-9-4
ADU reverse 534-9 ADUH_A
A 535-3 630-10-3 DCPS fan 462-3-2
M32
M42
motor 534-10 ADUH_/A
B 535-4 630-11-2 462-2-3
534-11 ADUH_B
15
15
B 535-4 630-12-1
534-12 ADUH_/B 462-1-4
24V
537-3
536-1 24V2 444-1 443-12-1
24V
537-9
536-2 24V2 444-2 443-11-2
A 537-1
536-3 REGMT_A Paper empty sensor/BP
Registration motor A
PS47
537-5 444-3 443-10-3
M30
536-4 REGMT_/A
B 537-7
536-5 REGMT_B 445-1 443-9-4
B 537-11
536-6 REGMT_/B 445-2 443-8-5
Paper size VR/BP
VR4
24V
536-7 NC
525-3 445-3 443-7-6
524-1 24V2
24V
525-9
524-2 24V2 446-1 443-6-7
A 525-1
16
16
M33
524-4 HANM_/A Paper size sensor/BP1
PS48
BY-PASS
B 525-11
524-6 HANM_/B 447-1 443-3-10
M34
/release motor 569-4 2KAI_A
550-2-5
569-5 24V3 458-1 456-7-1
550-1-6
569-6 24V3 458-2 456-6-2
569-7 WEB_A 458-3 456-5-3
17
17
458-7 456-1-7
458-8 457-4-1
105
542-1
556-3 SGND 458-9 457-3-2
106
PS27
sensor/1 457-1-4
542-3 458-11
104
556-1 5V2
CDB(2/2)
460-1 479-3-1
546-1 555-6-1
539-15 5V2 460-2 479-2-2
Waste toner full sensor
546-2 555-5-2
18
18
PS52
PS25
546-3 555-4-3
539-13 SGND
547-1 555-3-4 453-1 452-8-1
539-12 5V2
547-2 555-2-5 Intermediate conveyance clutch/1 453-2 452-7-2
MC13
PS26
547-3 555-1-6 454-1 452-6-3
539-10 SGND
454-2 452-5-4
541-2-1 Vertical conveyance sensor
539-9 24V2
PS50
454-3 452-4-5
Intermediate conveyance clutch/3 541-1-2
MC5
539-8 MCL3_DRV 452-3-6
455-1
19
19
PS28
sensor/2 543-3 557-1-3
539-5 5V2
451-1
544-2-1
539-4 24V2 Paper lift motor/1 451-2
M38
SD5
539-3 BPSD_DRV
461-1
545-2-1
539-2 24V2
461-2
500
MC6
539-1 BPCL_DRV
PS60
461-3
20
20
465-16B-1B
465-15B-2B
465-14B-3B
465-13B-4B
465-12B-5B
ADU/CONVEYANCE UNIT
465-11B-6B
465-10B-7B
465-9B-8B
465-8B-9B
21
21
465-7B-10B
465-6B-11B
465-5B-12B
465-4B-13B
465-3B-14B
465-2B-15B
465-1B-16B
5V2 466-1
55
466-2
22
22
SGND
58
AC(H)
145-2 SGND 466-4
59
AC(N)
130 131
145-3
24V1 466-5
57
GND
145-4
PGND 466-6
60
AC(H)
24V2-1 466-7
65
145-5 AC(N)
132 133
PGND 466-8
67
LU/PF
N.C
24V2-1 466-9
66
PGND 466-10
68
23
23
465-16A-1A
465-15A-2A
465-14A-3A
465-13A-4A
465-12A-5A
465-11A-6A
465-10A-7A
465-9A-8A
465-8A-9A
24
24
465-7A-10A
465-6A-11A
465-5A-12A
465-4A-13A
465-3A-14A
465-2A-15A
465-1A-16A
449-1
25
25
Crimp
450-1
Symbol
Connector
26
26
Relay connector
Z Faston
T
Y
X
V
S
P
U
R
N
Q
O
W
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
L
F
K
E
B
A
H
D
C
1
1
17.5 Main body 5/12
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
274-5 273-B12-B3
272-12B IDXYJTB
2
2
274-4 273-B13-B2
272-13B SGND
274-3 273-B14-B1
272-14B LDYIDX 217-50 GND 551-50
273-A1 -A14 217-49 AD_12V 551-49
274-2
272-1A SGND
INDEXB/Y
217-48 AD_12V 551-48
273-A2 -A13 217-47 AD_12V 551-47
274-1
272-2A LD5V 217-46 GND 551-46
273-B1 -B14 217-45 AD_5V 551-45
275-12B
272-1B LOAD 217-44 AD_5V 551-44
273-B2 -B13 217-43 AD_5V 551-43
275-11B
272-2B DACLK 217-42 AD_5V 551-42
273-B3 -B12 217-41 AD_5V 551-41
275-10B
272-3B DAI 217-40 AD_5V 551-40
217-39 AD_5V 551-39
275-9B(GND)
217-38 AD_5V 551-38
273-B4 -B11 217-37 AD_5V 551-37
275-8B
272-4B /ALM2 217-36 AD_5V 551-36
3
3
LASDB/Y
273-A4 -A11 217-19 AD_D2- 551-19
275-11A
272-4A /ALM1 217-18 GND 551-18
4
4
WRITING SECTION/Y(1/2)
273-A13-A2 217-1 GND 551-1
275-2A
272-13A +VIDEO2
5
5
275-1A 273-A14-A1
272-14A GND
278-5 277-B12-B3
276-12B IDXMJTB
278-4 277-B13-B2
276-13B SGND
278-3 277-B14-B1
276-14B LDMIDX
278-2 277-A1 -A14
276-1A SGND
INDEXB/M
278-1 277-A2 -A13
276-2A LD5V
279-12B 277-B1 -B14
6
6
276-1B LOAD
279-11B 277-B2 -B13
276-2B DACLK
279-10B 277-B3 -B12
276-3B DAI 35-1 N.C
279-9B(GND)
35-2 N.C
279-8B 277-B4 -B11
276-4B /ALM2 35-3 N.C
279-7B 277-B5 -B10
276-5B /S/HB2 35-4 N.C
279-6B 277-B6 -B9
276-6B /S/H2 35-5 N.C
279-5B 277-B7 -B8
276-7B /ALMMRST 35-6 N.C
279-4B 277-B8 -B7
276-8B GND 35-7 N.C
279-3B 277-B14-B6
7
7
LASDB/M
279-12A 277-A3 -A12
276-3A /ENB
279-11A 277-A4 -A11
276-4A /ALM1
279-10A 277-A5 -A10
276-5A /S/HB1
279-9A 277-A6 -A9
276-6A /S/H1
279-8A 277-A7 -A8
276-7A GND
279-7A 277-A8 -A7
276-8A LD+5V
277-A9 -A6
8
9
279-6A
276-9A LD+5V
279-5A 277-A10-A5
276-10A +5VRN 260-B34 GND
279-4A 277-A11-A4 260-B33 N.C
276-11A GND
IPB(1/2)
260-B32 WAKEUP-
279-3A 277-A12-A3 260-B31 CPRDY+
WRITING SECTION/M(1/2) 276-12A -VIDEO2 260-B30 CTS-
279-2A 277-A13-A2 260-B29 RXD+
276-13A +VIDEO2 260-B28 ONLINE-
279-1A 277-A14-A1 260-B27 AC_DOWN+
276-14A GND 260-B26 ENG_SLP-
260-B25 ENG_SET+
260-B24 RTS-
260-B23 TXD+
260-B22 PSIG0-
282-5 281-B12-B3 260-B21 GND
280-12B IDXCJTB 260-B20 PSIG1-
9
9
10
10
283-10A
280-5A /S/HB1 260-A14 PSIG4+
283-9A 281-A6 -A9 260-A13 PSIG5+
280-6A /S/H1 260-A12 GND
283-8A 281-A7 -A8 260-A11 PSIG6+
280-7A GND 260-A10 PSIG7+
283-7A 281-A8 -A7 260-A9 GND
280-8A LD+5V 260-A8 SSIG3-
283-6A 281-A9 -A6 260-A7 SCLK-
280-9A LD+5V 260-A6 GND
283-5A 281-A10-A5 260-A5 SSIG2-
280-10A +5VRN 260-A4 SSIG1-
283-4A 281-A11-A4 260-A3 GND
280-11A GND 260-A2 SSIG0-
283-3A 281-A12-A3 260-A1 GND
280-12A -VIDEO2
WRITING SECTION/C(1/2)
283-2A 281-A13-A2
280-13A +VIDEO2
281-A14-A1
12
12
283-1A
280-14A GND
13
13
L
F
K
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
G
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
L
F
K
E
B
A
H
D
C
M
161-3-1
200
161-2-2 Sub power switch
SW2
201
161-1-3
14
14
17.6 Main body 6/12
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
-3 VPP
711-1 5V1
710-1 5V1
-6 SGND
-5 SGND
-2 ROM_RXDIN
-5 ROM_RESET
-3 MONI_RXDIN
-4 ROM_TXDOUT
-2 MONI_CLKOUT
-4 MONI_TXDOUT
15
15
180-1 FOOT_SW
-2 SGND
OPERATION SECTION
179-1 SUB_SW
-2 SGND
16
16
-3 N.C.
-2 5V1 -5
-3 DATA_LED -4
170-A14 12V3 181-A1
-4 GND -3
-A13 12V3 -A2
-5 MAIN_LED -2
-A12 12V3 -A3
17
17
-6 SUB_LED -1
-A11 SHUT_SIG -A4
OB/2
OB/1
-A4 Y2 -A11
-A3 X1 -A12
18
18
VR
-A2 Y1 -A13
-A1 X2 -A14
OB/3
-B11 SGND -B4
19
19
20
20
-3 VL2
-2 NC
185-1 VH2
-3 VL1
-2 NC
184-1 VH1
172-A20 SGND
-A19 LCD_U/D
174-1 SGND 186-1
-A18 LCD_R/L
-2 CLK -2
-A17 SGND
-3 SGND -3
-A16 SGND
-4 HSYNC -4
-A15 RXCLKIN+
-5 VSYNC -5
21
21
-A14 RXCLKIN-
-6 SGND -6
-A13 SGND
-7 SGND -7
-A12 RXIN2+
-8 SGND -8
-A11 RXIN2-
-9 R_0 -9
-A10 SGND
-10 R_1 -10
-A9 RXIN1+
-11 R_2 -11
-A8 RXIN1-
-12 SGND -12
-A7 SGND
-13 R_3 -13
-A6 RXIN0+
-14 R_4 -14
22
22
-A5 RXIN0-
-15 R_5 -15
Backlight/2
Backlight/1
-A4 SGND
-16 SGND -16
-A3 SGND
-17 SGND -17
-A2 5V1
-18 SGND -18
504
-A1 5V1
-19 G_0 -19
172-B20 CTS_IN
-20 G_1 -20
-B19 SGND
-21 G_2 -21
-B18 DSR_IN
-22 SGND -22
-B17 SGND
-23 G_3 -23
23
23
-B16 RXD_IN
-24 G_4 -24
-B15 SGND
-25 G_5 -25
-B14 RTS_OUT
-26 SGND -26
-B13 SGND
-27 SGND -27
-B12 DTR_OUT
-28 SGND -28
-B11 SGND
-29 B_0 -29
-B10 TXD_OUT
-30 B_1 -30
-B9 SGND
-31 B_2 -31
-B8 WT_LED
-32 SGND -32
24
24
-B7 SHUT_LED
-33 B_3 -33
-B6 SW_SIG
-34 B_4 -34
-B5 SGND
-35 B_5 -35
-B4 SHUT_SIG
-36 SGND -36
LCDB
-B3 SW_LED
-37 LCD_EN -37
-B2 5V0
-38 R/L("H") -38
-B1 5V0
-39 3.3V -39
171-1-4
17
173-1 5V1
171-2-3
18
-2 SGND
171-3-2
1
-3 12V4
171-4-1 175-1 X2
2
-4 SGND
-2 Y1
OKB
-3 X1
-4 Y2
26
26
L
F
K
E
B
A
H
D
C
M
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
Y
X
V
S
P
U
R
N
Q
O
1
1
17.7 Main body 7/12
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
652-1-2 656-1-9
657-1
71
652-2-1 656-2-8
657-2
75
656-3-7 Polygon
2
2
657-3
M3
656-9-1 sensor/Y
651-1A GND 658-3
683-7A-6A 659-1-6
3
3
650-6A AJTY_/B
683-8A-5A 659-2-5
735-1 24V2 650-5A AJTY_B
101
735-2 NC 683-9A-4A 659-4-3
650-4A AJTY_/A Laser
735-3 PGND
102
683-10A-3A 659-3-4 correction
M7
550-3A AJTY_A
motor/Y
683-11A-2A 659-5-2
GRID/Y
650-2A AJTYM_24V
683-12A-1A 659-6-1
731-1 730-18A CHGYCONT 650-1A AJTYM_24V
CHARGER/Y
731-2 730-17A CHGYDCV
HV/1
731-3 730-16A GYDCV
731-4 730-15A CHGY_ER
731-5 730-14A DEVEDCY
4
4
GRID/M
731-7 730-12A DEVEYDCV
731-8 730-11A SGND
CHARGER/M
731-9 730-10A TY_ANA
GRID/C
732-3 730-7A GMDCV
732-4 730-6A CHGM_ER
732-5 730-5A DEVEDCM
CHARGER/C
732-6 730-4A DEVEACM
732-7 730-3A DEVEMDCV
WRITING SECTION/Y(2/2)
5
5
GRID/K
653-1-2 660-1-9
661-1
72
CHARGER/K
733-2 730-17B CHGCDCV 661-2
76
6
6
660-9-1 sensor/M
651-8A GND 662-3
734-2 730-8B CHGKDCV
734-3 730-7B GKDCV
F/G
734-4 730-6B CHGK_ER
734-5 730-5B DEVEDCK 683-1A-12A 663-1-6
650-12A AJTM_/B
734-6 730-4B DEVEACK
683-2A-11A 663-2-5
734-7 730-3B DEVEKDCV 650-11A AJTM_B
734-8 730-2B DEVEKCLK 683-3A-10A 663-4-3
650-10A AJTM_/A Laser
734-9 730-1B TK_ANA 683-4A-9A 663-3-4 correction
M8
550-9A AJTM_A
motor/M
683-5A-8A 663-5-2
650-8A AJTYM_24V
7
7
683-6A-7A 663-6-1
650-7A AJTYM_24V
PRCB(3/6)
8
8
WRITING SECTION/M(2/2)
654-1-2 664-1-9
737-12 665-1
73
736-1A TRANSY
654-2-1 664-2-8
737-11 665-2
77
736-2A TRANSYI
664-3-7
Polygon
737-10 665-3
M5
9
9
651-7B POLCCONT
664-4-6
1st TRANSFER/Y 737-9 736-4A TRANSM 665-4
651-6B POL_CLKC
664-5-5
737-8 736-5A TRANSMI 665-5
651-5B POLCLOCK
664-6-4
737-7 736-6A TRANSMER 665-6
651-4B TEMPC_ER
HV/2
1st TRANSFER/M
737-6 664-7-3 666-1
736-7A TRANSC 651-3B 5V2
737-5 664-8-2 666-2 Laser correction
736-8A TRANSCI 651-2B AJTGC_HP
PS7
739-1 24V2
123
739-2 NC
739-3 PGND
119
F/G
WRITING SECTION/C(2/2)
12
12
13
13
Z
T
Y
X
V
S
P
U
R
N
Q
O
W
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
Y
X
V
S
P
U
R
N
Q
O
W
286-5 285-B12-B3
669-1-3 673-1 284-12B IDXKJTB
14
14
TEMSB
651-15B SGND 286-2 285-A1 -A14
284-1A SGND
INDEXB/K
286-1 285-A2 -A13
655-1-2 668-1-9 284-2A LD5V
670-1
74
17.8 Main body 8/12
78
287-11B 285-B2 -B13
668-3-7 Polygon 284-2B DACLK
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
670-3
M6
651-14B POLKCONT motor/K 285-B3 -B12
668-4-6 287-10B
284-3B DAI
670-3
651-13B POL_CLKK
668-5-5 287-9B(GND)
670-5
651-12B POLKLOCK 285-B4 -B11
668-6-4 287-8B
284-4B /ALM2
670-6
15
15
PS59
668-9-1 671-3
651-8B GND 287-4B 285-B8 -B7
284-8B GND
287-3B 285-B14-B6
284-9B -VIDEO1
287-2B 285-B10-B5
672-1-6 284-10B +VIDEO1
683-1B-12B
650-12B AJTK_/B 287-1B 285-B11-B4
672-2-5 284-11B GND
683-2B-11B
650-11B AJTK_B 287-12A 285-A3 -A12
672-4-3 284-3A /ENB
683-3B-10B
650-10B AJTK_/A 287-11A 285-A4 -A11
284-4A /ALM1
LASDB/K
motor/K
672-3-4
16
16
683-4B-9B
M58
650-9B AJTK_A 287-10A 285-A5 -A10
672-5-2 284-5A /S/HB1
683-5B-8B
650-8B AJTK_5V 287-9A 285-A6 -A9
284-6A /S/H1
Laser correction
683-6B-7B 672-6-1
650-7B AJTK_5V 287-8A 285-A7 -A8
284-7A GND
287-7A 285-A8 -A7
284-8A LD+5V
771-1-8 287-6A 285-A9 -A6
284-9A LD+5V
300-B19 GAND
771-2-7 287-5A 285-A10-A5
284-10A +5VRN
300-B18 ADFAN_HL2
285-A11-A4
IPB(2/2)
771-3-6 287-4A
284-11A GND
300-B17 ADFAN_ER2
771-4-5 287-3A 285-A12-A3
284-12A -VIDEO2
300-B16 ADFAN_DR2
771-5-4 287-2A 285-A13-A2
284-13A +VIDEO2
17
17
300-B15 GND
771-6-3 287-1A 285-A14-A1
284-14A GND
WRITING SECTION/K
300-B14 ADFAN_HL1
771-7-2
300-B13 ADFAN_ER1
771-8-1
300-B12 ADFAN_DR1
264-2 REM/1
300-B9 MST_IDX1 -A3
4
264-3 AC_OFF
300-B8 GND -A4
264-4 12V1
300-B7 SBSW_OFF -A5
6
18
18
264-5 5V1
300-B6 P_CMD -A6
5
264-6 SGND
300-B5 P_RTS -A7
264-7 SGND
300-B4 P_STS -A8
264-8 SGND
300-B3 P_CTS -A9
7
19
19
12
471-1-9 463-1-4
20
20
300-A8 GND
471-2-8 463-2-3
300-A7 STFAN_HL2
471-3-7 463-3-2 IPB fan/1
M24
300-A6 STFAN_ER2
471-4-6 463-4-1
300-A5 STFAN_DR2
471-5-5 470-1-4
300-A4 GND
PRCB(4/6)
471-6-4 470-2-3
300-A3 STFAN_HL1
IMCB
300-A2 STFAN_ER1
471-8-2 470-4-1
300-A1 STFAN_DR1
471-9-1
21
21
200
250-1 SUBSW
201
250-2 SGND
250-3 NC
HDD/K
HDD/Y
HDD/C
251-A1 SGND
HD-506
HDD/M
251-A2 LCD_UD
251-A3 LCD_RL
251-A4 SGND
251-A5 SGND
22
22
49
301-2 12V
NRB
251-A7 TXCLKOUT-
50
302-1 24V1
1000-4 TXD
1000-5 GND 251-A11 SGND
20
302-2 PGND
1000-6 IO_IN
1000-7 IO_OUT 251-A12 TXOUT1+
109
302-3 24V2
1000-8 NC
251-A13 TXOUT1-
107
302-4 REM3_CNT
251-A14 SGND
110
108
256-8 CENTD6
35-8 N.C 256-9 CENTD7 251-B4 SGND
256-10 PR_CLK
35-9 N.C 256-11 PR_BUSY 251-B5 TXD_OUT
256-12 ADREQ
35-10 N.C 256-13 XFLAG 251-B6 SGND
256-14 HT_BUSY
256-15 N.C 251-B7 CTS_IN
37-11 N.C 256-16 N.C
256-17 N.C 251-B8 SGND
37-10 N.C 256-18 N.C
Parallel port
251-B19 5V0
251-B20 5V0
257-9 RI
257-8 CTS
257-7 RTS
257-6 DSR
257-5 GND
257-4 DTR
257-3 TXD
257-2 RXD
257-1 DCD
255-8 GND
255-7 GND
255-6 RX-
255-5 GND
255-4 GND
255-3 RX+
255-2 TX-
255-1 TX+
26
26
Relay connector
Faston
LAN I/F
(RS-232)
CSRC I/F
Z
T
Y
X
V
S
P
U
R
N
Q
O
W
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
L
F
K
E
B
A
H
D
C
1
1
17.9 Main body 9/12
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
F/G
623-1-1
F/G
623-1B-8B
2
2
24V
623-2B-7B
24V
623-3B-6B
PGND
623-4B-5B
PGND
622-3 623-5B-4B
63
5V
622-4 623-6B-3B
64
5V
622-1 623-7B-2B
51
SGND
622-2 623-8B-1B
52
SGND
621-7-1 623-9A-1A
DTXD
DF
621-6-2 623-8A-2A
3
3
SGND
621-5-3 623-7A-3A
CTS
621-4-4 623-6A-4A
DRXD
621-3-5 623-5A-5A
SGND
621-2-6 623-4A-6A
RTS
621-1-7 623-3A-7A
DSET
623-2A-8A
623-1A-9A
4
4
604-7
601-20 603-1 U
604-6
601-19
507
604-5
601-18 604-4 Scanner motor
603-2 V
M1
604-3
601-17
604-2
601-16 604-1
603-3 W
601-15
601-14 606-1
617-9-1
601-13 605-1 24V4
601-12 606-2
617-8-2
601-11 605-2 CONT Exposure lamp
L1
5
5
INVB/1
601-10 606-3
617-7-3
601-9 605-3 PGND
601-8
601-7 617-6-4 615-6-1 612-3
609-7 5V2
601-6 617-5-5 615-5-2 612-2
609-8 SIG APS sensor/1
PS3
601-5
617-4-6 615-4-3 612-1
601-4 609-9 SGND
601-3
617-3-7 615-3-4 613-3
601-2 609-10 5V2
601-1 617-2-8 615-2-5 613-2
609-11 SIG APS sensor/2
PS4
6
6
53
54 602-1 5V2
80
611-3
609-4 SGND
611-2 APS timing sensor
609-5 SIG
PS2
611-1
609-6 5V2
616-2
609-13 SIG
7
7
609-14 SGND
608-3-1
607-1 CONT
608-2-2
607-2 EM Scanner fan
M2
608-1-3
607-3 PGND
8
9
SCANNER SECTION
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
L
F
K
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
G
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
M
G
C
H
A
K
F
L
J
I
26
26
25
25
24
24
23
23
22
22
21
21
Interlock switch /2
710-1-2
MS2
710-2-1
20
20
713-1 741-8-1
711-8 24V2
MC14
clutch/ Y
Toner bottle
713-2 741-7-2
711-7 YBCLCONT
716-1 741-6-3 724-18 PGND
711-6 24V2 472-1-3
MC15
clutch/ M fan
M48
Toner bottle
741-5-4
716-2
Charge intake
711-5 MBCLCONT 724-17 TAI1_ERR 472-2-2
719-1 741-4-5
711-4 24V2
MC16
PZS/Y
sensor /Y
722-1 741-2-7
19
19
711-2 24V2 712-2
MC17
Piezoelectric
clutch/ K 724-14 TBYSIG
Toner bottle 712-3
722-2 741-1-8 724-13 SGND
711-1 KBCLCONT
715-1
724-12 TB_5V
PZS/M
sensor /M
715-2 Piezoelectric
724-11 TBMSIG
715-3
724-10 SGND
718-1
724-9 TB_5V
PZS/C
sensor /C
718-2
724-8 TBCSIG Piezoelectric
718-3
724-7 SGND
721-1
724-6 TB_5V
PZS/K
sensor /K
18
18
721-2 Piezoelectric
724-5 TBKSIG
721-3
724-4 SGND
725-1
724-3 5V2 close sensor
PS54
725-2 door open/
724-2 TBOSIG
725-3
Toner supply
724-1 SGND
706-1 TSUPY_A
TSDB
703-1
Toner supply
61
706-2 TSUPY_/A 704-1 5V2
M49
62
704-2 SGND
706-4 TSUPY_/B 703-3
81
706-5 24V2 704-3 24V2
17
17
703-4
82
706-6 24V2 704-4 24V2
707-1-6 703-5
83
705-1 TSUPM_A 704-5 PGND
707-2-5 703-6
Toner supply
84
705-2 TSUPM_/A 704-6 PGND
707-3-4
M50
motor/ M
705-3 TSUPM_B 701-13B-1B
707-4-3 702-1B
705-4 TSUPM_/B
707-5-2 701-12B-2B
705-5 24V2 702-2B
707-6-1
705-6 24V2 701-11B-3B
702-3B
705-7 N.C 701-10B-4B
727-1-6 702-4B
726-1 TSUPC_A 701-9B-5B
727-2-5
Toner supply
702-5B
726-2 TSUPC_/A
727-3-4 701-8B-6B
M51
16
16
726-3 TSUPC_B 702-6B
motor/ C
727-4-3
726-4 TSUPC_/B 701-7B-7B
727-5-2 702-7B
726-5 24V2 701-6B-8B
727-6-1 702-8B
726-6 24V2
701-5B-9B
728-1-6 702-9B
726-7 TSUPK_A 701-4B-10B
728-2-5
Toner supply
702-10B
726-8 TSUPK_/A
728-3-4 701-3B-11B
M52
726-9 TSUPK_B 702-11B
motor/ K
728-4-3
726-10 TSUPK_/B 701-2B-12B
728-5-2 702-12B
726-11 24V2 701-1B-13B
728-6-1 702-13B
726-12 24V2
701-13A-1A
506
702-1A
701-12A-2A
15
15
702-2A
709-1 701-11A-3A
708-11 5V2 702-3A
709-2
708-10 SGND 701-10A-4A
709-3 702-4A
708-9 DBLT_CNT 701-9A-5A
702-5A
708-8 DBLT_CLK
709-5 701-8A-6A
17.10 Main body 10/12
M53
709-6
708-6 DBLT_LD 701-7A-7A
709-7 702-7A
708-5 DBLT_HL 701-6A-8A
709-8 702-8A
708-4 PGND
709-9 701-5A-9A
708-3 PGND 702-9A
709-10
708-2 24V2 701-4A-10A
709-11 702-10A
708-1 24V2
14
701-3A-11A
14
702-11A
701-2A-12A
702-12A
701-1A-13A
702-13A
M
G
C
H
A
K
F
L
J
I
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
bizhub PRO C6500
Y
X
V
S
P
U
R
N
Q
O
W
361C-1-12
361C-2-11
1
1
361C-3-10
360-1A N.C
361C-4-9
360-2A N.C
361C-5-8
360-3A N.C
361C-6-7
360-4A N.C
593-4 361C-7-6
17.11 Main body 11/12
360-5A PRO_TEMP
593-3 361C-8-5
360-6A SGND
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
TEM/HUMS/2
360-8A 5V
766-1-2 762-1-2 361C-11-2
360-9A DRAW_SET
2
2
362-1-2 361A-1-10
24V2 360-11A CPCL_24V
EL/Y 362-2-1 361A-2-9 620-1 SIN
CONT 360-12A PCL_DRVY
620-2 SGND
363-1-2 361A-3-8
24V2 360-13A CPCL_24V
EL/M 363-2-1 361A-4-7 620-3 RTS
CONT 360-14A PCL_DRVM
620-4 SOUT
364-1-2 361A-5-6
24V2 360-15A CPCL_24V 620-5 SGND
EL/C 364-2-1 361A-6-5
CONT 360-16A PCL_DRVC
620-6 CTS
3
3
PROCESS SECTION
765-1-2 761-1-2 361B-1-20
360-1B DRAW_SET_2
765-2-1 761-2-1 361B-2-19
360-2B CN564_1 600-1 LAMPCONT
4
4
368-4-1 361B-6-15
TDS_VREF 360-6B TCRYVREF 600-6 SCAN_HPS
5
5
SD1
claw solenoid 360-20B SEPSD_DR
751-12-1 752-4-1
384-1A WXFAN_DR1
751-11-2 752-3-2
767-1-2 763-1-2 361D-1-18 384-2A WXFANER1
564-1 CN564_1 751-10-3 752-2-3 Paper exit fan/1
M61
6
6
DRPS/Y
PGND
DRPSB/Y
564-6 SGND 751-5-8 753-1-4
384-8A GND
384-11A WXFANPWM3
373-2 366-7-2 361D-9-10
SGND 564-9 SGND 751-1-12 754-1-4
384-12A GND
366-8-1 361D-10-9
7
7
373-1
307-4-1
DRPS/M
PGND 564-10 SGND
DRPSB/M
384-13A FFAN_DR
307-3-2
384-14A FFAN_ER
374-4 367-2-8 361D-11-8 307-2-3 Deodorization fan
M36
307-1-4
SURFC_EV 564-12 SURF_EVC 384-16A GND
374-2 367-4-6 361D-13-6 390-2-1
SGND 564-13 SGND 384-17A TCNT_DR1
374-1 367-5-5 361D-14-5 390-1-2
Total counter
DRPS/C
PGND 564-14 SGND 384-18A SHUT_24V
DRPSB/C
TCT/1
559-2-1
384-1B TCNT_DR2
375-4 367-6-4 361D-15-4 Total counter
24V2 564-15 SURF_24V 559-1-2
384-2B SHUT_24V
TCT/2
8
8
564-18 SGND
M37
384-5B FFAN3_PWM
392-1-4
Drum potential sensor/ M Drum potential sensor/ C Drum potential sensor/ K
384-6B GND
491-4-1
384-7B FFAN2_DR
491-3-2
384-8B FFAN2_ER
Fusing belt ventilation fan
491-2-3
M10
384-9B FFAN2_HL
491-1-4
384-10B GND
488-4-1
378-2 377-1A-11A 496-1A-11A 384-11B CLFAN_DR
376-1A 24V2
9
9
384-13B CLFAN_PWM
377-3A-9A 496-3A-9A 488-1-4
499-1 498-1 379-4
376-3A CREG1MON 384-14B GND
499-2 498-2 379-3 377-4A-8A 496-4A-8A 389-3
376-4A CREG1LED
377-5A-7A 496-5A-7A 384-15B GND
499-3 498-3 379-2
sensor/ Fr
PS8
499-4 498-4 379-1 377-6A-6A 496-6A-6A 384-16B TSU_OPEN Toner supply unit open/close sensor
376-6A 5V2
PS14
389-1
384-17B 5V
Color registration
495-3
383-1 381-1 382-4 377-1B-11B 496-1B-11B 908-4 PAT3_DR
376-1B CREG2MON
STATUS
493-4 494-4
380-5 377-5B-7B 496-5B-7B 35-1 24V
376-5B IDC1_VREF 493-2 494-2
380-4 377-6B-6B 496-6B-6B
376-6B IDC_CNT 35-2 KEY_SET
11
11
376-8B 12V
Key counter
306-1 489-4-1
376-11B SHUT_SD
700-1A DFAN_DR1
700-3A DFAN_HL1
315-1
309-3A SGND
314-3 311-4-7 292-4-7
309-4A 5V
314-2 311-5-6 292-5-6
Encoder sensor /Y2 309-5A ENA2
311-6-5 292-6-5
PS67
314-1
309-6A SGND
13
13
Z
T
Y
X
V
S
P
U
R
N
Q
O
W
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
Y
X
V
S
P
U
R
N
Q
O
W
700-5A TBO_SIG
700-6A GND
317-7 311-7-4 292-7-4
FG 309-7A FG
311-8-3 292-8-3
700-7A TB5VCONT
317-4
PWM 309-8A PWM
14
14
29
Drum motor/ Y PGND 700-11A TBM_CLK
M14
317-9 312-3-2 293-3-2
30
PGND 700-12A TBY_SIG
25
700-13A YBCLCONT
24V
17.12 Main body 12/12
26
24V
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
700-15A TBY_CLK
700-16A TSMT_HL
321-3 318-1-10 294-1-10
309-11A 5V 700-17A TSMT_LD
321-2 318-2-9 294-2-9
Encoder sensor /M1 309-12A ENA1 506
318-3-8 294-3-8
700-1B TSMT_CLK
PS68
321-1
309-13A SGND
15
15
PS69
322-1 700-4B TBK_EN
309-16A SGND
700-5B KBCLCONT
324-7 318-7-4 294-7-4 700-6B TBK_SIG
FG 309-17A FG
324-4 318-8-3 294-8-3
PWM 309-18A PWM 700-7B TBC_CLK
324-3 318-9-2 294-9-2
CONT 309-19A CONT 700-8B TBC_EN
324-1 318-10-1 294-10-1
5V 309-20A 5V 700-9B CBCLCONT
324-8 319-4-1 295-4-1
31
PGND 700-10B TBC_SIG
Drum motor/ M
M15
324-9 319-3-2 295-3-2 700-11B GND
32
PGND
324-10 319-2-3 295-2-3 700-12B CHFAN_ON
27
16
16
24V
319-1-4 295-1-4
700-13B CHFAN_ER
324-11
28
24V 700-14B DFAN_DR2 490-4-1
700-16B DFAN_HL2
329-2
Encoder sensor /C1 309-2B ENA1
325-3-8 296-3-8
PS70
329-1 700-17B GND 490-1-4
309-3B SGND
328-3 325-4-7 296-4-7
309-4B 5V
328-2 325-5-6 296-5-6
Encoder sensor /C2 309-5B ENA2 394-4-1
325-6-5 296-6-5
393-1A WFAN_DR1
PS71
328-1
309-6B SGND
393-2A WFAN_ER1 394-3-2
Writing
331-7 325-7-4 296-7-4
FG 309-7B FG 394-2-3 intake fan/1
M43
393-3A WFAN_HL1
331-4 325-8-3 296-8-3
17
17
37
Drum motor/ C PGND Writing
M16
331-9 326-3-2 297-3-2 395-2-3
M44
38
PGND
331-10 326-2-3 297-2-3 393-8A GND 395-1-4
33
24V
331-11 326-1-4 297-1-4 393-9A DEVFAN_DR1 396-4-1
34
24V
393-10A DEVFAN_ER1 396-3-2
336-3 332-1-10 298-1-10 Developing
309-11B 5V 396-2-3
M45
332-2-9 298-2-9
393-11A DEVFAN_HL1 fan/1
336-2
Encoder sensor /K1 309-12B ENA1
332-3-8 298-3-8 396-1-4
PS72
393-12A GND
336-1
309-13B SGND
18
18
PS73
335-1 Developing
309-16B SGND
397-2-3 fan/2
M46
393-15A DEVFAN_HL2
338-8 fan
39
M17
338-9 333-3-2 299-3-2 393-19A GND 398-1-3
40
PGND
338-10 333-2-3 299-2-3 393-1B FLFAN_DR1
35
24V
19
19
24V
393-3B FLFAN_HL1
PS74
353-3A SGND 393-6B FLFAN_ER2
289-2 304-5-2
Encoder sensor / belt2 353-5A BELT_EB 393-12B GND
PS75
289-1 304-6-1
353-6A SGND 393-9B DEVFAN_DR3 770-4-1
20
20
393-11B DEVFAN_HL3
356-5 354-3-5
353-9A DBLT_CW
356-4
393-12B GND 770-1-4
354-4-4
353-10A DBLT_CLK
356-3 354-5-3 393-13B M_TEMP
399-4
353-11A DBLT_CNT
Transfer belt motor 356-2 354-6-2 393-14B GND
399-3
353-12A SGND
M18
356-1 354-7-1 393-15B M_HUM
399-2 Temp/ humidity sensor 1
353-13A 5V2
356-8 355-4-1
TEM/HUMS/1
399-1
393-16B 5V
117
353-14A NC
356-9 355-3-2 393-17B N.C
118
353-15A NC
356-10 355-2-3 393-18B N.C
121
359-3 291-1-3
353-1B SGND
21
21
359-2 291-2-2
1st Transfer HP sensor 353-2B RL_HP 467-1A NC
PS15
483-13A-3A 689-1
353-6B 5V2 467-4A 5V
353-7B SGND
353-8B DRUMM_HP 483-12A-4A 486-4-1
353-9B 5V2 467-5A EPFAN_DR3
483-11A-5A 486-3-2
353-10B SGND 467-6A EPFAN_ER3
353-11B DRUMC_HP 483-10A-6A 486-2-3 Tucking fan/ 3
M28
467-7A EPFAN_HL3
353-12B 5V2 483-9A-7A 486-1-4
353-13B SGND 467-8A GND
22
22
483-8A-8A 485-4-1
353-14B DRUMK_HP 467-9A EPFAN_DR2
353-15B 5V2 483-7A-9A 485-3-2
467-10A EPFAN_ER2
349-1 483-6A-10A 485-2-3 Tucking fan/ 2
M27
341-7-1
340-14A 5V2 467-11A EPFAN_HL2
349-2 341-6-2 483-5A-11A 485-1-4
340-13A SGND
349-3 341-5-3 467-12A GND
340-12A DMTY_SS 483-4A-12A 484-4-1
349-4 341-4-4 467-13A EPFAN_DR1
340-11A DMTY_CLK 483-3A-13A
349-5 341-3-5 484-3-2
340-10A DMTY_CW 467-14A EPFAN_ER1
Developing motor/ Y 349-6 341-2-6 483-2A-14A 484-2-3 Tucking fan/ 1
M26
340-9A DMTY_LD
M20
23
23
468-5-2
349-11 345-1-4 467-2B GND
86
468-4-3
467-3B CTS3_2
350-1 342-7-1 468-3-4
340-7A 5V2
350-2 467-4B SIN3_2
342-6-2 468-2-5
340-6A SGND
350-3 342-5-3 467-5B GND
340-5A DMTM_SS 468-1-6
350-4 342-4-4
340-4A DMTM_CLK 467-6B RTS3_2
350-5 342-3-5 469-4
340-3A DMTM_CW
70
350-6 PGND
Developing motor/ M 342-2-6
340-2A DMTM_LD 469-1
M21
69
95
SGND
350-9 346-3-2 469-2
96
41
24
24
350-10 5V2
346-2-3
87
FS
469-5
350-11 346-1-4
88
469-6
351-6 SGND
Developing motor/ C 343-2-6
340-9B DMTC_LD 588-2-4
M22
43
97
5V2
351-9 347-3-2
98
25
25
351-10 347-2-3
89
Symbol
Connector
467-15B HAI_PS
352-9 348-3-2
26
26
100
352-10 467-16B 5V
348-2-3
91
352-11 348-1-4
92
Relay connector
Faston
Z
T
Y
X
V
S
P
U
R
N
Q
O
W
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
17.13 DF
A DFCB A
M301 Paper feed motor
Paper feed
cover sensor
PS303
B No paper sensor
PS304 M302 Conveyance motor B
Registration
sensor
PS301
C Timing sensor
M303 Reverse/Paper Exit Motor C
PS302
Tray open/close
sensor
PS308
Size VR
VR301
Registration clutch
MC301
F F
Reverse sensor
PS305
Paper exit
sensor
PS306
G G
Paper exit
cover sensor
PS307
H Symbol H
Connector Faston
Crimp Relay connector
I I
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
bizhub PRO C6500
DF location list
Symbol Part name Location
DFCB DF control board 4-A
M301 Paper feed motor 7-A
M302 Conveyance motor 7-B
M303 Reverse/paper exit motor 7-C
MC301 Registration clutch 7-F
PS301 Registration sensor 1-B
PS302 Timing sensor 1-C
PS303 Paper feed cover sensor 1-A
PS304 No paper sensor 1-B
PS305 Reverse sensor 1-F
PS306 Paper exit sensor 1-G
PS307 Paper exit cover sensor 1-G
PS308 Tray open/close sensor 1-D
PS309 Size sensor/Lt 1-E
PS310 Size sensor/Rt 1-D
SD301 Paper exit solenoid 7-E
SD302 Reverse solenoid 7-D
SSB Size sensor board 2-D
VR301 Size VR 1-E
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
17.14 PF 1/4
A A
B B
C C
D D
E E
F F
G G
H G
AC drive Assy
J Noise filter
FOR JAPAN/U.S.A
978-1
969-2 AC2(H)
972-2
508
I
969-3 NC
4 850-1 AC(H)
972-3
969-4 NC
850-2 NC SSR1 969-5 T1_H_DRV(N)
972-4
963-1 24V_IN(TEST)
K J
963-4 FH_RL_DRV
963-6 T1_H_CONT
963-7 T2_H_CONT
963-2 GND(TEST)
978-4
5 850-4 AC(N)
963-5 T_H_5V
963-3 24V1
L 973-5-1
973-4-2
K
973-3-3 509
973-2-4
973-1-5
946-1-2
946-2-1
M L
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
bizhub PRO C6500
PF location list
Symbol Part name Location
ACDB AC drive board 9-H
CBR Circuit breaker 5-I
NF Noise filter 6-I
RY Relay 8-I
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
17.15 PF 2/4
A A
B B
C C
D D
E E
F F
G 915-1
915-3
HTR 3
fan/1 fan/2 sensor/3
TEMS/3
G
FM11 FM12
Fan heater/Up
917-4-1
917-3-2
917-2-3
917-1-4
918-4-1
918-3-2
918-2-3
918-1-4
H H
F/G
958-2-1
958-1-2
I Dehumidifier Dehumidifier
Temperature
sensor/4
I
916-1 fan/3 fan/4
HTR 4
916-3 TEMS/4
FM13 FM14
508
Fan heater/Lw
J J
919-1-4
919-2-3
919-3-2
919-4-1
920-1-4
920-2-3
920-3-2
920-4-1
F/G
959-2-1
959-1-2
K K
L L
938-12-1
938-11-2
938-10-3
938-3-10
938-2-11
938-1-12
939-12-1
939-11-2
939-10-3
939-3-10
939-2-11
939-1-12
938-9-4
938-8-5
938-7-6
938-6-7
938-5-8
938-4-9
939-9-4
939-8-5
939-7-6
939-6-7
939-5-8
939-4-9
M M
510
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
bizhub PRO C6500
PF location list
Symbol Part name Location
FM11 Dehumidifier fan /1 25-G
FM12 Dehumidifier fan /2 26-G
FM13 Dehumidifier fan /3 24-I
FM14 Dehumidifier fan /4 24-I
HTR3 Fan heater /Up 23-G
HTR4 Fan heater /Lw 21-I
TEMS/3 Temperature sensor /3 26-G
TEMS/4 Temperature sensor /4 24-I
Z
T
Y
X
V
S
P
U
R
N
Q
O
1
1
17.16 PF 3/4
Crimp
Symbol
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
DCPS1
DCPS2
2
2
Connector
ACDB(Main body)
Relay connector
106-6 24V1
106-12 PGND
106-3 5V2
106-9 SGND
106-5 12V
106-11 SGND
111-2 24V2
111-6 PGND
111-3 24V2
111-7 PGND
121-10 200VAC(N)
121-4 200VAC(H)
121-9 200VAC(N)
121-3 200VAC(H)
Faston
3
3
F/G
466-5
466-6
466-1
466-2
466-3
466-4
466-7
466-8
466-9
145-2
145-1
145-3
145-2
145-1
466-10
2
960-1
F/G
1
960-2
heater/1
HTR 1
Dehumidifier
4
4
800-1 5V2
800-3 12V
5
800-5 24V1
800-7 24V2
465-1B-16B
800-6 PGND
800-2 SGND
800-4 SGND
800-8 PGND
801-3B S.GND
HTR 2
464-13B GND
465-4B-13B
Dehumidifier
465-9B-8B
5
5
6
6
PRCB(Main body)
884-3 sensor/1
7
7
465-11A-6A
464-10A PF_CHCL3 801-11A CH_CL3_CONT
465-12A-5A 854-A13-A8 885-1
852-A8 SENS_5V
464-9A PF_CHCL2 801-12A CH_CL2_CONT 854-A12-A9 885-2
465-13A-4A 852-A9 T1_SIZE1_SIG Paper size sensor/Rt1
PS5
941-1-11 859-1
854-A9-A11 941-2-10 859-2
852-A12 T1_SIZE3_SIG Paper size sensor/Fr1
PS7
941-3-9 859-3
942-1-11 860-1
8
8
942-3-9 860-3
854-A7-A14 904-3
Front door open/close switch 852-A14 SENS_5V
854-A6-A15 904-2
852-A15 T1_PQUANT_VR Remaining paper VR/1
SW1
VR2
903-1
922-2
3
854-A5-A16 903-2
852-A16 T1_PSIZE_VR Paper size VR/1
VR1
854-A4-A17 903-3
852-A17 S.GND
880-2-1 982-7-1
9
9
852-A19 T1_TH_SIG2
TEMS/1
854-A1-A20
876-2-1 982-5-3 852-A20 T1_SET_SIG
933-5 T1_LOCKSD_DRV
Tray lock solenoid/1 876-1-2 982-4-4
SD4
933-4 LOCKSD_24V
966-4
934-8 PFU_TH_SIG
854-B15-B5 953-12-4 861-1-2
966-3 852-B5 T1_SECL_DRV
934-7 S.GND 953-13-3 861-2-1
Temperature-humidity sensor 966-2 Paper feed clutch/1
MC1
934-6 PFU_HUM_SIG
966-1
TEM/HUMS
852-B7 T1_CL_24V
857-2(CONT) 955-2-1
934-4 /T1_UPM_DRV
Paper lift motor/1 857-1(24V) 955-1-2
M2
PFDB(1/2)
852-B20 N.C
13
13
Z
T
Y
X
V
S
P
U
R
N
Q
O
W
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
PF location list
Symbol Part name Location
ACDB(Main AC drive board(Main body) 1-P
body)
FM1 Paper feed assist fan /Fr11 11-P
FM2 Paper feed assist fan /Rr11 11-P
FM3 Paper feed assist fan /Fr12 12-P
FM4 Paper feed assist fan /Rr12 12-P
HTR1 Dehumidifier heater /1 4-O
HTR2 Dehumidifier heater /2 4-O
M2 Paper lift motor /1 11-X
M3 Paper lift motor /2 11-X
MC1 Paper feed clutch /1 10-P
MC2 Separation clutch /1 11-P
PFDB PF drive board 4-R
PS1 Upper limit sensor /1 6-P
PS2 Paper feed sensor /1 6-P
PS3 Paper empty sensor /1 7-P
PS4 Tray lock release sensor /1 7-P
PS5 Paper size sensor /Rt1 7-P
PS6 Paper size sensor /Lt1 7-P
PS7 Paper size sensor /Fr1 8-P
PS8 Paper size sensor /Rr1 8-P
PS23 Front door open/close sensor 10-X
SD1 Pick-up solenoid /1 10-P
SD2 Shutter solenoid /Fr1 10-P
SD3 Shutter solenoid /Rr1 10-P
SD4 Tray lock solenoid /1 9-X
SD8 Tray lock solenoid /2 9-X
SW1 Front door open/close switch 8-X
VR1 Paper size VR /1 9-P
VR2 Remaining paper VR /1 8-P
TEM/HUMS Temperature-humidity sensor 10-X
TEMS/1 Temperature sensor /1 9-P
Z
T
Y
X
V
S
P
U
R
N
Q
O
W
491-1
17.17 PF 4/4
930-1 MF_SIG(+)
491-2
14
14
MI2
930-2 MF_SIG(-)
491-3
F/G
930-3 A.GND
MFDTB/R
930-4 A.GND
490-1
F/G
931-1 JCLK_OUT
490-2 855-2
CT
931-2 A.GND
490-3 855-1
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
931-3 P.GND
TRAY5
MFDTB/S
855-A20-A1
853-A1 S.GND
855-A19-A2
921-10 924-10-1 948-16B-3B 853-A2 S.GND
15
15
928-16B 24V2-1
921-9 924-9-2 948-15B-4B
928-15B LED_CONT 855-A18-A3 954-1-15 889-1
921-8 924-8-3 948-14B-5B 853-A3 SENS_5V
928-14B SENS_CLK 855-A17-A4 954-2-14 889-2
921-7 924-7-4 948-13B-6B 853-A4 T2_MAX_SIG Upper limit sensor/2
PS9
928-13B S.GND
954-3-13 889-3
921-6 924-6-5 948-12B-7B
928-12B SI 954-4-12 888-1
921-5 924-5-6 948-11B-8B
Centering sensor 928-11B S.GND 855-A16-A5 954-5-11 888-2
PS25
921-4 924-4-7 948-10B-9B 853-A5 T2_NF_SIG Paper feed sensor/2
928-10B -5V 954-6-10 888-3
PS10
891-1
16
16
PS20
965-3 976-4-3 948-4B-15B
928-4B S.GND 855-A13-A8 892-1
853-A8 SENS_5V
898-1 976-3-4 948-3B-16B 855-A12-A9 892-2
853-A9 T2_SIZE1_SIG Paper size sensor/Rt2
928-3B SENS_5V 855-A11-A10 892-3
PS13
PS18
898-3 976-1-6 948-1B-18B 893-1
928-1B S.GND
855-A10-A11 893-2
853-A11 T2_SIZE2_SIG Paper size sensor/Lt2
893-3
PS14
928-16A N.C
899-1 977-3-1 948-18A-1A 928-15A SENS_5V 943-1-11 887-1
17
17
sensor/2
PS19
928-13A S.GND
948-4A to 12A N.C 944-1-11 894-1
855-A8-A13 944-2-10 894-2
901-1 948-6A-13A 853-A13 T2_SIZE4_SIG Paper size sensor/Rr2
PS16
944-3-9 894-3
928-12A SENS_5V
Horizontal conveyance 901-2 948-5A-14A
928-11A HD_OPEN_SIG
door sensor/1 901-3 948-4A-15A
PS21
855-A7-A14 906-3
Horizontal conveyance
928-10A S.GND 853-A14 SENS_5V
855-A6-A15 906-2
Remaining paper VR/2
VR4
906-1
964-1 948-3A-16A
853-A15 T2_PQUANT_VR
928-9A SENS_5V 905-1
Horizontal conveyance 964-2 948-2A-17A
door sensor/2 928-8A HDIN_OPEN_SIG 855-A5-A16 905-2
964-3 948-1A-18A
PS22
853-A16 T2_PSIZE_VR Paper size VR/2
VR3
18
18
853-A17 S.GND
855-A3-A18 866-2-1
870-2-1 853-A18 T2_TH_SIG1
855-A2-A19 866-1-2
Temperature sensor/2
Horizontal conveyance 928-6A H_MC_24V 853-A19 T2_TH_SIG2
TEMS/2
870-1-2
clutch/1 855-A1-A20
MC10
928-5A CH_CL4_DRV 853-A20 T2_SET_SIG
871-2-1
Horizontal conveyance 928-4A H_MC_24V
clutch/2 871-1-2 855-B19-B1 954-10-6 877-1-2
853-B1 T2_PUSD_DRV
MC11
928-3A CH_CL5_DRV Pick-up solenoid/2
855-B18-B2 954-11-5 877-2-1
SD5
853-B2 T2_CL_24V
19
19
MC12
928-1A PRCL_DRV
856-1 5V
925-1 5V2
856-2 S.GND(N.C) 855-B15-B5 954-12-4 864-1-2
853-B5 T2_SECL_DRV
856-3 CONT 954-13-3 864-2-1
925-2 PFUM_CONT Paper feed clutch/2
MC4
856-4 CLK
925-3 PFUM_CLK
856-5 F/R 855-B14-B6 954-14-2 865-1-2
925-4 PFUM_FR 853-B6 T2_RVCL_DRV
856-6 LD 855-B13-B7 954-15-1 865-2-1 Separation clutch/2
MC5
M1
856-7 H/L
925-6 PFUM_GAIN
856-8 PGND 952-4-1
20
20
853-B14 T2_FM34_DRV
855-B5-B15 943-10-2 913-2-2(EM) Paper feed
853-B15 T2_FM3_EM
FM7
21
21
855-B3-B17
4-3 SGND 853-B17 T2_FM34_DRV
855-B2-B18 944-10-2 914-2-2(EM) Paper feed
4-4 H_MC_24V 853-B18 T2_FM4_EM
FM8
4-7 PF_CL_DRV
4-8
4-9
897-1 949-18-1
927-B18 SENS_5V
Vertical conveyance 897-2 949-17-2
927-B17 CH_FE3_SIG
962-1 24V1
22
22
927-B16 S.GND
962-2 H_RL_DRV
962-3 SENS_5V
509
896-1 949-15-4
927-B15 SENS_5V 962-4 T1_HEAT_DRV
Vertical conveyance 896-2 949-14-5
927-B14 CH_FE2_SIG 962-5 T2_HEAT_DRV
sensor/2 896-3 949-13-6
PS27
927-B13 S.GND
895-1 949-12-7
927-B12 SENS_5V
Vertical conveyance 895-2 949-11-8 937-B1 T2_HFAN_DR
927-B11 CH_FE1_SIG
895-3 949-10-9
PS17
927-B9 SENS_5V
Vertical conveyance 900-2 949-2-17 937-B5 T2_HFAN_DR
927-B8 VD_OPEN_SIG
900-3 949-1-18
PS24
937-B8 P.GND
867-2-1
Vertical conveyance clutch/1 927-B6 V_MC_24V
867-1-2 937-B9 H_TH2_SIG1
MC7
927-B5 /CH_CL1_DRV
937-B10 H_TH2_SIG2
937-B11 T2_HTSET_SIG
868-2-1
937-B12 S.GND
Vertical conveyance clutch/2 927-B4 V_MC_24V
868-1-2
510
MC8
927-B3 /CH_CL2_DRV
24
24
927-B1 /CH_CL3_DRV
937-A3 T1_HFAN1_HL
937-A4 P.GND
927-A18 N.C
937-A5 T1_HFAN_DR
927-A17 N.C
937-A6 T1_HFAN2_ER
927-A16 P.GND
937-A7 T1_HFAN2_HL
927-A15 PFU_FAN4_HL
937-A8 P.GND
927-A14 PFU_FAN4_ER
927-A13 PFU_FAN4_DRV 937-A9 H_TH1_SIG1
927-A12 P.GND 937-A10 H_TH1_SIG2
25
25
927-A6 PFU_FAN2_ER
968-1-4
927-A5 PFU_FAN2_DRV
967-4-1
927-A4 P.GND
967-3-2
927-A3 PFU_FAN1_HL
Ventilation fan/1 967-2-3
927-A2 PFU_FAN1_ER
FM10
967-1-4
26
26
927-A1 PFU_FAN1_DRV
Z
T
Y
X
V
S
P
U
R
N
Q
O
W
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
PF location list
Symbol Part name Location
FM5 Paper feed assist fan /Fr21 20-O
FM6 Paper feed assist fan /Rr21 20-O
FM7 Paper feed assist fan /Fr22 21-O
FM8 Paper feed assist fan /Rr22 21-O
FM9 Ventilation fan /2 25W
FM10 Ventilation fan /1 26W
M1 Paper feed motor 20-X
MC4 Paper feed clutch /2 19-O
MC5 Separation clutch /2 20-O
MC7 Vertical conveyance clutch /1 23-W
MC8 Vertical conveyance clutch /2 24-W
MC9 Vertical conveyance clutch /3 24-W
MC10 Horizontal conveyance clutch /1 18-X
MC11 Horizontal conveyance clutch /2 19-X
MC12 Pre-registration clutch 19-X
MFDTB/R Multi feed detection board /R 14-X
MFDTB/S Multi feed detection board /S 14-X
PFDB PF drive board 20-S
PS9 Upper limit sensor /2 15-O
PS10 Paper feed sensor /2 15-O
PS11 Paper empty sensor /2 16-O
PS12 Tray lock release sensor /2 16-O
PS13 Paper size sensor /Rt2 16-O
PS14 Paper size sensor /Lt2 17-O
PS15 Paper size sensor /Fr2 17-O
PS16 Paper size sensor /Rr2 17-O
PS17 Vertical conveyance sensor /1 23-W
PS18 Horizontal conveyance sensor /1 17-X
PS19 Horizontal conveyance sensor /2 17-X
PS20 Pre-registration sensor15-U 16-X
PS21 Horizontal conveyance door sensor /1 18-X
PS22 Horizontal conveyance door sensor /2 18-X
PS24 Vertical conveyance door sensor 23-W
PS25 Centering sensor 15-X
PS26 Vertical conveyance sensor /3 22-W
PS27 Vertical conveyance sensor /2 22-W
SD5 Pick-up solenoid /2 19-O
SD6 Shutter solenoid /Fr2 19-O
SD7 Shutter solenoid /Rr2 19-O
TEMS/2 Temperature sensor /2 18-O
VR3 Paper size VR/217-K 18-O
VR4 Remaining paper VR /217-K 18-O
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
17.18 LU
1
1
ACDB
DCPS2
DCPS1
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
MAIN BODY
106-3 5V2
106-9 SGND
106-5 12V
106-11 SGND
106-6 24V1
106-12 PGND
111-2 24V2
111-6 PGND
111-3 24V2
111-7 PGND
121-8 220VAC(H)
121-3 220VAC(H)
2
2
F/G
466-1
466-2
466-3
466-4
466-5
466-6
466-7
466-8
466-9
145-6
145-5
145-4
145-3
145-2
145-1
466-10
F/G
LU-202
799-4
799-3
799-2
799-1
834-2
834-1
800-1 5V2
800-2 12V
800-3 24V2
465-3A-14A
800-4 SGND
800-5 SGND
800-6 PGND
AC drive
465-6A-11A
3
3
465-9A-8A 973-4-2
464-12A PF_CHCL5 801-A9 N.C 962-2 FH_RL_DRV
972-4
972-3
972-2
972-1
465-10A-7A 973-3-3
464-11A PF_CHCL4 801-A10 N.C 962-3 SENS_5V
465-11A-6A 973-2-4
464-10A PF_CHCL3 801-A11 N.C 962-4 T1_HEAT_DRV
465-12A-5A 973-1-5
464-9A PF_CHCL2 801-A12 N.C 962-5
464-8A PF_CHCL1 465-13A-4A 801-A13 N.C
915-3
915-2
915-1
465-1B-16B 938-9-4
464-15B SIN2_2 801-B1 LCTD_TXD 835-4 P.GND
Fan heater
465-2B-15B 938-8-5
464-14B SOUT2_2 801-B2 LCTD_RXD 835-5 HFAN_DR
938-7-6
Fan heater Assy
PRCB
4
4
802-6 SI
814-1 810-7
Paper lift 808-1 D1 802-7 SGND
814-2 810-8
motor 802-8 CLK
M100
808-2 D2
810-9
802-9 LED
5
5
810-10
802-10 24V2
818-1
806-15 5V2
Lower 818-2 815-1
806-14 LOW_SIG 805-1 5V2 5V
Limit Sensor
818-3 815-2
PS101
sensor/1
806-10 SGND 815-6
805-6 LCTM_EM LD Paper feed motor
M1
817-1
816-2
816-1
821-3
PS104
822-1
Remaining 806-3 5V2
822-2
paper 806-2 QUANT4
822-3
PS105
812-3-1 837-6-1
803-6 PGND
Paper feed 812-2-2 837-5-2
assist fan/Fr 803-5 LFAN2_EM
FM1
812-1-3 837-4-3
803-4 LF_DRV 841-14-1 829-2-1
804-1A 24V
811-3-1 837-3-4 841-13-2 829-1-2 Pick-up solenoid
804-2A PUSD_DRV
SD100
803-3 PGND
Paper feed 811-2-2 837-2-5 841-12-3
803-2 LFAN1_EM 831-3
804-3A SGND
FM2
804-5A 5V2
841-9-6 825-3
804-6A SGND
841-8-7
7
7
804-8A 5V2
841-6-9 824-3
804-9A 5V2
841-5-10 824-2
804-10A PR_PS LU exit sensor
841-4-11 824-1
PS107
804-11A SGND
841-3-12 823-3
804-12A 5V2
841-2-13 823-2 Pre-registration sensor
836-11 TH1_SIG2 804-13A POUT_SIG
Temperature 848-2-1 850-8-1 841-1-14 823-1
PS106
848-1-2
839-5-1 832-3
836-9 SGND 804-1B SGND
847-3 850-6-3 839-4-2 832-2 Front door open/close
Paper size 804-2B FROP_SIG sensor
850-5-4 836-8 SIZE_PS2 839-3-3 832-1
847-2
PS115
804-5B DW_SW
SW100
paper VR
845-3 849-1-3 836-1 5V2
826-2-1
Crimp
804-9B 24V2
826-1-2 Paper feed clutch
Symbol
804-10B SECL_DRV
830-2-1
804-11B 24V2 Pre registration clutch
830-1-2
804-12B PRCL_DRV
MC101 MC102
804-13B 24V2
Connector
804-14B LT_CL_DRV
9
9
Relay connector
Faston
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
LU location list
Symbol Part name Location
FM1 Paper feed assist fan /Fr 6-H
FM2 Paper feed assist fan /Rr 7-H
FM3 Dehumidifier fan /1 4-C
FM4 Dehumidifier fan /2 4-C
HTR1 Dehumidifier heater /1 3-A
HTR2 Dehumidifier heater /2 4-B
LUDB LU drive board 3-D
M1 Paper feed motor 5-B
M100 Paper lift motor 5-H
MC101 Paper feed clutch 8-B
MC102 Pre-registration clutch 9-B
MS1 Interlock switch /1 6-C
MS2 Interlock switch /2 6-C
PS1 Centering sensor 5-B
PS100 Upper door sensor 8-B
PS101 Lower limit sensor 5-H
PS102 Remaining paper sensor /1 5-H
PS103 Remaining paper sensor /2 6-H
PS104 Remaining paper sensor /3 6-H
PS105 Remaining paper sensor /4 6-H
PS106 Pre-registration sensor 7-B
PS107 LU exit sensor 7-B
PS108 Paper empty sensor 7-B
PS109 Upper limit sensor 7-B
PS110 Paper size sensor /Fr 7-B
PS111 Paper size sensor /Rr 8-H
PS115 Front door sensor 8-B
SD100 Pick-up solenoid 7-B
SW100 Tray down switch 8-B
TEMS/1 Temperature sensor /1 8-H
TEMS/2 Temperature sensor /2 4-C
VR1 Paper size VR 8-H
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
17.19 RU
1
1
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
J4
-13 -1 CN100- 3
CN2- 1 M1_24V
-12 -2 CN100- 9
CN2- 2 M1_24V
-11 -3 CN100- 1
CN2- 3 M1_DRV_A
-10 -4 CN100- 5 Entrance conveyance motor
M1
CN2- 4 M1_DRV_A/
-9 -5 CN100- 7
MS1
CN2- 5 M1_DRV_B
26NA-752
AC INRET
AC OUTRET/2
AC OUTRET/1
-8 -6 CN100-11
2
2
CN2- 6 M1_DRV_B/
RU504
RU503
Interlock switch
-7 -7 CN104- 5
CN2- 7 M5_24V
FA13
FA14
-6 -8 CN104- 2
CN2- 8 M5_24V
-5 -9 CN104- 4
CN2- 9 M5_DRV_A
-4 -10 CN104- 6 Paper exit motor
M5
CN2-10 M5_DRV_A/
FT2
FT1
-3 -11 CN104- 3
J1 CN2-11 M5_DRV_B
-1 -2 -12 CN104- 1
CN2-12 M5_DRV_B/
-2
-3 -1 -13
101
-4
-5
FT4
FT3
-6
J3
J2 -A15 -A 1
CBR2
CBR1
-1 CN1- 1 SD1_24V
-A14 -A 2
FT6
FT5
Circuit breaker/2
CN1- 2 SD1_DRV
Circuit breaker/1
-2
101
-3 -A13 -A 3 CN108-2
-4 CN1- 3 SD2_24V
-A12 -A 4 CN108-1 Decurler gate solenoid /1
SD2
CN1- 4 SD2_DRV
3
3
CN36-2
CN36-1
CN35-2
CN35-1
FT8
FT7
-A11 -A 5 CN109-2
N.C CN1- 5 SD3_24V
-A10 -A 6 CN109-1 Decurler gate solenoid /2
CN1- 6 SD3_DRV
SD3
4
3
N.C
2
1
N.C
NF1
Noise filter
N.C J7
FT9
N.C
FT10
-A 9 -A 7 -3 -1
A
N.C
N.C J5
N.C -A 6 -A10 -3 -1
D
-A 4 -A12 -1 -3
FT11
N.C CN1-12 PS2_5V
FT15
MS1
N.C
FT16 N.C
Relay
RL1
N.C J8
Interlock switch
N.C -A 3 -A13 -3 -1
4
4
FA14
FA13
G
FT12
-A 2 -A14 -2 -2
H
-A 1 -A15 -1 -3
N.C CN1-15 PS3_5V
N.C
N.C
N.C J6
N.C
J
-B15 -B 1 -15 -1
N.C CN3- 1 M2/3/4/6/7_DRV
-B14 -B 2 -14 -2
K
DCPS
CN34-1:HOT
CN34-5:FGND
-B12 -B 4 -12 -4
CN34-3:NEUTRAL
M
CN3- 4 M2/3/4/6/7_DRV
-B11 -B 5 -11 -5
N
RUCB
CN3- 5 M3_LD_IN
8
5V
-B10 -B 6 -10 -6
11 22
O
CN3- 6 M3_24V
9
16 23
-B 9 -B 7 -9 -7
P
CN3- 7 M2/3/4/6/7_DRV
CN28-1:-V/PGND
CN28-2:-V/PGND
CN28-3:-V/PGND
CN28-4:-V/PGND
CN28-5:+V/24V
CN28-6:+V/24V
CN28-7:+V/24V
CN28-8:+V/24V
-B 8 -B 8 -8 -8
Q
CN3- 8 M4_LD_IN
6
-B 7 -B 9 -7 -9
S.GND
R
12 20
J1 CN3- 9 M4_24V
7
17 21
-1
-2
5
5
101
-3
15
-4
1
J2
24V
-B 6 -B10 -6 -10
S
-5 -1 CN4- 1 M2/3/4/6/7_DRV
-B 5 -B11 -5 -11
T
-6 -2 CN4- 2 M6_LD_IN
-B 4 -B12 -4 -12
105
U
-3 CN4- 3 M6_24V
4
-4
for RU503
-B 3 -B13 -3 -13
18
V
P.GND
CN4- 4 M2/3/4/6/7_DRV
5
19
-B 2 -B14 -2 -14
W
CN4- 5 M7_LD_IN
-B 1 -B15 -1 -15
X
J1 CN4- 6 M7_24V
-1 -1
10
-2 -2
OR
-3 -3
13
-4 -4
14
-5 -5 CN12-1 RL_5V
105(RU503)
102(RU504)
CN13-A 3 NC
CN110- 2
B
CN110- 1
C
CN22-2 SG CN13-A 5 NC
CN5-2 S.GND
CN22-3 MCTS CN13-A 6 NC
CN5-3 SYS_RTS
CN22-4 MRXD CN13-A 7 NC
CN5-4 SYS_SOUT
6
6
CN22-5 SG CN13-A 8 NC
CN5-5 S.GND
CN22-6 MRTS CN13-A 9 NC
CN5-6 SYS_CTS
CN111- 3
D
CN111- 1
CN21-2 SG CN13-A12 NC
6
10
CN11-4 P.GND
Main body
CN13-A16 NC
CN112- 3
14
G
CN20-2 5V CN112- 1
CN13-A19 NC
2
CN20-3 SG CN13-A20 NC
3
CN20-4 PG CN13-B 1 NC
4
CN20-5 PG CN13-B 2 NC
5
CN20-6 FG CN13-B 3 NC
J
CN101- 3
CN13-B 4 NC
CN101- 2
K
CN13-B 5 NC
M2
Paper fan/1
L
CN101- 1
CN13-B 6 NC
CN13-B 7 NC
CN13-B 8 NC
7
7
CN13-B 9 NC
CN27-1 CN13-B10 NC
CN7-2 SYS_SIN CN102- 3
M
CN27-2 CN13-B11 NC
CN7-1 SYS_RTS CN102- 2
N
CN13-B12 NC
M3
CN102- 1
Paper fan/2
O
CN13-B13 NC
CN26-6 MTXD CN13-B14 NC
CN6-1 FNS1_SOUT
CN26-5 SG CN13-B15 NC
CN6-2 S.GND
CN26-4 MCTS CN13-B16 NC
CN6-3 FNS1_CTS
CN26-3 MRXD CN13-B17 NC
CN6-4 FNS1_SIN
CN103- 3
P
CN26-2 SG CN13-B18 NC
CN6-5 NC
CN26-1 MRTS CN103- 2
Q
CN13-B19 NC
M4
CN25-3 SG
21
CN25-2 5V CN105- 3
22
S
CN25-1 5V CN105- 2
T
23
M6
CN105- 1
Ventilation assist fan/1
U
CN24-1 24V
15
CN24-2 5V
16
CN24-3 SG
To rear option
17
8
8
CN24-4 PG
18
CN106- 3
V
CN24-5 PG
19
CN106- 2
W
CN24-6 FG
M7
CN106- 1
Ventilation assist fan/2
X
Crimp
Symbol
Connector
9
9
Relay connector
Faston
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
RU location list
Symbol Part name Location
CBR1 Circuit breaker /1 3-I
CBR2 Circuit breaker /2 3-I
DCPS DC power supply 5-I
M1 Entrance conveyance motor 2-B
M2 Paper fan/1 7-B
M3 Paper fan/2 7-B
M4 Paper fan/3 7-B
M5 Paper exit motor 2-B
M6 Ventilation assist fan /1 8-B
M7 Ventilation assist fan /2 8-B
MS1 Interlock switch 2-G,4-H
NF Noise filter 3-I
PS1 Entrance sensor 6-B
PS2 Intermediate sensor 6-B
PS3 Paper exit sensor 6-B
RL1 Relay 4-I
RUCB RU control board 2-D
SD2 Decurler gate solenoid /1 3-B
SD3 Decurler gate solenoid /2 3-B
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
CN505- 5 M4_B CN530- 1 YEL
CN505- 1 M4_24V CN530- 2 BLK
CN505- 6 M4_ B/ CN530- 3 RED
CN530- 4 ORG
M4
CN505- 3 M4_A CN530- 5 WIT
1st folding motor
CN505- 2 M4_24V CN530- 6 BLU
CN505- 4 M4_A/
17.20 FD
M5
CN505- 9 M5_A CN531- 5 WIT
CN505- 8 M5_24V CN531- 6 BLU
CN505- 10 M5_A/
510-16A-1A
CN3- 1 KCOUT_41 CN503-16 KCOUT_41
510-15A-2A
CN3- 2 KCOUT_42 CN503-15 KCOUT_42 CN532- 1 YEL
Power plug
510-14A-3A CN506- 5 M6_B CN532- 2 BLK
CN3- 3 KCOUT_43 CN503-14 KCOUT_43 CN506- 1 M6_24V
510-13A-4A CN532- 3 RED
CN3- 4 KCOUT_44 CN503-13 KCOUT_44 CN506- 6 M6_B/ CN532- 4 ORG
510-12A-5A CN506- 3 M6_A 3rd folding motor
M6
CN3- 5 KCOUT_45 CN503-12 KCOUT_45 CN532- 5 WIT
510-11A-6A CN506- 2 M6_24V
CN3- 6 KCOUT_46 CN503-11 KCOUT_46 CN532- 6 BLU
510-10A-7A CN506- 4 M6_A/
CN3- 7 KCOUT_47 CN503-10 KCOUT_47
CN3- 8 KCOUT_48 510-9A-8A
CN503- 9 KCOUT_48
1
1
510-8A-9A
CN3- 9 KCOUT_49 CN503- 8 KCOUT_49 CN533-6- 1 RED
510-7A-10A
CN3-10 KCOUT_50 CN503- 7 KCOUT_50 CN508-A 1 M14_24V CN533-5- 2 RED
510-6A-11A
CN3-11 KCOUT_51 CN503- 6 KCOUT_51 CN508-A 2 M14_24V CN533-4- 3 BLK
510-5A-12A CN508-A 3 M14_A
Inlet
CN3-12 KCOUT_52 CN503- 5 KCOUT_52 CN508-A 4 M14_A/ CN533-3- 4 BLN 1st folding release motor
510-4A-13A
M14
CN3-13 KCOUT_53 CN503- 4 KCOUT_53 CN508-A 5 M14_B CN533-2- 5 ORG
510-3A-14A CN533-1- 6 YEL
CN3-14 KCOUT_54 CN503- 3 KCOUT_54 CN508-A 6 M14_B/
510-2A-15A
FT2
FT1
CN3-15 KCOUT_55 CN503- 2 KCOUT_55
CN3-16 KCOUT_56 510-1A-16A CN503- 1 KCOUT_56
CN508-A 7 M15_24V CN534-6- 1 RED
CN508-A 8 M15_24V CN534-5- 2 RED
CN508-A 9 M15_A CN534-4- 3 BLK
CN508-A10 M15_A/ CN534-3- 4 BLN 2nd folding release motor
M15
Y/G
WIT
BLK
CN13-1 /CPUIN_1(IRQ4) CN222-9 /CPUIN_1(IRQ4) 511-15A-1A
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
RT1
CN13-2 /CPUIN_2(IRQ3) CN222-8 /CPUIN_2(IRQ3) 511-14A-2A CN535-5- 2 RED
CN209-A 2 KCIN_25 CN501-A16 PS52_SIG CN508-A14 M16_24V CN535-4- 3 BLK
CN13-3 CPUIN_3(IRQ1) CN222-7 CPUIN_3(IRQ1) 511-13A-3A
CN209-A 3 KCIN_26 CN501-A15 PS53_SIG CN508-A15 M16_A CN535-3- 4 BLN
CN13-4 CPUIN_4(TIM Input) CN222-6 CPUIN_4(TIM Input) 511-12A-4A M16_A/ 3rd folding release motor
M16
FT4
FT3
511-6A-10A CN508-B 2
CN209-A10 KCOUT_74 511-5A-11A
CN501-A 8 M4_CONT2
CN209-A11 KCOUT_75 CN501-A 7 M4_F/R CN508-B 3 5V CN517- 3
511-4A-12A CN508-B 4 SGND
CN209-A12 KCOUT_76 CN501-A 6 M4_RESET CN508-B CN517- 2
CN2-A 1 KCOUT_1 CN201-A20 KCOUT_1 511-3A-13A 5 PS57 SIG CN517- 1 PS57 3rd folding cam home sensor
CN2-A 2 KCOUT_2 CN201-A19 KCOUT_2 CN209-A13 SGND 511-2A-14A
CN501-A 5 SGND CN508-B 6 5V
CBR2
CBR1
CN2-A 3 KCOUT_3 CN201-A18 KCOUT_3 CN209-A14 SGND 511-1A-15A
CN501-A 4 SGND
CN2-A 4 KCOUT_4 CN201-A17 KCOUT_4 CN209-A15 SGND 511-1A-15A
CN501-A 3 SGND
CN209-A16 SGND CN501-A 2 SGND
FT6
FT5
CN2-A 5 KCOUT_5 CN201-A16 KCOUT_5 511-1A-15A CN516- 3
CN209-A17 5V CN501-A 1 5V CN508-B 7 SGND CN516- 2
CN2-A 6 KCOUT_6 CN201-A15 KCOUT_6 511-15B-1B 8 PS56 SIG 2nd folding cam home sensor
CN201-A14 KCOUT_7 CN209-B 1 KCOUT_77 CN501-B17 M4_ENBLECN508-B CN516- 1 PS56
CN2-A 7 KCOUT_7 511-14B-2B CN508-B 9 5V
Circuit breaker/2
Circuit breaker/1
CN201-A13 KCOUT_8 CN209-B 2 KCOUT_78 CN501-B16 M5_CONT1
CN2-A 8 KCOUT_8 511-13B-3B
CN201-A12 KCOUT_9 CN209-B 3 KCOUT_79 CN501-B15 M5_CONT2
511-12B-4B
WIT
CN2-A 9 KCOUT_9
BLK
CN2-A10 KCOUT_10 CN201-A11 KCOUT_10 CN209-B 4 KCOUT_80 511-11B-5B
CN501-B14 M5_F/R
CN10-1 IRQ4 CN515- 3
CN2-A11 KCOUT_11 CN201-A10 KCOUT_11 CN209-B 5 KCOUT_81 511-10B-6B
CN501-B13 M5_RESET CN508-B10 SGND CN515- 2
CN10-2 /IRQ3 CN209-B 6 KCOUT_82 CN501-B12 M5_ENBLECN508-B11 PS55 SIG 1st folding cam home sensor
CN2-A12 KCOUT_12 CN201-A 9 KCOUT_12 511-9B-7B CN515- 1 PS55
CN10-3 IRQ CN209-B 7 KCOUT_83 CN501-B11 M6_CONT1 CN508-B12 5V
CN2-A13 KCOUT_13 CN201-A 8 KCOUT_13 511-8B-8B
CN209-B 8 KCOUT_84 CN501-B10 M6_CONT2
Interrupt
CN2-A14 KCOUT_14 CN201-A 7 KCOUT_14 511-7B-9B
CN2-A15 KCOUT_15 CN201-A 6 KCOUT_15 CN209-B 9 KCOUT_85 511-6B-10B
CN501-B 9 M6_F/R
CN501-B 8 M6_RESET CN508-B13 SGND CN514- 3
CN2-A16 KCOUT_16 CN201-A 5 KCOUT_16 CN209-B10 KCOUT_86 511-5B-11B CN514- 2
FT8
FT7
CN2-A17 KCOUT_17 CN201-A 4 KCOUT_17 CN209-B11 KCOUT_87 511-4B-12B
CN501-B 7 M6_ENBLE CN508-B14 PS54 SIG 3rd folding conveyance sensor
CN514- 1 PS54
CN201-A 3 KCOUT_18 CN209-B12 5V CN501-B 6 5V CN508-B15 5V
CN2-A18 KCOUT_18 511-3B-13B
4
3
2
2
NF1
2
1
CN23-2 TDO3 CN2-B 1 KCOUT_21 CN201-B20 KCOUT_21 CN209-B15 TIME0 511-1B-15B
CN501-B 3 M4_CLK CN511- 3
CN23-3 TDI CN209-B16 TIME2 CN501-B 2 M5_CLK CN508-B16 SGND CN511- 2
CN2-B 2 KCOUT_22 CN201-B19 KCOUT_22 511-1B-15B 1st folding conveyance sensor
CN23-4 TMS CN209-B17 TIME3 CN501-B 1 M6_CLK CN508-B17 PS51 SIG CN511- 1 PS51
FT9
CN2-B 3 KCOUT_23 CN201-B18 KCOUT_23 CN508-B18 5V
JTAG
FT10
CN23-5 TRST CN2-B 4 KCOUT_24 CN201-B17 KCOUT_24
CN2-B 5 KCOUT_25 CN201-B16 KCOUT_25
CN2-B 6 KCOUT_26 CN201-B15 KCOUT_26
CN201-B14 KCOUT_27
WIT
CN2-B 7 KCOUT_27 512-1-1
BLK
CN500- 1 24VDC
Outlet
CN2-B 8 KCOUT_28 CN201-B13 KCOUT_28 512-2-2 CN513- 3
CN500- 2 24VDC CN507- 1 SGND CN513- 2
CN2-B 9 KCOUT_29 CN201-B12 KCOUT_29 512-3-3 CN507- 2 PS53 SIG
8 10
512-4-4 CN500- 3 PGND CN513- 1 PS53 2nd folding conveyance sensor
CN507- 3 5V
9 11
CN2-B10 KCOUT_30 CN201-B11 KCOUT_30 CN500- 2 PGND
CN24-1 5V CN2-B11 KCOUT_31 CN201-B10 KCOUT_31
CN24-2 RL_CONT CN2-B12 KCOUT_32 CN201-B 9 KCOUT_32
Relay
CN2-B13 KCOUT_33 CN201-B 8 KCOUT_33 CN512- 3
CN2-B14 KCOUT_34 CN201-B 7 KCOUT_34 CN507- 4 SGND CN512- 2
Y/G
WIT
BLK
CN216-12 M12_24V CN52- 2 CN507- 5 PS52 SIG
CN182- 1
BLK PGC1 BLK CN2-B15 KCOUT_35 CN201-B 6 KCOUT_35 CN52- 5 CN512- 1 PS52 Folding entrance sensor
CN507- 6 5V
CN181- 1
CN2-B16 KCOUT_36 CN201-B 5 KCOUT_36 CN216-11 M12_24V
CN216-10 M12_A CN52- 1 Punch conveyance
PGC2 WIT CN2-B17 KCOUT_37 CN201-B 4 KCOUT_37 CN216- 9 M 2_A/ CN52- 3
M2
To 5V (CCP)
CN201-B 1 KCOUT_40 CN536- 1
CN2-B20 KCOUT_40 CN507- 7 SD18_DRV CN536- 2
CN62- 2
RT5
CN216- 6 M12_24V CN507- 8 SD_24V SD18 2nd folding roller solenoid
CN182- 2
CN181- 2
CN216- 5 M12_24V CN62- 5
WIT
CN216- 4 M12_A CN62- 1
CN216- 3 M12_A/ CN62- 3 Alignment motor
M12
BLK FT11
CN1-A 2 KCIN_2 CN202-A15 KCIN_2 CN216- 1 M12_B/ CN507- 9 SD15_DRV CN536- 1
CN151- 1
RED CN1-A 3 KCIN_3 CN202-A14 KCIN_3 CN507-10 SD_24V CN536- 2 SD15 Folding gate solenoid
A
CN1-A 4 KCIN_4 CN202-A13 KCIN_4
CN1-A 5 KCIN_5 CN202-A12 KCIN_5 CN217- 1 M11 DRV1 CN61- 1 RED Tray up down
CN1-A 6 KCIN_6 CN202-A11 KCIN_6 CN61- 2 BLU
FDB
RL1
CN1-A 7 KCIN_7 CN202-A10 KCIN_7 motor
B
CN1-A 8 KCIN_8 CN202-A 9 KCIN_8
B
CN151- 2
CN517- 3
CN1-A11 KCIN_11 CN202-A 6 KCIN_11 CN507-13 SGND CN517- 2 S size conveyance
CN183- 1
WIT
CN33- 3 CN507-14 PS57 SIG
CN1-A12 KCIN_12 CN202-A 5 KCIN_12 CN224- 5 5V CN517- 1 PS58
FT12 BLK
CN217- 6 PS13_SIG CN33- 2 Main tray lower CN507-15 5V
CN1-A13 KCIN_13 CN202-A 4 KCIN_13 CN33- 1 PS22 sensor
CN1-A14 KCIN_14 CN202-A 3 KCIN_14 CN217- 7 SGND limit sensor
CN1-A15 KCIN_15 CN202-A 2 KCIN_15
WIT
BLK
CN1-A16 KCIN_16 CN202-A 1 KCIN_16
CN1-B 1 KCIN_17 CN202-B16 KCIN_17
CN1-B 2 KCIN_18 CN202-B15 KCIN_18
CN183- 2
3
3
CN183-A2
CN183-A1
CN1-B 6 KCIN_22 CN202-B11 KCIN_22 CN219-A13 5V CN51- 1
CN1-B 7 KCIN_23 CN202-B10 KCIN_23 CN219-A12 SGND CN51- 2
CN51- 3
MS1
CN1-B 8 KCIN_24 CN202-B 9 KCIN_24 CN219-A11 M1_CONT CN51- 4
CN1-B 9 KCIN_25 CN202-B 8 KCIN_25 CN219-A10 M1_CLK CN51- 5
CN219-A 9 M1_F/R CN51- 6
CN1-B10 KCIN_26 CN202-B 7 KCIN_26 CN219-A 8 M1_LD
Crimp
CN183-B2
CN183-B1
CN51- 7
M1
WIT
CN183- 1
CN1-B12 KCIN_28 CN202-B 5 KCIN_28 CN219-A 6 PGND
WIT
BLK
CN51- 9
Symbol
CN183- 2
CN5-A 1 KCOUT_57 CN204-A20 KCOUT_57
CN5-A 2 KCOUT_58 CN204-A19 KCOUT_58
CN5-A 3 KCOUT_59 CN204-A18 KCOUT_59 CN67- 1
CN5-A 4 KCOUT_60 CN204-A17 KCOUT_60 CN219-B13 5V CN37- 2
CN219-B12 SGND CN67- 3
CN5-A 5 KCOUT_61 CN204-A16 KCOUT_61 CN219-B11 M17_CONT CN67- 4
CN5-A 6 KCOUT_62 CN204-A15 KCOUT_62 CN219-B10 M17_CLK CN67- 5
CN219-B 9 M17_F/R
RT2
CN5-A 7 KCOUT_63 CN204-A14 KCOUT_63 CN67- 6
CN5-A 8 KCOUT_64 CN204-A13 KCOUT_64 CN219-B 8 M17_LD CN67- 7 Main tray paper exit motor
M17
CN219-B 7 M17_H/L
Connector
Y/G
CN219-B 4 24V
WIT
BLK
CN67-11
CN5-A12 KCOUT_68 CN204-A 9 KCOUT_68 CN219-B 3 24V
CN5-A13 KCOUT_69 CN204-A 8 KCOUT_69
CN5-A14 KCOUT_70 CN204-A 7 KCOUT_70 CN219-B 2 SD24V_2
CN5-A15 KCOUT_71 CN204-A 6 KCOUT_71 CN219-B 1 SD7_DRV
CN5-A16 KCOUT_72 CN204-A 5 KCOUT_72
:line(L)
CN5-A17 KCOUT_73 CN204-A 4 KCOUT_73
CN184-3
CN184-1
CN184-5
CN5-A18 KCOUT_74 CN204-A 3 KCOUT_74 CN37- 3
:neutral(N)
CN220-A 1 SGND CN37- 2
:frame GND
CN5-A19 KCOUT_75 CN204-A 2 KCOUT_75 CN220-A 2 PS17_SIG
CN5-A20 KCOUT_76 CN204-A 1 KCOUT_76 CN37- 1 PS17 Sub tray paper full sensor
CN220-A 3 5V
CN5-B 1 KCOUT_77 CN204-B20 KCOUT_77
CN5-B 2 KCOUT_78 CN204-B19 KCOUT_78
CN5-B 3 KCOUT_79 CN204-B18 KCOUT_79 CN36- 3
CN204-B17 KCOUT_80 CN220-A 4 SGND CN36- 2
CN5-B 4 KCOUT_80 CN220-A 5 PS16_SIG
Relay connector
DCPS
CN5-B 5 KCOUT_81 CN204-B16 KCOUT_81 CN220-A 6 5V
Faston
4
4
:-V/PGND
CN191-1
:-V/PGND
CN191-2
:-V/PGND
CN191-3
:-V/PGND
CN191-4
:+V/24V
CN191-5
:+V/24V
CN191-6
:+V/24V
CN191-7
:+V/24V
CN191-8
CN5-B10 KCOUT_86 CN204-B11 KCOUT_86 CN220-A 9 5V
CN5-B11 KCOUT_87 CN204-B10 KCOUT_87
CN5-B12 KCOUT_88 CN204-B 9 KCOUT_88
CN5-B13 KCOUT_89 CN204-B 8 KCOUT_89 CN21- 3
CN204-B 7 KCOUT_90 CN220-A10 SGND CN21- 2
CN5-B14 KCOUT_90 CN220-A11 PS1_SIG FD entrance sensor
CN5-B15 KCOUT_91 CN204-B 6 KCOUT_91 CN21- 1 PS1
CN220-A12 5V
CN5-B16 KCOUT_92 CN204-B 5 KCOUT_92
CN5-B17 KCOUT_93 CN204-B 4 KCOUT_93
CN5-B18 KCOUT_94 CN204-B 3 KCOUT_94
CN5-B19 KCOUT_95 CN204-B 2 KCOUT_95 CN220-B12 5V CN53- 1
CN5-B20 KCOUT_96 CN204-B 1 KCOUT_96 CN220-B11 SGND CN53- 2
CN220-B10 M3_CONT CN53- 3
CN220-B 9 M3_CLK CN53- 4
CN220-B 8 M3_F/R CN53- 5 CN311-A13 OP_LED12 CN361-A 1 OP_LED12
CN220-B 7 M3_LD CN53- 6 Intermediate CN311-A12 OP_LED13
CN53- 7 CN361-A 2 OP_LED13
M3
4
CN14-14 TIME_13 CN203- 5 TIME_13
FDCB
5
3
2
1
CN14-16 TIME_15 CN203- 3 TIME_15 CN311-B 9 OP_LED 3
CN32- 3 CN361-B 5 OP_LED 3
CN14-17 TIME_16 CN203- 2 TIME_16 CN222- 4 SGND
PDB
CN32- 2 Punch scraps box set CN311-B 8 OP_LED 4 CN361-B 6 OP_LED 4
CN14-18 TIME_17 CN203- 1 TIME_17 CN222- 5 PS12_SIG CN32- 1 PS12
CN222- 6 5V CN311-B 7 OP_LED 5 CN361-B 7 OP_LED 5
CN20-1 5V sensor CN311-B 6 OP_LED 6 CN361-B 8 OP_LED 6
18 22 CN20-2 5V CN311-B 5 OP_LED 7 CN361-B 9 OP_LED 7
CN20-3 S.GND CN311-B 4 OP_LED 8 CN361-B10 OP_LED 8
CN30- 3
27 30
CN20-4 S.GND CN222- 7 SGND CN30- 2 Alignment plate home CN311-B 3 OP_LED 9 CN361-B11 OP_LED 9
CN222- 8 PS10_SIG CN30- 1 PS10 CN311-B 2 OP_LED10 CN361-B12 OP_LED10
AC L
AC N
CN222- 9 5V sensor
F.GND
CN311-B 1 OP_LED11 CN361-B13 OP_LED11
Punch motor CN215- 8 M10 DRV1
CN215- 7 M10 DRV2
AC OUTLET
M10
CN25- 3
CN222-10 SGND CN25- 2
CN222-11 PS5_SIG Punch conveyance sensor
5
5
1
CN**-6 RTS CN16-6 /SYS_CTS
CN16-7 /PAPEROUT_1 CN78- 1 RED
CN223- 1 SD8_DRV CN78- 2 BLU
Roller
CN223- 2 SD24V_2 SD8
solenoid/4
CN221-A 1 SGND
5 CN601-1 Punch registration home sensor CN221-A 2 PS11_SIG CN374- 4
CN**-5 EXIT PS PS11 CN317- 1 TH_SIG CN374- 3
4 CN601-2 CN221-A 3 5V CN77- 1 RED Roller CN317- 2 GND
CN**-4 S.GND CN223- 3 SD7_DRV CN77- 2 BLU CN374- 2 TSB Temperature sensor board
3 CN601-3 CN223- 4 SD24V_2 SD7 CN317- 3 N.C CN374- 1
CN**-3 S.GND 2 CN601-4 solenoid/3 CN317- 4 5V
15 13
RU-503/504
CN223- 7 SD3_DRV CN73- 2 BLU
S size gate
CN19-2 /SYS_RTS CN223- 8 SD24V_2 SD3
2 CN621-2 CN490- 3
CN**-5 SOUT CN19-3 FNS2_SIN solenoid CN309- 1 SGND
1 CN621-1 CN309- 2 + CN490- 1 Multi feed detection
CN**-4 CTS CN19-4 /FNS2_RTS CN490- 2 MFDB1
CN309- 3 - board/1
CN71- 2 CN33- 3 CN309- 4 NC
CN71- 1
CN221-A10 SD1_DRV CN223- 9 SGND CN33- 2 Punch registration
Entrance gate solenoid SD1 CN221-A11 SD24V_1 CN223-10 PS6_SIG CN33- 1 PS6
CN223-11 5V sensor
CN**-6 F.GND
CN**-5 P.GND
CN**-4 P.GND
CN**-3 S.GND
CN**-2 5V
CN**-1 24V
CN325- 3
CN306- 1 SGND CN325- 2
CN306- 2 PS35_SIG CN325- 1 PS35 L size sensor/Up
CN370- 6 5V CN79- 1 RED CN306- 3 5V
CN221-B 1 5V CN224- 1 SD9_DRV Sub tray gate
CN370- 5 LED1_SIG CN224- 2 SD24V_3 CN79- 2 BLU SD9
CN221-B 2 LED1_SIG
CN602-6
CN602-5
CN602-4
CN602-3
CN602-2
CN602-1
CN38- 3 CN306- 6 5V
CN370- 1 NC CN221-B 6 LED5_SIG CN224- 3 SGND CN38- 2 Main tray paper exit
6
6
CN334- 2
CN43- 3 CN306-11 PS44_SIG CN334- 1 PS44 PI paper set sensor/Up
CN224- 9 SGND CN43- 2 Main tray empty CN306-12 5V
CN224-10 PS23_SIG CN43- 1 PS23
CN224-11 5V
26
CN71- 1 sensor
CN71- 2
CN221-B 9 SD5_DRV
Roller solenoid/1 SD5 CN325- 3
RT11
CN33- 3 CN328- 3
F.GND
CN313- 1 SGND
P.GND
P.GND
S.GND
CN21-3 /SYS_RTS CN17-3 /FNS1_CTS CN207- 1 24VDC CN210-A 4 SGND CN304-A11 SGND CN313- 7 SD13_DRV CN343-2/2
4 CN605-3 CN313- 8 SD_24V SD13 PI pick-up solenoid/Up
7
CN21-4 SYS_SOUT CN17-4 FNS1_SIN CN207- 2 PGND CN210-A 5 SGND CN304-A10 SGND
5 CN605-2
CN21-5 S.GND CN17-5 /FNSSET CN210-A 6 5V CN304-A 9 5VD
8
CN207- 6 PGND CN210-A10 NC CN304-A 5 NC CN307- 2 PS41_SIG CN331- 1 PS41 L size sensor/Lw
2 CN604-4 CN307- 3 5V
S.GND CN210-A11 SUBIN1 CN304-A 4 PANCH_S3 (Reserve)
3 CN604-3
S.GND CN210-A12 NC CN304-A 3 NC
7
7
4 CN604-2
16 20
CN304-B11 OP_LED 4
AC N
F.GND
AC L
AC INLET
CN326- 3
CN606- 2 CN15- 4 TIME_21 CN307-13 SGND CN326- 2
CN606- 6 CN15- 5 TIME_22 CN307-14 PS48_SIG CN326- 1 PS48 PI mac paper size sensor/Lw
16 17 18 19
CN307-15 5V
CN15- 6 TIME_23
FNS FDCB PDB
CN15- 7 NC
CN324- 3
CN307-16 SGND CN324- 2
CN307-17 PS46_SIG CN324- 1 PS46 Sub tray folding paper full sensor
CN307-18 5V
MAIN BODY
CN7-A12 KCIN_76 CN 6- 3 KCOUT_99 CN301-14 KCOUT_99 CN330- 1 PS40 PI lift plate home sensor/Lw
CN315- 6 5V
CN7-B 1 KCIN_77 CN 6- 4 KCOUT_100 CN301-13 KCOUT_100
CN7-B 2 KCIN_78 CN 6- 5 KCOUT_101 CN301-12 KCOUT_101
8
8
CN610- 6 CN344-1/1
CN314- 7 SD14_DRV CN344-2/2
CN314- 8 24V
FNS
CN302-A 7 KCIN_42
CN8-A12 KCOUT_124 CN4-A11 KCIN_43 CN302-A 6 KCIN_43
CN8-A13 KCOUT_125 CN4-A12 KCIN_44 CN302-A 5 KCIN_44
CN8-A14 KCOUT_126 CN4-A13 KCIN_45 CN302-A 4 KCIN_45 CN333- 3
CN8-A15 KCOUT_127 CN4-A14 KCIN_46 CN302-A 3 KCIN_46 CN314-13 SGND CN333- 2
CN8-A16 KCOUT_128 CN4-A15 KCIN_47 CN302-A 2 KCIN_47 CN314-14 PS43_SIG CN333- 1 PS43 PI cover open/close sensor
CN8-A17 NC CN4-A16 KCIN_48 CN314-15 5V
CN302-A 1 KCIN_48
CN8-B 1 KCOUT_129 CN4-B 1 KCIN_49 CN302-B16 KCIN_49
CN8-B 2 KCOUT_130 CN4-B 2 KCIN_50 CN302-B15 KCIN_50
CN8-B 3 KCOUT_131 CN4-B 3 KCIN_51 CN302-B14 KCIN_51 CN337-11
CN305- 1 24V CN337-10
CN8-B 4 KCOUT_132 CN4-B 4 KCIN_52 CN302-B13 KCIN_52 CN305- 2 24V CN337- 9
CN8-B 5 KCOUT_133 CN4-B 5 KCIN_53 CN302-B12 KCIN_53 CN305- 3 M7 PGND CN337- 8
CN8-B 6 KCOUT_134 CN4-B 6 KCIN_54 CN302-B11 KCIN_54 CN305- 4 M7 PGND CN337- 7
CN8-B 7 KCOUT_135 CN4-B 7 KCIN_55 CN302-B10 KCIN_55 CN305- 5 M7 H/L CN337- 6
CN305- 6 M7 LD CN337- 5 PI conveyance motor
M7
CN300- 1 24VDC
7
CN305-16 M9_DRV2
CN15-1 NC CN318-1 NC
CN15-2 NC CN318-2 NC
CN15-3 NC CN318-3 NC
CN15-4 NC CN318-4 NC
CN15-5 NC CN318-5 NC
CN15-6 NC CN318-6 NC
CN15-7 JYU_CLK1 CN318-7 JYU_CLK1
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
FD location list
Symbol Part name Location Symbol Part name Location Symbol Part name Location
- Outlet 2-I PDB Punch drive board 1-D PS43 PI cover open/close sensor 9-A
- Inlet 1-H PIDB PI drive board 4-B PS44 PI paper set sensor /Up 6-A
- Power plug 1-H PS1 FD entrance sensor 4-D PS45 PI paper set sensor /Lw 7-A
CBR1 Circuit breaker /1 2-H PS2 Folding exit sensor 6-D PS46 Sub tray folding paper full sensor 8-A
CBR2 Circuit breaker /2 2-H PS4 PI exit sensor 4-D PS47 PI max paper size sensor /Up 6-A
CL1 PI registration clutch /Up 8-A PS5 Punch conveyance sensor 5-D PS48 PI max paper size sensor /Lw 6-A
CL2 PI registration clutch /Lw 8-A PS6 Punch registration sensor 6-D PS51 1st folding conveyance sensor 2-B
DCPS DC power supply 4-H PS7 Main tray folding paper full sensor 6-D PS52 Folding entrance sensor 2-B
FDB Folding drive board 1-B PS8 2 holes punch home sensor 5-E PS53 2nd folding conveyance sensor 2-B
FDCB FD control board 1-G PS9 3 holes/4 holes home sensor 5-E PS54 3rd folding conveyance sensor 2-B
FDOB FD operation board 4-A PS10 Alignment plate home sensor 5-D PS55 1st folding cam home sensor 2-B
JAMIB Jam indicator board 6-F PS11 Punch registration home sensor 5-E PS56 2nd folding cam home sensor 2-B
M1 Entrance conveyance motor 3-D PS12 Punch scraps box set sensor 5-D PS57 3rd folding cam home sensor 2-B
M2 Punch conveyance motor 2-D PS13 Intermediate conveyance sensor 7-D PS58 S size conveyance sensor 3-B
M3 Intermediate conveyance motor 4-D PS16 Sub tray paper exit sensor 4-D RL1 Relay 3-H
M4 1st folding motor 1-B PS17 Sub tray paper full sensor 4-D SD1 Entrance gate solenoid 6-F
M5 2nd folding motor 1-B PS18 Main tray paper exit sensor 6-D SD3 S size gate solenoid 6-C
M6 3rd folding motor 1-B PS20 Main tray upper limit sensor 6-D SD4 L size gate solenoid 5-C
M7 PI conveyance motor 9-A PS22 Main tray lower limit sensor 3-D SD5 Roller solenoid /1 6-F
M8 Paper lift motor /Up 9-A PS23 Main tray empty sensor 6-D SD6 Roller solenoid /2 6-F
M9 Paper lift motor /Lw 9-A PS26 Punch scraps full sensor 5-D SD7 Roller solenoid /3 5-C
M10 Punch motor 5-F PS31 PI conveyance sensor /Up 6-A SD8 Roller solenoid /4 5-C
M11 Tray up down motor 3-D PS32 PI upper limit sensor /Up 8-A SD9 Sub tray gate solenoid 6-C
M12 Alignment motor 3-D PS33 PI paper empty sensor /Up 8-A SD12 Paper exit solenoid 3-C
M13 Punch registration motor 5-F PS34 PI lift plate home sensor /Up 9-A SD13 PI pick-up solenoid /Up 7-A
M14 1st folding release motor 1-B PS35 L size sensor /Up 6-A SD14 PI pick-up solenoid /Lw 8-A
M15 2nd folding release motor 1-B PS36 S size sensor /Up 6-A SD15 Folding gate solenoid 3-B
M16 3rd folding release motor 1-B PS37 PI conveyance sensor /Lw 8-A SD18 2nd folding roller solenoid 2-B
M17 Main tray paper exit motor 4-D PS38 PI upper limit sensor /Lw 7-A VR31 Paper size VR /Up 6-A
MFDB1 Multi feed detection board /1 6-A PS39 PI paper empty sensor /Lw 7-A VR32 Paper size VR /Lw 7-A
MFDB2 Multi feed detection board /2 5-A PS40 PI lift plate home sensor /Lw 8-A TSB Temperature sensor board 5-A
MS1 Door switch 3-I PS41 L size sensor /Lw 7-A
NF1 Noise filter 2-H PS42 S size sensor /Lw 7-A
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
17.21 LS
1
1
Stacker tray
PS3
upper limit sensor
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Paper press
solenoid/3 SD8
RLB/2
RLB/1
Front stopper
solenoid SD9
Entrance
2
2
PS4
sensor
Grip conveyance
PS5
home sensor
TOB
Paper empty
PS6
sensor
Paper detection
PS19
sensor
Conveyance
JAMIB
PS7
sensor/1
PS8
sensor
3
3
PS9
sensor
Job partition
SD2 solenoid
Sub tray exit
PS10
sensor
Rear stopper
LS-501 only SD3 solenoid
Conveyance
PS16
sensor/2
Front door lock
SD4 solenoid
JAM door
RS2
switch
Paper cooling fan
FM1 motor/Fr
PS8
sensor lock solenoid
Sub tray full Paper press
SD6 solenoid/1
PS9
sensor
LS-501 only
4
4
2nd gate
SD10
LS-502 only
PS10
sensor Paper press
SD7 solenoid/2
Hand cart reset Coupling
SD11 conveyance
RS1
switch
lock solenoid
LS-501 only
LED1
LED sensor
Toggle switch
SW1
PS1
sensor LS-501 only
Conveyance Paper cooling fan
LS-501 only
PS17
sensor/3 FM3 motor/Mi
PS11
5
5
PS12
sensor
M1
up down motor
LS-502 only
2,000 sheets
LSCB
Conveyance
PS13
stacked sensor
M2
motor
5,000 sheets
PS14
stacked sensor
Sub tray exit
M3
release sensor
LS-501 only
sensor motor
6
6
M5
motor/1
Coupling
M6
conveyance motor
Paper cooling fan
FM6
motor/2
conveyance motor
FM4
motor
LS-501 only LS-502 only
Alignment motor
M7
MAIN BODY
I/F
7
7
MAIN BODY
I/F
Stacker tray
MS2
CONVE-
LS-501 only
Main
YANCE Body/LS
I/F
CONVE-
YANCE
I/F
LS-501 only
LS/FS
8
8
LS-501 only
MAIN BODY
I/F
Inlet
Crimp
AC
Symbol
DCPS
LS-501 only
CONVEYANCE
AC
Outlet
Connector
9
9
Relay connector
Faston
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
LS location list
Symbol Part name Location Symbol Part name Location
M1 Stacker tray up down motor 5-A PS5 Grip conveyance sensor 2-H
M2 Conveyance motor 5-A PS6 Paper empty sensor 3-H
M3 Sub tray exit motor 6-A PS7 Conveyance sensor /1 3-H
M4 Grip conveyance motor 6-A PS8 Sub tray door sensor 3-H (LS-501)
M5 Shift unit motor 6-A 4-H (LS-502)
M6 Coupling conveyance motor 6-A (LS-501) PS9 Sub tray full sensor 3-H (LS-501)
7-A (LS-502) 4-H (LS-502)
M7 Alignment motor 7-A PS10 Sub tray paper exit sensor 3-H (LS-501)
FM1 Paper cooling fan motor /Fr 4-A 4-H (LS-502)
FM2 Paper cooling fan motor /1 6-H PS11 Shift unit home sensor 5-H
FM3 Paper cooling fan motor /Mi 5-A PS12 Alignment plate home sensor 5-H
FM4 Motor cooling fan motor 7-H PS13 2,000 sheets stacked sensor 5-H
FM5 Paper cooling fan motor /Rr 5-A PS14 5,000 sheets stacked sensor 5-H
FM6 Paper cooling fan motor /2 6-H PS15 Stacker tray arm release sensor 6-H
SD1 1st gate solenoid 3-A PS16 Conveyance sensor /2 3-H (LS-501 only)
SD2 Job partition solenoid 3-A PS17 Conveyance sensor /3 5-H (LS-501 only)
SD3 Rear stopper solenoid 3-A PS18 Coupling exit sensor 6-H (LS-501 only)
SD4 Front door lock solenoid 4-A PS19 Paper detection sensor 4-H
SD5 Entrance conveyance lock solenoid 4-A RS1 Hand cart set switch 4-H (LS-501 only)
SD6 Paper press solenoid /1 4-A RS2 JAM door switch 7-A
SD7 Paper press solenoid /2 4-A MS1 Front door switch 7-A
SD8 Paper press solenoid /3 2-H MS2 Stacker tray upper limit switch 7-A
SD9 Front stopper solenoid 2-H MS3 Stacker tray lower limit switch 2-A
SD10 2nd gate solenoid 4-A (LS-501 only) TOB Stacker tray operation board 3-A
SD11 Coupling conveyance lock solenoid 4-A (LS-501 only) JAMIB Jam indication board 2-F
SW1 Toggle switch 5-B RLB/1 Relay board /1 2-G
LED1 Stacker tray set LED 4-H RLB/2 Relay board /2 2-D
PS1 Stacker tray set sensor 5-H LSCB LS control board 8-G (LS-501 only)
PS2 Stacker tray encoder sensor 5-A DCPS DC power supply 8-H (LS-501 only)
PS3 Stacker tray upper limit sensor 2-H Inlet 8-H (LS-501 only)
PS4 Entrance sensor 2-H Outlet 3-H
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
17.22 FS
17.22.1 FS-503
1
1
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
2
2
3
3
4
4
sensor/Fr PS31 CN125-1 CN216-6 CN216-1 CN200-B12 CN200-B1 CN58-B15 PS31_5V CN54- 4 PS 7_S.GND CN212-3 CN212-4 CN144-3
CN54- 5 PS 7_SIG CN212-2 CN212-5 CN144-2
Staple exit upper
CN54- 6 PS 7_5V CN212-1 CN212-6 CN144-1
PS7 limit sensor
5
5
CN20-2 5V CN751-A
3
release solenoid SD7 CN140-2 -1 CN201-2 CN201-7 CN65-1 STP_HP_SIG CN10- 3 CN20-4 S.GND CN751-B
CN56-A 2 SD7_DRV
CN65-2 PS8_SIG CN10- 2
CN65-3 PS31_SIG CN10- 1
CN142-3 CN201-3 CN201-6 CN56-A 3 M13_24V CN19-1 NC
CN142-9 CN201-4 CN201-5 CN56-A 4 M13_24V CN66-1 M13_VREF CN19-2 NC
CN142-1 CN201-5 CN201-4 CN56-A 5 M13_DRV_A CN66-2 NC CN19-3 FNS2_SIN CN757-2 SIN
Stacker entrance motor M13 CN142-5 CN201-6 CN201-3 CN56-A 6 M13_DRV_A/ CN19-4 FNS2_RTS CN757-1 RTS
CN142-7 CN201-7 CN201-2 CN56-A 7 M13_DRV_B CN62- 1 M8_A CN3-16
CN142-11 CN201-8 CN201-1 CN56-A 8 M13_DRV_B/ CN62- 2 M8_A/ CN3-15
CN56-A 9 NC CN62- 3 M8_B CN3-14
CN56-A10 NC CN62- 4 M8_B/ CN3-13 CN16-1 SYS_SIN CN756-1 MTXD
CN56-A11 NC CN62- 5 M24_A CN3-12 CN16-2 S.GND CN756-2 S.GND
CN143-11 CN56-B 1 M23_24V CN62- 6 M24_A/ CN3-11 CN16-3 SYS_RTS CN756-3 MCTS
CN143-10 CN56-B 2 M23_24V CN62- 7 M24_B CN3-10 CN16-4 SYS_SOUT CN756-4 MRXD
CN143-9 CN56-B 3 M23_P.GND CN62- 8 M24_B/ CN3- 9 CN16-5 S.GND CN756-5 S.GND
CN143-8 CN56-B 4 M23_P.GND CN62- 9 M26_A CN3- 8 CN16-6 SYS_CTS CN756-6 MRTS
CN143-7 CN56-B 5 M23_H/L CN62-10 M26_A/ CN3- 7
Paper exit arm motor M23 CN143-6 CN56-B 6 M23_LD_SIG CN62-11 M26_B CN3- 6 CN16-7 PAPEROUT_1 CN752-1
7
7
CN750-A CN752-4 5V
CN64- 1 NC CN14-18
1
CN63-B16 M23_LD_SIG
CN63-B15 M3_LD_SIG
CN63-B14 M7_LD_SIG
CN63-B13 M1_LD_SIG
CN63-B12 F_READY_SIG
CN63-B11 F_CD_SIG
CN63-B10 F_LS_SIG
CN63-B 9 F_HP_SIG
CN63-B 8 R_READY_SIG
CN63-B 7 R_CD_SIG
CN63-B 6 R_LS_SIG
CN63-B 5 R_HP_SIG
CN63-B 4 NC
CN63-B 3 PS20_SIG
CN63-B 2 PS9_SIG
CN63-B 1 24VDEC
CN63-A16 PS35_SIG
CN63-A15 PS33_SIG
CN63-A14 PS32_SIG
CN63-A13 PS14_SIG
CN63-A12 PS11_SIG
CN63-A11 PS34_SIG
CN63-A10 PS30_SIG
CN63-A 9 PS1_SIG
CN63-A 8 PS5_SIG
CN63-A 7 PS4_SIG
CN63-A 6 PS15_SIG
CN63-A 5 PS12_SIG
CN63-A 4 PS10_SIG
CN63-A 3 PS3_SIG
CN63-A 2 PS7_SIG
CN63-A 1 PS2_SIG
CN61-B20 M5_VREF
CN61-B19 M5_EN
CN61-B18 M5_F/R
CN61-B17 M22_VREF
CN61-B16 M22_EN
CN61-B15 M22_F/R
CN61-B14 LED6
CN61-B13 M13_EN
CN61-B12 LED7
CN61-B11 M2_B/
CN61-B10 M2_B
CN61-B 9 M2_A/
CN61-B 8 M2_A
CN61-B 7 LED8
CN61-B 6 M23_CONT
CN61-B 5 M23_F/R
CN61-B 4 M23_H/L
CN61-B 3 M25_CONT
CN61-B 2 SD7_CONT
CN61-B 1 M4_CONT
CN61-A20 STA_F_F/R
CN61-A19 STA_F_CONT
CN61-A18 STA_R_F/R
CN61-A17 STA_R_CONT
CN61-A16 SD9_CONT
CN61-A15 M6_B/
CN61-A14 SD5_CONT
CN61-A13 SD2_CONT
CN61-A12 M6_B
CN61-A11 M6_A/
CN61-A10 M6_A
CN61-A 9 M3_CONT
CN61-A 8 M3_F/R
CN61-A 7 LED5
CN61-A 6 M7_CONT
CN61-A 5 M7_F/R
CN61-A 4 M7_H/L
CN61-A 3 M1_CONT
CN61-A 2 M1_F/R
CN61-A 1 M1_H/L
FNSCB
Crimp
Symbol
CN 1-B 1
CN 1-B 2
CN 1-B 3
CN 1-B 4
CN 1-B 5
CN 1-B 6
CN 1-B 7
CN 1-B 8
CN 1-B 9
CN 1-A 1
CN 1-A 2
CN 1-A 3
CN 1-A 4
CN 1-A 5
CN 1-A 6
CN 1-A 7
CN 1-A 8
CN 1-A 9
CN 2-B 1
CN 2-B 2
CN 2-B 3
CN 2-B 4
CN 2-B 5
CN 2-B 6
CN 2-B 7
CN 2-B 8
CN 2-B 9
CN 2-A 1
CN 2-A 2
CN 2-A 3
CN 2-A 4
CN 2-A 5
CN 2-A 6
CN 2-A 7
CN 2-A 8
CN 2-A 9
CN 1-B10
CN 1-B11
CN 1-B12
CN 1-B13
CN 1-B14
CN 1-B15
CN 1-B16
CN 1-A10
CN 1-A11
CN 1-A12
CN 1-A13
CN 1-A14
CN 1-A15
CN 1-A16
CN 2-B10
CN 2-B11
CN 2-B12
CN 2-B13
CN 2-B14
CN 2-B15
CN 2-B16
CN 2-B17
CN 2-B18
CN 2-B19
CN 2-B20
CN 2-A10
CN 2-A11
CN 2-A12
CN 2-A13
CN 2-A14
CN 2-A15
CN 2-A16
CN 2-A17
CN 2-A18
CN 2-A19
CN 2-A20
Connector
9
9
Relay connector
Faston
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
H
D
C
G
17.22.2 FS-607
1
1
CN7-A16 PS32_SIG
CN22-B15 PS8_SIG CN12-B4 PS8_SIG
CN7-A17 PS32_5V
CN22-B14 PS9_SIG CN12-B5 PS9_SIG
J11 CN7-A18 NC
CN22-B13 PS11_SIG CN12-B6 PS11_SIG
CN150-3 1 3 CN30-13 S.GND J2
Folding pass- CN22-B12 PS13_SIG CN12-B7 PS13_SIG
CN150-2 2 2 CN30-14 PS26IN 4 1
PS26 CN22-B11 PS14_SIG CN12-B8 PS14_SIG
CN150-1 3 1 CN30-15 5V 3 2 CN128-3
through sensor CN22-B10 PS20_SIG CN12-B9 PS20_SIG CN7-B1 PS1_S.GND
CN22-B9 HED/F_HP CN12-B10 HED/F_HP 2 3 CN128-2
CN7-B2 PS1_SIG PS1 Sub tray paper exit sensor
CN22-B8 HED/R_HP CN12-B11 HED/R_HP 1 4 CN128-1
CN7-B3 PS1_5V
J12 CN22-B7 HED/F_LOW CN12-B12 HED/F_LOW
CN152-1 1 2 CN30-16 5V CN22-B6 HED/R_LOW CN12-B13 HED/R_LOW
CN152-2
Folding full LED PS29 CN22-B5 HED/F_READY CN12-B14 HED/F_READY J4
CN152-3 2 1 CN30-17 S.GND CN22-B4 HED/R_READY CN12-B15 HED/R_READY 3 1 CN144-3
CN7-B4 PS19_S.GND
CN22-B3 HED/F_CART CN12-B16 HED/F_CART 2 2 CN144-2
CN7-B5 PS19_SIG PS19 Sub tray paper full sensor
CN22-B2 HED/R_CART CN12-B17 HED/R_CART 1 3 CN144-1
CN7-B6 PS19_5V
CN115 CN22-B1 100STP_SET CN12-B18 100STP_SET
1 6 CN31-A1 24V2
2 5 CN31-A2 24V2
Alignment 3 4 CN31-A3 M16_DRV_A CN23-1 5V CN11-1 5V CN138-3
CN7-B7 PS12_S.GND
M16 4 3 CN31-A4 M16_DRV_A/ CN23-2 5V CN11-2 5V CN138-2
CN7-B8 PS12_SIG PS12 Paper exit home sensor
motor /Lw 5 2 CN31-A5 M16_DRV_B CN23-3 S.GND CN11-3 S.GND CN138-1
6 CN7-B9 PS12_5V
1 CN31-A6 M16_DRV_B/ CN23-4 S.GND CN11-4 S.GND
CN23-5 24V CN11-5 24V
CN23-6 24V CN11-6 24V
CN23-7 24V CN11-7 24V CN142-3
CN7-B10 PS16_S.GND
Folding knife CN117-1 CN31-A7 M19_DRV1 CN23-8 P.GND CN11-8 P.GND CN142-2
CN7-B11 PS16_SIG PS16 Gate home sensor
M19 CN117-2 CN31-A8 M19_DRV2 CN23-9 P.GND CN11-9 P.GND CN142-1
motor CN7-B12 PS16_5V
CN23-10 P.GND CN11-10 P.GND
2
2
3
3
CN109-7 CN33-B8 5V
Clincher CN109-6 CN33-B9 CLI/R_HP_IN
M10 CN109-5 CN33-B10 S.GND
motor /Rr CN109-4 CN33-B11 M10_DRV1
CN109-3 CN33-B12 M10_DRV1 CN100-2
CN9-1 HB/PM_24V
CN109-2 CN33-B13 M10_DRV2 CN100-5
CN9-2 HB/PM_24V
CN109-1 CN33-B14 M10_DRV2 CN100-1
CN9-3 M1_DRV_A
CN100-3 M1 FNS transfer motor
CN9-4 M1_DRV_A/
CN100-4
CN9-5 M1_DRV_B
CN100-6
CN9-6 M1_DRV_B/
4
4
CN105
1 6 CN34-1 24V2 CN102-11
2 5 CN10-A1 M3_24V
CN34-2 24V2 CN102-10
3 4 CN10-A2 M3_24V
Stapler rotation CN34-3 M6_DRV_A CN102-9
4 3 CN10-A3 M3_P.GND
M6 CN34-4 M6_DRV_A/ CN102-8
motor 5 2 CN10-A4 M3_P.GND
CN34-5 M6_DRV_B CN102-7
6 1 CN10-A5 M3_H/L
CN34-6 M6_DRV_B/ CN102-6
CN10-A6 M3_LD
CN102-5 M3 Main tray lift motor
CN10-A7 M3_F/R
CN102-4
CN124 CN10-A8 M3_CLK
CN102-3
1 2 CN10-A9 M3_S/S
CN34-7 24V2 CN102-2
2 1 CN10-B1 M3_S.GND
CN102-1
Tri-folding gate SD6
CN34-8 SD6_DRV
solenoid CN10-B2 M3_5V
RB
CN130-3
CN10-B3 PS3_S.GND Main tray lower
CN130-2
CN139-3 CN10-B4 PS3_SIG
Stapler rotation CN34-9 S.GND CN130-1
PS3 limit sensor
CN139-2 CN10-B5 PS3_5V
PS13 CN34-10 PS13_SIG
home sensor CN139-1 CN34-11 5V
CN10-B6 PS31_S.GND
CN10-B7 PS31_SIG
CN10-B8 PS31_5V
CN151-1 CN34-12 S.GND
CN10-B9 NC
Folding full
sensor
PS29 CN151-3 CN34-13 PS29_SIG_IN
CN113-13 NC CN129-3
CN113-12 CN16-1 PS2_S.GND Main tray
Stapler motor /Fr CN25-A1 M14DRV1 CN129-2
CN113-11 CN16-2 PS2_SIG
M14 CN25-A2 M14DRV1 CN129-1
CN16-3 PS2_5V
PS2 upper limit sensor
CN113-10 NC
CN113-9 CN25-A3 M14DRV2
CN113-8 CN25-A4 M14DRV2
CN113-7 CN25-A5 S.GND CN134-3
CN113-6 CN16-4 PS7_S.GND Counter reset
CN25-A6 5V CN134-2
CN113-5 CN16-5 PS7_SIG
CN25-A7 HED/F_HP_IN CN134-1
PS7 sensor
CN113-4 CN16-6 PS7_5V
CN25-A8 CLI/F_START_IN
CN113-3 CN25-A9 HED/F_LOW
5
5
M9 CN25-B2 M9DRV1 2 1
CN108-10 NC CN16-10 M7/SD_24V
1 2 SD5 Bypass gate solenoid
CN108-9 CN16-11 SD5_DRV
CN25-B3 M9DRV2
CN108-8 CN25-B4 M9DRV2
CN108-7 CN25-B5 S.GND
CN108-6 CN25-B6 5V
CN108-5 CN25-B7 HED/R_HP_IN
CN108-4 CN25-B8 CLI/R_START_IN
CN108-3 CN25-B9 HED/R_LOW
CN108-2 CN25-B10 HED/R_CART
CN108-1 CN25-B11 S.GND
CN4-A1 5V
CN4-A2 5V
CN4-A3 MONI_SW1-1
CN4-A4 MONI_SW1-2
CN4-A5 MONI_SW1-4
CN110 CN4-A6 MONI_SW1-8
1 6 CN26-1 24V1 CN4-A7 MONI_SW2-1
2 5 CN26-2 24V1 CN4-A8 MONI_SW2-2
Stapler movement 3 4 CN26-3 M11_DRV_A CN4-A9 MONI_SW2-4
M11 4 3 CN26-4 M11_DRV_A/
motor CN4-A10 MONI_SW2-8
5 2 CN26-5 M11_DRV_B CN4-A11 MONI_SW3-1
6 1 CN26-6 M11_DRV_B/ CN4-A12 MONI_SW3-2
CN4-A13 MONI_SW3-4
CN4-A14 MONI_SW3-8
CN104 CN4-A15 MONI_SW4-1 CN21-A1 FMX1_24V
1 6 CN27-A1 24V1 CN4-A16 MONI_SW4-2 CN21-A2 FMX1_LD
2 5 CN27-A2 24V1 CN4-A17 MONI_SW4-4 CN21-A3 P.GND
Alignment 3 4 CN27-A3 M5_DRV_A CN4-A18 MONI_SW4-8 CN21-A4 P.GND
M5 4 3 CN27-A4 M5_DRV_A/ CN4-A19 MONI_SW5-1 CN21-A5 FMX2_24V
motor /Up 5 2 CN27-A5 M5_DRV_B CN21-A6 FMX2_LD
CN4-A20 MONI_SW5-2
6
6
J7
FA 1B
1 4 CN4-B10 MONI_LED5
#110 ORG
#110 ORG
8
8
TO 15YGN106
CN588-5 P_EXIT
CN18-A16 PK_SIZE_SEL2 CN18-A2 PK_SIZE_SEL2
Connector
H
D
C
G
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
H
D
C
G
17.23 PI
1
1
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
2
2
FA 1B
FA 1A
110 ORG
#110 ORG
CN200-1
CN57- 1 5V
CN57- 2 SG
CN200-3
CN57- 3 M203 P/S
CN200-4
CN57- 4 M203 CLK
CN200-5
CN57- 5 M203 F/R
CN200-6
CN57- 6 M203 LD M203 Conveyance motor
CN231-A19 CN231-A 1 CN57- 7 H/L
CN19- 1 24V CN52-A 1 24V CN200-8
CN231-A18 CN231-A 2 CN57- 8 PG
CN19- 2 24V CN52-A 2 24V CN200-9
CN231-A17 CN231-A 3 CN57- 9 PG
CN19- 3 PG CN52-A 3 PG CN200-10
CN231-A16 CN231-A 4 CN57-10 24V
CN19- 4 PG CN52-A 4 PG CN200-11
CN231-A15 CN231-A 5 CN57-11 24V
CN20-A1 5V CN52-A 5 5V
CN231-A14 CN231-A 6
CN20-A2 5V CN52-A 6 5V CN54-6 MC201 DRV
CN231-A13 CN231-A 7
CN20-A3 SG CN52-A 7 SG CN201-1
CN231-A12 CN231-A 8 CN54-5 MC201 24V
CN20-A4 SG CN52-A 8 SG CN201-2 MC201 Transfer clutch /Up
3
3
CN231-A11 CN231-A 9
CN20-A5 MPI_DRV_SEL CN52-A 9 MPI_DRV_SEL
CN231-A10 CN231-A10
CN20-A6 MPI_M_CONT CN52-A10 MPI_M_CONT
CN231-A 9 CN231-A11 CN54-8 MC203 DRV
CN20-A7 MPI_M_F/R CN52-A11 MPI_M_FR
CN231-A 8 CN231-A12 CN207-1
CN20-A8 MPI_SD_CONT CN52-A12 MPI_SD_CONT CN54-7 MC203 24V Registration clutch
CN231-A 7 CN231-A13 CN207-2 MC203
CN20-A9 MPI_MC_CONT CN52-A13 MPI_MC_CONT
CN231-A 6 CN231-A14
CN20-A10 M203 P/S CN52-A14 M203 P/S
CN231-A 5 CN231-A15
CN20-A11 M203 CLK CN52-A15 M203 CLK CN54-4 SD201 DRV
CN231-A 4 CN231-A16
CN20-A12 M203 H/L CN52-A16 M203 H/L CN202-2-1
CN231-A 3 CN231-A17 CN54-3 SD201 24V
FNSCB
CN20-A13 M203 LD CN52-A17 M203 LD CN202-1-2 SD201 Pick-up solenoid /Up
CN231-A 2 CN231-A18
CN20-A14 M203 F/R CN52-A18 M203 F/R
CN231-A 1 CN231-A19
CN20-A15 NC CN52-A19 5V CN54-2 M201 DRV1
CN54-1 M201 DRV2
CN203-1
CN203-2 M201 Tray lift motor /Up
CN55-A 1 PS201 5V
CN55-A 9 PS201 IN
CN231-B19 CN231-B 1
CN20-B1 MPI_S_IN1_1 CN52-B 1 MPI_S_IN1_1 CN251-1
CN231-B18 CN231-B 2
CN20-B2 MPI_S_IN1_2 CN52-B 2 MPI_S_IN1_2 CN251-2
CN231-B17 CN231-B 3 PS201 Paper entrance sensor /Up
CN20-B3 MPI_S_IN2_1 CN52-B 3 MPI_S_IN2_1 CN251-3
CN231-B16 CN231-B 4 CN55-B 5 PS201 SG
CN20-B4 MPI_S_IN2_2 CN52-B 4 MPI_S_IN2_2
CN231-B15 CN231-B 5
CN20-B5 MPI_S_OUT1_1 CN52-B 5 MPI_S_OUT1_1
CN231-B14 CN231-B 6 CN235-1 CN235-15 CN252-1
CN20-B6 MPI S_OUT1_2 CN52-B 6 MPI_S_OUT1_2 CN55-A 2 PS202 5V
CN231-B13 CN231-B 7 CN235-6 CN235-10 CN252-2
CN20-B7 MPI_S_OUT2_1 CN52-B 7 MPI_S_OUT2_1 CN55-A10 PS202 IN
CN231-B12 CN231-B 8 CN235-11 CN235-5 CN252-3
PS202 Paper empty sensor /Up
CN20-B8 MPI_S_OUT2_2 CN52-B 8 MPI_S_OUT2_2 CN55-B 6 PS202 SG
CN231-B11 CN231-B 9
CN20-B9 MPI_OBOUT1_1 CN52-B 9 MPI_OBOUT1_1
CN231-B10 CN231-B10 CN235-2 CN235-14 CN253-1
CN20-B10 MPI_OBOUT1_2 CN52-B10 MPI_OBOUT1_2 CN55-A 3 PS203 5V
4
4
CN55-A 6 5V
CN55-B 2 NC
CN55-B10 SG
CN55-B11 VR201 SG
CN55-B 2 5V
J30
J31
3.3V
CN55-B 4 NC
SGND
CN55-B12 SG
J30
5
5
CN204-1
CN56-5 MC202 24V
CN204-2 MC202 Transfer clutch /Lw
CN56-6 MC202 DRV
PIDB
CN53-A 8 PS213 5V
CN53-B 3 PS213 IN
CN53-B13 PS213 SG
CN53-A10 5V
3.3V
CN53-B 5 LED8
SGND
CN53-B15 SG
J31
CN232-1 CN299-1
CN58- 1 5V
CN232-2 CN299-2
CN58- 2 LED1
CN232-3 CN299-3
CN58- 3 LED2
CN232-4 CN299-4
CN58- 4 LED3
CN232-5 CN299-5
CN58- 5 LED4
CN232-6 CN299-6
CN58- 6 LED5
CN232-7 CN299-7
CN58- 7 LED6
PIOB
CN232-8 CN299-8
CN58- 8 LED7
CN232-9 CN299-9
CN58- 9 SW201 IN
CN232-10 CN299-10
CN58- 10 SW202 IN
CN232-11 CN299-11
CN58- 11 SW203 IN
CN232-12 CN299-12
CN58- 12 SG
8
8
Crimp
Symbol
Connector
9
9
Relay connector
I Faston
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
PI location list
Symbol Part name Location
M201 Tray lift motor /Up 4-B
M202 Tray lift motor /Lw 5-B
M203 Conveyance motor 3-B
MC201 Transfer clutch /Up 3-B
MC202 Transfer clutch /Lw 5-B
MC203 Registration clutch 3-B
MS201 Upper door open/close switch 2-F
PS201 Paper entrance sensor /Up 4-B
PS202 Paper empty sensor /Up 4-B
PS203 Paper set sensor /Up 4-B
PS204 Tray upper limit sensor /Up 4-B
PS205 Tray lower limit sensor /Up 4-B
PS206 Paper entrance sensor /Lw 6-B
PS207 Paper empty sensor /Lw 6-B
PS208 L size sensor /Lw 6-B
PS209 Tray upper limit sensor /Lw 6-B
PS210 Tray lower limit sensor /Lw 6-B
PS212 Paper set sensor /Lw 7-B
SD201 Pick-up solenoid /Up 3-B
SD202 Pick-up solenoid /Lw 5-B
VR201 Paper size VR /Up 5-B
VR202 Paper size VR /Lw 7-B
PIOB PI operation board 7-B
PIDB PI drive board 2-D
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
17.24 PK
1
1
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
2
2
3
3
4
4
FNSCB
CN18-A7 M302_F/R CN41-A11 M302_F/R
CN18-A8 M302_CONT1 CN41-A10 M302_CONT1
CN506-1
CN18-A9 M302_CONT2 CN41-A9 M302_CONT2 CN46-9 5V
CN506-2
CN18-A10 PK_M302_RESET CN41-A8 PK_M302_RESET CN46-8 PS306 IN PS306 Punch encoder sensor
CN506-3
CN18-A11 D/A_LD CN41-A7 D/A_LD CN46-7 PS301 SG
PK-512 only
5
5
CN504-4
CN48-8 PC3_IN
CN504-3
CN48-9 PC4_IN
CN504-2
CN48-10 PC5_IN
CN504-1
CN48-11 SGND
CN503-1
CN47-6 PS304 5V
CN503-2
CN47-5 PS304 IN PS304 Punch scraps box set sensor
CN503-3
CN47-4 PS304 SG
6
6
CN505-1
CN47-3 PS303 5V
CN505-2
PDB
CN552-3
CN44-1 24V
CN552-9
CN44-2 24V
CN552-1
CN44-3 DRVA
CN552-5 M302 Punch shift motor
CN44-4 DRVA
CN552-7
CN44-5 DRVB
CN552-11
CN44-6 DRVB
7
7
8
8
Crimp
Symbol
Connector
9
9
Relay connector
I Faston
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
PK location list
Symbol Part name Location
M301 Punch motor 4-C
M302 Punch shift motor 7-C
PS301 Punch home sensor 5-C
PS302 Punch scraps box full sensor 5-C
PS303 Punch shift home sensor 6-C
PS304 Punch scraps box set sensor 6-C
PS305 Paper size sensor 5-C
PS306 Punch encoder sensor 4-C
PDB Punch drive board 3-E
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
J1-7 J1-1 CN228- 2
CN120-A16 PS1_SIG CN140-A 1 24V CN228- 1 24V
J1-6 J1-2 CN228- 1 SD1 Entrance gate solenoid
CN120-A15 PS2_SIG CN140-A 2 SD1_DRV CN228- 2 DRV
CN120-A14 PS3_SIG
CN120-A13 PS4_SIG J1-5 J1-3 CN229- 2
CN140-A 3 24V CN229- 1 24V
17.25 SD 1/4
CN120-A12 PS5_SIG J1-4 J1-4 CN229- 1 SD2 Right angle conveyance gate solenoid
CN140-A 4 SD2_DRV CN229- 2 DRV
CN120-A11 PS6_SIG
CN120-A10 PS7_SIG J1-3 J1-5
CN140-A 5 SG CN236- 3 S.GND
CN120-A 9 PS8_SIG J1-2 J1-6
CN140-A 6 PS1_SIG CN236- 2 SIG PS1 Entrance sensor
CN120-A 8 PS17_SIG J1-1 J1-7
CN140-A 7 5V CN236- 1 5V
CN120-A 7 PS18_SIG J9-3 J9-1
CN120-A 6 PS49_SIG CN140-A 8 SG CN240- 3 S.GND
J9-2 J9-2
CN120-A 5 PS20_SIG CN140-A 9 PS5_SIG CN240- 2 SIG PS5 Right angle conveyance sensor/1
1
1
J9-1 J9-3
CN120-A 4 PS21_SIG CN140-A10 5V CN240- 1 5V
CN120-A 3 PS22_SIG J6-9 J6-1
CN140-A11 SG CN252- 3 S.GND
CN120-A 2 PS23_SIG J6-8 J6-2
CN140-A12 PS17_SIG CN252- 2 SIG PS17 Overlap home sensor
CN120-A 1 PS24_SIG J6-7 J6-3
CN140-A13 5V CN252- 1 5V
CN120-B16 PS9_SIG
J6-6 J6-4 CN212- 6
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
2
2
3
3
CN121-B 8 M6_ENA
CN121-B 7 M6_F/R J8-5 J8-1
CN141- 7 SG CN244- 3 S.GND
CN121-B 6 M6_CONT1 J8-4 J8-2
CN141- 8 PS 9_SIG CN244- 2 SIG PS9 Tri-folding exit sensor
CN121-B 5 M6_CONT2 J8-3 J8-3
CN141- 9 5V CN244- 1 5V
CN121-B 4 M5_S/S
CN121-B 3 M5_F/R J8-2 J8-4 CN280- 2
CN141- 10 24V CN280- 1 24V
CN121-B 2 M5_H/L J8-1 J8-5 CN280- 1 CL1 Tri-folding exit cluch
CN141- 11 MC 1_DRV CN280- 2 DRV
CN121-B 1 MC1_CONT
4
CN238- 3 S.GND
4
SDDB 1/2
CN122-B11 LED6
CN231- 2
CN122-B10 LED7 CN144-B 3 24V CN231- 1 24V
CN231- 1 SD4 Roller release solenoid/4
CN122-B 9 LED8 CN144-B 4 SD4_DRV CN231- 2 DRV
CN122-B 8 SD8_CONT1
CN122-B 7 SD8_CONT2 CN144-B 5 24V CN201-11 24V
CN122-B 6 TRI/M3_CONT CN144-B 6 24V CN201-10 24V
Horizontal conveyance
29
CN125-A 9 PS28_SIG
5
5
H
D
C
G
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
SD location list
Symbol Part name Location
SDDB SD drive board 1-G
M1 Entrance conveyance motor 1-C
M2 Horizontal conveyance motor 4-C
M3 Folding entrance motor 6-C
M4 Folding conveyance motor 5-C
M6 Right angle conveyance motor 3-C
M7 Folding main scan alignment motor /Fr 5-C
M8 Folding sub scan alignment exit motor 6-C
M13 Overlap motor 1-C
M14 Folding main scan alignment motor /Rr 7-C
M18 1st folding blade motor 7-C
M19 2nd folding blade motor 7-C
M25 Guide shaft motor 7-C
CL1 Tri-folding exit clutch 3-C
PS1 Entrance sensor 1-C
PS2 Horizontal conveyance sensor /1 3-C
PS3 Horizontal conveyance sensor /2 4-C
PS5 Right angle conveyance sensor /1 1-C
PS6 Right angle conveyance sensor /2 2-C
PS7 Folding sensor /1 8-C
PS8 Folding passage sensor 9-C
PS9 Tri-folding exit sensor 3-C
PS10 Tri-folding paper full sensor 4-C
PS11 Subtray exit sensor 4-C
PS12 Subtray paper full sensor 4-C
PS17 Overlap home sensor 1-C
PS18 Folding main scan alignment home sensor / 9-C
Fr1
PS19 Folding main scan alignment home sensor / 8-C
Rr
PS20 1st folding blade home sensor /1 8-C
PS21 1st folding blade home sensor /2 8-C
PS22 2nd folding blade home sensor /1 8-C
PS23 2nd folding blade home sensor /2 8-C
PS24 Folding exit home sensor 9-C
PS42 Front door sensor /Rt 3-C
PS43 Front door sensor /Lt 3-C
PS44 Folding sensor /2 9-C
PS46 Guide shaft home sensor 9-C
PS49 Folding main scan alignment home sensor / 9-C
Fr2
PS56 Folding sub scan alignment home sensor 8-C
PS60 Folding entrance sensor 8-C
SD1 Entrance gate solenoid 1-C
SD2 Right angle conveyance gate solenoid 1-C
SD3 Horizontal conveyance gate solenoid 4-C
SD4 Roller release solenoid /4 4-C
SD5 Roller release solenoid /1 2-C
SD6 Roller release solenoid /2 2-C
SD7 Roller release solenoid /3 7-C
SD8 Folding unit lock solenoid 2-C
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
J29-12 J29- 1 CN214- 6
CN154- 1 24V CN214- 1 COM
J29-11 J29- 2 CN214- 5
CN154- 2 24V CN214- 2 COM
17.26 SD 2/4
10
10
J30- 4 J30- 5
CN155- 5 M21_DRV_1 CN220- 2 DRV2
J30- 3 J30- 6 M21 Saddle stitching press motor
CN155- 6 M21_DRV_2 CN220- 1 DRV1
J30- 2 J30- 7
CN155- 7 M26_DRV_1 CN225- 1 DRV1 Bundle arm assist motor
J30- 1 J30- 8 M26
CN170- 1 5V CN155- 8 M26_DRV_2 CN225- 2 DRV2
CN170- 2 LED1
CN170- 3 LED2
CN170- 4 LED3 J28-A18 J28-A 1 J44- 3 J44- 1
CN153-A 1 SG CN262- 3 S.GND
CN170- 5 LED4 J28-A17 J28-A 2 J44- 2 J44- 2
CN153-A 2 PS27_SIG CN262- 2 SIG PS27 Saddle stitching press home sensor
CN170- 6 NC J28-A16 J28-A 3 J44- 1 J44- 3
CN153-A 3 5V
30
CN170- 7 5V CN262- 1 5V
CN170- 8 LED5
CN170- 9 LED6 J28-A15 J28-A 4
CN153-A 4 SG CN264- 3 S.GND
CN170-10 LED7 J28-A14 J28-A 5
CN153-A 5 PS29_SIG CN264- 2 SIG PS29 Saddle stitching alignment home sensor/Lt
CN170-11 LED8 J28-A13 J28-A 6
CN153-A 6 5V CN264- 1 5V
CN170-12 NC
11
J28-A12 J28-A 7
11
J28-B15 J28-B 4 J 7- 3 J 7- 1
CN153-B 4 SG CN260- 3 S.GND
J28-B14 J28-B 5 J 7- 2 J 7- 2
CN153-B 5 PS25_SIG CN260- 2 SIG PS25 Stapler movement home sensor
J28-B13 J28-B 6 J 7- 1 J 7- 3
CN153-B 6 5V CN260- 1 5V
12
12
SDDB 2/2
Saddle stitching
CN100-1 5V
J28-B 9 J28-B10 J31- 9 J31- 1
CN100-2 5V CN153-B10 SG CN249- 3 S.GND
J28-B 8 J28-B11 J31- 8 J31- 2
CN100-3 S.GND CN153-B11 PS14_SIG CN249- 2 SIG PS14 Bundle sensor
J28-B 7 J28-B12 J31- 7 J31- 3
CN100-4 S.GND CN153-B12 5V CN249- 1 5V
J28-B 6 J28-B13 J31- 6 J31- 4
CN153-B13 SG CN265- 3 S.GND
J28-B 5 J28-B14 J31- 5 J31- 5
CN153-B14 PS30_SIG CN265- 2 SIG PS30 Bundle clip lower limit sensor
J28-B 4 J28-B15 J31- 4 J31- 6
CN153-B15 5V CN265- 1 5V
J28-B 3 J28-B16 J31- 3 J31- 7
CN153-B16 SG CN268- 3 S.GND
J28-B 2 J28-B17 J31- 2 J31- 8
CN153-B17 PS33_SIG CN268- 2 SIG PS33 Bundle clip upper limit sensor
J28-B 1 J28-B18 J31- 1 J31- 9
CN153-B18 5V CN268- 1 5V
13
13
CN208- 4 NC
J26- 5 J26- 9
31
CN156-B 3 M 9_DRV_A CN208- 1 A
CN208- 6 NC M9 Saddle stitching alignment motor/Rt
CN162-1 24V J26- 4 J26- 10
CN156-B 4 M 9_DRV_A/ CN208- 5 A/
CN162-2 24V CN208- 8 NC
J26- 3 J26- 11
CN156-B 5 M 9_DRV_B CN208- 7 B
CN162-3 24V CN208-10 NC
J26- 2 J26- 13
CN156-B 6 M 9_DRV_B/ CN208-11 B/
CN162-4 P.GND CN156-B 7 NC
J26- 1 J26- 13
CN162-5 P.GND
CN162-6 P.GND
J35- 1 J35- 1
CN150- 1 M23_DRV_1 CN222- 1 DRV1 Bundle press motor
CN163-1 24V J35- 2 J35- 2 M23
CN150- 2 M23_DRV_2 CN222- 2 DRV2
CN163-2 24V
CN163-3 24V
CN163-6 P.GND
J37- 9 J37- 1
CN151-A 1 SG CN250- 3 S.GND
14
14
J37- 8 J37- 2
CN151-A 2 PS15_SIG CN250- 2 SIG PS15 Bundle sensor/2
J37- 7 J37- 3
CN151-A 3 5V CN250- 1 5V
J37- 6 J37- 4
CN151-A 4 SG CN269- 3 S.GND
J37- 5 J37- 5
CN151-A 5 PS34_SIG CN269- 2 SIG PS34 Bundle registration home sensor
J37- 4 J37- 6
CN151-A 6 5V CN269- 1 5V
J37- 3 J37- 7
CN151-A 7 SG CN290- 3 S.GND
J37- 2 J37- 8
CN151-A 8 PS54_SIG CN290- 2 SIG PS54 Bundle sensor/4
J37- 1 J37- 9
CN151-A 9 5V CN290- 1 5V
J34- 12 J34- 1
CN151-B 1 SG CN271- 3 S.GND
J34- 11 J34- 2
CN167-1 TRI/M3_DRV1 CN151-B 2 PS36_SIG CN271- 2 SIG PS36 Bundle press movement home sensor
J34- 10 J34- 3
15
15
CN151-B20 NC
J43- 3 J43- 1
CN149-A 1 SG CN239- 3 S.GND
J43- 2 J43- 2
CN149-A 2 PS 4_SIG CN239- 2 SIG PS4 Horizontal conveyance exit sensor
J43- 1 J43- 3
CN149-A 3 5V CN239- 1 5V
CN164-1 STA/R_DRV1
16
16
CN164-2 STA/R_DRV2
CN164-3 STA/L_DRV1
CN149-A 4 SG CN266- 3 S.GND
CN164-4 STA/L_DRV2
CN149-A 5 PS31_SIG CN266- 2 SIG Bundle arm rotation home sensor
CN164-5 CLI/R_DRV1 PS31
CN149-A 6 5V CN266- 1 5V
CN164-6 CLI/R_DRV2
CN164-7 CLI/L_DRV1 CN149-A 7 SG CN270- 3 S.GND
Bundle
CN164-8 CLI/L_DRV2 CN149-A 8 PS35_SIG CN270- 2 SIG PS35 Bundle press stage up down home motor
CN149-A 9 5V CN270- 1 5V
CN149-A10 SG CN275- 3 S.GND
CN149-A11 PS40_SIG CN275- 2 SIG PS40 Scraps box set sensor
CN149-A12 5V CN275- 1 5V
CN149-A13 SG CN284- 3 S.GND
CN165- 1 5V
CN149-B 5 PS48_SIG CN284- 2 SIG Scraps press home sensor
CN165- 2 5V PS48
CN149-A15 5V CN284- 1 5V
CN165- 3 SG
CN165- 4 SG CN149-B 1 SG CN281- 3 S.GND
CN165- 5 STA/R_LOW CN149-B 2 PS45_SIG CN281- 2 SIG PS45 Bundle press stage up down limit sensor
CN165- 6 STA/R_HP_IN CN149-B 3 5V CN281- 1 5V
CN165- 7 CLI/R_TIM
CN165- 8 5V J45- 6 J45- 1
CN149-B 4 SG CN297- 3 S.GND
CN165- 9 5V J45- 5 J45- 2
CN149-B 5 PS61_SIG CN297- 2 SIG Bundle tray paper full sensor
CN165-10 SG J45- 4 J45- 3 PS61
CN149-B 6 5V CN297- 1 5V
CN165-11 SG
J45- 3 J45- 4
CN165-12 STA/L_LOW CN149-B 7 SG CN293- 3 S.GND
J45- 2 J45- 5
CN165-13 STA/L_HP_IN CN149-B 8 PS57_SIG CN293- 2 SIG Bundle exit sensor/2
J45- 1 J45- 6 PS57
CN165-14 CLI/L_TIM CN149-B 9 5V CN293- 1 5V
17
17
J36- 6 J36- 1
CN149-B10 SG CN294- 3 S.GND
J36- 5 J36- 2
CN149-B11 PS58_SIG CN294- 2 SIG PS58 Bundle tray set sensor
J36- 4 J36- 3
CN149-B12 5V CN294- 1 5V
J36- 3 J36- 4
CN149-B13 SG CN276- 3 S.GND
J36- 2 J36- 5
CN151-B17 PS41_SIG CN276- 2 SIG PS41 Trimmer scraps full sensor
J36- 1 J36- 6
CN149-B15 5V CN276- 1 5V
H
D
C
G
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
SD location list
Symbol Part name Location
FM1 Scraps removal fan motor 17-C
M5 Bundle exit motor 17-C
M9 Saddle stitching alignment motor /Rt 13-C
M10 Bundle arm motor 13-C
M11 Bundle clip motor 10-C
M12 Bundle registration motor 18-C
M15 Stapler movement motor 10-C
M16 Saddle stitching alignment motor /Lt 10-C
M17 Bundle press movement motor 18-C
M20 Clincher up down motor 10-C
M21 Saddle stitching press motor 10-C
M22 Bundle arm rotation motor 18-C
M23 Bundle press motor 14-C
M24 Bundle press stage up down motor 14-C
M26 Bundle arm assist motor 11-C
PS4 Horizontal conveyance exit sensor 16-C
PS13 Saddle stitching paper sensor 12-C
PS14 Bundle sensor /1 12-C
PS15 Bundle sensor /2 14-C
PS16 Bundle registration plate home sensor 16-C
PS25 Stapler movement home sensor 12-C
PS26 Clincher up down home sensor 12-C
PS27 Saddle stitching press home sensor 11-C
PS28 Saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Rt 11-C
PS29 Saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Lt 11-C
PS30 Bundle clip lower limit sensor 12-C
PS31 Bundle arm rotation home sensor 16-C
PS32 Bundle arm home sensor 11-C
PS33 Bundle clip upper limit sensor 12-C
PS34 Bundle registration home sensor 14-C
PS35 Bundle press stage up down home motor 16-C
PS36 Bundle press movement home sensor 15-C
PS37 Bundle press home sensor 15-C
PS38 Bundle arm assist home sensor 11-C
PS39 Bundle arm assist upper limit sensor 11-C
PS40 Scraps box set sensor 16-C
PS41 Trimmer scraps full sensor 17-C
PS45 Bundle press stage up down limit sensor 17-C
PS47 Bundle press lower limit sensor 15-C
PS48 Scraps press home sensor 16-C
PS54 Bundle sensor /4 14-C
PS55 Trimmer registration sensor 15-C
PS57 Bundle exit sensor /2 17-C
PS58 Bundle tray set sensor 17-C
PS61 Bundle tray paper full sensor 17-C
J
P
K
R
N
Q
O
M
CN9-A 1 5V CN1-A 1 KCIN_1
CN9-A 2 5V CN1-A 2 KCIN_2
CN9-A 3 NSW1-1 CN1-A 3 KCIN_3
CN9-A 4 NSW1-2 CN1-A 4 KCIN_4
CN9-A 5 NSW1-4
17.27 SD 3/4
CN1-A 5 KCIN_5
CN9-A 6 NSW1-8 CN1-A 6 KCIN_6
CN9-A 7 NSW2-1 CN1-A 7 KCIN_7
CN9-A 8 NSW2-2 CN1-A 8 KCIN_8
CN9-A 9 NSW2-4 CN1-A 9 KCIN_9
CN9-A10 NSW2-8 CN1-A10 KCIN_10
CN9-A11 NSW3-1 CN1-A11 KCIN_11
CN9-A12 NSW3-2 CN1-A12 KCIN_12
1
1
CN1-B 2 KCIN_18
CN9-A19 NSW5-1 CN1-B 3 KCIN_19
CN9-A20 NSW5-2 CN1-B 4 KCIN_20
CN9-B 1 NSW5-4 CN1-B 5 KCIN_21
CN9-B 2 NSW6 CN1-B 6 KCIN_22
CN9-B 3 NSW8 CN1-B 7 KCIN_23
CN9-B 4 NSW7 CN1-B 8 KCIN_24
CN9-B 5 NLED0 CN1-B 9 KCIN_25
CN9-B 6 NLED1 CN1-B10 KCIN_26
CN9-B 7 NLED2 CN1-B11 KCIN_27
CN9-B 8 NLED3 CN1-B12 KCIN_28
CN9-B 9 NLED4 CN1-B13 KCIN_29
CN9-B10 NLED5 CN1-B14 KCIN_30
CN9-B11 NLED6 CN1-B15 KCIN_31
CN9-B12 NLED7 CN1-B16 KCIN_32
CN9-B13 NC
CN9-B14 NC
CN2-A 1 KCOUT_1
CN9-B15 NC
CN2-A 2 KCOUT_2
CN9-B16 NC
CN2-A 3 KCOUT_3
CN9-B17 NC
CN2-A 4 KCOUT_4
CN9-B18 NC
CN2-A 5 KCOUT_5
CN9-B19 NC
2
2
CN2-A 6 KCOUT_6
CN9-B20 NC
CN2-A 7 KCOUT_7
CN2-A 8 KCOUT_8
CN2-A 9 KCOUT_9
CN111-1 CN2-A10 KCOUT_10
CN19-4 FNS2_RTS CN2-A11 KCOUT_11
CN111-2
CN19-3 FNS2_SIN CN2-A12 KCOUT_12
CN19-2 NC(SYS_RTS) CN2-A13 KCOUT_13
CN19-1 NC(SYS_SIN) CN2-A14 KCOUT_14
CN2-A15 KCOUT_15
CN104-1 MTXD CN2-A16 KCOUT_16
CN16-1 SYS_SIN CN2-A17 KCOUT_17
CN104-2 SG
CN16-2 S.GND CN2-A18 KCOUT_18
CN104-3 MCTS
CN16-3 /SYS_RTS CN2-A19 KCOUT_19
CN104-4 MRXD
CN16-4 SYS_SOUT CN2-A20 KCOUT_20
CN104-5 SG
CN16-5 S.GND CN2-B 1 KCOUT_21
CN104-6 MRTS
CN16-6 /SYS_CTS CN2-B 2 KCOUT_22
CN16-7 /PAPEROUT_1 CN2-B 3 KCOUT_23
CN107-1 PAPER_OUT CN2-B 4 KCOUT_24
CN107-2 SG CN2-B 5 KCOUT_25
6
CN20-1 5V CN2-B 6 KCOUT_26
CN107-3 SG
5
CN20-2 5V CN2-B 7 KCOUT_27
CN107-4 5V 9
4
CN20-3 S.GND CN2-B 8 KCOUT_28
CN107-5 5V
3
10
3
3
CN103-2 5V
1
CN103-3 SG CN2-B13 KCOUT_33
2
CN103-4 PG CN2-B14 KCOUT_34
CN103-5 PG CN2-B15 KCOUT_35
CN103-6 FG CN2-B16 KCOUT_36
CN2-B17 KCOUT_37
CN2-B18 KCOUT_38
CN2-B19 KCOUT_39
CN2-B20 KCOUT_40
CN6- 1 KCOUT_97
CN192-2
7
CN6- 2 KCOUT_98
CN192-3 CN6- 3 KCOUT_99
1
11
5V
CN6- 5 KCOUT_101
CN6- 6 KCOUT_102
CN192-6 CN6- 7 KCOUT_103
9
CN6- 9 KCOUT_105
SG
CN192-5 CN192-8
CN6-10 KCOUT_106
16
CN6-11 KCOUT_107
CN6-12 KCOUT_108
CN6-16 KCOUT_112
CN190-5
4
4
5V
17
CN190-6
3
18
CN105-4 MCTS
CN17-3 MCTS CN4-A 7 KCIN_39
CN105-3 MRXD
29
5
5
CN105-2 SG
CN17-5 SG CN4-A 9 KCIN_41
CN105-1 MRTS
CN17-6 MRTS CN4-A10 KCIN_42
CN17-7 /PAPEROUT_2 CN4-A11 KCIN_43
CN17-8 NC CN4-A12 KCIN_44
CN108-5 PAPER_OUT
CN4-A13 KCIN_45
CN108-4 SG
CN4-A14 KCIN_46
20
CN108-3 SG
CN4-A15 KCIN_47
19
CN108-2 5V
CN4-A16 KCIN_48
18
CN108-1 5V
CN4-B 1 KCIN_49
17
CN4-B 2 KCIN_50
CN4-B 3 KCIN_51
CN4-B 4 KCIN_52
CN4-B 5 KCIN_53
CN4-B 6 KCIN_54
CN4-B 7 KCIN_55
CN106-1 24V CN106-1 24V CN4-B 8 KCIN_56
CN106-2 5V CN106-2 5V CN4-B 9 KCIN_57
15
CN5-A 1 KCOUT_57
6
6
CN5-A 2 KCOUT_58
To rear option
CN5-A 3 KCOUT_59
CN5-A 4 KCOUT_60
CN5-A 5 KCOUT_61
CN5-A 6 KCOUT_62
CN12-1 NC CN5-A 7 KCOUT_63
CN12-2 M33_CLK CN5-A 8 KCOUT_64
CN12-3 NC CN5-A 9 KCOUT_65
CN12-4 NC CN5-A10 KCOUT_66
J48-1 J48-4 M33_CLK
CN12-5 NC CN5-A11 KCOUT_67
J48-2 J48-3 M33_CONT
CN12-6 M33_CONT CN5-A12 KCOUT_68
J48-3 J48-2 M33_LD
CN12-7 M33_LD CN5-A13 KCOUT_69
J48-4 J48-1 M33_FR
CN12-8 M33_FR CN5-A14 KCOUT_70
CN5-A15 KCOUT_71
CN5-A16 KCOUT_72
CN5-A17 KCOUT_73
CN5-A18 KCOUT_74
CN5-A19 KCOUT_75
CN5-A20 KCOUT_76
CN5-B 1 KCOUT_77
CN363- 6 LD
CN5-B 2 KCOUT_78
CN363- 1 NC
CN363- 7 H/L
CN363-10 24V
CN363-11 24V
CN5-B 3 KCOUT_79
CN363- 2 S.GND
CN363- 8 P.GND
CN363- 9 P.GND
CN363- 4 CLOCK
CN5-B 4 KCOUT_80
CN363- 5 CW/CCW
CN5-B 5 KCOUT_81
CN363- 3 START/STOP
CN5-B 6 KCOUT_82
CN5-B 7 KCOUT_83
CN5-B 8 KCOUT_84
7
7
M33
CN5-B 9 KCOUT_85
CN5-B10 KCOUT_86
CN5-B11 KCOUT_87
CN5-B12 KCOUT_88
CN5-B13 KCOUT_89
AC CODE
CN5-B14 KCOUT_90
CN5-B15 KCOUT_91
CN5-B16 KCOUT_92
CN5-B17 KCOUT_93
CN5-B18 KCOUT_94
CN5-B19 KCOUT_95
CN5-B20 KCOUT_96
Trimmer paddle motor
AC INRET
CN7-A 1 KCIN_65
CN7-A 2 KCIN_66
FT2
FT1
CN7-A 3 KCIN_67
CN7-A 4 KCIN_68
CN7-A 5 KCIN_69
CN7-A 6 KCIN_70
WIT
BLK
CN7-A 7 KCIN_71
CN7-A 8 KCIN_72
FT4
FT3
CN7-A 9 KCIN_73
CN7-A10 KCIN_74
8
8
CN7-A11 KCIN_75
CN7-A12 KCIN_76
CN7-B 1 KCIN_77
CBR2
CBR1
CN7-B 2 KCIN_78
FT6
FT5
CN7-B 3 KCIN_79
Circuit breaker/2
Circuit breaker/1
CN7-B 4 KCIN_80
CN7-B 5 KCIN_81
CN7-B 6 KCIN_82
CN7-B 7 KCIN_83
CN7-B 8 KCIN_84
WIT FT8
BLK FT7
CN7-B 9 KCIN_85
4
3
CN7-B10 KCIN_86
CN7-B11 KCIN_87
NF
CN7-B12 KCIN_88
2
1
FT9
CN10- 1 IRQ_4
FT10
CN10- 2 /IRQ_3
CN10- 3 /IRQ_1
BLK
WIT
CN14- 1 TIME_0
NOISE FILTER
CN14- 2 TIME_1
FT11
CN14- 3 TIME_2
FT14 CN14- 4 TIME_3
CN24-1 RL1_CONT
CN14- 5 TIME_4
CN14- 6 TIME_5
RL1
Power relay
CN14- 9 TIME_8
FT12
CN14-10 TIME_9
CN14-11 TIME_10
CN14-12 TIME_11
BLK
CN14-13 TIME_12
CN14-14 TIME_13
CN14-15 TIME_14
34
33
CN14-16 TIME_15
CN14-17 TIME_16
CN14-18 TIME_17
J
P
K
R
N
Q
O
M
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
SD location list
Symbol Part name Location
SDCB SD control board 1-K
CBR1 Circuit breaker /1 8-O
CBR2 Circuit breaker /2 8-P
NF Noise filter 8-O
RL1 Power relay 9-P
M33 Trimmer paddle motor 7-P
J
P
K
R
N
Q
O
M
17.28 SD 4/4
34
33
10
10
CN195-2
CN195-1
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
CN370- 6 5V J46-1 -6
CN370- 5 LED1 -2 -5
-3 -4
WIT
BLK
CN370- 4 LED2
CN370- 3 LED3 -4 -3
CN188-2A
CN188-1A
CN370- 2 LED4 -5 -2
CN370- 1 NC -6 -1
MS1
Front door switch/Rt
JAMIB/1
CN188-2B
CN188-1B
ACSW
WIT
BLK
CN189-2A
CN189-1A
MS2
30
CN189-2B
CN189-1B
11
11
CN195-4
CN195-3
CN370- 6 5V
CN370- 5 LED1
CN370- 4 LED2
WIT
BLK
CN370- 3 LED3
CN370- 2 LED4
CN370- 1 NC
G/Y
G/Y
G/Y
WIT
WIT
WIT
BLK
BLK
BLK
JAMIB/2
CN185-3
CN185-1
CN185-5
CN184-3
CN184-1
CN184-5
CN183-3
CN183-1
CN183-5
: Line (H)
: Line (H)
: Line (H)
: Neutral (N)
: Neutral (N)
: Neutral (N)
: Frame GND
: Frame GND
: Frame GND
12
12
11
:-V/PGND
CN182-1
:-V/PGND
CN182-2
:-V/PGND
CN182-3
:-V/PGND
CN182-4
:+V/24V
CN182-5
:+V/24V
CN182-6
:+V/24V
CN182-7
:+V/24V
CN182-8
:-V/PGND
CN181-1
:-V/PGND
CN181-2
:-V/PGND
CN181-3
:-V/PGND
CN181-4
:+V/24V
CN181-5
:+V/24V
CN181-6
:+V/24V
CN181-7
:+V/24V
CN181-8
:-V/PGND
CN180-1
:-V/PGND
CN180-2
:-V/PGND
CN180-3
:-V/PGND
CN180-4
:+V/24V
CN180-5
:+V/24V
CN180-6
:+V/24V
CN180-7
:+V/24V
CN180-8
13
13
31
14
14
CN2??- 1 24V
Trimmer press motor M32 CN2??- 2 DRV
CN2??- 1 24V
15
15
CN2??- 3 S.GND
Trimmer blade home sensor PS50 CN2??- 2 SIG
CN2??- 1 5V
CN2??- 3 S.GND
Trimmer blade upper limit sensor PS51 CN2??- 2 SIG
CN2??- 1 5V
CN2??- 3 S.GND
Trimmer press upper limit sensor PS52 CN2??- 2 SIG
CN2??- 1 5V
CN2??- 3 S.GND
Trimmer press home sensor PS53 CN2??- 2 SIG
CN2??- 1 5V
Trimmer unit
CN2??- 3 S.GND
Trimmer board replacement sensor PS59 CN2??- 2 SIG
CN2??- 1 5V
32
J33- 1 J33- 1
25
-2 -2
16
16
-3 -3
26
-4 -4
CN352-1 CLI_SD_DRV -5 -5
Clincher solenoid/Rt SD9 -6 -6
CN352-2 CLI_SD_GND
-7 -7
-8 -8
-9 -9
23
21
CN350- 4 NC
CN350- 6 NC
CN350- 8 5V J32- 1 J32-14
CN350- 9 5V -2 -13
Stapler motor/Rt CN350-10 S.GND -3 -12
M29 -4 -11
CN350-12 S.GND
CN350- 1 STA_LOW -5 -10
CN350- 3 STA_HP -6 -9
CN350- 7 CLINCH -7 -8
CN350- 5 MOTOR_24V -8 -7
CN350-11 MOTOR_DRV -9 -6
-5
-10 -4
27
-11 -3
-12 -2
28
-13 -1
CN353-1 CLI_SD_DRV -14
Clincher solenoid/Lt SD10
17
17
CN353-2 CLI_SD_GND
24
CN351- 5 MOTOR_24V
CN351-11 MOTOR_DRV
CN351- 2 NC
CN351- 4 NC
CN351- 6 NC
Stapler motor/Lt M30 CN351- 8 5V
CN351- 9 5V
Crimp
Symbol
CN351-10 S.GND
CN351-12 S.GND
CN351- 1 STA_LOW
CN351- 3 STA_HP
Stapler/Clincher
CN351- 7 CLINCH
21
23
Connector
25
26
22
18
18
24
27
28
Relay connector
Faston
J
P
K
R
N
Q
O
M
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
SD location list
Symbol Part name Location
JAMIB/1 Jam indicator board /1 10-K
JAMIB/2 Jam indicator board /2 11-K
M29 Stapler motor /Rt 16-N
M30 Stapler motor /Lt 17-N
M31 Trimmer blade motor 15-N
M32 Trimmer press motor 15-N
MS1 Front door switch /Rt 10-P
MS2 Front door switch /Lt 11-P
PS50 Trimmer blade home sensor 15-N
PS51 Trimmer blade upper limit sensor 15-N
PS52 Trimmer press upper limit sensor 15-N
PS53 Trimmer press home sensor 16-N
PS59 Trimmer board replacement sensor 16-N
SD9 Clincher solenoid /Rt 16-N
SD10 Clincher solenoid /Lt 17-N
SD11 Trimmer board solenoid 15-N
DCPS1 DC power supply /1 12-O
DCPS2 DC power supply /2 12-P
DCPS3 DC power supply /3 12-Q
SERVICE MANUAL Field Service
DF-609
2006.09
Ver. 1.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.
Revision mark:
•To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
•To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the corresponding
page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
•When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
•When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.
CONTENTS
DF-609
DF-609
OUTLINE
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
MAINTENANCE
2. PERIODIC INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1 Maintenance procedure of the paper feeding section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1.1 Removing/installing paper feed unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1.2 Replacing pick-up roller/paper feed roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1.3 Replacing separation roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.1.4 Cleaning timing sensor (PS302) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.1.5 Removing/reinstalling registration roller cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.1.6 Cleaning registration roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.1.7 Cleaning registration sensor (PS301) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3. OTHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
3.1 Disassembly/reassembly parts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
3.2 Disassembly/reassembly procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3.2.1 Removing/reinstalling DF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3.2.2 Removing/reinstalling front cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
3.2.3 Removing/reinstalling rear cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
3.2.4 Removing/reinstalling conveyance belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
4.1 Adjustment of the DF hinge opening/closing angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
4.1.1 Replacement of the hinge adjustment brackets for 70 degrees and 40 degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
4.1.2 Securing the hinge adjustment bracket at 90 degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
i
CONTENTS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
DF-609
Blank page
ii
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
OUTLINE
DF-609
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
A. Type
B. Functions
Original size A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, A5S, B6S
11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2, 51/2 x 81/2S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
Max. original size 297 x 431.8mm
Min. original size 128 x 139.7mm
• Various sizes of paper can be accommodated
C. Original type
Paper type Plain paper High quality paper of 35 to 210 g/m2 (single side)
High quality paper of 50 to 210 g/m2 (double side)
Paper of less than 49g/m2: conveyed in thin paper mode
Paper of more than 129g/m2: conveyed in thick paper
mode
Special paper Same as plain paper. However, paper feed and convey-
ance performance are not guaranteed.
• Recycled paper, coarse paper, thermal paper, binding-
holed paper, user-defined paper, paper with smooth
surface, paper with rough surface, and paper with folds
Following types of special paper cannot be used.
• OHP film, blueprint master paper, label paper, off-set
master, bonded original, high quality paper (paper
weight: Less than 34g/m2 or more than 211g/m2)
Paper curl amount Up to 10 mm with 5 originals overlapped one another
[1]
a
15sat1c001na
a Curing: 10 mm or less
[1] Original
Max. tray capacity 100 sheets (80g/m2 paper)
1
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
D. Machine data
E. Maintenance
F. Operating environment
Temperature 10 to 30 °C
Humidity 10 to 80%RH (with no condensation)
Note
• The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.
2
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC INSPECTION
MAINTENANCE
DF-609
2. PERIODIC INSPECTION
Caution:
• Be sure to unplug the power cord from the power outlet.
Note
• When installing the paper feed guide, fit the
three tabs [6] in each positioning hole [7].
• When installing the paper feed guide, be sure
[5] [1] [4] [3] [5]
to put the no paper detection actuator [8] so
that it protrudes out of the paper feed guide
[4] as shown in the figure on the left.
a052f2c001ca
3
2. PERIODIC INSPECTION Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[5]
[3] [4]
[4] [3]
a052f2c002ca
Note
[4] [3] [2] [1] • When removing the paper feed unit, be sure
not to damage the arm [2] with the shaft [1].
• When installing the paper feed unit, make
sure the arm [2] is mounted on the shaft [1].
• When installing the paper feed unit, insert the
tab [3] under the cover plate [4] as shown in
the figure.
a052f2c003ca
4
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC INSPECTION
DF-609
• Pick-up roller: Every 1,800,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 625,000 feed)
B. Procedure
a052f2c004ca
a052f2c005ca
Note
• Be careful not to lose the pin [3] as it may
drop off the shaft when removing the gear [2].
a052f2c006ca
5
2. PERIODIC INSPECTION Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
a052f2c007ca
a052f2c008ca
8. Remove the C-clip [1] and pull out the paper feed
[1] [2] [4]
roller [2] from the shaft to replace it with new one.
Note
• When installing the paper feed roller, make
sure that the arrow mark [3] on the paper feed
roller is facing the gear [4].
[3]
a052f2c009ca
6
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC INSPECTION
DF-609
• Be careful not to lose the pin [2] as it may
drop off the shaft when removing the C-clip
[3] [1].
10. Remove the pin [2] and remove the pick-up roller
[3].
11. Remove the C-clip [4].
[4] [1]
Note
• Be careful not to lose the pin [5] as it may
drop off the shaft when removing the C-clip
[4].
12. Remove the pin [5] and remove the pick-up roller
[6].
[6]
13. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[5]
a052f2c010ca
7
2. PERIODIC INSPECTION Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
B. Procedure
1. Open the paper feed cover [1]
2. Push the two tabs [2] inward to release the lock
[2] and remove the separation unit cover.
[1]
[2]
a052f2c011ca
a052f2c012ca
8
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC INSPECTION
DF-609
steps in reverse.
a052f2c013ca
B. Procedure
1. Secure the hinge adjustment bracket at 90
[1] [2] [4] [5] [3] [2]
degrees. (See P.17)
2. Open the DF [1] vertically.
3. Remove the two screws [2] and open the metal
frame [3] in the direction of the arrow [4].
Note
• The two screws [2] are different from each
other, so try not to mix them up.
a052f2c014ca
9
2. PERIODIC INSPECTION Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[4] [1]
[2]
[3]
a052f2c015ca
B. Procedure
1. Remove the registration roller cover. (See P.10)
[1]
2. Soak cotton waste with alcohol and wipe the
three registration rollers [1] with it.
a052f2c016ca
10
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC INSPECTION
DF-609
B. Procedure
1. Remove the registration roller cover. (See P.10)
[1] 2. Clean the registration sensor (PS301) [1] with a
blower brush or a similar tool.
a052f2c017ca
11
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
3. OTHERS
3.1 Disassembly/reassembly parts list
DF-609
12
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
Caution:
DF-609
• Be sure to unplug the power cord from the power outlet.
3.2.1 Removing/reinstalling DF
Note
• Before removing the DF, be sure to secure the hinge adjustment bracket of the DF at 90 degrees.
When removing the parts from the scanner section with the DF opened, secure the hinge adjust-
ment bracket at 90 degrees as well. Not doing so may deform the metal frame in the DF installa-
tion section.
A. Procedure
1. Disconnect the connector [1].
[2]
2. Read the explanation below and secure the two
hinge adjustment brackets [2] at 90 degrees.
There are two types of the bracket installed in the
DF; one for 70 degrees and the other for 40
degrees, and they can be distinguished by the
scratched number on each surface.
Brackets for 70 degrees: Loosen the four screws
[3] and slide the two brackets [2] downward, and
then secure them with the four screws [3] again.
Brackets for 40 degrees: Remove the four screws
[3] [1] [3]
[3]. Turn the two brackets [2] upside down and
reinstall them to DF and secure the four screws [3]
again.
a052f2c018ca
13
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
plate [4].
[2] [3]
[4]
a052f2c019ca
Note
• When releasing the stoppers [2], be sure to
support the DF firmly so as not to fall over
backward.
a052f2c020ca
14
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
DF-609
[6] [7]
degrees. (See P.17)
2. Open the DF [1] and remove the two screws [2].
3. After closing the DF [1], open the paper feed
cover [3] and paper exit cover [4].
Note
• Be sure to close the DF [1] gently since the
[5] [3] [1] [4] front cover [5] is not secured and is unstable
at this moment.
• Do not open the DF [1] with the paper exit
cover opened so as to avoid the paper exit
cover [4] from being damaged.
4. Lift the front cover [5] a little so that the tab [6] is
released through the hole [7], and remove the
front cover [5].
[2] 5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
a052f2c021ca
a052f2c022ca
15
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
DF-609
• Do not touch, fold, or damage the belt roller. If necessary, be sure to hold it within the range of
20mm from each end of the belt in sub-scanning direction.
A. Procedure
1. Secure the hinge adjustment bracket at 90
[3] [3]
degrees. (See P.17)
2. Open the DF [1] vertically.
3. Slide the two stoppers [3] located on the upper
inner side of the conveyance belt unit [2] to the
right and remove them.
[1] [2] [4] 4. Pull out the upper part of the conveyance belt unit
in the direction of the arrow [4], and remove it
upward.
Note
• When installing the conveyance belt unit, be
sure to install the linking drive belt [5] into the
conveyance belt unit securely.
[5]
a052f2c023ca
[1] a052f2c024ca
16
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
DF-609
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
4.1 Adjustment of the DF hinge opening/closing angle
4.1.1 Replacement of the hinge adjustment brackets for 70 degrees and 40 degrees
A. Procedure
1. Remove the four screws [1] and the two hinge
[1]
adjustment brackets [2].
There are two types of the bracket installed in the
DF; one for 70 degrees and the other for 40
degrees, and they can be distinguished by the
scratched number on each surface.
2. Install two new hinge adjustment brackets [2] and
tighten them with the four screws [1] securely.
[2] a052f3c001ca
17
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[2] [1]
• When removing the DF or removing any parts
from the scanner section with the DF opened,
be sure to secure the hinge adjustment
brackets at 90 degrees. Not doing so may
deform the metal frame in the DF installation
section.
a052f3c002ca
18
SERVICE MANUAL Field Service
PF-601/HT-504
2006.09
Ver. 1.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.
Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the correspond-
ing page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.
CONTENTS
PF-601/HT-504
PF-601/HT-504
OUTLINE
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 PF-601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2 HT-504 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
MAINTENANCE
2. PERIODIC INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1 Maintenance procedure of the tray section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1.1 Replacing the Pick-up rubber/paper feed roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.1.2 Replacing separation roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.1.3 Replacing the paper feed clutch (MC1/MC4) and the separation clutch (MC2/MC5). . . . . . . . . 13
2.2 Maintenance procedure of the conveyance section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.2.1 Replacing the vertical conveyance clutch/1 (MC7), /2 (MC8), and /3 (MC9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.2.2 Replacing the horizontal conveyance clutch/1 (MC10), /2 (MC11),
and pre-registration clutch (MC12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
3. OTHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.1 Disassembly/reassembly parts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.2 Disassembly/reassembly procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.2.1 Removing/installing the right cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.2.2 Removing/installing the rear cover/Lt2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.2.3 Removing/installing the rear cover/Lt1 /Rt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
3.2.4 Removing/reinstalling the front cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.2.5 Removing/reinstalling the tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
3.2.6 Removing/installing the lift wire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3.2.7 Removing/installing the paper lift motor/1 (M2) and /2 (M3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.2.8 Removing/installing the vertical conveyance units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
3.2.9 Removing/installing the horizontal conveyance unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
3.2.10 Removing/installing the multi feed detection board (MFDTB/R and /S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
4.1 Paper feed pick-up amount adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
4.2 Pick-up roller height adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
4.3 Separation pressure adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
4.4 Lift plate horizontal adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
4.5 Horizontal adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
i
CONTENTS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
PF-601/HT-504
Blank page
ii
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
OUTLINE
PF-601/HT-504
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
1.1 PF-601
A. Type
B. Functions
C. Paper type
Paper size SRA3, A3, B4, SRA4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5*1, B6S, A6S*1
13 x 19, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
Tab paper (A4, 81/2 x 11)
Custom paper (Max. 330 x 487mm, Min. 100 x 148 mm)
Applicable paper Plain paper, high quality paper, coated paper
Paper weight Tray/4 64 to 256g/m2
Tray/5 64 to 300g/m2
D. Maintenance
E. Machine data
Power source 24/12/5VDC, 200 to 240VAC (supplied both from the main body)
Maximum power consump- DC: 90W or less, AC: 100W or less
tion
Dimensions 947 (W) x 750 (D) x 1045 (H) mm
Weight Approx. 170kg
F. Operating environment
Temperature 10 to 30°C
Humidity 10 to 80%RH (with no condensation)
1
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
1.2 HT-504
PF-601/HT-504
A. Type
B. Maintenance
C. Machine data
Power source 24/5VDC (supplied from the main body), 200 to 240VAC*1
Maximum power consump- DC: 6W or less, AC: 580W or less
tion
Dimensions Dehumidifier fan heater unit: 197 (W) x 82 (D) x 293 (H) mm
Power supply unit: 121 (W) x 80 (D) x 160 (H) mm
Weight Dehumidifier fan heater unit: Approx. 1.5kg/1 unit
Power supply unit: Approx. 0.9kg
D. Operating environment
Temperature 10 to 30°C
Humidity 10 to 80%RH (with no condensation)
2
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC INSPECTION
MAINTENANCE
PF-601/HT-504
2. PERIODIC INSPECTION
2.1 Maintenance procedure of the tray section
Caution:
• Be sure to unplug the power cord from the power outlet.
Note
• The replacement procedures for the pick-up roller, paper feed roller, and the separation roller in
tray/4 are the same for those in tray/5. The explanation here is made by the example of tray/4.
• After the installation is completed, rotate the pick-up roller in the paper feed direction (clockwise
as seen from the front side) to see if the paper feed roller rotates smoothly. The rotation is
restricted only in the paper feed direction (clockwise as seen from the front side) and be careful
not to rotate the roller counterclockwise.
• The orientation of the pick-up roller assy and the separation roller assy in the main unit differs
from that of the rollers in the PF.
3
2. PERIODIC INSPECTION Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
• Pick-up rubber: Every 600,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 300,000 feed)
• Paper feed roller: Every 600,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 300,000 feed)
B. Procedure
Note
• The appearance of the collars is the same for the paper feed roller and the separation roller. How-
ever, the collar of the paper feed roller has a one-way mechanism inside, be sure not to mix up
these two rollers.
a03xf2c001ca
4
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC INSPECTION
Note
PF-601/HT-504
• Do not pull out tray [1] all the way. Hold tray
[1] so that the stopper [3] on the left side of
the tray pushed in, and make the pick-up
[3] holder assy [2] placed horizontally (paper
feed position).
[2] [1]
a03xf2c002ca
5
2. PERIODIC INSPECTION Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• Be sure not to rotate the pick-up roller
against the direction of the arrow forcibly, as
the roller is designed not to rotate in that
direction.
[4] [5]
a03xf2c003ca
6
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC INSPECTION
PF-601/HT-504
the shaft [2] of the pick-up roller to remove it from
both the notch of the bearing [4] and the coupling
[5].
Note
• When removing the pick-up roller assy [1], be
careful not to damage the sensor [6] with the
metal plate.
[6]
[4] [5] [1]
7
2. PERIODIC INSPECTION Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[2] [1]
a03xf2c005ca
10. Remove the C-clip [1], pull out the shaft [2], and
[1] [3] [2]
remove the pick-up roller [3].
11. Remove the pick-up rubber from the pick-up
roller.
12. Replace the pick-up rubber.
a03xf2c006ca
8
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC INSPECTION
13. Remove the C-clip [1] and remove the bearing [2].
[1] [2] [4] [3] [5] 14. Slide the bearing [3] and remove the paper feed
PF-601/HT-504
roller [4] together with the shaft [5].
a03xf2c007ca
a03xf2c008ca
Note
• The appearance of the collars is the same for
the paper feed roller and the separation roller.
However, the collar [1] of the paper feed roller
has a one-way mechanism inside while the
collar [2] of the separation roller has no one-
way mechanism, be sure not to mix up these
two rollers.
a03xf2c009ca
18. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
9
2. PERIODIC INSPECTION Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
• Separation roller: Every 600,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 300,000 feed)
B. Procedure
Note
• The appearance of the collars is the same for the paper feed roller and the separation roller. How-
ever, the collar of the paper feed roller has a one-way mechanism inside, be sure not to mix up
these two rollers.
a03xf2c010ca
10
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC INSPECTION
PF-601/HT-504
[3]
while pressing down the metal plate [3] of the sep-
aration roller assy [2], and remove the separation
roller assy [2].
Note
• When installing the separation roller assy,
press down the metal plate [3] of the separa-
[5] [4] [2] tion roller assy [2] and engage the coupling
pin [4] to the joint [5].
[1]
a03xf2c011ca
a03xf2c012ca
11
2. PERIODIC INSPECTION Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
7. Pull out the gear [2], the collar [3] and the separa-
[1] [4] [3] [2]
tion roller [4] from the shaft [1] to the arrow-
PF-601/HT-504
Note
• The appearance of the collars is the same for
the paper feed roller and the separation roller.
However, the collar [5] of the paper feed roller
has a one-way mechanism inside while the
[6] [5] collar [6] of the separation roller has no one-
way mechanism, be sure not to mix up these
two rollers.
a03xf2c013ca
12
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC INSPECTION
2.1.3 Replacing the paper feed clutch (MC1/MC4) and the separation clutch (MC2/MC5)
PF-601/HT-504
Note
• The replacement procedures for the paper feed clutch and the separation clutch in tray/4 are the
same for those in tray/5. The explanation here is made by the example of tray/5.
B. Procedure
1. Remove the stopper and pull out the tray. (See
[1] [3] P.24)
2. Remove two screws [1], bend the stopper [2] in
the direction of the arrow, and remove the paper
feed cover [3].
Note
• For easier operation, lilft up the underpart [4]
of the cover when installing the paper feed
cover [3].
• When installing the paper feed cover [3], be
sure to insert the tab [6] into the hole [5] of
the metal plate.
[2] [3]
[6]
[4]
[5]
a03xf2c014ca
13
2. PERIODIC INSPECTION Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• When installing the clutch, be sure to engage
the stopper [5] of the clutch with the projec-
tion [6] of the metal plate.
a03xf2c015ca
14
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC INSPECTION
PF-601/HT-504
2.2.1 Replacing the vertical conveyance clutch/1 (MC7), /2 (MC8), and /3 (MC9)
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Vertical conveyance clutch/1 (MC7), /2 (MC8), and /3 (MC9):
Every 2,400,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 2,000,000 feed)
B. Procedure
1. Remove the following parts.
[2] [1]
• Rear cover/Rt (See P.22)
• Rear cover/Lt1 (See P.21)
• Rear cover/Lt2 (See P.21)
2. Remove the four screws [1] and remove the gear
mounting plate [2].
a03xf2c016ca
Note
• When installing the wire binding [4], pass the
binding through the hole in the wire binding
cover [3].
[5] [2]
[1]
[3]
[4]
a03xf2c017ca
15
2. PERIODIC INSPECTION Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
[1]
PF-601/HT-504
[2]
a03xf2c018ca
16
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC INSPECTION
2.2.2 Replacing the horizontal conveyance clutch/1 (MC10), /2 (MC11), and pre-registration clutch
(MC12)
PF-601/HT-504
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Horizontal conveyance clutch/1 (MC10), /2 (MC11), and pre-registration clutch (MC12):
Every 2,400,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 2,000,000 feed)
B. Procedure
1. Remove the following parts.
[1] [2]
• Rear cover/Rt (See P.22)
• Rear cover/Lt1 (See P.22)
• Rear cover/Lt2 (See P.21)
2. Remove the four screws [1] and remove the gear
mounting plate [2].
a03xf2c019ca
17
2. PERIODIC INSPECTION Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[9]
Note
[2] • When installing the wire binding [4], pass the
binding through the hole in the wire binding
cover [3].
[5]
5. Remove the three C-clips [5] and remove the hori-
zontal conveyance clutch/1 (MC10) [6], /2 (MC11)
[6] [8] [7]
[7], and the pre-registration clutch (MC12) [8].
Note
• When installing the cluthes, be sure to match
the stoppers [9] with the cutout of the rear
panel [10].
• When installing the clutch, be sure to engage
the stopper [9] of the clutch with the pin [11].
[2]
[3]
[9]
[5]
a03xf2c020ca
18
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
3. OTHERS
PF-601/HT-504
3.1 Disassembly/reassembly parts list
No. Section Part name Reference page
1 Cover Right cover P.20
2 Rear cover/Lt2 P.21
3 Rear cover/Lt1, /Rt P.22
4 Front door P.23
5 Tray section Tray P.24
6 Lift wire P.27
7 Paper lift motor/1 (M2) and /2 (M3) P.32
8 Conveyance section Vertical conveyance unit P.34
9 Horizontal conveyance unit P.37
10 Multi feed detection board (MFDTB/R and /S) P.39
19
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Caution:
• Be sure to unplug the power cord from the power outlet.
a03xf2c021ca
[1] [1]
2. Remove the 13 screws [1] and then remove the
right cover [2].
[2] [1]
a03xf2c022ca
20
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
Note
[1] [2]
PF-601/HT-504
• When installing the right cover, be sure to
match the metal plate [2] on the lower part of
the PF main unit with the groove [1] on the
right cover.
[1]
a03xf2c024ca
Note
[1] [2]
• When installing the rear cover/Lt2, be sure to
match the metal plate [2] of the lower part of
the PF main unit with the groove [1] of the
rear cover.
21
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[3] [2]
a03xf2c026ca
Note
[2] [1]
• When installing the rear cover/Rt, be sure to
match the metal plate [2] on the lower part of
the PF main unit with the groove [1] on the
rear cover.
[1] Note
• When HT-504 is installed, also remove the
four screws [1] in step 3.
a03xf2e001ca
22
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
PF-601/HT-504
1. Open the front door [1].
2. Remove the screw [2].
[2] 3. Remove the two screws [3] and the mounting
plate [4], and remove the front door [1] releasing it
from the pin [5].
[1]
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[3]
[4]
[5]
a03xf2c030ca
23
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Caution:
• As the trays are very heavy, the following work should be performed by two people.
• Do not pull out the two trays at a time or the PF may topple over.
Note
• The removal and installation procedures of tray/4 is the same for those of tray/5. The explanation
here is made by the example of tray/4.
• When lifting up the tray, be sure to hold it at the specified positions. Not doing so may cause dam-
age to the trays or result in a paper jam.
A. Procedure
1. Open the front door [1].
[3] [4] 2. Open the vertical conveyance unit guide plate [2]
(Tray/4 only).
3. Insert a screwdriver or a similar tool into the hole
[3], lift up the tray lock lever [4] slightly, and pull out
the tray [5].
a03xf2c031ca
24
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
PF-601/HT-504
upper cover/1 [3].
Note
• When replacing the cushion/3, also replace
the double-sided tape that secure the cush-
ion/3 with a new one.
[2] a03xf2c060ca
[2]
[1]
a03xf2c032ca
25
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[3] [4]
a03xf2c033ca
Note
[1] [2] • When installing tray/4, make sure not to let
the lower part [1] of the tray cover contact the
rail [2].
a03xf2c034ca
26
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
PF-601/HT-504
Note
• The removing/installing procedure of the lift wire is the same for tray/4 and tray/5.
A. Procedure
1. Press the down button [1] to let the lift plate [2] go
[2] [1]
down to the bottom of the tray.
a03xf2c035ca
27
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[1]
[2]
a03xf2c036ca
28
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
Note
[1]
PF-601/HT-504
• The front cover of tray/4 has the ancillary
cover [1], whereas that of tray/5 does not.
When installing the front covers of each tray,
make sure not to mix them up.
a03xf2c037ca
[1]
a03xf2c038ca
29
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
6. Slide the pulley [1], and pull out the wire ends of
[1] [4] [2] [3]
the lift wire/Fr1 [2] and /Fr2 [3] from each hole of
PF-601/HT-504
Note
• When inserting the wire ends to the shaft
holes, be sure to insert each wire into the cor-
responding shaft holes. The shaft hole near
the center of the tray is used for the shorter
wire/Fr2 [3].
• When installing the pulley, raise the lift plate
slightly to give slack to the wire, insert the
wire ends one at a time into the shaft hole,
and secure them with the pulley [1]. The wires
can be inserted easily in this way.
a03xf2c039ca
Note
• When installing the wires, be sure that the
wires are placed under the wire covers [2] and
do not cross each other.
[5] [4]
a03xf2c040ca
30
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
9. Pull out the wire ends [4] of the wire/Fr1 [2] and /
[3] [2] Fr2 [3] through the lift plate arm [1].
PF-601/HT-504
Note
• When pulling out the wire, pull it out gently
and be careful not to damage it with the cor-
ner of the metal plate.
[1]
[4]
a03xf2c041ca
10. Remove the lift wire/Rr1 [1] and /Rr2 [2] in the
[1] [2]
same manner as step 5 - 9.
11. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
Note
• When the installation is completed, make
sure that the lift plate is horizontal.
a03xf2c042ca
31
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[4]
[3]
a03xf2c043ca
32
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
PF-601/HT-504
a03xf2c044ca
a03xf2c045ca
a03xf2c046ca
33
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[4]
a03xf2c047ca
34
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
PF-601/HT-504
[2].
7. Remove the E-ring [3], pull the shaft [4] toward
you, and pull out the shaft [4] through the hole [6]
in the connector cover [5].
8. Release the lock [7] of the wire clamp and press it
in toward the rear panel.
9. Remove the two screws [8] and remove the con-
nector cover [5].
[7] [5]
[3] [6]
a03xf3c048ca
a03xf2c049ca
35
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
11. Remove the four screws [1] and remove the verti-
cal conveyance unit [2].
PF-601/HT-504
[1]
Note
• When installing the vertical conveyance unit
[2], be sure that the two tabs [3] on the verti-
cal conveyance unit are fitted in the holes [4]
in the PF main unit.
[4] [1]
[2]
[3]
a03xf2c050ca
36
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
PF-601/HT-504
1. Remove the vertical conveyance unit. (See P.34)
[1] 2. Remove the horizontal conveyance clutch/1
(MC10), /2 (MC11), and the pre-registration clutch
(MC12). (See P.17)
3. Disconnect the two connectors [1] and release the
wires from the clamps.
a03xf2c051ca
[1]
a03xf2c052ca
37
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[1]
[2]
a03xf2c053ca
Note
[2] [1] • When installing the horizontal conveyance
unit, make sure that the pin [2] is fitted in the
notch [1] of the unit.
a03xf2c054ca
38
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
3.2.10 Removing/installing the multi feed detection board (MFDTB/R and /S)
PF-601/HT-504
Note
• When replacing the multi feed detection board/S (MFDTB/S), be sure to replace the multi feed
detection board/R (MFDTB/R) at the same time.
• When the multi feed detection board is replaced, be sure to conduct the adjustment when replac-
ing multi feed detection board (PF). (See "10.7.4 Adjustment when replacing multi feed detection
board (PF)" in Field Service for the main body.)
A. Procedure
1. Loosen the screw [1], and release the filter
[1] [8] replacement assy retaining mechanism stopper
[2].
2. Remove the E-ring [3], pull the shaft [4] toward
you, and pull out the shaft [4] through the hole [6]
in the connector cover [5].
3. Release the lock [7] of the wire clamp and press it
in toward the rear panel.
4. Remove the two screws [8] and remove the con-
nector cover [5].
[7] [5]
[3] [6]
a03xf3c048ca
39
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[2] [3]
a03xf2c056ca
a03xf2c057ca
40
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
PF-601/HT-504
downward.
Note
• When installing the cover, be sure to insert
the tab [3] on the cover into the hole of the
horizontal conveyance unit [4].
a03xf3c058ca
a03xf2c059ca
41
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
PF-601/HT-504
Blank page
42
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
PF-601/HT-504
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
4.1 Paper feed pick-up amount adjustment
Perform the adjustment when no feed occurs frequently.
A. Procedure
1. Pull out the tray.
2. If paper remains in the tray, remove it.
3. Turn to loosen the knob [1], slide the projection [2]
toward the rear side of the tray, and fasten the
knob [1] to secure the projection [2].
Note
• After the completion of the adjustment,
loosen the knob [1], put the projection [2]
back to the original position, and fasten the
knob [1] to secure the projection [2].
4. Install the tray and pull out it again after the lift
[2]
[1] plate has been fully brought up, which can be
judged with the operating sound of the paper lift
motor.
5. Remove the rail stopper, and pull out the tray fur-
ther. (See P.24)
a03xf3c001ca
43
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• To easily remove the paper feed cover [3],
expand the metal plate [4] of the paper feed
cover in the direction of the arrow, and lift the
cover straight up.
• When installing the paper feed cover [3], be
sure to insert the tab [6] into the hole [5] of
the metal plate.
[4]
[5]
a03xf3c002ca
44
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
PF-601/HT-504
and the lift plate [4] with a feeler gauge.
Measured value A = 0.5 to 1.0 mm
If the measured value is not the specified value,
perform step 9 and the steps that follow.
9. Loosen the screw [5].
Note
• Before loosening the screw, be sure to mark
off the position of the pick-up solenoid by
drawing a line [6].
[4]
a03xf3c003ca
45
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Perform the adjustment under the following conditions: no feed occurs frequently; printed page is often folded;
paper jam occurs at short intervals; feeding paper with a large amount of curl.
According to the pick-up roller height adjustment, the height of the upper most paper and the paper through
height of the paper feed roller are decided.
Note
• Pick-up roller height adjustment changes paper feed pick-up amount accordingly. When the
adjustment is completed, perform the paper feed pick-up amount adjustment to check the pick-
up amount.
A. Procedure
1. Pull out the tray.
2. If paper remains in the tray, remove it.
3. Turn to loosen the knob [1], slide the projection [2]
toward the rear side of the tray, and fasten the
knob [1] to secure the projection [2].
Note
• After the completion of the adjustment,
loosen the knob [1], put the projection [2]
back to the original position, and fasten the
knob [1] to secure the projection [2].
4. Install the tray and pull out it again after the lift
[2]
[1] plate has been fully brought up, which can be
judged with the operating sound of the paper lift
motor.
5. Remove the rail stopper, and pull out the tray fur-
ther. (See P.24)
a03xf3c004ca
46
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
PF-601/HT-504
paper feed cover [3].
Note
• To easily remove the paper feed cover [3],
expand the metal plate [4] of the paper feed
cover in the direction of the arrow, and lift the
cover straight up.
• When installing the paper feed cover [3], be
sure to insert the tab [6] into the hole [5] of
the metal plate.
[6]
[4]
[5]
a03xf3c005ca
[1]
[2]
[3] a03xf3c006ca
47
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• The upper limit sensor mounting plate [1]
goes up by tightening the screw [4], and it
goes down by loosening the screw.
[6] [5]
Reference
• Raising the position of the upper limit sensor
brings down the pick-up roller [5] (resulting in
the increased difference [7] of elevation
[7] between the paper feed roller [6] and the
pick-up roller [5]).
• Lowering the position of the upper limit sen-
sor brings up the pick-up roller [5] (resulting
a03xf3c007ca
in the reduced difference [7] of elevation
between the paper feed roller [6] and the
pick-up roller [5]).
• When the printed page is folded, when paper
jam occurs frequently, or when feeding paper
with a large amount of curl, raise the upper
limit sensor mounting plate.
• When feeding convexly curled paper, lower
the upper limit sensor mounting plate.
48
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
PF-601/HT-504
Perform the adjustment when no feed or multi-feed occurs frequently.
Note
• The no-feed or multi-feed error is most likely to occur due to paper type or operating environment.
No feed tends to occur in low temperature environment, whereas high temperature environment
results in a higher rate of multi-feed.
• Do not make an excessive adjustment. Doing so may reverse the respective symptoms.
A. Procedure
Reference
• The pressure applied to the spring increases/
[1] decreases by about 10% increment.
[2] [3]
a03xf3c008ca
49
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
A. Procedure
1. Pull out the tray.
2. If paper remains in the tray, remove it.
3. Turn to loosen the knob [1], slide the projection [2]
toward the rear side of the tray, and fasten the
knob [1] to secure the projection [2].
Note
• After the completion of the adjustment,
loosen the knob [1], put the projection [2]
back to the original position, and fasten the
knob [1] to secure the projection [2].
4. Install the tray and pull out it again after the lift
[2]
[1] plate has been fully brought up, which can be
judged with the operating sound of the paper lift
motor.
a03xf3c009ca
Note
• Do not loosen the screws on the near side of
the tray.
[2]
a03xf3c010ca
50
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
PF-601/HT-504
Perform the adjustment when the unit is not placed horizontally, or when the height/tilt of the unit is different from
that of the main body.
Note
• Horizontal adjustment may displace the unit position relative to the main body. When the adjust-
ment is completed, be sure to make a test copy/print to see if papers are properly fed from the PF.
A. Procedure
1. Turn off the power switch (SW2) and the main
power switch (SW1) of the main body and unplug
the power cord of the main body from the power
outlet.
2. Turn the four nuts [2] of the adjusters [1] with a
wrench to adjust the levelness of the unit.
Note
• Be sure to take the height against the main
body into account when making the adjust-
ment.
Note
• If there are adjuster(s) that are off the ground,
turn the nut [2] with a wrench to extend the
adjuster(s) until you feed the adjuster(s) are
securely grounded.
a03xf3c011ca
51
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
4. Pull out the tray/4, and make sure that the gap “A”
between the PF plate [1] and the tray guide plate
PF-601/HT-504
[1] A [2]
a03xf3c012ca
52
SERVICE MANUAL Field Service
LU-202/HT-503
2006.09
Ver. 1.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.
Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the correspond-
ing page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.
CONTENTS
LU-202/HT-503
LU-202/HT-503
OUTLINE
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 LU-202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2 HT-503 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
MAINTENANCE
2. PERIODIC INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1 Maintenance Procedure of the Paper Feed Section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1.1 Cleaning/pre-registration roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1.2 Removing/installing paper feed roller Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.1.3 Replacing the paper feed roller/pick-up roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1.4 Replacing separation roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.1.5 Replacing paper feed clutch (MC101) /pre-registration clutch (MC102) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3. OTHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3.1 Disassembly/Reassembly Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3.2 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3.2.1 Removing/reinstalling the upper door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3.2.2 Removing/reinstalling the clutch cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3.2.3 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
3.2.4 Removing/installing the right cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
3.2.5 Removing/reinstalling the front cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3.2.6 Removing/reinstalling the rear cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3.2.7 Replacing the lift wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
4.1 Separation pressure adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
4.2 Paper lift plate horizontal adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
4.3 Paper centering adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
4.4 Paper skew adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
4.5 (Maximum) Paper feed height adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
4.6 Pick-up roller separation adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
i
CONTENTS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
LU-202/HT-503
Blank page
ii
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
OUTLINE
LU-202/HT-503
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
1.1 LU-202
A. Type
B. Functions
C. Paper type
*1 Available types of paper weighing 300 g/m2 are limited to specific types.
D. Maintenance
E. Machine data
Power source 24/12/5VDC, 200 to 240VAC (supplied both from the main body)
Maximum power consump- DC: 40W or less, AC: 50W or less (not including HT-503)
tion
Weight Approx. 40kg
Dimensions 710 (W) x 639 (D) x 477 (H) mm
F. Operating environment
Temperature 10 to 30°C
Humidity 10 to 80% RH (with no condensation)
1
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
1.2 HT-503
LU-202/HT-503
A. Type
B. Maintenance
C. Machine data
Power source 24/5VDC, 200 to 240VAC (supplied both from the main body)
Maximum power consump- DC: 4W or less, AC: 290W or less
tion
Dimensions Dehumidifier fan heater unit: 293 (W) x 82 (D) x 197 (H) mm
Power unit: 121 (W) x 80 (D) x 160 (H) mm
Weight Dehumidifier fan heater unit: Approx. 1.5 kg
Power supply unit: Approx. 0.9 kg
D. Operating environment
Temperature 10 to 30°C
Humidity 10 to 80%RH (with no condensation)
Note
• The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.
2
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC INSPECTION
MAINTENANCE
LU-202/HT-503
2. PERIODIC INSPECTION
2.1 Maintenance Procedure of the Paper Feed Section
Caution
• Be sure to unplug the power cord from the power outlet.
B. Procedure
a03wf2c001ca
3
2. PERIODIC INSPECTION Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
4
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC INSPECTION
LU-202/HT-503
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Paper feed roller: Every 600,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 300,000 feed)
• Pick-up roller: Every 600,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 300,000 feed)
B. Procedure
Note
• Install it so that the paint mark [5] is facing
towards the belt [6].
[6]
[3] [4]
[5]
a03wf2c004ca
5
2. PERIODIC INSPECTION Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• When installing, insert collar [2] from the
groove [3] side.
a03wf2c005ca
6
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC INSPECTION
LU-202/HT-503
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Separation roller : Every 600,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 300,000 feed)
B. Procedure
1. Open the upper door.
2. Remove the 2 screws [1] and remove the cover
[2].
3. Remove the two screws [1], pull out the front side
while pressing down the separation roller [2],
remove the coupling [3], and remove the separa-
[3] tion roller assy [4].
[2]
7
2. PERIODIC INSPECTION Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[1]
a03wf2c008ca
Note
• When installing, insert the paint mark [3] side
to the collar [2].
• Be careful not to let any grease spill or drip on
the separation roller.
a03wf2c009ca
8
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC INSPECTION
LU-202/HT-503
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Paper feed clutch (MC101): Every 2,400,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 2,000,000 feed)
• Pre-registration clutch (MC102): Every 2,400,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 2,000,000 feed)
B. Procedure
1. Remove the clutch cover.
[2] [3] [5] [6] [7] [5] [4] [2]
(See P.11)
2. Disconnect the two connectors [1].
3. Remove the two C-clips [2] and remove the paper
feed clutch (MC101) [3], and remove the pre-reg-
istration clutch [4].
Note
• When installing, be sure to insert the stoppers
[5] of the clutches over the screw [6] and the
metal plate [7].
[1] a03wf2c010ca
9
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
3. OTHERS
LU-202/HT-503
10
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
LU-202/HT-503
Caution
• Be sure to unplug the power cord from the power outlet.
Note
• When attaching the spring, be sure to put its
hook through the hole on the plate from the
outside.
11
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[2] a03wf2c013ca
[2] a03wf2c014ca
12
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
LU-202/HT-503
1. Open the upper door.
2. Remove the right cover.
(See P.12)
[1] 3. Open the front door [1] and remove the five
screws [2].
4. Close the front door [1], and remove the front
cover [3].
[2]
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[3] [2]
a03wf2c015ca
13
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
[1] • When the HT (option) is installed, remove the
four screws [4].
a03wf2c016ca
14
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
LU-202/HT-503
Note
• When the HT-503 (option) is installed, remove it before performing the replacement.
• Be sure to lower the paper lift plate to its lower most position in advance by pressing the tray
down switch (SW100) with electricity supplied.
• Remove the lift wire in the order of "A. Removing/installing the paper feed motor assy" "B. Remov-
ing/installing the paper lift drive section" "C. Removing/reinstalling the lift wire". Reinstall the lift
wire following the removal steps in reverse.
• After replacing the lift wire, carry out the paper lift plate horizontal adjustment. (See P.28)
• There are six lift wires; Fr1[2], Fr2 [3], Fr3 [4], Rr1 [5], Rr2 [6], and Rr3 [7]. All of them are wound on
the pulleys attached to the drive shaft [1] as shown.
The four lift wires; Fr2, Fr3, Rr2, Rr3 are the same in length, and are referred to as drive wire/A
which lifts the paper lift plate [8]. The other two lift wires; Fr1 and Rr1 are different in length and
attached to the spring/Fr [9] and the spring/Rr [10] as shown. The Fr1 and Rr1, referred to as
assist wire/C and /D respectively, pull the paper lift plate downward to stabilize the plate.
Drive wire/A (1450 mm) :lift wire/Fr2 [3], /Fr3 [4], Rr2 [6], /Rr3 [7]
Assist wire/C (1240 mm) :lift wire/Fr1 [2]
Assist wire/D (820mm) :lift wire/Rr1 [5]
• Attach the cylindrical-shaped end [11] of the wire to the drive shaft, and attach the other ball
shaped end [12] to the metal plate or the spring.
[8] [10]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[11]
[4] [1]
[12]
FRONT [9] [3]
[2] a03wf2c017ca
15
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[1] [2]
2. Remove the right cover.
(See P.12)
3. Remove the front cover.
(See P.13)
4. Remove the rear cover.
(See P.14)
5. Remove the paper feed clutch (MC101) [1] and
pre-registration clutch (MC102) [2].
(See P.9)
6. Remove the two screws [3] and remove the duct
[4].
[4] [3]
a03wf2c018ca
Note
• Do not loosen the screw [4] too much. Doing
so may damage the clearance sponge [5].
10. Push the lower part of the bulkhead plate [6] a few
millimeters in the direction of the arrow [7], then
while avoiding actuator [8], push the tab [9] to
remove the lower limit sensor (PS101) [10].
Note
[3] [5] [7] [3] • When removing/installing PS101, be careful
not to damage it.
• When installing, make sure that the tab [9] is
securely inserted.
16
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
LU-202/HT-503
13. Remove the E-ring [3] and the bearing [4].
14. Remove the four screws [5].
15. Remove the two screws [6] and remove the paper
feed motor assy [7] in the direction of the arrow
[8].
Note
• The screws [6] are shoulder screws. Make
sure to properly attach the screws so that the
metal plate is fitted securely.
[5] [1] [2] [7] [5] 16. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
a03wf2c020ca
steps in reverse.
[3] a03wf2c021ca
17
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[4].
Note
• The screws [3] are shoulder screws. Make
sure to properly attach the screws so that the
metal plate is fitted securely.
Note
• When installing the bearing [6], install it from
[2] [1] [6] [5] [4]
the inner side of the metal plate [5].
a03wf2c022ca
Note
• When installing the gear [1] with the paper lift
plate located at its lowest position, align the
edge surface of the actuator [3] of the
remaining paper detection gear [2] with the
surface [5] of the remaining paper sensor/4
(PS105) [4].
• Make sure to attach the gear [1] in the correct
direction.
[2]
[5]
[4]
[3] a03wf2c023ca
18
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
LU-202/HT-503
10. Remove the E-ring [4], then remove the gear [5]
and the outer/inner bearings [6].
11. Remove the E-ring [1], then remove the gear [2]
and the pin [3].
12. Remove the E-ring [4] and the bearing [5].
13. Remove the four screws [1] and the two screws
[3] [2]
[2], and remove the paper lift drive section [3].
Note
• Be careful not to damage the clearance
sponge [4].
• The screws [2] are shoulder screws. Make
sure to properly attach the screws so that the
metal plate is fitted securely.
[1] [4]
a03wf2c026ca
19
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[6] [7]
20
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
Note
[2] [5] [4] [3] [9] [10] [1]
LU-202/HT-503
• When installing the lift wire/Rr1 [1], insert the
cylindrical-shaped end of the wire [3] into the
hole of the drive shaft [2], and insert the pul-
ley [5] letting the wire through the cutout [4],
and then wind the wire seven turns clockwise
[6] (from the panel [7] side to outward [8]) in a
single layer.
• When installing the lift wire/Rr1, be sure that
the lift wire/Rr2 [9] and /Rr3 [10] are not on
either side edge of the pulley, and the lift wire/
Rr1 [1] is wound one turn at the panel side [7].
[8] [7]
[6] a03wf2c028ca
a03wf2c029ca
21
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
LU-202/HT-503
a03wf2c030ca
22
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
9. Remove the E-ring [1] and the pulley [2], and then
[11] [10] [12]
pull out the wire end [3].
LU-202/HT-503
10. Remove the lift wire/Fr2 [4] from the pulley [5], [6]
and [7].
Note
• When removing the wire from the pulley [5],
[6] and [7], pull the wire out from the convex
[9]
portion [8] of the wire cover [9], then slide the
[5] wire cover.
[8]
11. Remove the screw [10], and remove the wire pro-
tective cover [11].
12. Remove the ball shaped wire end [12] by pulling it
[4] [6] straight up, and remove the lift wire/Fr2 [4].
Note
• When removing/installing the lift wire, be
careful not to damage it with the metal plate.
[5] [7]
[1]
[2] [3]
a03wf2c031ca
23
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
13. Remove the two E-rings [1] and pulley [2], and
[8] [7]
remove the lift wire/Fr3 [3].
LU-202/HT-503
[5]
24
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
LU-202/HT-503
17. In the same manner as Step 10, remove the lift
wire/Rr2 [3] from the pulley [4], [5] and [6].
18. In the same manner as Steps 11 and 12, remove
the screw [7] and the wire protective cover [8],
and remove the lift wire/Rr2 [3].
[5]
Note
• After installing the lift wire, make sure that the
lift wire does not contact with the metal
plates or some other parts.
25
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
19. Remove the two E-rings [1] and pulley [2], and
[7] [8]
remove the lift wire/Rr3 [3].
LU-202/HT-503
[5]
Note
• After installing the lift wire, make sure that the
lift wire does not contact with the metal
plates or some other parts.
Note
• After installing, carry out the paper lift plate
horizontal adjustment.
[6] [3] [4] (See P.28)
26
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
LU-202/HT-503
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
4.1 Separation pressure adjustment
Conduct the separation pressure adjustment when there occurs a no feed or double feed condition repeatedly.
Note
• Do not make an excessive adjustment. Doing so may reverse the symptoms.
• Paper type and ambient temperature/humidity can be a major cause of the no-feed or multi-feed
jam. For example, no-feed jam tends to occur in low temperature, and multi-feed jam does in high
temperature. Make sure to carry out this adjustment with that in mind.
A. Procedure
1. Remove the LU from the main body.
2. Disconnect the hooked end [1] of the spring from
the tab, and attach it to another tab on the left [2]
or right [3] side of the center tab to raise or reduce
the separation pressure.
Note
• The five tabs correspond to five pressure lev-
els. Attach the hooked end of the spring to a
tab on the [2] side to raise the pressure, or
[1] attach it to a tab on the [3] side to reduce the
pressure.
Reducing pressure: lowers multi-feed jam
rate.
Raising pressure: lowers no-feed jam rate.
[2] [3] • The spring force changes in increments of
about 10%.
a03wf3c001ca
3. Reinstall the LU to the main body.
Note
• Make some test prints to check to see that
no-feed or multi-feed jam does not occur.
27
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Conduct the paper lift plate horizontal adjustment when a paper feed jam occurs repeatedly or when the lift wire
has been changed.
A. Procedure
1. Remove the paper from the LU and close the
[2] [3] upper door.
2. Turn on the main power switch (SW1) and the sub
power switch (SW2) of the main body. After the
paper lift plate stops at its uppermost position (lis-
ten to the sound of the paper lift motor to figure
out the stop status), turn off the both switches.
3. Open the upper door.
4. Remove the right cover.
(See P.12)
5. Remove the front cover.
(See P.13)
6. Loosen the two screws on the front side [1].
7. Adjust the levelness of the paper lift plate [4] with
the adjustment screw [5] aligning its both end sur-
faces with the marking-off line [2] and [3].
Note
• Before adjusting with the screw [5], push
down the lift plate lightly to take up any slack
in the wires.
[5] [4]
Note
• Make some test prints to check to see that
no-feed or multi-feed jam does not occur.
[1]
a03wf3c002ca
28
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
LU-202/HT-503
Perform this adjustment when images are not printed on the center of paper, which fed from LU, even after per-
forming the "Printer centering adjustment (tray4)" (adjustment range: ± 4 mm) in service mode.
A. Procedure
1. Load about 100 sheets of paper in the LU. (less
than 100 may cause the paper becoming warped
[2] [1] [3] [4]
when the guide plate is pressed against it.)
2. Feed paper from the tray4 (LU) and print the test
pattern No. 16.
3. Fold the printed sheet in half in main scan direc-
tion to see how much the printed pattern is off-
centered.
4. Close the upper door. And turn off the main power
switch (SW1) and the sub power switch (SW2)
after the paper lift plate stops at its uppermost
position (listen to the sound of the paper lift motor
to figure out the stop status).
5. Open the upper door and remove paper.
6. Loosen the two screws [2] of the guide plate /Fr
[1] and the two screws [4] of the guide plate /Rr
[3].
7. Loosen the two screws [6] of the centering
bracket [5].
[7] 8. Slide the centering bracket [5] aligning the line on
the both ends of the bracket with the marking-off
line [7], and tighten the two screws [6].
Note
• When sliding the centering bracket, make
sure to slide its both ends simultaneously (not
tilt it) so that the line on the both ends align
with one of the marking off lines at the same
position.
9. Load paper and press the guide plate /Fr [1] and /
Rr [3] against the paper, and tighten the two
screws [2] and the two screws [4].
Note
• When pressing the guide plates against
[6] [7] [5] paper, make sure not to press them too much,
a03wf3c003ca or a paper jam may occur.
Note
• Make some test prints to check to see that
the off-centered amount falls within the
allowable range.
29
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Conduct this adjustment when there is a difference in the inclination found with the main body tray and the
paper skew. However, this method has a limited effect since all of the paper supplied is adjusted at the registra-
tion section.
An adjustment is made at a different place according to the case in which there occurs a skew of the same incli-
nation in all of the paper supplied from the LU or in which there occurs a skew at random for each sheet of
paper.
A. Preparation
1. Make the continuous print of the test pattern (No. 16) to check the skew.
2. Depending on the inclination of a skew, conduct either of the following adjustment B and C.
Skew in the same inclination for the entire LU: Adjustment procedure B
Skew at random: Adjustment procedure C
Note
• When sliding the positioning bracket [3],
move its both edges by the same amount so
that they align with the making-off line [2] at
the same position.
[2] a03wf3c004ca
30
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
LU-202/HT-503
[2] [1] [3] [4]
than 100 may cause the paper becoming warped
when the guide plate is pressed against it.)
Note
• When pressing the guide plates against
paper, make sure not to press them too much,
or a paper jam may occur.
Note
• The paper size indications on the guide plates
are marked 2 mm larger than the actual size.
The 2 mm gap may cause the paper skew
depending on the paper type.
• When pressing the guide plates against
paper, make sure not to press them too much,
or a paper jam may occur.
31
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• Be sure to carry out the pick-up roller separation adjustment after performing this adjustment,
since this adjustment changes the distance between the pick-up roller surface and paper when
the roller moved away from the paper. (See P.33)
A. Procedure
1. Remove the paper from the LU and close the
[1] [3] [4]
upper door.
2. Turn on the main power switch (SW1) and the sub
power switch (SW2) of the main body. After the
paper lift plate stops at its uppermost position (lis-
ten to the sound of the paper lift motor to figure
out the stop status), turn off the both switches.
3. Remove the upper door.
(See P.11)
4. Remove the paper feed cover.
(See P.12)
5. Loosen the screw [1] and adjust the position of
the mounting plate [3] of the upper limit sensor
[2]
a03wf3c006ca
(PS109) [2] while holding it horizontally referring to
the marking-off line [4], and tighten the screw [1].
Note
• Be sure to install the sensor mounting plate
[3] horizontally.
• Move the sensor mounting plate [3] down-
ward to raise the paper feed level, or move
the plate upward to lower the paper feed
level.
• When no-feed occurs or convexly curled
paper needs to be fed, move sensor mounting
plate [3] downward to raise the paper feed
level.
• When multi-feed occurs or the paper edge is
folded, or when convexly curled paper needs
to be fed, move sensor mounting plate [3]
upward to lower the paper feed height level.
32
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
LU-202/HT-503
Conduct this adjustment when there occurs a no feed jam repeatedly and when the paper feed height (upper
limit) adjustment is made.
A. Procedure
1. Remove the paper from the LU and close the
[2] [1] [6] upper door.
2. Turn on the main power switch (SW1) and the sub
power switch (SW2) of the main body. After the
paper lift plate stops at its uppermost position (lis-
ten to the sound of the paper lift motor to figure
out the stop status), turn off the both switches.
3. Remove the upper door.
(See P.11)
4. Remove the paper feed cover.
(See P.12)
5. With the moving part [2] of the pick-up solenoid
(SD100) [1] pulled in the direction of the arrow,
measure the gap [5] between the pick-up roller [3]
and the paper lift plate [4].
[7] Standard value: 0.5mm or more (0.5 to 2.5 mm)
If the measured value is out of the specified range,
perform step 6 and the subsequent steps.
6. Loosen a screw [6] and move the SD100 [1] back
and forth reffering to the marking-off line [7] to
adjust its position, and tighten the screw [6].
7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
Note
• Make some test prints to check to see that
no-feed or multi-feed jam does not occur.
a03wf3c006ca
33
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
LU-202/HT-503
Blank page
34
SERVICE MANUAL Field Service
RU-503/504
2006.09
Ver. 1.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.
Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the correspond-
ing page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.
CONTENTS
RU-503/504
RU-503/504
OUTLINE
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
MAINTENANCE
2. OTHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1 Disassembly/reassembly parts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.2 Disassembly/reassembly procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.2.1 Removing/reinstalling the conveyance units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.2.2 Removing/reinstalling the upper cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.2.3 Removing/reinstalling the decurler gate solenoid /1 (SD2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.2.4 Removing/reinstalling the decurler gate solenoid /2 (SD3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.2.5 Note to keep in mind when replacing the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
i
CONTENTS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
RU-503/504
Blank page
ii
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
OUTLINE
RU-503/504
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
A. Type
B. Functions
(1) Functions
C. Paper type
Paper size SRA3, A3, B4, SRA4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, A5S, B6S, A6S
13 x 19, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 8 1/2S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
Tab paper (A4, 81/2 x 11)
Custom paper (Max. 330 x 487mm, Min. 100 x 148 mm)
Paper type Plain paper, high quality paper, color paper, coated paper, tab paper (five-tab
type): same as the main body.
Paper weight Accelerated con- 64 to 300g/m2
veyance mode
Decurler convey- 64 to 209g/m2
ance mode
D. Maintenance
1
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
E. Machine data
F. Operating environment
Temperature 10 to 30°C
Humidity 10 to 80%RH (with no condensation)
Note
• The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.
2
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. OTHERS
MAINTENANCE
RU-503/504
2. OTHERS
2.1 Disassembly/reassembly parts list
No. Section Part name Reference page
1 Conveyance section Conveyance unit P.4
2 Upper cover P.9
3 Decurler gate solenoid /1 (SD2) P.9
4 Decurler gate solenoid /2 (SD3) P.11
3
2. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Caution:
• Be sure to unplug the power cord from the power outlet.
[3]
[1]
[6]
[5]
[4]
a04jf2c001ca
4
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. OTHERS
Note
[1] [3] [4] [5] [2] • After reinstalling the front door [1], loosen the
RU-503/504
two screws [2] and match the position of the
actuator [5] with the interlock [4] while mov-
ing the fixing plate [3] in the direction of the
arrow. Do not open the front door [1] forcibly.
a04jf2c002ca
5
2. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
cover [4].
[2]
[3]
[4]
[1]
a04jf2c003ca
6
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. OTHERS
RU-503/504
a04jf2c004ca
a04jf2c005ca
a04jf2c006ca
7
2. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Caution:
• Be sure to install the lock shaft that you have
removed during unpacking, or the convey-
ance unit may pop up and you may get hurt.
a04jf2c007ca
Note
• When handling the conveyance unit, do not
hold the unit by its handle [1] or the guide
plate [2]. Be sure to grasp the sturdy parts
such as the frame [3] or the shaft [4].
[4]
a04jf2c008ca
8
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. OTHERS
RU-503/504
1. Remove the conveyance unit from the main body
[2] [1]
and the option. (See P.4)
2. Remove the eight screws [1], slide the cover [2] of
the main body backward, and remove the cover.
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
a04jf2c009ca
a04jf2c010ca
9
2. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• Mind the correct direction when installing the
solenoid lever.
a04jf2c011ca
a=3 0.5mm
[4]
a04jf2c012ca
10
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. OTHERS
RU-503/504
1. Remove the conveyance unit. (See P.4)
[1] [3] [2] [1] 2. Remove the three screws [1], and remove the
covers [2] and [3].
a04jf2c013ca
Note
• Be careful when handling the solenoid [3] as it
is not fixed at this moment.
Note
• Be careful not to drop the solenoid [3].
a04jf2c014ca
11
2. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[4] [5]
a04jf2c015ca
12
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. OTHERS
RU-503/504
sure to replace the EEPROM (IC3).
Remove the EEPROM (IC3) from the old RU control
board [1] and install it into the new RU control board
[2].
Note
• The setting of the SW1 should be the same as
that of the old RUCB.
[1]
[2]
a04jf2c016ca
Note
A • Be sure to install the "A" sections of the EEP-
ROM (IC3) in the same direction.
a04jf2c017ca
13
2. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
RU-503/504
Blank page
14
SERVICE MANUAL Field Service
FD-501
2006.09
Ver. 3.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for improve-
ment of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.
Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the corresponding
page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.
CONTENTS
FD-501
FD-501
OUTLINE
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
MAINTENANCE
2. PERIODIC CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1 Maintenance procedure of conveyance section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1.1 Replacing roller solenoids /1 (SD5) to /4 (SD8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.2 Maintenance procedure of punch section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.2.1 Replacing the punch motor (M10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.3 Maintenance procedure of main tray section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.3.1 Replacing the tray up down motor (M11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.4 Maintenance procedure of PI section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.4.1 Replacing the pick-up rubber (upper stage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.4.2 Replacing the paper feed rubber (upper stage). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.4.3 Replacing the separation rubber (upper stage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.4.4 Replacing the pick-up rubber (lower stage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.4.5 Replacing the paper feed rubber (lower stage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
2.4.6 Replacing the separation rubber (lower stage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
3. OTHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.1 Items not allowed to be disassembled and/or adjusted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.1.1 Folding/conveyance switching position adjustment section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.2 List of parts to be disassembled and assembled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.3 Removal procedure of parts to be disassembled and assembled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.3.1 Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /Fr + PI cover /Fr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.3.2 Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /Rr + PI cover /Rr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
3.3.3 Removing/reinstalling the upper door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
3.3.4 Removing/reinstalling the rear cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.3.5 Removing/reinstalling the left cover /Fr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.3.6 Removing/reinstalling the left cover /Rr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
3.3.7 Removing/reinstalling the paper exit stopper cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
3.3.8 Removing/reinstalling the right cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.3.9 Removing/reinstalling the left cover /Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.3.10 Removing/reinstalling the stand cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
3.3.11 Removing/reinstalling the front door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3.3.12 Cleaning the 2nd folding conveyance sensor (PS53) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.3.13 Cleaning the 3rd folding conveyance sensor (PS54) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.3.14 Cleaning the 3rd folding roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
3.3.15 Removing/reinstalling the folding conveyance section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.3.16 Removing/reinstalling the main tray up/down wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.3.17 Removing/reinstalling the multi feed detection boards /1 (MFDB/1) and /2 (MFDB/2) . . . . . . . . 45
3.3.18 Note to keep in mind when replacing the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
i
CONTENTS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
4.4 PI section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
4.4.1 Gear position adjustment of the paper feed regulation plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
4.4.2 Paper feed pick-up amount adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
ii
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
OUTLINE
FD-501
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
A. Type
B. Functions
(1) Functions
Normal paper exit function Transfer paper exited from the main body is exited into the main tray/sub tray.
Punching function Transfer paper that is exited by the main body or fed to the PI is punched for
each sheet of paper and exited into the main tray/sub tray.
Folding function Transfer paper that is exited from the main body or fed to the PI is handled for
folding (either one of the following: Z-fold, Letter fold-out, Letter fold-in, Double
parallel fold, Gate fold, and folding) for each sheet of paper, and exited into the
sub tray/main tray (The Z-fold exit to the main tray while in the FS connection is
limited only to B4, A3, 81/2 x 14, 11 x 17, 12 x 18 and 8K.)
PI insertion function PI tray paper is inserted in the transfer paper exited from the main body.
Manual mode PI tray paper is punched, folded and stapled, and then exited into the sub tray/
main tray. (The stapling function is available only when the staple unit is con-
nected to the downstream of the FD.)
1
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
Tab paper*4 : A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S,11 x 17, 81/2 x 11,81/2 x 11S,
custom paper (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 140mm)
Custom paper : 1050 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 140mm)
C6500 (Max. 330 x 483 mm, Min. 128 x 148mm)
*1 C6500 only
*2 C6500: supported in all the destinations.
1050: only supported in Taiwan and China.
*3 Operation of paper exit with tab area at the trail edge side is not assured.
2 2
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
C. Type of paper
(1) Punching function
FD-501
Paper size 2 holes:
12 x 18 , 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2*1
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K*3, 16K*3, 16KS*3,
Tab paper*4 : A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, 11 x 17,
81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S,
custom paper (Max. 324 x 460 mm,
Min. 182 x 140mm)
*1 C6500 only
*2 C6500: supported in all the destinations.
1050: only supported in Taiwan and China.
Applicable paper Plain paper
Paper weight Folding, Letter 50 to 130 g/m2
fold-in, Letter
fold-out, Z-fold
Double parallel 50 to 91 g/m2
fold, Gate fold
2 3
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
(3) PI functions
Paper size SRA3*2, A3, B4, SRA4*2, SRA4S*2, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5
13 x 19*2, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2
FD-501
Tab paper*4 : A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S,
custom paper (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x
140mm)
Custom paper*2 : Max. 330 x 483 mm, Min. 182 x 148mm
Wide paper*1 : A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, 12 x 18,11 x 17,
81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2,
size entry: (Max. 324 x 460 mm)
D. Maintenance
E. Machine data
Power source 230 VAC, DCS 5V (5V DCS is supplied from the main body.)
(for metric area) AC100, 240V, DC5V (DC5V is supplied from the main body.)
Power source 200 VAC, DCS 5V (5V DCS is supplied from the main body.)
(for inch area)
Maximum power consump- 180 VA or less
tion
Dimensions 400 (W) x 723 (D) x 1231 (H) mm
(The main tray is not included in the width)
Weight Approx. 130 kg
F. Operating environment
Temperature 10 to 30°C
Humidity 10 to 80% RH (with no condensation)
Note
• The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.
4 2
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
MAINTENANCE
FD-501
2. PERIODIC CHECK
Caution:
• Be sure to unplug the power cord from the power outlet.
B. Procedure
1. Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the cord
[1]
support board /A [2].
2. Unhook the hook of the spring [3] from the shaft
[4].
[2]
[4]
[3] fd501fs2001c
[3]
[2]
[1]
fd501fs2002c
5
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
*1 1050
B. Procedure
1. Remove 2 connectors [1].
[1] 2. Remove 4 screws [2].
[3] 3. Remove the punch unit [3].
[2]
fd501fs2003c
[2] fd501fs2004c
6
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
FD-501
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Tray up down motor (M11) : Every 5,250,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 5,000,000 prints) *1
*1 1050
B. Procedure
Note
• Be sure to remove the tray up down motor (M11) while supporting the up/down stay with your
hands.
[3]
[1]
fd501fs2005c
7
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
*1 1050
*2 C6500
C. Procedure
1. Open the upper door.
[1] 2. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the protec-
tive cover [2].
[2]
fd501fs2006c
Note
[3]
• The rear side of the shaft is inserted into the
coupling [4]. Be sure to remove the pick-up
[5] [2] unit /Up [3] from the front side.
• Be careful not to damage 2 actuators [5] of
the pick-up unit /Up.
fd501fs2007c
8
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
FD-501
[4].
[3] fd501fs2008c
[1] fd501fs2009c
[1] fd501fs2010c
fd501fs2011c
9
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
11. Remove the belt [3] from the gear [2], [4] and then
[1] [2] [3]
remove the gear [2], [4] and the pin [1], [5] from
the pick-up roller shaft [4].
FD-501
[4]
[5] fd501fs2012c
12. Pull out the pick-up roller shaft [1] to the front side,
and remove the pick-up roller assembly [2].
[1]
[2] fd501fs2013c
Note
• Be sure to install the pick-up roller so that the
one-way clutch [3] (blue) is on the front side.
[3]
[2] [1] fd501fs2014c
10
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
FD-501
17. Remove the belt [4] from the gear [5], and then
remove the gear [5] and the pin [6] from the pick-
up roller shaft [7].
18. Pull out the pick-up roller shaft [7] to the rear side,
and remove the pick-up roller assembly [8].
19. Remove the pick-up roller and replace the pick-up
rubber.
[2] [3] [5] [6] [8] [9] [1]
Note
• Be sure to install the pick-up roller so that the
one-way clutch [9] (blue) is on the front side.
fd501fs2015c
Note
[1] [5] [8] [1] • Be sure to install the pick-up roller so that the
one-way clutch [8] (blue) is on the front side.
fd501fs2016c
11
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
B. Procedure
1. Conduct the steps 1 to 8 in the “2.4.1 Replacing
the pick-up rubber (upper stage)” and remove the
[8]
pick-up roller unit.
[7] 2. Remove the C-clip [1].
[3] 3. Remove the belt restriction plate [2].
4. Remove the spacer [3].
[4] 5. Remove the belt [4].
6. Remove the gear [5] and the pin [6].
[1] 7. Remove the gear [7] and the pin [8].
fd501fs2017c
[1] fd501fs2018c
12
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
FD-501
12. Remove 2 C-clips [4].
fd501fs2019c
fd501fs2020c
16. Remove the paper feed roller [1] and replace the
[1]
[2] paper feed rubber[2].
[3] 17. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
Note
fd501fs2021c
• Be sure to install the pick-up roller so that the
one-way clutch [3] (blue) is on the front side.
13
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
B. Procedure
1. Conduct the steps 1 to 4 in "2.4.1 Replacing the
[1] [2]
pick-up rubber (upper stage)" and remove the
pick-up unit /Up.
2. Remove the 2 C-clips [1].
[1] 3. Remove 2 bearings [2].
4. Remove the C-clip [3] and then remove the entire
roller shaft from the mounting plate while pressing
the separation roller assembly [4] against the front
gear [5].
Note
• Pins are employed on the inside of the sepa-
[3] [4] [5] [6] fd501fs2022c
ration roller assembly [4] and the gear [5]
respectively. When removing them, be careful
that these pins do not get lost. With the C-clip
[6] on the front side of the gear left as it is,
pressing the roller onto the gear prevents the
pins from dropping off.
fd501fs2023c
14
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
FD-501
*1 1050
*2 C6500
C. Procedure
Note
• A shaft fixing screw is inserted when removing the PI tray /Up. Be sure to remove this shaft fixing
screw from the PI tray /Up after completion of the replacement of the pick-up roller /Lw. Operating
the machine with the shaft fixing screw inserted to the PI tray /Up may cause damage to the PI
section.
1. Make sure that the PI lift plate /Up [1] has come
[2] [3]
down fully. If it has not come down completely,
conduct the I/O check (output) (PI/Up: 70 -11, PI/
Lw: 70 - 13) in the service mode.
2. Conduct the steps 1 to 4 in "2.4.1 Replacing the
pick-up rubber (upper stage)" and remove the
pick-up unit /Up.
3. Remove the 4 screws [2] and then remove the
[2]
paper feed stopper plate /Up [3].
[1] fd501fs2024c
15
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
Note
• Be sure to turn the shaft fixing screw [1] until
its stem section disappears completely.
• After completion of the replacement of the
pick-up rubber (lower stage) be sure to
remove the shaft fixing screw [1] from the
position [2] and get it back to the position [1].
Operating the machine with the shaft fixing
screw inserted to the position [2] may cause
damage to the PI section.
[2] fd501fs2025c
Note
• When removing the PI tray /Up [2], be sure to
pull it diagonally up to the left.
16
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
FD-501
[1] 10. For the subsequent operations, conduct the pick-
up rubber (upper stage) (steps 4 to 25). (See P.8)
11. Replace it with a new pick-up rubber.
[2] [2]
12. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
Note
• When installing the PI tray /Up, be sure to
fd501fs2027c
remove the shaft fixing screw and get it back
to the original position.
17
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
B. Procedure
1. Conduct the steps 1 to 9 in "2.4.4 Replacing the pick-up rubber (lower stage)"
2. The subsequent operations are the same as those for the paper feed rubber (upper stage). (See P.12)
3. Reinstall a new paper feed rubber following the removal steps in reverse.
B. Procedure
1. Conduct the steps 1 to 9 in "2.4.4 Replacing the
[1]
pick-up rubber (lower stage)"
2. Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the paper
feed stopper plate /Lw [2].
3. For the subsequent operations, conduct the sep-
aration rubber (upper stage) (steps 2 to 6).
(See P.14)
4. Replace it with a new separation rubber.
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2]
fd501fs2028c
18
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
3. OTHERS
3.1 Items not allowed to be disassembled and/or adjusted
FD-501
Caution:
• Be sure to unplug the power cord from the power outlet.
Note
• Be sure to avoid removing or loosening the screws [1], [2], [3] of the folding/conveyance switching
position adjustment section provided on the front of the folding conveyance unit. The adjustment
scale marked on the folding conveyance frame are intended to be used in the factory.
[1] [3]
[2]
fd501fs2079c
19
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
20
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
FD-501
A. Procedure
1. Open the upper door [1] and the front door [2].
[1]
2. Remove 3 screws [3], pull out the PI cover /Fr [5]
to the front side while raising it together with the
[5] upper cover /Fr [4].
[4]
[2]
[3] fd501fs2029c
[3]
[2]
fd501fs2030c
21
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
[1] 2. Remove 3 screws [2] and pull out the PI cover /Rr
[4] to the rear side while raising it together with the
upper cover /Rr [3].
[4]
[3]
[2]
fd501fs2031c
[4]
[2]
[3]
fd501fs2032c
22
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
FD-501
cover /Lw [2].
[1]
[2]
fd501fs2033c
[1]
[2]
[1]
fd501fs2034c
2 23
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
[1]
[2]
[1] fd501fs2035c
[1]
fd501fs2036c
24 2
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
FD-501
[2] cover [2].
[1]
fd501fs2037c
[2]
[1]
fd501fs2038c
25
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
fd501fs2039c
26
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
Note
FD-501
• When removing the front door, be sure to support it so that it does not fall down.
A. Procedure
1. Open the front door [1].
2. Remove the screw [2].
3. Remove the stand cover [3].
[2] 4. Remove 3 screws [4] while pushing up the front
door so that it does not fall down, and then
remove the support plate [5].
5. Remove the front door [1].
[1]
[3]
[4]
[5]
fd501fs2040c
2 27
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
unit.
[1] 2. Open the guide plates [1] and [2].
3. Clean the 2nd folding conveyance sensor (PS53)
[3].
[2]
[3]
fd501fs2041c
[2]
fd501fs2042c
28 2
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
FD-501
fd501fs2043c
[4]
[3]
fd501fs2044c
2 29
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
fd501fs2045c
[1]
fd501fs2046c
30
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
FD-501
Caution:
• The folding conveyance section is very heavy. Be sure to conduct this operation with 2 people.
A. Procedure
1. Remove the front door and the rear cover.
2. Disconnect 3 connectors [1] and then remove the
wiring harnesses from the 7 wiring harness guides
[3] of the coupling arm /Rr [2].
[2]
[1]
[3]
fd501fs2047c
[4] [2]
fd501fs2048c
31
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
[1] fd501fs2049c
32
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
FD-501
[1]
fd501fs2050c
33
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
Caution:
• Be careful of your posture when removing it.
Be sure to carry out this operation with 2 peo-
[1]
ple so that you don't throw out your back.
Note
• When lifting up the folding conveyance sec-
tion, be sure to hold the shaft at the places [1]
and [2]. Holding it at other places such as the
roller shaft or the guide plate may cause
deformation to these places.
[2]
fd501fs2051c
[2] Note
• Be careful not to lay it with the right side [3]
down. The guide plate may get deformed.
fd501fs2052c
34
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
Note
[2]
• When installing the folding conveyance sec-
tion, make sure that all 4 hooks [1] of the rails
FD-501
have engaged the attaching holes [2] of the
folding conveyance section.
• The top should be attached by pushing it to
[1] the right to engage the upper rail and the bot-
tom pushed to the left to engage the lower
rail.
[1]
[2] fd501fs2053c
Note
• When installing the folding conveyance sec-
tion, pull out the rail further than the length of
the stopper [1]. Use the stopper screw [2] to
[2]
fasten it tentatively at its fully pulled-out posi-
tion and fix the rail on the opposite side with
[1]
tape [3]. Doing this prevents the rail from
moving inwards for an easy and smooth oper-
ation.
[3] fd501fs2054c
35
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
[3]
[2]
fd501fs2056c
36
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
FD-501
[1] Caution:
• When the gear box is removed, the up/down
stay may fall down. So, when removing the
gear box, be sure to support the stay with
your hands.
[4]
[2]
fd501fs2057c
[4]
[3]
[1]
fd501fs2058c
37
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
[6]
Note
• When removing the gear [8], be careful not to
drop the pin [9].
[2]
[1]
[3]
[7] [9]
[8]
fd501fs2059c
38
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
FD-501
[1]
[2]
fd501fs2060c
Note
• When removing the up/down pulley /RrLw [2],
be careful not to drop the pin [3].
[3]
[2]
[1]
fd501fs2061c
39
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
Note
• Install the up/down wires placing the shorter
[1] wire below the longer one with the wire sup-
[4] porting part of the mounting plate outside.
[2] • There are two types of up/down wires, one for
the front side and the other for the rear side,
[3]
but these two wires are different in the direc-
tion of the wire mounting plates. Be sure to
use a wire that fits in with the direction of a
wire mounting plate.
fd501fs2062c
40
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
10. Fasten the new up/down wire /Rr [1] with the wire
end [3] provided on the inside of the up/down pul-
ley /RrLw [2] and insert it into the shaft [6]. Rotate
FD-501
the up/down pulley /RrLw [2] and wind it 5.5 turns
clockwise from inside to outside around the up/
[2] [1] down pulley with no slack, and then insert the up/
down pulley /RrLw [2] fully onto the shaft so that it
coincides with the pin [4] and fasten it with the E-
ring [5]. If the angle does not coincide with the pin
[3] [4], move up and down the front side of the up/
down tray to change the angle of the shaft [6].
[4]
[6]
[5]
fd501fs2063c
41
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
11. Hook up the up/down wire /Rr [1] onto the up/
down pulley /RrUp [3] through the relay pulley /Rr
[2].
FD-501
[3] [1]
[2]
fd501fs2064c
[2]
[3]
fd501fs2065c
42
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
FD-501
fd501fs2066c
[2]
[1]
fd501fs2067c
43
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
[1]
fd501fs2068c
Note
[5]
• Move the up/down stay up and down and
check to see if it moves smoothly. If it does
not move smoothly, adjust it again so that it
[3] [2] becomes horizontal.
• Check the up/down wire [4] if it gets behind
the actuator plate [5]. If it gets behind the
douser, an unnecessary load is applied to the
up/down wire [4] when the up/down stay [1]
fd501fs2069c
goes up.
44
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
3.3.17 Removing/reinstalling the multi feed detection boards /1 (MFDB/1) and /2 (MFDB/2)
Note
FD-501
• When replacing the multi feed detection board /1 (MFDB/1), be sure to replace the multi feed
detection board /2 (MFDB/2) at the same time.
• When the multi feed detection board is replaced, be sure to conduct the adjustment in replacing
multi feed detection board (PI) (See "10.7.5 Adjustment when replacing multi feed detection board
(PI)" in Field Service for the main body.)
A. Procedure
1. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the multi
feed detection board /1 (MFDB/1) cover [2].
[1]
[3] [2] fd501fs2071c
2 45
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
[1] fd501fs2072c
[2] fd501fs2073c
Note
• When turning it around, or when disassem-
bling or reassembling it, be careful not to
damage the wiring harness.
46
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
FD-501
11. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
B. Notes to keep in mind when installing the multi feed detection boards /1 (MFDB/1) and /2 (MFDB/
2)
• The multi feed detection boards /1 (MFDB/1)
[2]
and /2 (MFDB/2) are installed on the same
type board. Be careful not to confuse one
with the other when installing them.
• Be sure to confirm the marking on the board
when installing it.
Multi feed detection board /1 (MFDB/1) [1]:
15AG
Multi feed detection board /2 (MFDB/2) [2]:
56UA
• The connector shape is different for the multi
feed detection boards /1 (MFDB/1) and /2
(MFDB/2). So, even if installed, the connector
cannot be connected.
[1] fd501fs2076c
47
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
trol board [1] and install it into the new control board
[2].
Note
• The setting of the SW3 [3] should be the same
as that of the old FDCB. (See P.634 in Field
Service for the main body.)
[1]
[2] [3]
fd501fs2077c
Note
A • Be sure to set the "A" sections of the EEP-
ROM (IC68) in the same direction for installa-
tion.
A
fd501fs2078c
48 1
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
FD-501
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
4.1 Roller solenoids /1 (SD5), /2 (SD6), /3 (SD7), /4 (SD8) position
adjustment
When the roller solenoids /1 (SD5), /2 (SD6), /3 (SD7), /4 (SD8) are changed, be sure to conduct this adjust-
ment.
Note
• The adjustment steps given below show the steps for the roller solenoid /2 (SD6). For the roller
solenoids /1 (SD5), /3 (SD7) and /4 (SD8), the same steps as those for the roller solenoid /2 are
employed.
A. Procedure
1. Loosen 2 screws [2] of the roller solenoid /2 (SD6)
[1].
2. Measure the distance A [5] between the end face
of the driven roller [3] and the right side (the oppo-
[1] site of the paper through side) of the guide plate
[4] when the roller solenoid /2 (SD6) [1] is turned
[4] on, and then tighten the screw [2] after adjusting
the distance so that it becomes the standard
[2]
value.
[3] Standard value: A = 0 to 1.5 mm
[1]
[3]
A
[5]
[4] fd501fs3001c
49
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
adjustment in the service mode, be sure to conduct this adjustment. (See “10.9.4 Paper Width Adjustment
(Multi Folder (Punch) Adj.)” in Field Service for the main body.)
A. Procedure
1. Remove the connector [1] and the 4 screws [2],
[3]
and then remove the cord support board /A [3].
[1]
[2] fd501fs3002c
[3] fd501fs3003c
50
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
FD-501
1. Loosen the nuts [1] provided at 4 places.
2. Rotate the screws [2] at 4 places for the horizontal
adjustment of the device.
Note
• Adjustment should be made while taking into
account the height of the main body and
other options.
Note
• When any caster is found raised, use a
wrench to rotate the screw [2] to extend the
caster until you feel secure contact.
Note
[2]
• Be careful that when the nut [1] is tightened
with the screw [2] not held, the screw [2] also
rotates together with the nut [1] thus resulting
in an incorrect position adjustment.
fd501fs3004c
51
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
4.4 PI section
4.4.1 Gear position adjustment of the paper feed regulation plate
FD-501
Note
• Be sure to conduct the gear position adjustment when disassembling the paper feed regulation
plate of the PI trays /Up and /Lw, the rack and the paper size VR section.
A. Procedure
1. Install the regulation plate rack A [1] and the regu-
[1]
lation rack B [2] so that they are aligned with the
reference hole of the detection gear [3].
[2] fd501fs3009c
52
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
FD-501
paper size VR [4] are in the correct position
respectively.
[3]
[4] fd501fs3010c
53
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
[3] [2]
[4]
[1]
fd501fs3011c
54 2
SERVICE MANUAL Field Service
LS-501/502
2006.09
Ver. 3.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.
Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the correspond-
ing page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.
CONTENTS
LS-501/502
LS-501/502
OUTLINE
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
MAINTENANCE
2. PERIODIC CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1 Maintenance procedure of the conveyance section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1.1 Replacing the stacker tray up down motor (M1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1.2 Replacing the paper press solenoid /3 (SD8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.1.3 Replacing the paper press solenoid /1 (SD6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.1.4 Replacing the paper press solenoid /2 (SD7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2.1.5 Replacing the rear stopper solenoid (SD3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3. OTHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3.1 List of parts to be disassembled and assembled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3.2 Removal procedure of parts to be disassembled and assembled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
3.2.1 Removing/reinstalling the cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
3.2.2 Replacing the stacker tray up/down wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
3.2.3 Caution when setting models using toggle SW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
4.1 Adjusting the paper press solenoid /1 (SD6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
4.2 Adjusting the paper press solenoid /2 (SD7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
4.3 Adjusting the paper press solenoid /3 (SD8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
4.4 Adjusting the job partition solenoid (SD2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
4.5 Horizontal adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
4.6 Grip conveyance sensor adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
i
CONTENTS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
LS-501/502
Blank page
ii
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
OUTLINE
LS-501/502
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
A. Type
B. Functions
Mode Stacker tray non- Exited into the stacker tray with no processing made.
sort mode
Sub tray mode Exited into the sub tray with no processing made.
Stacker tray sort Exited into the stacker tray after being shifted (20mm).
mode
Coupling mode Exited into the post-processing unit with no processing
made.
Maximum number of Stacker tray 5,000 sheets (80 g/m2)
sheets loadable Sub tray 200 sheets (80 g/m2)
1 1
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
C. Type of paper
2 2
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
D. Maintenance
LS-501/502
Machine service life Same as the main body.
E. Machine data
Power source LS-501 AC100 to 240V (DC5V is supplied from the main body)
LS-502 24V DC (supplied from the main body)
Maximum power consump- 143W or less
tion
Dimensions 785 (W) x 723 (D) x 1,020 (H) mm
Weight Approx. 110 kg
F. Operating environment
Temperature 10 to 30°C
Humidity 10 to 80%RH
Note
• The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.
3
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
LS-501/502
Blank page
4
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
MAINTENANCE
LS-501/502
2. PERIODIC CHECK
Caution:
• Be sure to unplug the power cord from the power outlet.
B. Procedure
1. Remove the rear cover /Lw. (See P.15)
[3] [1] [4]
2. Disconnect 2 connectors [1].
3. Remove 2 screws [2] and then remove the sensor
mounting plate [3].
4. Remove 4 screws [4] and then remove the stacker
tray up down motor (M1) [5].
5
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
Note
[5] • When reinstalling the stacker tray up down
LS-501/502
[1] [3]
[2] ls502fs2002c
[1]
ls502fs2003c
6
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
LS-501/502
• Paper press solenoid /3 (SD8) : Every 15,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 5,000,000 prints) *1
*1 1050
Note
• When conducting this operation, be sure to bring the stacker tray down to the bottom in advance.
B. Procedure
1. Remove the C-clip [1].
2. Slide the guide rail [2] in the arrow-marked direc-
[2] tion to release the fixing.
2
Note
1
• In this step, be careful not to release the fixing
[3] on the rear guide rail [3].
[1]
ls502fs2004c
7
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
3. Slant the shift unit [1] to the front side so that you
can see the upper surface of it.
LS-501/502
Note
[1] • Be sure to slide the shift unit about 10 cm to
the right in advance.
• Be careful that the belt [2] does not get
pushed down by the bottom of the shift unit.
[2]
4. Release the cable stopper [3] and remove the rib-
bon cable [5] from the connector [4].
[4]
[5]
[3] ls502fs2005c
Note
• Slide the lock [2] of the connector [1] for the
ribbon cable in the arrow-marked direction
[1] and remove the ribbon cable [3].
When reinstalling the ribbon cable, slide the
[3]
lock in the reverse direction after inserting the
cable.
[2]
[1]
[3]
[2]
ls502fs2006c
8
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
LS-501/502
tion and release the fixing.
7. Remove the belt [5] from the stopper section [4] of
the shift unit [3].
[4] [5]
[3]
2
[2]
1
[1] ls502fs2007c
9
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
Note
• When attaching the belt [2] to the stopper
LS-501/502
[2] section [1], slide the shift unit [3] in the arrow-
marked direction and engage the stopper
[1] section with the belt.
[2]
[1]
[3]
ls502fs2008c
Note
• When removing the shift unit [2], be careful
that the front edge of the stoppers [3] and the
[2] paper pressure arms /3 [4] do not come into
contact with the belt [1].
10
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
LS-501/502
11. Rotate the wire saddle [5] in the arrow-marked
direction and remove it.
12. Remove 3 screws [3] and then remove paper
press solenoid /3 assy [4].
[3]
[3] [2] ls502fs2010c
Note
• When reinstalling the paper press solenoid /3
assy, be sure to insert the pin [2] of the shaft
[1] into the slit section [1] at the tip of the sole-
noid.
[2]
ls502fs2011c
11
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
[2] ls502fs2012c
*1 1050
B. Procedure
1. Remove the front cover /Up, /Lw. (See P.15)
[2] [3]
2. Disconnect the connect [1].
3. Remove the spring [2].
[6] 4. Remove the screw [3] and then remove the paper
[4] press solenoid /1 assy [4].
Note
• When reinstalling the paper press solenoid /1
12
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
LS-501/502
• Paper press solenoid /2 : Every 15,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 5,000,000 prints) *1
*1 1050
B. Procedure
1. Remove the front cover /Up, /Lw. (See P.15)
[2] [6]
[5] 2. Disconnect the connect [1].
3. Remove the spring [2].
4. Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the paper
press solenoid /2 (SD7) [4].
[3]
Note
• When reinstalling the paper press solenoid /2
(SD7), be sure to insert the actuator [6] pro-
vided at the tip of the shaft into the slit sec-
tion [5] at the tip of the solenoid.
*1 1050
B. Procedure
1. Remove the rear cover /Lw. (See P.15)
[5] [6] [2]
2. Disconnect the connect [1].
3. Remove the spring [2].
4. Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the rear
[3] stopper solenoid (SD3) [4].
Note
• When reinstalling the rear stopper solenoid
[4]
(SD3), be sure to insert the actuator [6] pro-
vided at the tip of the shaft into the slit sec-
tion [5] at the tip of the solenoid.
[1] ls502fs2016c
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
13
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
3. OTHERS
LS-501/502
14
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
LS-501/502
Caution:
• Be sure to unplug the power cord from the power outlet.
[2]
[1]
[1]
[4]
[3]
[3]
[6]
[5]
[5]
ls502fs2034c
15
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
[2]
[1] [1]
[3]
ls502fs2035c
[4]
[4]
[1]
[2]
ls502fs2036c
16
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
LS-501/502
[1]
[1]
ls502fs2037c
[1]
[2]
ls502fs2038c
17
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
Note
• When conducting this operation, be sure to set the stacker tray at the home position (the upper
most position) in advance.
A. Procedure
1. Remove the rear cover /Up, /Lw. (See P.15)
[2] [1] [1] [2]
2. Remove the stacker tray up down motor (M1).
(See P.5)
3. Remove the screws [1], one each, and then
remove the pulley covers [2], one each.
ls501f2c001a
18 2
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
LS-501/502
[2] [1] [1] [2] ls501f2c002a
Note
• On the paper exit side, loosen the 4 screws
[3], bring down the pulley assy [4] and release
[2]
the tension of the wire /2 [5] before starting
[5] the operation.
• When reinstalling it, the positions of the pulley
assy on the paper feed side and the paper exit
side become important. Be sure to check the
marked position in advance of the pulley assy
on the paper exit side.
[7]
[6]
ls501f2c003a
2 19
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
[3] ls502fs2027c
Note
• When installing the wire retaining bracket [2],
install it to the wire /1 [1] so that the bracket
comes to the rear side.
[2]
ls501f2c004a
ls502fs2028c
20 2
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
Note
[2]
• When the 2 wires at both sides are removed
LS-501/502
at the same time, the stacker tray will come
down. So, be sure to replace the wires one at
a time (so that the remaining wire holds the
stacker tray in place.)
• When attaching the pulley to the shaft, be
sure to align the groove [1] of the pulley with
the pin [2] that has been inserted into the
shaft.
• Be sure to set it with the bead set portion [3]
up.
[3] ls502fs2030c
[1] ls501f2c005a
2 21
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
Note
• When using 1050, set the toggle SW to SYS1
and execute the ISW.
[2] 15atf2c001ca
22 2
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
LS-501/502
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
4.1 Adjusting the paper press solenoid /1 (SD6)
• Before starting this operation, be sure to bring the stacker tray down to the bottom in advance.
A. Procedure
1. With the paper press solenoid /1 (SD6) turned on
by hand, check to see if the A section in the draw-
ing left is 1.5 to 3 mm.
Rear end
retaining
part
6 ± 0.5 mm
ls502to3003c
2 23
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
A. Procedure
1. With the paper press solenoid /2 (SD7) turned off
by hand, check to see if the A section in the draw-
ing left is 66 ± 2 mm.
ls502to3004c
ls502to3005c
ls502fs3006c
24 2
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
LS-501/502
and make adjustments by sliding it from side to
side.
ls502fs3007c
[1]
[2]
ls502to3009c
ls502fs3008c
25
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
Adjustments are made when there is any discrepancy in height and slant found between the main body and
other optional devices.
A. Procedure
1. Loosen the nuts [1] at the 4 places.
2. Rotate the screws [2] at the 4 places and make
horizontal adjustments of the device.
Note
• Be sure to make adjustments while taking
into consideration the height between the
main body and other optional devices.
Note
[1]
• When any caster is found raised, rotate the
screw [2] with a wrench to extend the length
of the caster until it feels secure.
[2]
Note
• Be careful that when the nut [1] is tightened
ls502fs3001c
up with the screw [2] not fastened, the screw
[2] also rotates together with the nut [1], thus
resulting in an incorrect positioning.
26
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
LS-501/502
Note
• After replacing the LS control board (LSCB), be sure to conduct the following adjustments when a
shift unit abnormality appears.
A. Procedure
1. Turn ON the power of the main body.
2. Move the grip belt by hand and stop it at the posi-
tion in which the leading edge of the grip [1] is
about 4 mm from the stack exit guide plate [2].
a: approx. 4 mm
[2]
[1] ls502fs3010c
[1] ls502fs3011c
Note
• When LED2 is rotated too much from the
turn-on position to the flashing position,
repeat the procedure starting at Step 2.
2 27
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
LS-501/502
Blank page
28
SERVICE MANUAL Field Service
FS-503
2006.09
Ver. 3.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.
Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the correspond-
ing page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.
CONTENTS
FS-503
FS-503
OUTLINE
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
MAINTENANCE
2. PERIODIC CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1 Maintenance procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1.1 Replacing the intermediate roller release solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1.2 Replacing the stapler unit /Fr, /Rr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.1.3 Replacing the staples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.1.4 Cleaning the cut staple box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.1.5 Replacing the paper exit roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3. OTHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
3.1 List of parts to be disassembled and assembled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
3.2 Removal procedure of parts to be disassembled and assembled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.2.1 Removing/reinstalling the front door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.2.2 Removing/reinstalling the sub tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.2.3 Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.2.4 Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.2.5 Removing/reinstalling the left cover /Fr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.2.6 Removing/reinstalling the rear cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
3.2.7 Removing/reinstalling the stacker unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.2.8 Removing/reinstalling the main tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3.2.9 Removing/reinstalling the lift wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
3.2.10 Removing/reinstalling the tray up down motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
3.2.11 Handling of the clogged stapler 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.2.12 Handling of the clogged stapler 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.2.13 Note to keep in mind when replacing the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
4.1 Intermediate roller position adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
4.2 Adjusting the flat-stapling stopper position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
4.3 Adjusting the alignment plate position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
4.4 Horizontal adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
i
CONTENTS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
FS-503
Blank page
ii
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
OUTLINE
FS-503
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
A. Type
B. Functions
(1) Functions
Straight mode Exited into the main tray with no processing made.
Shift mode Exited into the main tray after being shifted.
Sub tray mode Exited into the sub tray with no processing made.
Staple mode Exited into the main tray after being flat-stapled.
Subset staple mode Bundles of flat-stapled sheets of paper and single sheets of paper being exited
at random into the main tray.
(2) Staple
2 1
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
2 2
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Sub tray SRA3*2, A3, B4, SRA4*2, SRA4S*2 A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, A5S*2, B6S*2, A6S*2
(Weighing 50 to 300 g/ 13 x 19*2, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2*1, 51/2 x 81/2S*2
m2) 81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
FS-503
8K*3, 16K*3, 16KS*3
Tab paper*4 : A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S,
custom size (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 140 mm)
Custom paper : 1050 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 140 mm),
C6500 (Max. 330 x 487 mm, Min. 100 x 148 mm)
Wide paper*1 : A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11,
81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2,
size entry : (Max. 324 x 460 mm)
C. Type of paper
(1) Staple
Paper size SRA3*2, A3, B4, SRA4*2, SRA4S*2, A4, A4S, B5, A5
12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2*1
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K*3, 16K*3
Tab paper*4 : A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11,
81/2 x 11S, custom size (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min.
182 x 140 mm)
Custom paper : 1050 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 140 mm),
C6500 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 210 x 148 mm)
Wide paper*1 : A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, 12 x 18, 11 x 17,
81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2,
size entry : (Max. 324 x 460 mm)
D. Maintenance
2 3
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
E. Machine data
F. Operating environment
Temperature 10 to 30°C
Humidity 10 to 80% RH (with no condensation)
Note
• The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.
4
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
MAINTENANCE
FS-503
2. PERIODIC CHECK
2.1 Maintenance procedure
Caution:
• Be sure to unplug the power cord from the power outlet.
*1 1050
B. Procedure
1. Open the front door and pull out the stacker unit.
[2]
2. Remove 2 screws [1] of the intermediate roller
release solenoid and then remove the cover 1 [2].
[1] fs503fs2057c
fs503fs2058c
2 5
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
[1] fs503fs2059c
Note
• Be sure to stop the intermediate roller sole-
noid at the center of the oblong hole.
(See P.39)
[1] fs503fs2060c
6
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
FS-503
• Stapler unit /Rr: Every 3,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 500,000 staples)
Caution:
• After moving the stapler, be sure to unplug the power cord from the power outlet.
Note
[3] [4]
• Be careful not to get your hand caught in the
opening [1] of the stapler unit.
• Pressing the staple side [2] and/or the clinch
[1] side [3] may cause the opening [1] to close
unexpectedly. It is very difficult to open the
opening by hand once it has closed. So, take
care that the opening does not close.
[2]
• When holding the stapler unit, be sure to hold
it at both ends of the cam shaft [4].
fs503fs2030c
fs503fs2029c
1 7
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
stacker unit.
7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1] [2]
[3] fs503fs2005c
8
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
FS-503
2. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the stacker
entrance roller mounting plate /Fr [2].
[1] fs503fs2031c
[1]
fs503fs2032c
[1]
[2]
9
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
Note
• The steps given below are the removal steps
using a short driver. When using a driver of a
regular length, removal of the stapler unit /Rr
is available only when the stapler unit /Fr has
been already removed. When using a regular
length driver, be sure to remove the stapler
unit /Fr in advance by following the steps
given in "C. Removing/reinstalling the stapler
unit /Fr."
[1] fs503fs2034c
[1]
fs503fs2035c
10 1
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
FS-503
/Fr, remove the screw [3] and raise the lower por-
[2] tion of the stapler mounting plate [4] a little to
[1]
remove it from the notch [5]. And then, slide it to
the lower side and remove the stapler /Rr [6]
together with the mounting plate [4].
6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[4]
[3]
[5] 1050fs2036c
11
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
unit
• C. Removing/reinstalling the stapler unit /Fr
• D. Removing/reinstalling the stapler unit /Rr
2. Remove 3 screws [1] together with the stapler
units /Fr and Rr, and then remove the cut staple
duct [2].
[2]
fs503fs2012c
Note
• Take note that the brackets for the stapler
units /Fr and /Rr are different in the position
[2]
where the wire binding band is attached.
fs503fs2013c
12
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
FS-503
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1] fs503fs2063c
Note
• The pasting of the stapler guide seal is limited only to the stapler unit /Rr.
Note
• Be sure to align the end line [3] on the
clincher side [1] with the bend line of the sta-
pler guide seal [2] and paste it with no slip-
page (tolerance: 0.5 mm).
• Be sure to check the guide seal to ensure it is
not damaged or soiled.
13
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
B. Procedure
1. Open the front door and pull out the stacker unit.
2. Pull the stapler cartridge knob [1] in the arrow-
marked direction to remove it.
[1] fs503fs2001c
3. Hold the knob [2] of the cover [1] and open it.
[2] [1]
4. Rotate and wind up carefully the remaining refill
staples [3] in the arrow-marked direction [4] and
take it out.
[3]
Note
• The refill staples are apt to break away. Be
[4] careful when handling them.
fs503fs2043c
14
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
FS-503
[1]
fs503fs2044c
Note
• New refill staples are attached with a lead
[2] sheet. The tip of the refill staples can be
pulled up to the stapling position by this lead
[1] sheet.
fs503fs2037c
15
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
Caution:
• After having lowered the main tray, be sure to unplug the power cord from the power outlet.
Note
• When replacing the paper exit rollers /A (sponge roller), be sure to replace all 4 pairs of rollers (8
rollers in all).
B. Procedure
1. Push up with your fingers the actuator [1] of the
[1] tray upper limit sensor (PS2) to lower the main tray
[2].
2. Turn OFF the power switch (SW2) and the main
power switch (SW1) of the main body and unplug
the power cord from the power outlet.
[2] fs503fs2002c
16
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
FS-503
fs503fs2003c
[1]
[1]
fs503fs2004c
17
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
3. OTHERS
3.1 List of parts to be disassembled and assembled
FS-503
18
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
FS-503
Caution:
• Be sure to unplug the power cord from the power outlet.
fs503fs2062c
Note
• The front door is heavy. Support it securely
[1] when removing it.
19
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
[7]
tion [2] and remove the ball catch [3] from the ball
[4].
2. Press the front and rear sections of the sub tray
[1] in the arrow-marked direction [5] to make it
curve a little, and detach the attaching hole [6]
from the pin [7] to remove the sub tray [1].
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[6]
[5]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
fs503fs2047c
Note
• When the front door support section [3] is dif-
[3] [1] ficult to remove, slide the upper cover [2] a lit-
tle to the front side and remove it while lifting
it up.
20
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
FS-503
[1]
cover /2 [2].
2. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2]
fs503fs2049c
[2]
[3]
[1]
fs503fs2050c
21
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
cover [2].
Note
• When reinstalling it, be sure to hook the rear
cover to the 2 catches [3] provided at the
lower section.
[2]
[3] [1]
fs503fs2051c
22
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
FS-503
Caution:
• Be sure to conduct this operation with 2 people.
A. Procedure
1. Remove the rear cover. (See P.22)
[2] 2. Open the front door, remove the screw [1] and
then remove the wire [2] of the door.
[1]
fs503fs2039c
[1]
[3]
[4]
[2] [5]
fs503fs2040c
23
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
[1] fs503fs2061c
24
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
FS-503
tions [3], release the hook of the rail [4] from the
hole [6] and remove the stacker section [2].
[3]
Caution:
• Be careful of your posture when removing it.
And be sure to conduct this operation with 2
[1] people so that you do not suffer backache.
Note
• When lifting up the stacker section, be sure to
hold it at the specified positions [3]. Holding
[6] other positions such as the roller shaft may
cause damage to these positions.
[5]
Note
• When reinstalling the stacker section to the
[3] rail [4], be sure to check that the hooks [5]
provided at the 2 locations in front and rear, 4
locations in all, get into the attaching holes [6]
securely.
[1]
[2]
[6]
[5]
[4]
fs503fs2041c
25
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
Note
• When reinstalling it, be sure to fully pull out
[3] the rail [1] and fasten it with the stopper
FS-503
26
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
FS-503
Caution:
• After having lowered the main tray, be sure to unplug the power cord from the power outlet.
A. Procedure
1. Push the actuator [1] of the tray upper limit sensor
[1] (PS2) up with your fingers to lower the main tray
[2].
2. Turn OFF the power switch (SW2) and the main
power switch (SW1) of the main body and unplug
the power cord of the main body from the power
outlet.
[2] fs503fs2016c
27
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
28
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
Note
FS-503
• The following replacement procedure of the lift wire shows the steps taken on the rear side. The
figuration and the winding of wires on the front side are symmetrical to those on the rear side.
• The brackets of the lift wire are stamped with "F" on the front side and "R" on the rear side. Be
careful not to confuse one with the other.
A. Procedure
1. Push the actuator of the tray upper limit sensor
(PS2) up with your fingers to lower the main tray.
[1] 2. Remove the following parts.
Main tray (See P.27)
Rear cover (See P.22)
[1] Left cover /Fr (See P.21)
Front door (See P.19)
3. Remove the screws [1], two each, and then
remove the tray stay covers /Fr [2] and /Rr [3].
[3]
Caution:
• When the gear box is removed, the main tray
will fall down. So, be sure to support the tray
by hand when removing the gear box.
[4]
[2] fs503fs2018c
29
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
[4]
[2]
[1]
[3]
fs503fs2019c
[1]
[2]
fs503fs2020c
30
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
FS-503
Note
[3] • When removing the gear [2] and the lift pulley
[3], be careful that the pin [5] does not come
off and get lost.
[4]
fs503fs2021c
9. Fasten the new lift wire /Rr [1] with the wire end [6]
of the lift pulley /Lw [5] and insert it into the shaft.
And rotate the lift pulley /Lw [5] and wind it 6 turns
clockwise from inside to outside around the lift
[1] pulley /Lw [5] with no slack, and then insert the lift
[5]
pulley /Lw [5] fully deep into the shaft so that it
coincides with the pin [7].
[7]
[6] fs503fs2022c
31
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
10. With the lift wire /Rr [1] hooked to the lift pulley /
Up [2], wind it 2 turns counterclockwise from
inside to outside around the lift pulley /Lw [3] with
FS-503
[2]
[1]
[4]
[3]
fs503fs2023c
11. Insert the pin [1] and the gear [2] into the shaft,
and fasten them with the E-ring [3].
[3]
[2]
[1]
[3]
[2]
fs503fs2024c
32
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
FS-503
Specified value: A = 2.5 ± 0.1 kg
[2]
fs503fs2025c
Note
• Check to see if the lift stay [3] is kept in a hor-
izontal position. If it is on the slant, an unnec-
essary load may be applied onto the gear,
thus causing damage to it.
[2]
[5] fs503fs2026c
14. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
Note
• When reinstalling the covers, be sure to rotate
the tray up/down motor counterclockwise as
seen from above to raise the lift stay about 12
cm before installing each cover. Since the lift
stay comes down lower than the normal oper-
ating range due to the lift gear box being
removed, it is inevitably necessary to raise
the lift stay to install it without the left cover /
Fr and the rear cover hitting against the up/
down stay.
33
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
[1] [3]
2. Disconnect the connector [1], remove 4 screws
[2] and then remove the tray up down motor [3].
Note
• When reinstalling it, make sure that the belt
[4] is set correctly to the gears [5] and [6].
[2]
[4]
[6] [5]
fs503fs2027c
34
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
FS-503
Note
[1] • When the stapler cartridge cannot be
removed, conduct the initial operation by
turning ON and OFF the power switch (SW2)
[3]
of the main body.
[2] • When removal of the stapler cartridge is not
possible even after the initial operation, con-
duct "3.2.12 Handling of the clogged stapler
fs503fs2052c
2."
35
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
[1]
fs503fs2054c
[1]
fs503fs2055c
[4]
Caution:
[3] • Considerable force is required to rotate the gear.
Be sure to wear gloves not to get injured.
[2] [1] fs503fs2056c
Note
• The gear can be rotated in whichever direc-
tion is easiest.
36
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
FS-503
trol board [1] and install it into the new control board
[2].
Note
• Setting of the SW3 [3] should be the same as
that of the old FNSCB. (See P.640 in Field
Service for the main body.)
[1]
[2] [3]
fd501fs2077c
Note
A • Be sure to set the "A" sections of the EEP-
ROM (IC68) in the same direction for installa-
tion.
A
fd501fs2078c
2 37
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
FS-503
Blank page
38
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
FS-503
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
4.1 Intermediate roller position adjustment
Conduct this adjustment when paper gets jammed in the intermediate roller in the stacker during paper convey-
ance.
A. Procedure
[1] 1. Open the front door and pull out the stacker unit.
2. Remove the rail stopper screws [1], one each pro-
vided in front and rear, and pull further out the
stacker unit.
[1] fs503fs3002c
2 39
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
[3] fs503fs3020c
Note
• Be careful not to let the thickness gauge drop
into the stacker. (Be sure to fix it with tape.)
• Make sure that there is no raised section
found in the thickness gauge so that the
clearance is to be accurate.
40
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
FS-503
tion is not within the standard value, or when it is on a slant.
Note
• When making adjustments, be sure not move the stapler by hand. (This may cause the teeth of the
belt and the gear to jump.)
A. Procedure
1. Conduct the following in the output check of the I/
[1] [2]
O check mode in the service mode.
• 72-31 (Stapler movement motor home posi-
tion search)
• 72-78 (Alignment motors /Fr and /Rr home
position search)
• 72-42 (End stopper motor stopper release)
2. Turn OFF the power switch (SW2) and the main
power switch (SW1) of the main body and unplug
the power cord from the power outlet.
3. Open the front door and remove the screw [2] of
the wire [1].
fs503fs3008c
41
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
[1] fs503fs3002c
42
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
FS-503
Note
• With the paper [3] inserted, be sure to check
[4] to see if the paper is on a slant and that all of
the 4 flat-stapling stoppers are in contact with
the edge [4] of paper.
• When the stopper is not seen clearly, be sure
[3]
to adjust it after removing the guide plate
[1] assembly [5].
[2] fs503fs3009c
43
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
Note
• After completion of this adjustment, be sure to conduct "Stapling center position adjustment" and
"Paper width adjustment" in the service mode.
A. Procedure
1. Conduct the alignment motors /Fr and /Rr home
[1] [2]
position movement in the output check 72-78 of
the I/O check mode in the service mode.
2. Turn OFF the main power switch (SW1) of the
main body, and unplug the power cord of the
main body from the power outlet.
3. Open the front door and remove the screw [2] of
the wire [1].
fs503fs3010c
44
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
FS-503
[1] fs503fs3005c
45
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
Note
• Check the alignment plate /Rr to see if it is on
a slant.
Note
• Move the alignment plates with your hand
until the paper width space is created
between them, and make sure there is no
improper gap at the upper and lower side of
the alignment plates.
46
Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
FS-503
A. Procedure
1. Loosen the nuts [1] provided at the 4 places.
2. Rotate the screws [2] provided at the 4 places to
make horizontal adjustments of the device.
Note
• Be sure to make adjustments while taking
into consideration the heights of the main
body and other optional devices.
Note
• When there is any caster found raised, rotate
the screw [2] with a wrench to extend the
length of the caster until you can get a feeling
of secure contact.
Note
[2]
• Be careful that when the nut [1] is tightened
up with the screw [2] not fastened, the screw
[2] may also rotate together with the nut [1],
thus resulting in an incorrect positioning.
fs503fs3007c
47
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver3.0 Sep.2006
FS-503
Blank page
48
SERVICE MANUAL Field Service
FS-607
2006.09
Ver. 1.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.
Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the correspond-
ing page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.
CONTENTS
FS-607
FS-607
OUTLINE
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
MAINTENANCE
2. PERIODIC CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1 Maintenance procedure of the conveyance section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1.1 Replacing the paper exit roller (sponge roller) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1.2 Replacing the intermediate transfer roller (sponge roller) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.2 Maintenance procedure of the stacker section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.2.1 Replacing the paper assist roller (sponge roller) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.3 Maintenance procedure of the stapler section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.3.1 Removing/reinstalling the stapler unit cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.3.2 Replacing the stapler unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
3. OTHER PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
3.1 Items not allowed to be disassembled and adjusted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
3.2 List of parts to be disassembled and assembled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
3.3 Removal procedure of parts to be disassembled and assembled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.3.1 Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.3.2 Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.3.3 Removing/reinstalling the front door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.3.4 Removing and reinstalling the rear cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.3.5 Removing/reinstalling the left cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.3.6 Removing/reinstalling the main tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
3.3.7 Replacing the lift wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.3.8 Removing/reinstalling the stacker unit cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
3.3.9 Removing/reinstalling the stacker unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
3.3.10 Removing/reinstalling the paper exit unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.3.11 Note to keep in mind when replacing the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
4.1 Adjusting the bypass gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
4.2 Shift position adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
4.3 Adjusting the paper exit solenoid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
4.4 Adjusting the mounting position of the paper exit arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
4.5 Adjusting the mounting position of the alignment plate /Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
4.6 Adjusting the mounting position of the alignment plate /Lw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
4.7 Staple position adjustment (flat-stapling) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
4.8 Staple position adjustment (flat-stapling) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
4.9 Stapler vertical position adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
4.10 Folding stopper tilt adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
4.11 Adjusting the folding pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
4.12 Adjusting the tri-folding position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
i
CONTENTS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
FS-607
Blank page
ii
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
OUTLINE
FS-607
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
A. Type
B. Functions
(1) Functions
(2) Stapling
Max. flat-stapling capacity 50 sheets of 64 to 80 g/m2 (plain paper, high-quality paper),30 sheets (color
paper, coated paper)
30 sheets of 81 to 105 g/m2 (plain paper, high-quality paper),16 sheets (color
paper, coated paper)
Up to 2 sheets of 200g/m2 can be added unless the total number of sheets
exceeds the above capacity.
staple position Front parallel / back 45° 1 position diagonally, 2 positions
at the center
Max. saddle stitching 20 sheets of 64 to 80 g/m2
capacity 20 sheets of 81 to 105 g/m2 (Plain paper, high-quality paper), 16 sheets (color
paper, coated paper)
Up to 2 sheets of 200g/m2 can be added unless the total number of sheets
exceeds the above capacity.
staple position variable (128 to 168mm)
(3) Folding
1
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Main tray Non-sort mode, 2500 sheets: A4, A4S, B5, B5S
(Weighing 80g/m2)
FS-607
2
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
C. Type of paper
(1) Stapling mode
FS-607
Paper size A3, B4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5
12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
Tab paper*1 (A4, 81/2 x 11)
Custom paper (Max. 314 x 458 mm, Min. 182 x 148 mm)
Applicable paper Plain paper, high-quality paper, color paper, coated paper (same as the main
body)
Paper weight 64 to 105 g/m2
*1 Operation of paper exit with tab area at the trail edge side is not assured.
D. Maintenance
3
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
E. Machine data
F. Operating environment
Temperature 10 to 30°C
Humidity 10 to 80% RH (with no condensation)
Note
• The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.
4
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
MAINTENANCE
FS-607
2. PERIODIC CHECK
Caution:
• Be sure to unplug the power cord of the main body from the power outlet.
Note
• When replacing the paper exit rollers /A (sponge rollers), be sure to replace all 5 pairs of rollers (10
rollers in all).
5
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
B. Procedure
1. Turn ON the main power switch (SW1) and the
power switch (SW2) of the main body.
FS-607
[1] [2]
15vlf2c001na
6
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
FS-607
15jkf2c002na
[1]
15jkf2c003na
7
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
prints)
Note
• When replacing the intermediate transfer rollers (sponge rollers), be sure to replace all 2 pairs of
rollers (4 rollers in all).
B. Procedure
1. Open the front door.
2. Remove 2 screws [1] and the bearing [2], and
then remove the shaft of the intermediate transfer
roller [3].
[2]
[1]
[3]
15jkf2c004na
15jkf2c005na
8
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
FS-607
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
[1] steps in reverse.
Note
[1]
• When installing the intermediate transfer
roller, be sure to insert the pin at the rear of
the shaft of the intermediate transfer roller
into the groove.
15jkf2c006na
9
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
B. Procedure
1. Open the front door.
2. Pull out the stacker unit.
3. Open the paper assist section [1], and then lift up
the paper assist roller [2].
4. Remove the C-clip [3], and then remove the paper
assist roller [2].
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1]
[3] [2] 15jmf2c001na
10
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
FS-607
Caution:
• Be careful not to let FS fall down when removing FS from the main body and pulling out the
stacker unit from FS. It may cause the injury.
A. Procedure
[1] 15jmf2c002na
Note
• Be sure to place a support [3] under the
stacker unit to prevent FS from falling down.
[1]
[2]
[3] 15jmf2c003na
11
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
steps in reverse.
[1]
[2]
15jmf2c004na
Note
• The stapler unit consists of the clincher section and the stapler section.
• Never move the clincher section and the stapler section in the horizontal direction manually.
Otherwise, it may cause the timing belt skipping.
• After the reinstallation, be sure to adjust the stapler position in the vertical direction.
(See P.51)
B. Procedure
1. Enter the service mode and select [State Confir-
[2] [1] [3]
mation]- [I/O Check Mode]. Perform the output
code 72-32 : Stapler movement motor (M11) (A4,
1-stapling position). Then turn OFF the main body.
2. Open the front door.
3. Pull out the stacker unit, and then remove the sta-
pler unit cover.
(See P.11)
4. Disconnect the connector [1] and remove the
screw [2], and then remove the flat-stapling stop-
per release unit /Fr [3].
5. Enter the service mode and select [State Confir-
mation]- [Output check]. Perform the output code
15jmf2c005na
72-31. Then turn OFF the main body.
12
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
FS-607
clincher /Fr [5] and disconnect the connector [6].
[6] [4]
[1]
[3] [2]
15jmf2c006na
[3] [4]
15jmf2c007na
13
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
10. Remove 4 screws [2] from the clincher /Rr [1], and
[2]
then remove the ground [3].
FS-607
Note
• Be careful not to lose the ball bearing stopper
spring [5] and the ball.
[4]
[5] [1]
[2] 15jmf2c009na
[2]
14
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
FS-607
[1] [3] [2] 15jmf2c011na
[2] Note
• When installing the sensor cover [2], be sure
to keep the wiring harness out of the stapler
rotation home sensor (PS13) [7] and be care-
ful not to let the gear bite it.
[5]
[1]
[4] [3]
15jmf2c013na
15
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
steps in reverse.
16
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHER PARTS
3. OTHER PARTS
3.1 Items not allowed to be disassembled and adjusted
FS-607
A. The screw not allowed to be removed in the folding stopper
(1) Parts not allowed to be removed
There is a screw in the folding stopper, that is not allowed to be removed.
[1]
15jmf2c017na
Note
• For ease of understand, the position of the folding stopper is shown lower than the actual position
in the illustration.
(2) Reason
The tilt adjustment of the folding stopper should be made at the slide shaft of the folding stopper. (See P.54)
Never loosen the screw not allowed to be removed in the folding stopper because the tilt of the folding stopper
may be changed and the adjustment reference in the slide shaft may be misaligned if the screw is loosen.
17
3. OTHER PARTS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
18
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHER PARTS
FS-607
A. Procedure
1. Remove 2 caps [1].
[1]
2. Open the front door [2] and remove the 5 screws
[3] [3], and then remove the upper cover /1 [4].
[4] 3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2]
[3] 15jkf2c012na
Note
• Remove optional PI if it is installed.
A. Procedure
1. Remove the upper cover /1. (See P.19)
[3] 2. Open the front door [1].
[4]
3. Remove 2 screws [2] and pull out the sub tray [3],
and then remove the upper cover /2 [4].
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
[1]
steps in reverse.
[2] 15jkf2c013na
19
3. OTHER PARTS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[2]
15jkf2c034na
[2]
15jkf2c035nb
20
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHER PARTS
FS-607
[1]
2. Remove 3 screws [1], and then remove the left
cover [2].
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2] 15jkf2c036na
21
3. OTHER PARTS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Caution:
• After opening the main tray, be sure to unplug the power cord of the main body from the power
outlet.
A. Procedure
[2]
15jkf2c014na
[3]
15jkf2c015na
22
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHER PARTS
FS-607
Caution:
• When the main tray lift motor is removed, the main tray may fall down. When removing the main
tray lift motor, be sure to support the main tray with your hand.
Note
• The following procedure for replacing the lift wire shows the examples on the rear side. The con-
figuration and winding of the wires on the front side are symmetrical to the rear side.
• The front and rear lift wires are marked as "F" and "R" on their mounting plates respectively. Be
sure to check it when reinstalling the lift wires.
A. Procedure
1. Remove the following parts.
[3] [4]
• Left cover (See P.21)
• Front cover (See P.20)
• Rear cover (See P.20)
• Main tray (See P.22)
2. Remove 5 screws [1] to remove the reinforcing
metal [2], and then remove the wiring harness
from 3 clamps [3] and disconnect the connector
[4].
23
3. OTHER PARTS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Caution:
• When the lift motor assy [2] is removed, the
main tray may fall down. When removing the
lift motor assy, be sure to support the main
tray with your hand.
15jkf2c017na
[2]
[1]
[3]
[4]
15jkf2c018na
24
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHER PARTS
FS-607
[2]
[1]
15jkf2c019na
6. Remove the E-ring [1], the gear [2], and the lift
pulley /Lw [3], and then remove the lift wire [4].
[5]
[3]
Note
• When removing the lift pulley /Lw, be sure not
to let 2 pins [5] fall down.
[4]
[1] [2]
15jkf2c020na
25
3. OTHER PARTS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• The lift wire [4] should be placed with the
short side [5] to the bottom and the long side
[6] to the top.
[6]
[2]
[4]
[1]
[5] [3]
15jkf2c021na
8. Fasten the wire end of the lift wire with the inner
wire end hole of the lift pulley /Lw [1]. Then, draw
the lift wire through the notch [2] and wind it a little
less than 5 turns from inside to outside around the
lift pulley with no slack, and then insert the lift pul-
ley /Lw [1] into the shaft so that it coincides with
[3] the pin [3].
[1]
[2]
15jkf2c022na
26
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHER PARTS
FS-607
the groove [4] of the pulley.
15vlf2c009na
10. Hook the lift wire on the lift pulley /Up [1]. Then,
wind the lift wire 2 turns from inside to outside
[1] around the lift pulley Lw [2] with no slack, draw the
lift wire through the notch and fasten it with the
wire end hole [3].
[3] Note
• Be sure to wind the lift wire on the lift pulley /
UP without the short side (the side wound in
advance) and the long side (the side wound
subsequently) are overlapped.
[2]
15jkf2c023na
11. Insert the pin [1] and the gear [2], and then fasten
it with E-ring [3].
[1]
[2]
[3] 15jkf2c024na
27
3. OTHER PARTS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[3]
[2]
[1]
15jkf2c025na
Note
• Be sure to check the lift stay [3] is in the hori-
[1]
zontal position. If it is in the tilt position, the
main tray lift motor (M3) or the gear may be
damaged due to the excessive force.
28
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHER PARTS
FS-607
[2]
2. Remove 5 screws [1], and then remove the
stacker unit cover [2].
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1] 15jmf2c016na
29
3. OTHER PARTS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Caution:
• Be sure to conduct this operation with 2 personnel.
• Be sure to unplug the power cord of the main body from the power outlet.
• Be careful not to let FS fall down when removing FS from the main body and pulling out the
stacker unit from FS. It may cause the injury.
A. Procedure
1. Remove the following parts.
[1] [2]
• Booklet tray
• Left cover (See P.21)
• Front cover (See P.20)
• Rear cover (See P.20)
2. Remove FS from the main body.
3. Pull out the stacker unit.
4. Disconnect 3 connectors [1] (CN22, CN23, CN24)
from the relay board (RB) [2] on the back of the
stacker unit.
5. Remove the wiring harness from the 4 clamps [3].
[3]
a04df2c001ca
6. Remove the C-clip [1] and the shaft [2], and then
[2] [1]
separate the coupling arm [3].
[3] 15jkf2c028na
30
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHER PARTS
FS-607
Note
[1] • Be sure to place a support [3] under the
stacker unit to prevent FS from falling down.
[2]
[1]
[3] 15jkf2c029na
Note
[2]
• When reinstalling the stacker unit [2] to the
guide rails [3], be sure to check that the
hooks [4] are inserted into the mounting holes
[5] [5] securely.
[3]
[4] [1]
15jkf2c030na
31
3. OTHER PARTS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[1]
15vlf2c014na
[3]
[1]
15jkf2c031na
[3] 15jkf2c032na
32
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHER PARTS
FS-607
6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2] [1]
[3]
15jkf2c033na
33
3. OTHER PARTS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
trol board [1] and install it into the new control board
[2].
[1]
[2]
a04df2e001ca
Note
A • Be sure to set the "A" sections of the EEP-
ROM (IC10) in the same direction for installa-
tion.
A
fd501fs2078c
34
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
FS-607
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
4.1 Adjusting the bypass gate
Conduct this adjustment when the paper gets jammed in the bypass gate.
A. Procedure
1. Open the front door.
2. Pull out the stacker unit [1].
3. Remove 2 screws [2] from the rail stopper, and
then pull out the stacker unit further.
[2]
Note
• Be sure to place a support [3] under the
stacker unit to prevent FS from falling down.
[1]
[2]
[3] 15jkf3c001na
mm [3]
0.5
.2
A=3
[2]
15jkf3c002na
35
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[1]
a04df2c003ca
[5]
[1] 15jkf3c005na
36
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
FS-607
value (30 mm).
A. Procedure
1. Remove the following parts.
• Remove the upper cover /1 (See P.19)
• Upper cover /2 (See P.19)
2. Turn ON the main body. And then enter the serv-
ice mode and select [State Confirmation]- [I/O
Check Mode]. Perform the output code 72-03 :
Shift roller motor (M2) (home position search).
[4] [3] [5] [4] 3. Turn OFF the main body.
4. Both in the home position and the shift position,
check to see if the edge of the actuator [5] of the
slide gear [4] is in the notch [3] of the slide stay [2]
of the shift unit [1].
When the edge of the actuator is in the notch of
the slide stay, perform the following adjustment.
15jkf3c007na
37
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
A. Procedure
1. Remove the following parts.
• Remove the upper cover /1 (See P.19)
[1]
• Upper cover /2 (See P.19)
• Rear cover (See P.20)
2. Turn ON the main body. And then enter the serv-
A=6.5 0.5mm ice mode and select [State Confirmation]- [I/O
Check Mode]. Perform the output code 72-45 :
[2] Paper exit opening solenoid (SD4).
3. Turn OFF the main body.
4. Check to see if the clearance between the plunger
[2] of the solenoid and the stopper [3] of the
mounting plate is within a standard value when
SD4 [1] turns OFF.
[3] 15jkf3c008na
Standard value: A = 6.5 ± 0.5 mm
When the value is not within the standard value,
perform the following adjustment.
[2]
[3] 15jkf3c009na
38
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
FS-607
Standard value: A = 6.5 ± 0.5 mm
A=6.5 0.5mm
[1] 15jkf3c010na
39
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
[2]
• There should be more than 1 mm of step
between the paper exit guide [2] and the
paper guide stay [3].
40
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
FS-607
A. Procedure
1. Open the front door, and then pull out the stacker
unit.
[3]
2. Rotate the belt detection gear to align the edge of
the actuator [2] of the belt detection gear [1] with
the notch [3] of the panel /Rr.
[2]
[1]
15jkf3c012na
Note
• Be sure to place a support under the stacker
unit to prevent FS from falling down.
15jmf3c001na
41
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
15jkf3c014na
42
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
FS-607
A. Procedure
1. Turn ON the main body, and then turn OFF the
[1] main body after the FS initial operation.
[2] 2. Open the front door, and then pull out the stacker
unit.
3. Remove 2 screws from the rail stopper, and then
pull out the stacker unit further. (See P.35)
Note
• Be sure to place a support under the stacker
unit to prevent FS from falling down.
[1] 15jmf3c003na
43
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[2]
[1] [3]
15jmf3c004na
44
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
FS-607
A. Procedure
1. Check to see if "4.5 Adjusting the mounting posi-
tion of the alignment plate /Up" has been com-
pleted.
2. Turn ON the main body. And then enter the serv-
ice mode and select [State Confirmation]- [I/O
Check Mode]. Perform the output code 72-41 :
Saddle stitching stopper motor (M18) (home posi-
tion search).
[1] 3. Turn OFF the main body.
4. Open the front door, and then pull out the stacker
unit.
[2]
5. Remove 2 screws from the rail stopper, and then
[3] pull out the stacker unit further. (See P.35)
15jmf3c005na
Note
• Be sure to place a support under the stacker
unit to prevent FS from falling down.
A=340.6 mm
15jmf3c006na
45
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• When setting paper in the stacker, be sure to
press the flat-stapling stopper release lever
FS-607
[2]
[1]
[1]
15jmf3c008na
46
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
FS-607
Note
• Be sure not to move the stapler unit in the horizontal direction by hand. Otherwise, it may cause
the belt and gear tooth skipping.
A. Procedure
1. Perform the stapling operation and check to see if
[1] [2]
the staple position is within the standard value.
A=8.5 3mm
• The standard value in the 1 staple/one-cor-
ner stapling at rear [1]: A = 8.5 ± 3 mm
• The standard value in the 1 staple/front [2]:
B = 8.5 ± 3 mm
• The standard value in the flat-stapling [3]:
C = 8.5 ± 3 mm
B=8.5 3mm (In the flat-stapling, the edge of the paper and
the line connecting 2 staples [4] should be in
[3] parallel.)
C=8.5 3mm
Conduct the following adjustment when the value
is not within the standard value or when they are
not in parallel.
[4] 15jmf3c009na
47
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
NOTE
• Be sure to place a support under the stacker
unit to prevent FS from falling down.
[2]
[4] 15jmf3c010na
48
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
FS-607
stitching.
A. Procedure
Note
• Be sure not to move the stapler unit in the horizontal direction by hand. Otherwise, it may cause
the belt and gear tooth skipping.
15jmf3c011na
49
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• Be sure to place a support under the stacker
unit to prevent FS from falling down.
[2]
5. Remove the stapler unit cover.
6. Loosen 3 screws [2] on the alignment plate /Lw
[1].
7. Adjust the position of the alignment plate /Lw to
[3]
the front and the rear if [4] and [5] are the cases
respectively.
8. Tighten the 3 screws, and then perform the sta-
pling operation and check to see if the saddle
[4] [5] stitching position is within the standard value.
15jmf3c012na
50
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
FS-607
Note
• Be sure not to move the stapler unit in the horizontal direction by hand. Otherwise, it may cause
the belt and gear tooth skipping.
A. Procedure
1. Perform the stapling operation and check to see if
[1] there is one of the following clinching problems.
• There is the bucking [1] of the staple.
• The floating of the staple is more than the
L
[3] L=0.7mm
the conditions is met.
15jmf3c014na
2. Turn ON the main body. And then enter the serv-
ice mode and select [State Confirmation]- [I/O
Check Mode]. Perform the output code 72-32.
Then move the stapler unit to the position for A4
and 1 staple in the service mode, and then turn
OFF the main body.
3. Open the front door, and then pull out the stacker
unit.
4. Remove 2 screws from the rail stopper, and then
pull out the stacker unit further. (See P.35)
Note
• Be sure to place a support under the stacker
unit to prevent FS from falling down.
51
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[1]
15jmf3c016na
52
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
FS-607
the positioning holes [4] of the clinchers [3], and
then rotate the gears [1] downward further to fully
insert the pins into the positioning holes.
Note
• Be sure to rotate the gears of the staplers
carefully because the pins of the stapler posi-
tioning jigs may be clogged if they are
[1] [3] inserted forcedly.
[4]
[2] 15jmf3c017na
53
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• Be sure not to move the stapler unit in the
horizontal direction by hand. Otherwise, it
may cause the belt and gear tooth skipping.
• Never loosen the screw [1] of the folding
stopper. It is prohibited to be removed.
• For ease of understand, the position of the
folding stopper is shown lower than the
actual position in the illustration.
[1]
15jmf3c018na
A. Procedure
1. Perform the folding operation on A3 paper and
check to see if the misalignment is within the
standard value.
Standard value: A = 1 mm or less
A
When the misalignment is not within the standard
value, perform the following adjustment.
15jmf3c019na
54
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
2. Open the front door, and then pull out the stacker
unit.
3. Remove 2 screws from the rail stopper, and then
FS-607
pull out the stacker unit further. (See P.35)
Note
• Be sure to place a support under the stacker
unit to prevent FS from falling down.
[1] Note
[3]
• Never loosen the screw [4] of the folding
stopper. It is prohibited to be removed.
15jmf3c020na
• For ease of understand, the position of the
folding stopper is shown lower than the
actual position in the illustration.
55
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
A. Procedure
1. Remove the rear cover. (See P.20)
[1]
A 2. Open the front door.
[3] B 3. Remove the stacker unit cover. (See P.29)
4. Change the mounting position of the each 2 pres-
C
sure springs [3] at both the front [1] and the rear
[2].
The folding pressure is:
A: weak B: normal C: strong
C
Note
• Hook the 4 pressure springs [3] on the hook
B
holes of the same mark.
A
C C
B B
A A
56
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
FS-607
value.
A. Procedure
1. Check to see if "4.10 Folding stopper tilt adjust-
ment" has been completed.
2. Perform the tri-folding operation and check to see
if the tri-folding positions are within the standard
values.
When the tri-folding positions are not within the
standard values, perform the following adjust-
ment.
c
a Folding Standard value Standard
position A4S 81/2 x 11S
b
a 95 mm 89 mm ± 2 mm
15jmf3c022na
b 101 mm 95 mm ± 2 mm
c 101 mm 95 mm ± 2 mm
15jmf3c023na
57
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
FS-607
Blank page
58
SERVICE MANUAL Field Service
PI-502
2006.09
Ver. 1.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for improve-
ment of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.
Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the corresponding
page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.
CONTENTS
PI-502
PI-502
OUTLINE
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
MAINTENANCE
2. PERIODIC CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1 Procedure for the maintenance of the paper feed section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1.1 Replacing the pick-up roller /Up and the paper feed roller /Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1.2 Replacing the pick-up roller /Lw and the paper feed roller /Lw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.1.3 Replacing the separation roller /Up and the torque limiter /Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.1.4 Replacing the separation roller /Lw and the torque limiter /Lw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3. OTHER PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.1 List of parts to be disassembled and assembled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.2 Removal procedure of parts to be disassembled and assembled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.2.1 Removing/reinstalling the top cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.2.2 Removing/reinstalling the rear cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.2.3 Removing/reinstalling the operation panel cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
4.1 PI tilt adjustment (with PK installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
i
CONTENTS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
PI-502
Blank page
ii
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
OUTLINE
PI-502
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
A. Type
B. Functions
Auto sheet feeding (online Feeds the sheet to FS automatically under the instruction from the main body.
operation)
Manual sheet feeding Feeds the sheet to FS under the instruction from the operation panel of PI.
(offline operation) You can select the following 5 post processing modes:
• 1 staple/back mode
• 2 staples (flat-stapling) mode
• Punch mode (when PK-512/513 is installed on FS)
• Saddle stitching mode
• Tri-folding mode
Note
• The tray /Lw only supports the manual sheet feeding.
C. Type of paper
15jft1c001na
a Curling: 10 mm or less
[1] 5 papers
1
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
D. Maintenance
E. Machine data
F. Operating environment
Temperature 10 to 30°C
Humidity 10 to 80% RH (with no condensation)
Note
• The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.
•
2
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
MAINTENANCE
PI-502
2. PERIODIC CHECK
2.1 Procedure for the maintenance of the paper feed section
Caution:
• Be sure to unplug the power cord of the main body from the power outlet.
2.1.1 Replacing the pick-up roller /Up and the paper feed roller /Up
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Pick-up roller /Up: Every 1,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 200,000 prints)
• Paper feed roller /Up: Every 600,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 100,000 prints)
B. Procedure
1. Remove the top cover (See P.9)
[1] 2. Remove 2 C-clips [1], and then slide the bearings
[1] [2]
[2] at the both sides and remove the paper feed
roller assy /Up [3].
[2]
[3]
15jff2c001na
3
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[1]
[2]
a04hf2c001ca
[2]
[1]
a04hf2c002ca
Note
• Reinstalling the pick-up roller and the paper
feed roller with the blue faces of the one-way
clutches of the pick-up roller and the paper
feed roller face to the front.
[4] [1] a04hf2c003ca
4
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
PI-502
Note
• When reinstalling the pick-up roller [1], be
sure to insert its cutout [5] over the protrusion
[6] of the one-way clutch [3].
[7] • When reinstalling the paper feed roller [2], be
sure to insert its cutout [7] over the protrusion
[4] [3]
[8] of the one-way clutch [4].
5
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
2.1.2 Replacing the pick-up roller /Lw and the paper feed roller /Lw
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Pick-up roller /Lw: Every 1,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 200,000 prints)
PI-502
• Paper feed roller /Lw: Every 600,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 100,000 prints)
B. Procedure
1. Pull the release lever [1] and open the top door [2].
[1] [2] 2. Perform the steps 2 to 7 in "2.1.1 Replacing the
pick-up roller /Up and the paper feed roller /Up."
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
15jff2c004na
2.1.3 Replacing the separation roller /Up and the torque limiter /Up
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Separation roller /Up: Every 600,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 100,000 prints)
• Torque limiter /Up: Every 3,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 600,000 prints)
B. Procedure
1. Remove the top cover (See P.9)
[1] 2. Remove 2 C-clips [1], and then slide the bearings
[1] [2]
[2] at the both sides and remove the paper feed
roller assy /Up [3].
[2]
[3]
15jff2c005na
6
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
PI-502
[1] 15jff2c006na
Note
[4]
• Install the separation roller with 2 notches [4]
[5] 15jff2c007na
face to the front and be aligned with the
prong [5].
2.1.4 Replacing the separation roller /Lw and the torque limiter /Lw
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Separation roller /Lw: Every 600,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 100,000 prints)
• Torque limiter /Lw: Every 3,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 600,000 prints)
B. Procedure
1. Pull the release lever [1] and open the top door [2].
[1] [2] 2. Perform the steps 2, 3, and 4 in "2.1.3 Replacing
the separation roller /Up and the torque limiter /
Up."
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
15jff2c008na
7
3. OTHER PARTS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
3. OTHER PARTS
3.1 List of parts to be disassembled and assembled
PI-502
8
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHER PARTS
PI-502
Caution:
• Be sure to unplug the power cord of the main body from the power outlet.
15jff2c009na
15jff2c010na
9
3. OTHER PARTS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
[3] 15jff2c011na
10
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
PI-502
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
4.1 PI tilt adjustment (with PK installed)
Conduct this adjustment if the edge of the paper and the punch hole position of the paper fed from PI is not in
parallel.
A. Procedure
1. Set 3 sheets of paper in the tray of the PI, and
[1] [2] then feed them in the punch mode as samples.
2. Fold the sheets in half and check the tilt of the
punch holes.
[1]: The front is wider
[2]: The back is wider
15jff3c004na
[1]
[3]
[2]
[5] [4]
15jff3c005na
11
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
PI-502
Blank page
12
SERVICE MANUAL Field Service
PK-512/513
2006.09
Ver. 1.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.
Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the correspond-
ing page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.
CONTENTS
PK-512/513
PK-512/513
OUTLINE
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
MAINTENANCE
2. PERIODIC CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1 Maintenance procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
3. OTHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3.1 Items not allowed to be disassembled and adjusted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3.2 List of parts to be disassembled and assembled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3.3 Removal procedure of parts to be disassembled and assembled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
3.3.1 Removing/reinstalling the punch unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
4.1 Punch hole position tilt adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
i
CONTENTS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
PK-512/513
Blank page
ii
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
OUTLINE
PK-512/513
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
A. Type
B. Functions
C. Type of paper
Paper size PK-512 (2 holes): A3, B4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, A5S
11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
PK-512 (3 holes/4 holes): A3, B4, A4, B5
11 x 17, 81/2 x 11
8K, 16K
PK-513: A3, B4, A4, B5
Applicable paper Plain paper, high quality paper, color paper, coated paper (same as the main
body)
Paper weight 60 to 128 g/m2
Punch prohibited paper Label paper, tab paper, transparency film, 2nd base paper, holed paper, and the
other paper that may interfere with the operation of the punch unit or the punch
blade.
Paper curling
a [1]
15knt1c001na
1
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
D. Maintenance
E. Machine data
F. Operating environment
Temperature 10 to 30°C
Humidity 10 to 80% RH (with no condensation)
NOTE
• The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.
2
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
MAINTENANCE
PK-512/513
2. PERIODIC CHECK
2.1 Maintenance procedure
Periodically replaced parts are not employed.
3
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
3. OTHERS
PK-512/513
[1]
[2]
15kjf2c001na
(2) Reason
The specified performance cannot be retained if the screw is loosen.
4
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
PK-512/513
No. Section Part name Page referred to
1 Punch unit Punch unit P.6
5
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Caution:
• Be sure to unplug the power cord of the main body from the power outlet.
[1]
15kjf2c002na
[2]
15kjf2c003na
6
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
PK-512/513
nector [4] from the punch drive board (PDB) [2].
[1]
[2]
15kjf2c004nb
[2]
15kjf2c005na
[1] [2]
15kjf2c006na
7
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
Note
• When reinstalling the punch drive board
PK-512/513
15kjf2c007na
8
Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
PK-512/513
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
A. Procedure
1. Align the paper on the main body tray with the
A side guide plate and the rear edge guide plate,
and then check the tilt with the platen copy or the
service mode (DF is unavailable).
2. Conduct the paper tilt adjustment if it is tilted sig-
nificantly.
C
3. Perform the punch mode printing for 3 sheets of
paper in each of the single sided mode and the
double sided mode as samples for checking the
tilt of the punch hole position.
B 4. Measure the tilt of the punch hole position for the
15kjf3c001na
3 sheets of paper.
Tilt of the punch hole position (%) = (A - B)/C
[2]
15kjf3c002na
9
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver1.0 Sep.2006
10
SERVICE MANUAL Field Service
SD-501
2006.09
Ver. 2.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.
Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the correspond-
ing page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.
CONTENTS
SD-501
SD-501
OUTLINE
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
MAINTENANCE
2. PERIODIC CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.1 Maintenance procedure of the right angle conveyance section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.1.1 Replacing the roller release solenoid /1 (SD5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.1.2 Replacing the roller release solenoid /2 (SD6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.1.3 Replacing the right angle conveyance gate solenoid (SD2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.1.4 Replacing the roller release solenoid/3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
2.2 Maintenance procedure of the saddle stitching section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2.2.1 Replacing the stapler assemblies /Rt and /Lt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2.3 Maintenance procedure or the trimmer section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2.3.1 Replacing the trimmer blade assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2.3.2 Replacing the trimmer board assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
2.3.3 Replacing the trimmer blade motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
2.3.4 Replacing the trimmer press motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
2.4 Maintenance Procedure of the Bundle Processing Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
2.4.1 Replacing the bundle press stage gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
3. OTHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.1 Items not allowed to be disassembled and/or adjusted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.1.1 Alignment stopper /Rr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.1.2 Trimmer press upper limit stoppers /Rt and /Lt and trimmer stoppers /Rt and /Lt . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.2 List of parts to be disassembled and assembled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
3.3 Removal procedure of parts to be disassembled and assembled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
3.3.1 Removing/installing the rear cover /Lt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
3.3.2 Removing/installing the rear cover /Rt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
3.3.3 Removing/installing the left cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.3.4 Removing/installing the upper cover /Fr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.3.5 Removing/installing the upper cover /Rr3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3.3.6 Removing/installing the subtray cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.3.7 Removing/installing the front door /Lt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.3.8 Removing/installing the front door /Rt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.3.9 Removing/installing the folding unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
3.3.10 Pull out the saddle stitching unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
3.3.11 Removing/installing the saddle stitching unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
3.3.12 Removing/installing the trimmer unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
3.3.13 Removing/installing the trimmer paddle assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
4.1 SD horizontal adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
4.2 Folding skew adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
4.3 Staple position adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
i
CONTENTS Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
ii
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
OUTLINE
SD-501
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
A. Type
Type Saddle stitching unit with fore-edge trimming and multi-folding function
B. Functions
(1) Functions
1
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
C. Type of paper
(1) Coupling/subtray mode
SD-501
Paper size SRA3*2, A3, B4, SRA4*2, SRA4S*2, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5,
A5S*2, B6S*2, A6S*2
13 x 19*2, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S,
51/2 x 81/2*1, 51/2 x 81/2S*2
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K*3, 16K*3, 16KS*3
Tab paper*4 : A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11,
81/2 x 11S, custom size (Max. 324 x 460 mm,
Min. 182 x 140 mm)
Custom paper : 1050 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 140 mm),
C6500 (Max. 330 x 487 mm, Min. 100 x 148 mm)
Wide paper*1 : A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, 12 x 18, 11 x 17,
81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2,
size entry : (Max. 324 x 460 mm)
2 1
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
SD-501
12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K*3, 16K*3
Custom paper : Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 257mm
Wide paper*1 : A3, B4, A4S, B5S, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11S,
size entry: (Max. 324 x 460 mm)
[1]
[2]
15ant1c006na
1 3
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
Folding height
[1]
SD-501
15ant1c011na
4 1
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
SD-501
12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K*3, 16KS*3
Custom paper :1050 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 140 mm),
C6500 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, MIn. 182 x 247 mm)
Wide paper*1 : A3, B4, A4S, B5S, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11S,
size entry: (Max. 324 x 460 mm)
1 5
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
15ant1c009na
[1] 15ant1c008na
6
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
SD-501
Paper weight 50 to 91 g/m2
Maximum folding Paper weight Sheets
sheets 50 to 81 g/m2 5 sheets
82 to 91 g/m2 3 sheets
Folding precision Original size [1] [2] [3]
(for 1 sheet) A4S 97.5 ± 4 mm 102.0 ± 4 mm 1.5 mm or less
81/2 x 11S 91.6 ± 4 mm 96.1 ± 4 mm
[3]
[3]
[1]
[2]
15ant1c010na
D. Maintenance
E. Machine data
Power source AC100 to 240V, DC5V (DC5V is supplied from the main body)
Maximum power consump- 270 W
tion
Dimensions When the bundle exit tray is stored: 1,170 (W) x 775 (D) x 1,020 (H) mm
When the bundle exit tray is pulled out: 1,170 (W) x 1,441 (D) x 1,020 (H) mm
Weight Approx. 263 kg
F. Operating environment
Temperature 10 to 30°C
Humidity 10 to 80%RH (with no condensation)
Note
• The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.
7
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
SD-501
Blank page
8
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
MAINTENANCE
SD-501
2. PERIODIC CHECK
Caution:
• Be sure to unplug the power cord from the power outlet .
B. Procedure
1. Remove SD from the main body.
2. Remove 3 screws [1] and then remove the cover
[2].
[2] [1]
15anf2c028na
1 9
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
Note
• When reinstalling it, be sure to check that the
pin [5] has been inserted into the hole on the
plunger [4].
• When reinstalling it, place the wiring harness
[6] on the side of the guide plate.
[2] [1]
15anf2c029na
[1]
15anf2c030nb
10 1
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
SD-501
operations) *1
*1 1050
B. Procedure
1. Open the front door /Rt.
[1] [2]
2. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the cover
[2].
15anf2c031na
Note
• When reinstalling it, be sure to check that the
pin [5] has been inserted into the hole on the
plunger [4].
• When reinstalling it, place the wiring harness
[6] on the side of the guide plate.
[1] [6] [2] [3] [4] [5]
15anf2c032na
[1]
15anf2c033nb
1 11
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
• Right angle conveyance gate solenoid (SD2): Every 20,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every
5,000,000 operations) *1
*1 1050
B. Procedure
1. Open the front door /Rt and then remove the
[1]
screw [1].
2. Remove the rear cover /Rt. (See P.45)
3. Remove the hex wrench (short, #2.5) from the
trimmer section. (See P.25)
15anf2c057na
4. Remove the E-ring [1] and the pulley [2] and then
[3] [2] [1]
remove the belt [3].
5. Remove 3 connectors [4].
[4]
15anf2c058na
12 1
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
SD-501
[2] [1]
15anf2c059nb
Note
• When reinstalling the spring [3], hook the long
arm [6] on the position between the frame
and the E-ring [7] of the jam release handle
shaft and insert the tip of the short arm [3]
into the hole [8].
1 13
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
Note
• When reinstalling the entrance conveyance
unit, be sure to fully insert the unit before
tightening the screws [1] because 2 position-
ing pins [3] have anti-drop grooves.
[1]
[2] 15anf2c060na
14 1
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
SD-501
washer [4] and the nut [5].
Note
• When removing the screw [3], be sure to use
the hex wrench removed in Step 3.
• When installing the arm, press the arm [6]
against the shaft [7] in the direction [8] of the
arrow.
• After installing the washer [4] and the screw
[5] [8] [3], be sure to tighten the nut [5]. The nut [5] is
not secured by tightening the screw [3].
16. Remove the two screws [9], pull out the arm [6]
from the shaft [7], and remove the solenoid
mounting plate assembly [10].
1 15
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
Note
• When installing the right angle conveyance
gate solenoid, make sure that the wires [6]
are located on the other side of the hole [7] in
the mounting plate [2].
[3]
[2]
15anf2c062nb
16 1
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
SD-501
tions) *1
*1 1050
B. Procedure
1. Open the front doors /Rt and /Lt.
[1] [2]
2. Remove the two screws [1] and remove the cover
[2].
15anf2c157ca
Note
• When installing the solenoid, make sure that
the pin [5] is hitched to the plunger [4].
• Install the solenoid with the wires [6] located
on the guide plate side as shown in the figure.
[4] [5]
15anf2c158ca
1 17
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
the guide plate and the roller surface [3] falls within
the standard value, and secure the roller release
solenoid/3.
[1] Standard value “a”: 1.3 to1.8 mm
6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[3]
[2] a
15anf2c159ca
18
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
SD-501
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Stapler assembly /Rt : Every 20,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 1,000,000 staples) *1
• Stapler assembly /Lt : Every 20,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 1,000,000 staples) *1
*1 1050
*2 C6500
C. Procedure
1. Remove the front door /Lt. (See P.49)
[1] 2. Remove the rear cover /Lt. (See P.45)
3. Disconnect the two connectors [1] from the back
side of the stapler, and release the wires on the
stapler side from the clamps.
15anf2c034na
Note
• When moving the stapler assembly, be sure to
move it by rotating the rotating knob [3] to
prevent the belt tooth from skipping. Other-
wise, it may cause the belt tooth skipping.
[1] 15anf2c035na
1 19
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
stapler and remove the staplers /Lt [4] and /Rt [5]
to downward.
[1]
[1] [4] [5] 15anf2c036na
Note
• When removing/reinstalling the stapler /Lt, be
sure not to bend the guide sheet [6].
[6] 15anf2c037na
15anf2c038na
20
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
SD-501
• When reinstalling the saddle stitching unit, be
sure not to make the connector [1] contact
with the main body.
[1]
[2] 15anf2c039na
Note
• When removing the connector covers, while
lifting up the clinchers /Lt [3] and /Rt [4].
[1]
[1] [2] 15anf2c040na
13. Remove the screw [1] each and then remove the
[5] [4] [6]
ground [2].
Note
• When installing the clinchers, slide them
down as far as they will go, and secure them
with screws.
[3] [1]
[1] [3] [2] 15anf2c041na
1 21
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
Note
[4] [5]
• When reinstalling the wiring harness [4], be
sure to wire the wiring harness to the guide
(white) side [5] of the clincher.
• Do not route the wiring harness as shown in
the figure [7], or the wiring harness may break
at the clincher operation.
[6]
[7] 15anf2c043na
22 1
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
SD-501
and lock the clinchers [2], and then check the
step edges [4] of the staplers are aligned with the
edges [5] of the clincher in the sub scan direction
[11] [6].
Standard value: 0 ± 0.5 mm
2. When the value is not within the standard value,
[11] loosen 2 screws [7] each and move the staplers in
[4] [6] [10] the sub scan direction for adjustment while rotat-
ing the screw [1] counterclockwise to make the
A [8] clinchers [2] and the stapler [3] closer, and then
tighten the screws [7].
3. Tighten the screw [1] clockwise until it clicks to
make the clinchers [2] contact with the stapler [3]
[9]
a and lock it. Make sure that the standard surface of
the stapler [8] is located in rear side in main scan-
ning direction [10] compared to the inside plate
inner surface [9] of the clincher.
Standard value a : 0.2 ~ 0.3 mm
4. When the value is not within the standard value,
loosen 2 screws [11] each and move the staplers
A [5]
in the main scan direction for adjustment while
Section A
rotating the screw [1] counterclockwise to make
[3]
the clinchers [2] and the stapler [3] closer, and
then tighten the screws [11].
Note
• After the reinstallation, perform the saddle
[2] stitching and check that the stapling is per-
[1]
formed without problem.
• After the adjustment, be sure to perform the
adjustment between the fold line position and
the staple position (See P.65), and tilt/gap
adjustment of the clincher. (See P.68)
15anf2c063nb
1 23
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
[2] Danger:
• Pay extra caution when holding the trimmer
blade [1]. Never touch the edge [2] of the
blade. You may suffer the injury.
• Remove the blade cover [3] only at the
replacement. Otherwise, never remove the
cover. You may suffer the injury.
Caution:
• Dispose the used trimmer blade as specified
by the local authority.
[3] [1]
15anf2c045na
24 1
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
SD-501
*1 1050
*2 C6500
B. Procedure
1. Remove the left cover. (See P.46)
2. Remove the rear cover /Lt. (See P.45)
3. Remove the trimmer paddle assembly. (See P.62)
4. Remove the mounting handle [1], 2 #2.5 hex
[1]
wrenches [2] and the #3 hex wrench [3] from the
holder [4].
[3]
Note
• #3 hex wrench is for trimmer blade fixing
[4] screw, long #2.5 hex wrench is for removing/
installing trimmer blade, and short #2.5 hex
wrench is for trimmer blade installation
groove cleaning/trimming blade motor fixing
[6]
screw.
• When returning the mounting handle [1] to the
[2] holder [4], put the handle through the holder
hole [5] with the narrower side faces down.
• When returning 2 hex wrenches [2], [3] to the
holder [4], put the wrenches through the
holder circular hole [6].
[5]
15anf2c064nb
1 25
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
Caution:
• It cannot reuse the removed screws [1].
Install the new screws that are shipped with
the trimmer blade assembly at the installa-
tion.
Note
• Be sure not to peel off or bend the cover
sheet [2].
[2] 15anf2c046nb
[5] [3] [2] [1] 6. Insert the slit [3] to the trimmer blade [4] with the
notch [2] of the mounting handle [1] faces up and
align the hole [5], and then insert the long #2.5
hex wrench [6].
[4] [6]
15anf2c047na
26 1
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
SD-501
Danger:
• Pay extra caution when handling the trimmer
blade [1]. Never touch the edge [4] of the
blade. You may suffer the injury.
[5] [6]
8. Place the trimmer blade [1] on the floor, and then
pull out the hex wrench [2] and remove the
mounting handle [3].
9. Put the blade cover [5] that is shipped with the
trimmer blade assembly on the edge [4] of the
trimmer blade [1].
Danger:
[4] [1] [2] [3] • When put the blade cover [5], place the trim-
15anf2c049na mer blade [1] on the floor and put the cover
under the stable condition. You may suffer the
injury due to dropping or slipping if you put
the cover while holding the blade in air.
Note
• Be sure to install the blade cover with its
notch [6] faces the handle side.
10. Insert the #2.5 hex wrench [2] onto the mounting
slit [1] of the trimmer blade, and then slide it back
and forth to clean the trimmer scraps.
Note
• Be sure to use #2.5 hex wrench for cleaning. If
you insert #3 hex wrench into the mounting
slit, the slit may be deformed. To change the
direction of the hex wrench [2], remove the
wrench once and reinsert it again.
• While cleaning, be careful not to bend the
[1] [2] [3] sheet [3].
15anf2c050nb
1 27
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
12. Insert the new trimmer blade [3] end into the slit
[3] [4] [5] [2]
[5] with the notch [2] of the mounting handle [1]
face up and the hole [6] aligned with the hole [4] of
SD-501
[1]
[7] [6] 15anf2c052na
13. Remove the blade cover [2] from the new trimmer
[2] [1]
blade [1].
15anf2c051na
28 1
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
14. Hold the mounting handle [1] with the hex wrench
[4] [3] [2] [1]
[2], and then insert the trimmer blade [3] onto the
mounting slit [4] of the trimmer section from above
SD-501
in the slanting direction.
15. Fully insert the trimmer blade (short head) [3], and
then lower the mounting handle to the horizontal
level and pull it until contacting with the stopper
[5].
Note
• Install the trimmer blade with its blade edge
[6] faces up and the mark "SKH-2" [7] faces
the side on which the screw is installed.
[5] [7]
[6]
15anf2c053na
16. Insert the short #2.5 hex wrench [3] into the hole
[1]
[2] of the trimmer blade [1] at the opposite end of
the end you have inserted the mounting handle,
and then push the wrench downward until the
trimmer blade [1] is contacted with the mounting
slit.
1 29
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
Note
• Be sure not to peel off or bend the cover
sheet [2].
[4]
[5] Caution:
• Install the brand-new screws [1] that are
shipped with the trimmer blade assembly.
• When tightening the screws [1], tighten 3
screws [1] temporarily with the torque that
bents the tip of the #3 hex wrench [3] approxi-
mately 5° [4], and then fully tighten them with
the strong torque that bends it approximately
15° [5].
Note
[2] • Be sure to check and clear the foreign body
15anf2c055nb
that may obstacle the operation of the trim-
mer blade.
Note
• After replacing the trimmer blade, perform
the saddle stitch with trimming and check
that the trimming is performed without prob-
lem.
30 1
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
SD-501
: Every 600,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 18,900 cuts) *2
*1 1050
*2 C6500
B. Procedure
1. Move the trimmer board to the release position.
[3] [4] [6] [5]
Note
• Search the home position of the trimmer
board by the output check code "71-55" in the
I/O check mode in the service mode, and then
move the trimmer board to the release posi-
tion by "71-58."
Note
• When removing/installing the trimmer board
assembly [7], be sure not to bend the sheet
[8].
1 31
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
Note
• When inserting the trimmer board assembly,
be sure not to bend the guide sheet [6] by
pushing it against the gear [7] of the trimmer
press plate [4].
• Do not insert the trimmer board assembly
[7] [4] [3] [5]
forcibly. Unlock the gear before the insertion.
[6]
15anf2c136ca
32 1
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
SD-501
15anf2c141ca
Note
• Check the mesh of the gears by pulling the
plunger [2]. The trimmer board assembly [3]
moves to the rear side of SD properly if they
are meshed appropriately. It is properly
installed if the guide pin mounting plate [4] is
separated from the trimmer press plate [5].
• Keep the number to pull the plunger [2] to a
minimum. Be noted that the replacing cycle
will be shorten if the plunger is pulled mean-
inglessly.
• If you drove the trimmer board assembly [3]
too much, repeat the installation from step 7.
Note
• Reset the trimmer board solenoid operation
[4] [3] [5]
15anf2c068nb counter by the output check code "71-95" of
the I/O check mode of the service mode.
• If the counter is not reset, the trimmer board
solenoid (SD11) operating timing after the
trimmer board is replaced becomes faster
than specified timing (700/500/300 times of
trimming). (In the first operation only)
• After replacing the trimmer board, perform
the saddle stitch with trimming and check
that the trimming is performed without prob-
lem.
1 33
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
*1 1050
*2 C6500
C. Procedure
1. Remove the rear cover/Lt. (See P.45)
[2] [3]
2. Remove the trimmer paddle assembly. (See P.62)
3. Remove the trimmer unit. (See P.61)
4. Disconnect the connector [1].
5. Remove the four screws (with one washer each)
[2], and remove the trimmer blade motor assem-
bly [3].
[1]
15anf2c142ca
34 1
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
[4] • When replacing the trimmer blade motor
assembly, the belt [1] may drop off from the
SD-501
motor. When installing the belt, be sure to
hitch the belt to the gear of the motor shaft [2]
and the drive gear [3].
• When installing the trimmer blade motor
assembly, be sure that the gear shafts [4] is
inserted into the holes [5] in the metal frame.
[2]
15anf2c143ca
Note
• When installing the trimmer blade motor, be
sure that the product label [4] is in the posi-
tion as shown in the figure. After that, slightly
tighten the screw [1] and two screws [2], per-
form the adjustment in Step 8, and secure the
screws.
[1] [2]
15anf2c144ca
1 35
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
Note
• Turn the trimmer press motor [3] in the direc-
tion of the arrow [4] to tighten the belt, and
[6] [3] [5] loosen the belt by turning the motor in the
direction of the arrow [5].
15anf2c145ca
36 1
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
SD-501
*1 1050
*2 C6500
C. Procedure
1. Remove the rear cover/Lt.(See P.45)
[3] [1]
2. Remove the trimmer paddle assembly. (See P.62)
3. Remove the trimmer unit. (See P.61)
4. Disconnect the connector [1].
5. Remove the three screws (with one washer each)
[2] and remove the trimmer press motor assembly
[3].
[2]
15anf2c146ca
1 37
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
Note
[4]
• When replacing the trimmer press motor
assembly, the belt [1] may drop off from the
SD-501
[2]
15anf2c147ca
Note
• When installing the trimmer press motor, be
sure that the product label [4] is in the posi-
tion as shown in the figure. After that, slightly
tighten the screw [1] and two screws [2], per-
form the adjustment in Step 8, and secure the
screws.
38 1
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
SD-501
8. Press the tension gauge [1] against the center of
the belt [2] vertically, and adjust the tension so that
the deflection amount falls within the Standard
value.
Standard value “a”: 1 mm by 200gf tension
Note
• Turn the trimmer press motor [3] in the direc-
tion of the arrow [4] to tighten the belt, and
loosen the belt by turning the motor in the
direction of the arrow [5].
[1] [2]
15anf2c149ca
15anf2c150ca
1 39
2. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
*2 C6500
C. Procedure
15anf2c151ca
40 1
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 2. PERIODIC CHECK
SD-501
Note
• Be careful not to lose the pin [3] as it may
drop off when removing the gear [2].
Note
• After installing a new bundle press stage gear
[6], be sure to apply plus guard No. 2 to the
[4] [5] [6] gear.
a15anf2c152ca
1 41
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
3. OTHERS
3.1 Items not allowed to be disassembled and/or adjusted
SD-501
[1] [2]
15anf2c070na
B. Reason of prohibition
• Parallelism of the alignment stopper/Rr and first folding blade has been adjusted in the manufacturing pro-
cess to prevent the skew (gap) of folding. Accordingly, the alignment stopper /Rr is not allowed to be
removed.
If you change the mounting position of the alignment stopper /Rr you will lose the parallelism with the first
folding blade and cannot return to the original position.
42
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
3.1.2 Trimmer press upper limit stoppers /Rt and /Lt and trimmer stoppers /Rt and /Lt
A. Items not allowed to be removed
• Each adjustment screw of the trimmer press upper limit stoppers /Rt and /Lt
SD-501
• Each adjustment screw of the trimmer stoppers /Rt and /Lt
[1]
[3]
[2]
15anf2c001na
[1] Screw not allowed to be adjusted/removed [5] Trimmer press upper limit stopper /Rt
[2] Trimmer stopper /Lt [6] Screw not allowed to be adjusted/removed
[3] Trimmer stopper /Rt [7] Screw not allowed to be adjusted/removed
[4] Screw not allowed to be adjusted/removed [8] Trimmer press upper limit stopper /Lt
B. Reason of prohibition
• The trimmer press upper limit stoppers /Rt and /Lt releases the trimmer board. The trimmer board may be
released without reaching to the required level of the opening for the operation if they are misaligned. Con-
sequently, never change the position of the trimmer press upper limit stoppers /Rt and /Lt.
• The trimmer stoppers /Rt and /Lt determine the trimming amount of the trimmer blade to the paper and the
parallelism between the trimmer blade and the paper. If the trimmer blade is misaligned, the paper may be
failed to be trimmed or the trimmer board may be damaged because the trimmer blade cuts in the trimmer
board deeply. Accordingly, the trimmer stoppers /Rt and /Lt are not allowed to be removed.
43
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
44 1
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
SD-501
Caution:
• Be sure to unplug the power cord from the power outlet .
45
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
[1]
of the left cover [2] to the outside and remove it to
the bottom.
2. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
46 1
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
SD-501
[1] [2]
2. Remove 2 screw caps [1] and then remove 2
screws [2].
3. Remove 5 screws [3].
4. Loosen the screw [4] and then remove the upper
cover /Rr3 [5].
Note
• When removing the upper cover /Rr3 [5], pull
the screw [4] to the front to avoid the upper
cover /Rr3 [5] being caught by the tip of the
screw.
[5]
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[4] 15anf2c006na
47
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
Note
• When reinstalling the subtray cover [3], pull
the screw [4] to the outside.
15anf2c007na
48 1
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
SD-501
[6] [5] [4] 2. Remove the screw [2], and then remove the front
door stopper /Lt [3].
3. Remove 2 screws [4] and remove the fulcrum [6]
by sliding the hinge [5] upward, and then remove
the front door /Lt [1].
Note
• Support the front door /Lt [1] with your hand
so that it does not fall down when removing
the screw [4].
[1]
15anf2c008na
49
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
Note
• Support the front door /Rt [1] with your hand
so that it does not fall down when removing
the screw [4].
[1] 15anf2c009na
50
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
SD-501
Caution:
• Be sure to perform this operation with 2 people because the folding unit is heavy.
A. Procedure
1. Remove the front door /Rt. (See P.50)
[5] [4] [2]
2. Remove the rear cover /Rt. (See P.45)
3. Remove 2 screws [1] and 2 clamps [2] from the
rear of the folding unit.
Note
• Be sure not to let the clamps [2] fall down.
15anf2c010na
51
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
15anf2c011na
Note
• Install the lower cover/3 [11] between 2 pins
[2] of the shaft [1]. If it is installed at an
improper position, other parts may be dam-
aged when the folding unit is stored.
52
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
SD-501
Note
• When reinstalling it, be sure to align the posi-
tioning pin [3] with the hole.
[3] [2]
[3]
[1] 15anf2c012na
53
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
Note
[5] [7] [6]
• When holding the folding unit, be sure to hold
the shafts [4] at front and rear or the upper
SD-501
15anf2c013na
54
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
SD-501
2. Remove the wire [1] from the screw [2].
Note
• When remove the 2nd wire [1], support the
horizontal conveyance guide plate /Lt [3] with
your hand so that it does not fall down.
[2] [1]
[3] 15anf2c014na
Note
• When reinstalling the horizontal conveyance
guide plate /Lt [3], align the positions of the
shafts [4], and then slide the pins [2] from the
notches.
55
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
cover [4].
[3]
[2]
[1] [4]
15anf2c016na
15anf2c017na
[2]
6. Remove 3 screws [1], and then remove the motor
cover [2].
[1] 15anf2c018na
56
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
SD-501
15anf2c019na
Note
• When rotating the bundle arm [1] manually, be
sure to gently rotate it with both hands
because the bundle arm is driven simulta-
neously by the belts on the both sides. Other-
wise, it may cause the belt tooth skipping.
• Never rotate the bundle arm [1] by holding its
[1] 15anf2c020na
tip. It may cause the deformation. Be sure to
rotate it by holding the bundle arm [1] in the
vicinity of the fulcrum shaft [2].
57
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
Note
• When reinstalling the slope, be sure to align 2
positioning projections [4].
[2] [1]
[3] 15anf2c022na
[1]
15anf2c069na
58
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
[1] [6] [1] 11. Holding the bundle arms [1] on the both sides in
the vicinity of the fulcrum shaft [2], gently move
them to the inside [3], and then remove the guide
SD-501
shaft [4] from the hole of the shock absorbing
guide [5].
Note
• When narrowing the space between the bun-
dle arms [1], be sure to move them gently and
simultaneously.
• When reinstalling them, be sure to check that
the guide shaft [4] has been inserted into the
shock absorbing hole [5].
[1]
12. Rotate the bundle arms [1] to the guide plate [6]
[3]
on the stapler side.
[2]
[4] [5]
[3]
Note
• When pull out the saddle stitching unit, be
sure not to snap the wiring harness of the
removed connector contact with SD.
[1]
[1] [2] [3] 15anf2c024na
1 59
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
Caution:
• Be sure to perform this operation with 2 people because the saddle stitching unit is heavy.
A. Procedure
1. Pull out the saddle stitching unit. (See P.55)
[3] [4] [5]
2. Remove 6 screws [1], 1 screw [2], and remove the
saddle stitching unit [5] with 2 people by holding
the shafts [3] and [4] while lift up the shaft [3]
slightly and shift the saddle stitching unit to the
front side.
Note
• Be sure to hold the saddle stitching unit at the
shafts [3] and [4].
• When reinstalling the saddle stitching unit,
check that the unit is surely placed on the
rails [6] before releasing the unit.
[6]
[1] 15anf2c025na
60 1
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 3. OTHERS
SD-501
[1] [2] 2. Remove the rear cover/Rt. (See P.45)
3. Remove the trimmer paddle assembly. (See P.62)
4. Disconnect the four connectors [1] and release
the wiring harness from the clamps [2].
15anf2c153ca
Note
• As the trimmer unit is heavy, be careful not to
drop it off.
• When reinstalling the trimmer unit, be sure to
align the projection [6].
[3] [6]
[4] [5]
15anf2c154ca
1 61
3. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
[1] SD.
2. Remove the rear cover/Lt. (See P.45)
3. Remove two screws [1], and remove the trimmer
scraps guide [2].
Note
• When installing the trimmer scraps guide, be
sure that the trimmer scraps box is stored
completely in the SD, and the trimmer scraps
guide [2] is fully stretched. If you stretch the
trimmer scraps guide with the trimmer scraps
[2] box is not stored completely, the trimmer
15anf2c155ca
scraps guide may be broken during opera-
tion.
[1]
[3] 15anf2c156ca
62 1
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
SD-501
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
4.1 SD horizontal adjustment
Conduct this adjustment when SD is not in a horizontal position.
A. Procedure
1. Loosen the nuts [1] at the 6 places.
2. Rotate the screws [2] at the 6 places and make
horizontal adjustments of the device.
Note
• Be sure to make adjustments while taking
into consideration the height between the
main body and other optional devices.
Note
[1]
• When any caster is found raised, rotate the
screw [2] with a wrench to extend the length
of the caster until it feels secure.
[2]
Note
• Be careful that when the nut [1] is tightened
15anf3c001na
up without fastened the screw [2], the screw
[2] also rotates together with the nut [1], thus
resulting in an incorrect positioning.
63
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
A. Procedure
1. Perform the center folding operation for 5 sheets
of A3 or 11 x 17 paper and check their skew "a".
Standard value a = ± 1.5 mm
When the value is not within the standard value,
perform the following procedure.
a 15anf3c002na
2. Open the front door /Rt and pull out the folding
[3] [4] [2]
unit.
3. Rotate the shaft [1] to hit the alignment claws /Fr1
[2] and /Fr2 [3] against the stopper plate [4]. And
with the stopper plate [4] as a standard, check the
relative position of the alignment claw /Fr2 [3] to
the alignment claw /Fr1 [2].
4. Loosen the screw [5] and turn the pulley [6] to
adjust the position of the alignment claw /Fr2 [3]
to the alignment claw /Rr1 [2] and tighten the
screw [5].
64
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
SD-501
A. Procedure
1. Perform the saddle stitching operation for 25 to
30 sheets of A3 or 11 x 17 paper and check the
misalignment "a" between the staple position and
the folding position.
Standard value a = ± 1 mm
When the value is not within the standard value,
perform the following procedure.
a
15anf3c005na
65
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
Note
• Do not the screw [1] too tight. Stop tightening
when it is contacted.
Note
• Rotating the screw [1] one revolution moves
the saddle stitching hold /Up 0.7 mm (same
width with staple).
• When the screw [1] is tightened, the staple
position moves forward. When the screw [1]
[9] [8] [7] [6] [5] 15anf3c007na
is loosened, the staple position moves back-
ward.
66 1
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
SD-501
A. Procedure
1. Remove the EEPROM (IC68) from the old SD con-
trol board (SDCB) [1] and install it into the new SD
control board (SDCB) [2].
Note
• Be sure to install the "A" sections of the
EEPROM (IC68) in the same direction.
• Settings of the SW3 [3] should be the same as
that of the old SDCB (See P.645 in Field Ser-
vice for the main body.)
[1]
[2]
A
[3]
15anf3c008na
1 67
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
A. Procedure
1. Carry out stapling operation with two sheets of
[3] [2]
papers, and check if the staple break through the
paper. If the paper is broken through, perform the
following steps.
2. Pull out the saddle stitching unit. (See P.55)
3. Tilt the bundle arm [1] to the front.
4. Remove the staple cartridges [2] to the front.
5. Rotate the rotating knob [3] to move the stapler
assemblies inward, then move them outward by
approx. 30 mm (the interval between the stapler
becomes approx. 60 mm).
Note
• When moving the stapler assemblies, be sure
[1] 15anf3c009na
to move them by rotating the rotating knob [3]
to prevent the belt tooth from skipping. Oth-
erwise, it may cause the belt tooth skipping.
15anf3c010na
68 1
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
Note
SD-501
• When reinstalling the saddle stitching unit, be
careful not to let the connector [1] make con-
tact with the main body.
[1]
[2] 15anf3c011na
1 69
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
[1]
15anf3c012ca
70 1
Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006 4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
SD-501
value while loosening (gap becomes narrower) /
tightening (gap becomes wider) the adjusting
screw/Rt [2] and /Lt [3] in the same manner.
Note
• Be sure to perform the adjustment for both
left and right side of each clincher/Rt [4] and /
Lt [5] so that the stapler and the clinchers are
parallel to each other.
[5] [4]
• When the adjustment is completed, be sure to
tighten the the four screws [1].
13. Put the saddle stitching unit back. Then carry out
stapling operation with two sheets of papers, and
check if the staple does not break through the
paper.
1 71
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver2.0 Sep.2006
SD-501
Blank page
72
© 2006 KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
Printed in Japan
Use of this manual should be strictly supervised to avoid
CCA03U-M-FE1-0675
disclosure of confidential information.